Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2016.

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3577   91-2041398

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick J. Schultheis

Michael Nordtvedt

Jeana S. Kim

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 883-2500

 

Yukio Morikubo

General Counsel

Impinj, Inc.

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

 

Jeffrey R. Vetter

James D. Evans

Ran D. Ben-Tzur

Fenwick & West LLP

1191 Second Avenue, 10th Floor

Seattle, Washington 98101

(206) 389-4510

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $60,000,000   $6,042

 

 

(1)  

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase from the Registrant, if any.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 2, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

 

We are offering              shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $              and $             per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PI.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     PER
SHARE
     TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Impinj, Inc. Before Expenses

   $         $     

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                     , 2016. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional             shares of our common stock.

 

 

 

RBC Capital Markets   

Pacific Crest Securities

a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets 

   Piper Jaffray

 

Needham & Company    Canaccord Genuity

Prospectus dated                     , 2016


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     12   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     44   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     46   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     47   

CAPITALIZATION

     48   

DILUTION

     50   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     52   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     55   

BUSINESS

     77   

MANAGEMENT

     90   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     98   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     114   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     117   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     121   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     127   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     130   

UNDERWRITING

     134   

LEGAL MATTERS

     143   

EXPERTS

     143   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     143   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. We are offering to sell shares of our common stock, and seeking offers to buy shares of our common stock, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until and including                     , 2016, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Impinj,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Impinj, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. We use Impinj, the Impinj logo, the Powered by Impinj shield logo, Monza, Indy, Speedway, xArray, ItemSense, the checkered flag logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, references to “Impinj,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references refer to Impinj, Inc. and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

IMPINJ, INC.

If you’ve purchased apparel from a major retailer like Macy’s or Zara, run a race like the New York City Marathon, enjoyed a drink from a Coca-Cola Freestyle soda fountain, hit a ball at Topgolf or checked bags at airports worldwide like Las Vegas McCarran then you’ve probably interacted with the Impinj Platform. Our platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items such as apparel, race bibs, golf balls and luggage tags and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity to enterprise and consumer applications.

Overview

Our vision is digital life for everyday items. Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity for these everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell. We believe connecting everyday items and delivering real-time information about them is the essence of the Internet-of-Things, or IoT.

The Impinj Platform delivers Item Intelligence, an item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, to enterprise and consumer applications through both hardware and software elements:

Endpoints

 

   

Tag integrated-circuit, or IC, radios that attach to and uniquely identify items. We refer to an item and its attached tag IC as an endpoint.

Connectivity

 

   

Reader ICs that enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs.

 

   

Stationary or mobile readers that read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs.

 

   

Gateways that integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items.

Software

 

   

Software that aggregates and transforms data from endpoint reads, delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications and configures, manages and controls readers and gateways.

We believe we are the only company selling a platform spanning endpoints, connectivity and software. In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our

 



 

1


Table of Contents

calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

End users in a variety of industries including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform. We have sold more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 196 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 38 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We incurred losses since our inception in 2000 until we first became profitable in 2013. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA. We had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016.

Industry Background

We live in a connected world. Smartphones, tablets and other electronic devices share ever-more information over ever-more interconnected radio links, transforming our lives and unlocking unprecedented industry efficiencies. Advancements in wireless technology, cloud computing, search, and storage have paved the way for this IoT era.

According to industry research, approximately 16 billion wireless devices were connected to networks and the Internet in 2014. However, these devices form only a tiny subset of the items in the physical world, the vast majority of which are now connectable but remain unconnected. Apparel, shoes, jewelry, pharmaceuticals, medical supplies, documents, automotive parts, sporting items and food are among the more than a trillion such everyday items connectable to the digital world. But despite the fact that today’s digital infrastructure can process, analyze and use data from such items, the physical infrastructure and processes required to capture and deliver item-level data has historically been nonexistent or labor-intensive, expensive, time-consuming and ineffective, so these items remain unconnected. For example, retailers have not historically had an automated way to track in-store inventory so they resort to infrequent and labor-intensive manual counts. Similarly, hospitals have not historically had an automated, timely way to track biospecimens so they resort to labor-intensive barcode scanning. In these and numerous other examples a lack of real-time information about item identity and location increases inventory carrying costs, reduces operating efficiencies, and consumes labor and time.

Our Solution

We connect everyday items using RAIN, a radio-frequency identification technology we pioneered. We spearheaded development of the RAIN radio standard, lobbied governments to allocate frequency spectrum and cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance along with Google, Intel and Smartrac. Today, our industry uses the RAIN radio standard nearly exclusively. RAIN spectrum is freely available in 78 countries representing roughly 96.5% of the world’s GDP and the RAIN Alliance has more than 100 member companies worldwide.

We sell a platform that includes tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways that enable wireless connectivity to everyday items, and software that delivers Item Intelligence from endpoint reads. Our platform is secure, easy to

 



 

2


Table of Contents

deploy and manage, flexible to meet end user needs across a range of industries including retail and healthcare, and scalable from a single location, store or hospital to large enterprises.

Our tag ICs are ideally suited for wirelessly connecting billions of everyday items. They power themselves from a reader’s radio waves so do not need batteries, are readable to 30 feet without line-of-sight yet sell for pennies. Each tag IC uniquely identifies its host item and may include additional functionalities such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy.

Our reader ICs, readers and gateways communicate bidirectionally with tag ICs, identifying and locating more than 1,000 items-per-second while also supporting the additional functionalities that tag ICs provide. Our reader ICs sell for tens of dollars and our readers and gateways sell for hundreds to thousands of dollars.

Our software, introduced in 2015, extracts Item Intelligence from the wireless item data, delivers it to the cloud, and exposes it to existing and new enterprise and consumer applications through query- and event-based application program interfaces, or APIs. A single software instance can connect and manage hundreds of readers or gateways. We view our software as an operating system that links the physical and digital worlds, enabling end users to access and leverage Item Intelligence.

Industry Use Cases

A variety of industries use RAIN and Item Intelligence. The following use cases are representative of what we believe to be a massive worldwide opportunity, which we believe is still significantly underpenetrated today.

Retail

Retailers such as Macy’s and Zara have turned to RAIN and Item Intelligence, consuming billions of tags each year. These and other retailers drive competitive advantages by tagging individual apparel items to:

 

   

Improve Inventory Visibility. U.S. apparel retailers historically inferred store inventory using manual counts, store-receipt data and point-of-sale data, typically resulting in 65% visibility based on industry sources. From measured data, RAIN offers apparel retailers better than 95% real-time inventory visibility.

 

   

Reduce Out-of-Stocks and Markdowns. Item Intelligence helps retailers increase revenue by enabling them to stock shelves accurately, reducing inventory costs, out-of-stocks and overstock markdowns.

 

   

Enable Omnichannel Fulfillment. Item Intelligence allows retailers to optimize logistics and increase selling opportunities using omnichannel fulfillment, offering online shoppers next-day, direct-from-store delivery or in-store pickup.

 

   

Enhance Shopping Experiences. Item Intelligence enables retailers to engage shoppers with interactive fitting rooms and product displays. It can also provide retailers real-time data on shopper preferences.

 

   

Identify and Prevent Loss. Item Intelligence can help retailers deter theft and uniquely identify stolen items for replenishment.

We sell our products and platform to retailers, fulfilling through our partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value-added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners.

Healthcare

Under the Affordable Care Act, Medicare links hospital reimbursement to patient quality-of-care, increasing pressure on hospitals to have real-time data about assets, inventory, staff and patients. The Veterans Affairs Hospitals, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, North York General and the University of Tennessee Medical

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Center use the Impinj Platform, fulfilled through our partner ecosystem, to obtain these data. Applications include biospecimen tracking, asset management, automated billing and replenishment of medical consumables, and authentication and visibility of pharmaceutical inventory.

Other Industries

Other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, food, datacenter, travel and banking are deriving business value from Item Intelligence. A few examples of end users in these industries that have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform include:

 

   

Automotive. Audi tags parts and cars for assembly and delivery. Love’s Travel Stops uses vehicle windshield tags to enable automatic, cashless fueling.

 

   

Industrial and Manufacturing. Boeing, Bell Helicopter and Eurocopter tag items for aircraft assembly. Carrier Corporation uses RAIN to improve their warehouse operations.

 

   

Consumer Experience. Foot races such as the New York Marathon track runners though tags in race bibs. NASCAR tags tires for team compliance, and Topgolf tags golf balls to score participants’ shots.

 

   

Food. Coca-Cola uses our tag and reader ICs in its Freestyle soda fountains. The Hy-Vee supermarket chain tags items for cold-chain monitoring. Cheeky’s restaurant patrons self-dispense beverages using tagged access cards. McDonald’s uses our gateways to enable direct-to-table food service.

 

   

Datacenter. Cisco and Hewlett-Packard pre-tag servers and other equipment for asset tracking. Intel links our tag ICs with their microprocessors to enable processor-secured storage.

 

   

Travel. Las Vegas, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and other airports use RAIN-enabled luggage tags. Washington offers tagged drivers licenses to speed border crossings.

 

   

Banking. Bank of America and Wells Fargo tag information technology equipment. The Agricultural Bank of China tags money bundles.

Our Opportunity

We believe our market opportunity is massive. Not only are the numbers of tagged items large and growing but so is the infrastructure, in both scale and investment, that produces, encodes, applies, reads and extracts business value from these tagged items. According to industry research, RAIN tag IC volumes grew at a 27% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2010 to 2015, reaching 5.3 billion in 2015 and are expected to grow to over 20 billion in 2020. The chart below shows yearly worldwide RAIN tag IC sales volumes and our yearly tag IC shipments in billions:

 

 

LOGO

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Our addressable market in the two largest RAIN opportunities, retail and healthcare, is large and growing. Frost & Sullivan, a market research firm, forecasts the retail opportunity will grow at a 39% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.4 billion by 2020. Transparency Market Research, another market research firm, forecasts the healthcare opportunity will grow at a 14% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.3 billion by 2020. We have additional opportunities in automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

RAIN market adoption has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. For additional information related to RAIN market adoption, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Our Strengths

We lead the market in connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items. We believe we can maintain and extend our leadership position as the market grows by leveraging our competitive strengths, including:

Comprehensive Platform . End users who deploy the Impinj Platform gain performance, reliability and ease-of-use we believe is unequaled by “mix-and-match” systems cobbled-together from competitors’ components.

Market Leadership . Our leading market share in tag ICs, reader ICs and stationary readers gives us economies of scale relative to our competitors.

Broad Partner Ecosystem . Our strategy of selling to end users with fulfillment through our worldwide partner ecosystem gives us market reach, penetration and scalability we believe few, if any, of our competitors enjoy.

Technology Leadership . Our intense focus on RAIN and Item Intelligence has enabled us to be first-to-market with innovative, high quality products.

Trusted Brand . We believe our industry leadership, name recognition and reputation for innovative, high-performing and quality products have significantly contributed to our leading market position.

Our Growth Strategy

To further our mission of connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items, we plan to focus on the following strategic areas:

Continue Investing in Our Platform . Since 2003, we have invested more than $160 million developing our platform. We plan to continue investing in platform functionality, software/hardware linkages, broadening our software capabilities, supporting enhanced tag features and enhancing our gateway functionalities. Since 2003, investment in our platform comprised: $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in costs for development agreements and $1 million in capitalized internal-use software.

Drive End-User Adoption . We plan to expand our engagements with end users in retail and healthcare, accelerating their adoption of the Impinj Platform, and also intend to target other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

Cross-Sell and Up-Sell Our Platform within our Installed Footprint . We believe the majority of RAIN deployments today use one or more of our products, positioning us for future platform cross-sell and up-sell opportunities.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Expand within our Existing Customer Base . We will seek to generate additional revenue from existing end users of our platform by expanding their deployment scope and adding new use cases.

Enable Ubiquitous Reading . We plan to invest in next-generation reader ICs to improve functionality, reduce costs, and make Impinj-based readers ubiquitous in industrial and consumer devices and facilities infrastructure.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business and ability to execute our strategy are subject to many risks that you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. We describe these risks more fully in the prospectus section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. These risks include, among others:

 

   

if adoption of the RAIN market stalls or develops slower than we expect, our business will suffer;

 

   

our market is very competitive;

 

   

our growth prospects depend, in part, on others developing business analytics tools to derive business value from the Item Intelligence the Impinj platform delivers;

 

   

we rely on third-party distributors, system integrators, VARs, and software solution partners to sell our products;

 

   

we have limited marketing and sales resources, and because we fulfill through third parties, our visibility to end-user demand is limited and uncertain;

 

   

we rely on a small number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products and some of our suppliers are sole-source; and

 

   

our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, and their affiliates, who after this offering will hold more than     % of our outstanding common stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in April 2000. Our principal executive office is located at 400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109. Our telephone number is (206) 517-5300. Our website is www.impinj.com. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock to be offered

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license, and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“PI”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 155,028,663 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, and excludes:

 

   

22,978,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.32 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 2,150,778 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

541,557 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 676,926 shares of common stock in connection with the offering) underlying warrants with an exercise price of $0.7765 per share which exclude shares underlying the warrants described below that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 

   

300,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $0.21 per share.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-              reverse stock split of our common and preferred stock, which became effective             , 2016;

 



 

7


Table of Contents
   

the conversion of all our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, except warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $              per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenue

   $ 42,832      $ 55,491      $ 63,763      $ 78,479      $ 16,065      $ 21,631   

Cost of revenue (1)

     24,454        27,040        30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     18,378        28,451        33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development expense (1)

     10,517        10,479        13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense (1)

     9,700        9,592        10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense (1)

     5,872        5,864        6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs (1)

     —          —          1,959        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,089        25,935        33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (7,711     2,516        456        1,601        (733     (1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (3,060     (2,183     (63     (535     (153     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     (10,771     333        393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

     (96     (98     (96     (166     (19     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders :

            

Basic

   $ 114,349 (3)     $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (15,706   $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 3.17 (3)     $ (0.29   $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.18   $ (0.29   $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

    36,108        37,727        40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    85,905        37,727        40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) - basic and diluted:

        $ 0.00        $ (0.02
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

          148,987          153,477   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          164,264          153,477   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (5,734   $ 4,316      $ 4,918      $ 4,751      $ (13   $ (821

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015         2015             2016      
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 46      $ 45      $ 49      $ 31      $ 13      $ 5   

Research and development expense

    377        339        362        305        103        69   

Sales and marketing expense

    378        148        413        692        144        205   

General and administrative expense

    387        275        313        150        46        55   

Offering costs

    —          —          38        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,188      $ 807      $ 1,175      $ 1,178      $ 306      $ 334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted, and our pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted.

(3)

2012 net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted was impacted by the recapitalization of previously outstanding preferred stock.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(4)  

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA.

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2016  
     ACTUAL     PRO
FORMA (1)
    PRO
FORMA  AS
ADJUSTED (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,822      $ 14,822      $                

Working capital

     15,421        15,421     

Total assets

     60,530        60,530     

Total long-term debt

     23,583        23,583     

Warrant liability

     2,811        —       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     100,788        —       

Accumulated deficit

     (187,645     (187,645  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (89,770     13,829     

 

(1)  

Reflects the (a) automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (b) conversion of the preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities to common stock warrants, assuming no exercise, and (c) effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)  

Reflects the pro forma adjustments set forth in the immediately preceding note and (a) the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $              per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, (b) the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c) the application of such proceeds as described in the section captioned “Use of Proceeds.” The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $              per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $              million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are the material risks of our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, operating results or growth prospects could be harmed by any of these risks. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

RAIN market adoption is uncertain. If RAIN market adoption does not continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we expect, our business will suffer.

The RAIN market is relatively new and, to a large extent, unproven. RAIN technology and product adoption, including that of the Impinj Platform and Item Intelligence, will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

   

whether end users embrace the benefits we believe RAIN offers, and if so whether RAIN will achieve and sustain high demand and market adoption;

 

   

whether end users perceive that the benefits of RAIN adoption outweigh the cost and time to install or replace their existing systems and processes; and

 

   

whether the technological capabilities of RAIN products and applications meet end users’ current or anticipated needs.

The adoption of RAIN technology and products has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. Our industry has also experienced periods of accelerated adoption that were not sustained. For example, RAIN adoption accelerated in late 2010 and early 2011, but then decelerated, in part, we believe, due to a patent infringement lawsuit filed by Round Rock Research in 2011 against several large retailers and other end users. Round Rock settled with RAIN suppliers in late 2013, however the end users that were parties to the lawsuit did not finalize their settlements with Round Rock until early 2015. Near-term RAIN adoption depends on large organizations with market influence, particularly in the retail industry, continuing to deploy RAIN solutions. Long-term RAIN market growth will depend on adoption by other industries and government agencies. End users and our prospective customers may not be familiar with our products or RAIN in general, or may use other products and technologies to identify, locate, authenticate, engage, track and prevent loss of their items. Additionally, even if prospective customers are familiar with RAIN, our products or Item Intelligence, a negative perception of, or experience with, RAIN or a competitor’s RAIN products may deter them from adopting RAIN or our products. Before they adopt RAIN, businesses, government agencies and other organizations may need education on the benefits of using RAIN in their operations. These educational efforts may not be successful, and organizations may decide that the costs of adopting RAIN outweigh the benefits. Failure of organizations to adopt RAIN generally, and the Impinj Platform specifically, for any reason will hurt the development of our market and, consequently, impair our business and prospects.

Fluctuations in the adoption of RAIN may affect our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenue, cash flows and profitability. Moreover, to ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and contract manufacturers based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Our failure to accurately forecast demand for RAIN solutions may cause us to experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

If RAIN adoption by retailers does not continue at the rate we expect, our business will be adversely affected.

The retail apparel industry leads RAIN adoption, and end users in the retail industry were the largest consumers of our products in 2015. We believe the retail industry is a leading indicator of the market adoption of RAIN

 

12


Table of Contents

solutions and if large apparel retailers in particular continue to adopt the Impinj Platform adoption within the retail industry and in other industries will accelerate. As such, the retail industry is our key strategic focus.

If retailers or other early adopters fail to realize demonstrable benefits from RAIN or delay or abandon their deployments, overall RAIN market acceptance may be materially and adversely affected. For example, in July 2012, J.C. Penney Company, Inc. announced plans to tag every item in their stores by February 2013; however, they subsequently stopped the RAIN deployment after experiencing challenging financial results and a change in senior management. Any widespread delay, slowdown or failure by retailers or other organizations to implement RAIN-based systems generally, and our products and the Impinj Platform specifically, will materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and long-term prospects.

We have a history of losses and only recently achieved profitability. We cannot be certain that we will increase or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred losses since our inception in 2000 and only first became profitable in 2013. Although we had net income of $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively, we had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016. Our ability to increase or sustain profitability depends on numerous factors, many of which are out of our control, including continued RAIN adoption, our market share and our margins. We expect significant expenditures to support operations, product development, and business and headcount expansion in sales, engineering, and marketing as a public company. If we fail to increase our revenue or manage our expenses, we may not increase or sustain profitability in the future.

Fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may adversely affect our business, prospects and stock price.

You must consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we encounter in the uncertain and rapidly evolving RAIN market. Because this market is new and evolving, predicting its future growth rate and size is difficult. The rapidly evolving nature of the markets in which we sell our products, as well as other factors that are beyond our control, reduce our ability to accurately evaluate our future prospects and forecast quarterly or annual performance.

End users drive demand for our products. Because we sell nearly all of our products through channel partners, our ability to determine end-user demand is limited. In addition, we rely on our channel partners to integrate our products with end-user information systems and this integration has been uneven and unpredictable in scope, timing and implementation. In the past, both we and other industry participants have overestimated the RAIN market size and growth rates. To date, we have had limited success in accurately predicting future sales of our products and platform. We expect that for the foreseeable future our visibility into future sales, including both volumes and prices, will continue to be limited. This poor visibility may cause fluctuations in our operating results, particularly on a quarterly basis, that we are unable to predict as well as failure to achieve our expected operating results.

Numerous other factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results and revenue include:

 

   

variations in RAIN adoption and deployment delays by end users;

 

   

fluctuations in demand for our products, the Impinj Platform or Item Intelligence, including by tag manufacturers and other significant customers on which we rely for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

   

fluctuations in the available supply of our products;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

variations in the quality of our products and return rates;

 

   

declines in selling prices for our products;

 

   

delays in our product-shipment timing, customer or end-user sales or deployment cycles, or work performed under development contracts;

 

   

intellectual property disputes involving us, our customers, end users or other participants in our industry;

 

   

adverse outcomes of litigation or governmental proceedings;

 

   

timing variability in product introductions, enhancements, services, and technologies by us and our competitors and market acceptance of these new or enhanced products, services and technologies;

 

   

unanticipated excess or obsolete inventory as a result of supply-chain mismanagement, introduction of new products, quality issues or otherwise;

 

   

changes in the amount and timing of our operating costs, including those related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

changes in business cycles or seasonal fluctuations that may affect the markets in which we sell;

 

   

changes in industry standards or specifications, or changes in government regulations, relating to RAIN, the Impinj Platform, or Item Intelligence;

 

   

late, delayed or cancelled payments from our customers; and

 

   

unanticipated impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill.

A substantial portion of our operating expenses are fixed for the short-term, and as a result fluctuations in revenue or unanticipated expenses can have a material and immediate impact on our profitability. The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our operating results in any particular period, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our market is very competitive. If we fail to compete successfully, our business and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition from both established and emerging competitors. We believe our principal current competitors are: in readers and gateways, Zebra Technologies Corporation, Alien Technology Corporation, or Alien; in reader ICs, AMS AG and Phychips Inc.; and in tag ICs, NXP B.V., or NXP, and Alien. Our channel partners, including distributors, system integrators, VARs, and software solution partners, may enter our market and compete with us rather than purchase our products, which would not only reduce our customer base but also increase competition in the market, adversely affecting our operating results, business and prospects. In addition, companies in adjacent markets or newly formed companies may decide to enter our market.

Competition for customers is intense. Because the RAIN market is evolving rapidly, winning customer and end-user accounts at an early stage in the development of the market is critical to growing our business. End users that instead use competing products and technologies may face high switching costs, which may affect our and our channel partners’ ability to successfully convert them to our products. Failure to obtain orders from customers and end users, for competitive reasons or otherwise, will materially adversely affect our operating results, business and prospects.

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories and much greater financial, research and development, marketing and other resources than we have. Consequently, some of these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. These competitors may also be

 

14


Table of Contents

able to discount their product pricing, or bundle their products with other products, to gain market share. For example, certain providers could bundle near-field communication, or NFC, products with RAIN products, or could bundle stationary readers with handheld readers. In addition, new competitors could enter the gateway market or develop RAIN platforms or solutions. Larger or more established companies may deliver and directly compete with our Item Intelligence. Smaller companies could launch new products and applications we do not offer and could gain market acceptance quickly. Moreover, consolidation in the RAIN industry could intensify the competitive pressures that we face. Many of our existing and potential competitors may be better positioned than we are to acquire other companies, technologies or products.

Some of our customers have policies requiring diverse supplier bases to enhance competition and maintain multiple RAIN product providers. They do not have an interest in purchasing exclusively from one supplier or promoting a particular brand. Our ability to increase order sizes from these customers and maintain or increase our market share is constrained by these policies. In addition, any decline in quality or availability of our products or any increase in the number of suppliers that such a customer uses may decrease demand for our products and adversely affect our operating results, business and prospects.

We cannot assure you that our products will continue to compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products, or enhancements introduced by our existing competitors, or new companies entering our market. In addition, we cannot assure you that our competitors do not have, or will not develop, processes or product designs that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products at lower costs than ours. Any failure to compete successfully will materially adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Downturns in the industries we serve, particularly retail, may adversely affect our business.

Worldwide economic conditions have exhibited significant fluctuations in recent years, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread. As a consequence, we and our customers have had extreme difficulty forecasting and planning future business activities accurately. These economic conditions could cause our customers or end users to reduce their capital-expense budgets, which could decrease spending for our products resulting in delayed and lengthened deployment, a decrease in sales or a loss of sales opportunities. The retail industry is subject to volatility, especially during uncertain economic conditions. A downturn in the retail industry in particular may disproportionately affect us because retailers comprise a significant portion of the RAIN end users. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery, whether global, regional or within specific markets. If the conditions of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsen, our business could be harmed.

If we fail to obtain quality products in adequate quantity and in a timely and cost-effective manner, our operating results and growth prospects will be adversely affected.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities. Currently, all our tag ICs are manufactured by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, and primarily post-processed by our subcontractor Stars Microelectronics (Thailand) Public Company Limited, or Stars; all our reader ICs are manufactured by Tower Semiconductors Ltd., or TowerJazz; and all our readers and gateways are manufactured by Plexus Corp., or Plexus, or Western Corporation. We also use subcontractors for post-processing, assembly and testing. We do not control our manufacturers’ or subcontractors’ ability or willingness to meet our supply requirements.

Currently, we do not have long-term supply contracts with TSMC, TowerJazz, Plexus or Western Corporation, and neither they nor our subcontractors are required to supply us with products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. Suppliers can allocate production capacity to other companies’ and reduce deliveries to us on short notice. Our suppliers may allocate capacity to other companies, which could impair our ability to secure sufficient product supply for sale.

We place orders with some of our suppliers five or more months before our anticipated product delivery dates to our customers. We base these orders on our customer-demand forecasts. If we inaccurately forecast this customer

 

15


Table of Contents

demand then we may be unable to obtain adequate and cost-effective foundry or assembly capacity to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, or we may accumulate excess inventory.

Manufacturing capacity may not be available when we need it or at reasonable prices. For example, in 2010 we experienced significant shortages in tag IC delivery from TSMC relative to our submitted purchase orders because of high demand for foundry capacity in the semiconductor industry. Such shortages adversely affected our ability to meet our obligations to our customers and, in some cases, caused customers to cancel orders, qualify alternative suppliers or purchase from our competitors. In response to any future shortages, our customers may act similarly or, alternatively, may overbuy our products, which could artificially inflate sales in near-term periods while leading to sales declines in future periods as our customers consume their accumulated inventory.

At times, our suppliers ask us to purchase excess products to ensure we do not face a subsequent shortage. For example, in the second quarter of 2014, we purchased more ICs from TSMC than required, which affected our available cash for the quarter. If we are unable to sell the additional inventory we purchased, or if we must sell it at lower prices due to obsolescence, our operating results may be adversely affected.

If our suppliers fail to deliver products at reasonable prices or with satisfactory quality levels then our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if supplier capacity diminishes, including from a catastrophic loss of facilities or otherwise, we could have difficulty fulfilling our orders, our revenue could decline and our growth prospects could be impaired. We anticipate requiring three to 18 months to transition our assembly services or foundries to new providers. Such a transition would likely require a qualification process by our customers or end users, which could also adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our operating results.

If we are unsuccessful introducing new products and enhancements, our operating results will be harmed.

To keep pace with technology developments, satisfy increasingly stringent end-user requirements and achieve market acceptance, we plan to introduce new products and solutions. We commit significant resources to developing these new products and solutions while improving performance, reliability and reducing costs. For example, we are investing substantial resources to develop and enhance our platform software but do not expect to realize material revenue from this software in the near future. The market for our software is nascent, and we need to create market awareness of its benefits to drive end-user adoption. Creating market awareness includes promoting our software as a useful platform on which end users, software developers, consultants, system integrators and others can develop applications that can deliver tailored functionality and thereby accelerate adoption. We may find that our software does not meet the current or anticipated needs of our channel partners or end users. In addition, we have limited experience developing and selling software products and cannot be certain that our proposed pricing model or sales strategy will be successful. We rely on and must train our channel partners to sell, develop applications for and integrate our software with end users’ systems, but we cannot guarantee that we or they will be successful doing so. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our development efforts to maintain our competitive position. We also cannot be certain that our software will generate revenue from these investments for several years, if it all, or that such revenue will exceed the investment we are committing to develop and deploy our software.

The success of a new or enhanced product is impacted by accurate forecasts of long-term market demand. For example, our xArray gateway is a relatively new product that incorporates enhanced technological features, but we cannot be certain whether demand for xArray will develop as forecasted. We may also fail to anticipate or meet market requirements for new features and functionality. By focusing on certain new products and industries, we may miss opportunities for other products and applications that may be more widely adopted.

In addition, we enter into non-recurring engineering, or NRE, development agreements which typically include initial funding with a requirement for us to meet certain milestones in order to receive additional funding for the NRE engagement. If we are unable to meet such milestones, we may not realize the full benefits of the NRE engagement.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we fail to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely fashion to meet our channel partners’ or end-users’ needs or do not achieve the milestones in our NRE engagements then we will lose market share and our revenue and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to develop new products using new or enhanced technologies, our competitive position will be adversely affected.

In the future, we may not succeed in developing the underlying technologies or processes necessary to create new or enhanced products or license or otherwise acquire these technologies from third parties. We may be unable to develop commercially viable products using new or enhanced technologies, such as more advanced silicon process geometries for ICs or new materials or designs for readers and gateways. The success of a new or enhanced product depends on future technological developments, as well as on various implementation factors, including:

 

   

our timely and efficient completion of the design process;

 

   

our timely and efficient implementation of manufacturing, assembly and testing procedures;

 

   

product performance;

 

   

product certification;

 

   

the quality, reliability and selling price of the product; and

 

   

effective marketing, sales and service.

If we are unable to develop new products or features to compete effectively, our market share will be adversely affected, which would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

An inability or limited ability of enterprise systems to exploit RAIN information may adversely affect the market for our products.

A successful end-user RAIN deployment requires not only tags and readers or gateways, but integration with information systems and applications that derive business value from tag data. Unless technology providers continue developing and advancing business-analytics tools, and end users install or enhance their information systems and applications to use these tools, deployments of RAIN products and applications could stall. Our efforts to foster development and deployment of these tools by providing software that delivers Item Intelligence could fail. In addition, our guidance to business-analytics tool providers for integrating our products with their tools could prove ineffective.

Solution providers and systems integrators form an essential part of the RAIN market by providing deployment know-how to end users who are unable to deploy RAIN solutions on their own. Our efforts to train and support these solution providers and systems integrators could fail. Further, integrating our products with end-user information systems could prove more difficult or time consuming than we or they anticipate, which could delay deployments. If end users are unable to successfully exploit RAIN data, or if we are unable to support solution providers or systems integrators adequately, or if deployments of our platform are delayed, we could see a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, financial condition or prospects.

Our reliance on a small number of customers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We sell our tag ICs direct, primarily to inlay and tag original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and original design manufacturers, or ODMs. In 2015, sales to Avery Dennison Corporation, or Avery, Shang Yang RFID Technology Yangzhou Co. Ltd., or Shang Yang, and Smartrac NV, or Smartrac, accounted for 23%, 22% and 20% of our tag IC revenue, and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We sell our reader ICs primarily through distribution to reader OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, distributor sell-thru to our top two reader IC partners each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We sell our readers and gateways primarily through distribution to VARs and system integrators, or SIs. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and

 

17


Table of Contents

10% of our total revenue, but no end customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We have experienced in the past and may again experience in the future purchasing delays or disruptions by some of these channel partners due to conditions within their organizations that are independent of market demand for our products or the RAIN market generally. Although our strategy is to diversify our channel-partner base by pursuing increased orders from smaller partners, add new partners, and increase end-user pull for our products from their diverse customer base, we cannot assure you we will succeed in doing so. The number of tag manufacturers may decrease by consolidation or otherwise. Even if we are successful in obtaining and retaining new channel partners, our small number of existing large tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors may continue to account for a substantial portion of our future sales. Changes in markets, channel partners, end-user customers, products, negative economic or financial developments, or poor or limited credit availability may adversely affect the ability of our tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors to bring our products to market.

Our future performance will depend, in part, on our ability to attract new tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors that use, market and support our products effectively, especially in market segments where we have not sold products previously. If we cannot retain our current tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors or establish new relationships, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed. In addition, our competitors’ strategic relationships with or acquisitions of these tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs or distributors could disrupt our relationships with them. Any such disruption could impair or delay our product sales to end users and increase our costs of distribution, which could adversely affect our sales or operating results.

Our reliance on distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution providers to sell and distribute our products to end users could harm our business and revenue.

We rely on our partner ecosystem to sell and distribute our products to end users. Our revenue depends on their ability to successfully market, sell, install and provide technical support for the solutions in which our products are integrated or to sell our products on a stand-alone basis. Our revenue will decline if our channel partners fail. Further, faulty or negligent implementation and installation of our products by systems integrators may harm our reputation.

Because we fulfill through channel partners, our ability to determine end-user demand is constrained. End users drive demand for our products and because we are often at least one step removed from these end users, we may be unable to rectify damage to our reputation caused by our channel partners who have more direct contact with these end users. For strategic or other reasons, our channel partners may choose to prioritize the sale of our competitors’ products over our products. Furthermore, some of our channel partners may offer some products that compete with our products and may limit sales of our competing products. If reader IC OEMs are unable to obtain components for products in which our products are included, our product sales could be adversely affected. If our distributors, system integrators, VARs or software solution providers are unable to sell an adequate amount of our products in a given quarter or if they choose to decrease their inventories of our products for any reason, our sales to these channel partners and our revenue will decline.

Many of our channel partners provide us with customer referrals and cooperate with us in marketing our products; however, our relationships with them may end at any time. If we fail to successfully manage our relationships with our channel partners, our ability to sell our products into new industries and to increase our penetration into existing industries may be impaired and our business will be harmed.

If our channel partners do not properly forecast end users’ demand for our products then they may carry excess product inventory, which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

If some or all of our channel partners purchase more of our products than they need to satisfy end-user demand in any particular period, inventories held by the channel partners will grow during that period. The channel partners are then likely to reduce future orders until they realign inventory levels with end-user demand, which could

 

18


Table of Contents

adversely affect our product revenue in a subsequent period. Distributors may also return our products in exchange for other products, subject to time and quantity limitations. Our reserve estimates for products stocked by our distributors are based principally on reports provided to us by our distributors, typically on a monthly basis. To the extent this resale and channel-inventory information is inaccurate or we do not receive it in a timely manner, we may not be able to make accurate reserve estimates for future periods, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our growth strategy depends in part on the success of strategic relationships with third parties and their continued performance and alignment.

To continue our growth, we are investing in our relationships with system integrators, VARs and software solution providers that have product offerings that complement our platform and through which we will fulfill sales. Our business will be harmed if we fail to successfully develop and implement such strategic relationships. For example, operating results may suffer if our efforts towards developing our go-to-market relationships consume resources and incur costs, but do not result in a commensurate increase in revenue. In addition, such relationships may involve exclusivity provisions, additional levels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies. The cost of developing and maintaining such relationships may go unrecovered or unrewarded and our efforts may not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue.

Selling prices of our products could decrease substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and gross margins.

Historically, our market has experienced price erosion. The average selling prices, or ASPs, of our products has decreased as the RAIN market has developed. We may experience substantial fluctuations in future operating results due to further ASP reductions.

From time-to-time we have reduced the selling price of our products due to competitive pressures, to encourage adoption, to address macroeconomic conditions and for other reasons. We expect to do so again in the future. If we are unable to offset ASP reductions with increased sales volumes or reduced product costs then our revenue and gross margins will suffer. Further, our customers may be slow to migrate to new, higher margin products. Some competitors have significantly greater resources than we have and may be better able to absorb the negative impact on operating results as a result of such trends.

Rapid market innovation, which we continue to experience, can drive intense pricing pressure, particularly for older products or products using older technology. Short product life cycles cause our channel partners and end users to replace older products with newer ones on a regular basis. When demand for older products declines, ASPs may drop, in some cases precipitously. To profitably sell our products we must continually improve our technology, processes, and reduce costs in line with the lower selling prices. If we and our third-party suppliers and manufacturers cannot advance process technologies or improve efficiencies to a degree sufficient to maintain required margins, we may not be able to sell our products profitably. Should our cost reductions fail to keep pace with reductions in market prices, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.

Changes in our product mix could cause our overall gross margin to decline, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our historical gross margins. Our gross margins depend strongly on product mix. A shift in sales mix away from our higher margin products to lower margin products will adversely affect our gross margins. A majority of our revenue is generated by sales of our tag ICs, which have lower gross margins than our other products, and we expect tag IC revenue to increase as a percentage of our total revenue over time. If tag IC revenue continues to grow relative to our other products, our company-wide gross margin will decline. NRE developments generally also have a higher margin than tag ICs, and their impact

 

19


Table of Contents

on our gross margin may vary. For example, in the second half of 2013 and first half of 2014 we generated a substantially larger percentage of our revenue from NRE engagements, which resulted in a higher gross margin for such periods. Additionally, competitive alternatives to our products, overall increased competition, weaker than expected demand and other factors may lead to lower prices, revenue and margins in the future, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.

We generate most of our revenue from our tag ICs, and a decline in sales of these products could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our product revenue from our tag ICs. In addition, the continued adoption of our tag ICs derives in part from our ability to sell our reader ICs, readers and gateways. We are particularly vulnerable to fluctuations in demand for our tag ICs, and if demand for them declines, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Our products must meet exacting technical and quality specifications. Defects, errors or interoperability issues with our products, or the failure of our products to operate as expected, could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products.

Our products may contain defects or errors or may not operate as we or our channel partners or end-user customers expect, which could materially and adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. Our products must meet demanding specifications for quality, performance and reliability. Our products are highly technical and designed to be deployed in large, complex systems under a variety of conditions. Channel partners and end users may discover errors, defects or incompatibilities only after deploying our products. For example, harsh environments or radio-frequency interference may negatively affect gateway performance. In addition, our channel partners or end users may experience compatibility or interoperability issues between our products and their enterprise software systems or networks, or between our products and other RAIN products they may use.

We may experience quality problems with our products combined with or incorporated into products from other vendors, such as tags produced by our tag manufacturers using our tag ICs, readers or gateways assembled by OEMs using our reader ICs. We may have difficulty identifying and correcting the source of problems when third parties are combining, incorporating or assembling our products.

If we are unable to fix errors or other problems, we could experience:

 

   

loss of customers or customer orders;

 

   

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products;

 

   

loss of market share;

 

   

damage to our brand and reputation;

 

   

impaired ability to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance;

 

   

diversion of development resources;

 

   

increased service and warranty costs;

 

   

replacement costs;

 

   

legal actions by our customers; and

 

   

increased insurance costs.

Although our agreements typically contain provisions that purport to limit our liability for damages resulting from defects in our products, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforceable or otherwise effectively

 

20


Table of Contents

protect us from claims. We may be required to indemnify our customers against liabilities arising from defects in our products or in their solutions that incorporate our products. These liabilities may also include costs incurred by our channel partners or end users to correct problems or replace our products.

The costs we incur correcting product defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we test our products for defects or errors prior to product release and during production, our customers still occasionally catch defects or errors that we miss. Such defects or errors have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. To the extent product failures are material, they could adversely affect our business, operating results, customer relationships, reputation and prospects. Also, we assert that our products conform to the UHF Gen2 protocol. Compatibility issues between our products and the protocol, or among different products that each nominally conform to the protocol, could disrupt our customers’ operations, hurt our customer relations and materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

We will lose market share and may not be successful if end users or customers do not design our products into their products and systems.

End users often undertake extensive pilot programs or qualification processes prior to placing orders for large quantities of our products, in particular for gateway products, because these products must function as part of a larger system or network or meet certain other specifications. We spend significant time and resources to have our products selected by a potential end user or customer, which is known as a “design-in.” In the case of gateway products, a “design-in” means that the gateway product has been selected to be designed into the end user’s system and, in the case of a tag, may mean the tag has met certain unique performance criteria established by the end user or customer. If we fail to develop new products that adequately or competitively address the needs of potential end users, they may not select our products to be designed into their systems, which could adversely affect our business, prospects and operating results.

Our business is dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and if we fail to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation, our business could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and end users and to our ability to attract new customers and end users. We also believe that our brand and reputation will be increasingly important as competition in our market continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

 

   

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and defect-free products;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and privacy of our customer’s sensitive and proprietary information;

 

   

our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

 

   

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

 

   

the quality and perceived value of our products;

 

   

our ability to successfully differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

 

   

actions of competitors and other third parties; and

 

   

positive or negative publicity.

If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be harmed.

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, employees, channel partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce

 

21


Table of Contents

the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our products and platform and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property then our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other intellectual property rights and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others or having third parties infringe, misappropriate or circumvent the rights we own or license. We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, including patents in the United States and copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States and foreign countries. Because most RAIN products are used in or imported into the United States, we have historically focused on filing U.S. patent applications. We have filed a small number of foreign patent applications, but do not yet have any issued or allowed patents in any foreign country. By seeking patent protection primarily in the United States, our ability to assert our intellectual property rights outside the United States is limited. We have registered trademarks and domain names in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. Regardless, some of our products and technologies may not be covered adequately by any patent, patent application, trademark, copyright, trade secret or domain name.

We cannot guarantee that:

 

   

any of the patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights we presently employ in our business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;

 

   

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our agreements with third parties;

 

   

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage we originally sought;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will be enforced, particularly in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protections may be weak;

 

   

we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against, or to license our technology to, others and collect royalties or other payments; or

 

   

we will retain the right to ask for a royalty-bearing license in relation to ratification of a standard for which we participate in the standards process if we fail to file an intellectual property declaration pursuant to such standards process.

In addition, our competitors or others may design around our patents or protected technologies. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections available in the United States. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any legal action could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have already occurred or may occur in the future. Our failure to identify unauthorized use or otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business. Moreover, any litigation could be time consuming, and we could be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and the efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

 

22


Table of Contents

Some of our know-how or technology is not patented or patentable and may constitute trade secrets. To protect our trade secrets, we have a policy of requiring our employees, consultants, advisors and other collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We also rely on customary contractual protections with our channel partners, suppliers and end users, and we implement security measures intended to protect our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. However, we cannot guarantee we have entered into appropriate agreements with all parties that have had access to our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. We also cannot assure you that those agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure. Our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information could be obtained by third parties as a result of breaches of our physical or electronic security systems or our suppliers, employees or consultants could assert rights to our intellectual property.

Finally, our use of overseas manufacturers may involve particular risks. The intellectual property protection in countries where our third-party contractors operate is weaker than in the United States. If the steps we have taken and the protection provided by law do not adequately safeguard our intellectual property rights then we could suffer losses in profits due to the sales of competing products that exploit our intellectual property rights.

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement which could be time consuming, costly to defend or settle, result in the loss of significant rights, and adversely affect RAIN adoption generally.

Many companies in our industry hold large numbers of patents and other intellectual property rights and may vigorously pursue, protect and enforce their intellectual property rights. We have in the past, and may in the future, receive invitations to license patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. We may also receive assertions against us, our channel partners or end users claiming that we or they infringe patent or other intellectual property rights. Claims that our products, processes, technology or other aspects of our business infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. If we decline to accept an offer, the offering party may allege that we infringe such patents, which could result in litigation.

Intellectual property disputes affecting our industry may adversely affect RAIN adoption. For example, in 2011 Round Rock Research filed lawsuits against 11 end users, including Walmart and Macy’s, for patent infringement in the RAIN products these retailers use. We believe these lawsuits materially and adversely affected demand for our products by retailers and others from 2011 to 2014. In 2013, Round Rock Research entered into licensing settlement agreements with a substantial number of RAIN vendors, including us; in early 2015, they reached a settlement agreement with the last of the end-user defendants. We, our channel partners, suppliers or end users could be involved in similar disputes in the future which would materially and adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

On May 31, 2016, Adasa Inc. filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for Oregon against us and we understand that it filed similar lawsuits against Alien and NXP. The complaint against us alleges that our Monza 6 tag ICs infringe U.S. Patent No. 9,272,805, which was issued on March 1, 2016, because such tag ICs allegedly use multi-vendor chip-based serialization. The complaint seeks both damages and a permanent injunction against us. Based upon our preliminary investigation of the patent identified in the complaint, we do not believe that our products infringe valid or enforceable claims, if any, of this patent. Nevertheless, litigation is inherently uncertain and any judgment entered against us or any adverse settlement could adversely impact operating results. In addition, the costs associated with any actual, pending or threatened litigation could negatively impact our operating results regardless of the actual outcome.

Many of our agreements require us to indemnify and defend our channel partners and end users from third-party infringement claims and pay damages in the case of adverse rulings. Moreover, we may not know whether we are infringing a third party’s rights due to the large number of RAIN-related patents or to other systemic factors. For example, patent applications in the United States are maintained in confidence for up to 18 months after filing or, in some instances, for the entire time prior to patent issuance. Consequently, we may not be able to account for

 

23


Table of Contents

such rights until after publication. Competitors may also have filed patent applications or received patents and may obtain additional patents and proprietary rights that block or compete with our patents. Claims of this sort could harm our relationships with our channel partners or end users and might deter future customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in any such future proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome then we could be required to:

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

pay substantial damages for infringement;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

license technology from the party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that competitor; or

 

   

pay substantial damages to our channel partners or end users to cause them to discontinue their use of, or replace, infringing products with non-infringing products.

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have limited visibility into the length of the sales and deployment cycles for our products.

Because we have limited sales history for our products, we have limited visibility into the lengths of the product sales and deployment cycles, and from time-to-time these cycles have been longer than we anticipated. For new types of products, such as our xArray gateway or ItemSense software, our visibility into the sales and deployment cycle lengths is even more limited. Numerous factors can contribute to uncertainties in the cycle lengths, including the time channel partners and end users spend evaluating our products and our time educating them on the products’ benefits. The length and uncertain timing of the sales and deployment cycles can lead to delayed product orders. In anticipation of product orders, we may incur substantial costs before the sales cycle is complete and before we receive any customer orders or payments. If a sale is not completed or is cancelled or delayed, we may incur substantial expenses, which could hinder our ability to achieve or maintain profitability or otherwise negatively affect our financial results.

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties. Inaccuracies in our estimates of end-customer or channel-partner demand and product mix could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results.

We derive revenue primarily from purchase orders rather than from long-term purchase commitments. To ensure product availability, we typically manufacture from channel-partner forecasts in advance of received purchase orders. Because the RAIN-solutions market is relatively new, many of our channel partners have difficulty accurately forecasting their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects demand for our products. In some cases we build products according to our demand estimates, which requires us to make forecast assumptions. Demand uncertainties, by our channel partners and us, cause significant forecast inaccuracies. Further, our channel partners can cancel purchase orders or defer product shipments, in some cases with little or no advance notice to us. Additionally, we sometimes receive soft commitments for larger order sizes which do not materialize. Because of these reasons, and because we fulfill through channel partners, our visibility into end-user demand is limited, which may adversely affect our ability to plan purchases or manufacturing.

Our estimates of channel-partner and end-user demand have historically been inaccurate. Some of the inaccuracies have been material, leading to excess inventory with associated costs or product shortages with its

 

24


Table of Contents

concomitant loss of revenue and gross margin. For example, we believe our 2014 operating results were adversely affected when some retail apparel end users delayed their tag purchases as the result of unexpected extended patent litigation negotiations between certain domestic end users and Round Rock Research. We may experience similar forecasting inaccuracies in the future.

When we release new products we may carry higher inventories or have slower inventory turnover depending on our ability to anticipate market acceptance. High inventory levels and increased obsolescence could result in unexpected expenses or increases in reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. If we underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity is unavailable, we could miss revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Any significant product-order cancellations or deferrals or the return of previously sold products could materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations.

If we do not successfully attract and complete custom engineering projects, our products’ market adoption could be delayed and our market position compromised.

To extend our products’ capabilities and reach, and to encourage market adoption, we may perform NRE product, tool or software developments. If we do not successfully complete our NRE projects then our customer relationship could deteriorate and we could lose business and opportunities to expand our market. Because NRE-based developments can take more than a year to complete, our time to product revenue can be long. Additionally, a customer may choose to cancel or delay the development, reducing potential revenue. In addition, we compete with other companies to win these NRE engagements and, in the future, we may not be able to compete successfully. Some developments grant time-bounded exclusivity to the customer who paid for the NRE engagement, which may limit our ability to capitalize on the knowledge and experience we gain in connection with the NRE engagement. If a competitor develops and markets a similar product that we are unable to compete due to the time-bounded exclusivity then we could lose business, market share and revenue opportunities.

We are subject to risks inherent in foreign operations, including social, political and economic flux and compliance with additional U.S. and international laws, including those related to anti-bribery and anti-corruption, and may not be able to successfully maintain or expand our international operations.

In 2015, 73% of our total revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We anticipate growing our business, in part, by continuing to expand our international operations, which involves a variety of risks, including:

 

   

changes, some unexpected or unanticipated, in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

   

lack of established, clear, or fairly implemented standards or regulations with which our products must comply;

 

   

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, judgments and arbitration awards in international courts, and in collecting accounts receivable and longer payment and collection periods;

 

   

difficulty in supporting and localizing our international products;

 

   

different or unique competitive pressures as a result of, among other things, the presence of, or preference for, local businesses and market players;

 

   

challenges in managing employees, some foreign nationals, over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

   

limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

misappropriation of our intellectual property;

 

   

inflation and fluctuations in foreign-currency exchange rates and interest rates;

 

   

withholding taxes or other taxes, or changes thereof, on our foreign income;

 

   

restrictions, or changes thereof, on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls;

 

   

changes in a country’s or region’s political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions;

 

   

political uncertainty, strife, unrest, or conflict;

 

   

differing regulations with regard to maintaining operations, products and public information;

 

   

inequities or difficulties obtaining or maintaining export and import licenses;

 

   

differing labor regulations, including where labor laws may be more advantageous to employees than in the United States;

 

   

restrictions on earnings repatriation;

 

   

corrupt or unethical practices in foreign jurisdictions that may subject us to exposure under applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or and the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010; and

 

   

regulations, and changes thereof, relating to data privacy and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in Europe.

Various foreign regulatory or other governmental bodies may issue rulings that invalidate prior laws, regulations, or legal frameworks in manners that may adversely impact our business. The European Court of Justice in October 2015 issued a ruling immediately invalidating the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which facilitated personal data transfers to the United States in compliance with applicable EU data protection laws. EU and U.S. political authorities reached political agreement on February 2, 2016, regarding the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield, which would provide a new mechanism for companies to transfer EU personal data to the United States. It is unclear, however, whether the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield will be formally adopted or whether it will be appropriate for us to rely upon the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield. While we do not rely upon the U.S-EU Safe Harbor Framework to transfer EU personal data to the U.S., and it is unclear that we would make use of the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield, were it to be formally implemented, there is significant regulatory uncertainty surrounding the future of data transfers from the European Economic Area to the United States. In addition, the European Commission recently adopted a new data protection regulation, effective in May 2018, that will impose more stringent data protection requirements than the present regulatory regime in the European Union and provide for greater penalties for noncompliance.

We opened an office in Shanghai, China in 2011. We are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and policies governing Chinese operations and, to a lesser extent, changes in U.S. laws and regulations relating to foreign trade and investment. To date, legal, policy or regulatory changes have not had a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition, but we cannot assure you they will not in the future. We may experience increased costs for, or significant impact to, our Chinese operations in the event of changes in Chinese government policies or political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China. The nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises by the Chinese government could result in total loss of our China investment. Any of these matters could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in our foreign activities could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from making payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage or directing business to another person, and require companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt

 

26


Table of Contents

Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. If we, our intermediaries or our solution providers, system integrators, OEMs, VARs, distributors, tag manufacturers, and other channel partners fail to comply with FCPA requirements or similar legislation, government authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial conditions. Moreover, China is an area of heightened exposure regarding compliance with anticorruption laws such as the FCPA and the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, or the U.K. Bribery Act. We intend to increase our international sales and business there and, as such, our risk of violating laws such as the FCPA or U.K. Bribery Act also increases.

We have limited experience marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad and may not be able to increase or maintain international market demand for our products. In addition, regulations or standards adopted by other countries may require us to redesign existing products or develop new products for those countries. For example, foreign governments may impose regulations or standards with which our current products do not comply, or may require operation in frequency bands in which our products do not operate. Furthermore, if we are unable to expand international operations in a timely and cost-effective manner in response to increased demand, we could miss sales opportunities and our revenue may decline, adversely affecting our operating results, business and prospects. If we invest substantial time and resources but are unable to expand our international operations successfully and in a timely manner, our business, prospects and operating results will suffer.

We generally conduct our China operations through a wholly owned subsidiary. We generally report our taxable income in worldwide jurisdictions based on our business operations in those jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to the jurisdiction or subsidiary. In the event of a disagreement, if our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

The U.S. and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of certain products, technologies and software. We must export our products in compliance with U.S. export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. We may not always be successful in obtaining necessary export licenses, and our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products or limitations on our ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws may harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue. Noncompliance with these laws could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

Changes in our products or changes in export, import and economic sanctions laws and regulations may delay our introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to or from certain countries altogether. While we are not aware of any current or proposed export or import regulations that will materially restrict our ability to sell our products, any change in export or import regulations or legislation, shift or change in enforcement, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

Political unrest, as well as changes in the political, social, business or economic conditions in Thailand, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We post-process many of our IC wafers, including testing, dicing and other wafer operations, using subcontractors in Bangkok, Thailand. Deterioration in the political, social, business and economic conditions in Thailand could have a material effect on our business. Thailand has experienced ongoing political and social upheaval over the past two decades, such as in May 2014 when the Royal Thai Army staged a military coup, banned demonstrations and enforced monitoring of civilian activities. In August 2014, Thailand’s national assembly appointed the coup leader as prime minister. We do not know what direction the political situation may take or if subsequent issues will affect us. Any changes to tax regimes, laws, exchange controls or political action in Thailand may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Instability in Thailand could prevent wafer shipments from entering or leaving the country and disrupt our ability to test or post-process wafers in Thailand. In such an event, we could be forced to transfer our testing and dicing activities to more stable, and potentially more costly, regions and find alternative sources for testing and dicing, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Intellectual property licensing from or to others, including competitors, may subject us to requirements or limitations that could adversely affect our business and prospects.

We have intellectual property license agreements that give us access to certain patents and intellectual property of others. We have not licensed our patents or intellectual property to others except as necessary for our customers to practice their business using our products and as required pursuant to agreements we have entered into in connection with our participation in the development of GS1 EPCglobal protocols and International Standards Organization, or ISO, standards. In the course of our participation in the development of GS1 EPCglobal protocols, including UHF Gen2, UHF Gen2 V2, tag data standards, or TDS, low-level reader protocol, or LLRP, and others, we have agreed to license on a royalty-free basis those of our patents that are necessarily infringed by the practice of these protocols to other GS1 EPCglobal members, subject to reciprocal royalty-free rights from those other members. Because it may not be clear whether a member’s intellectual property is necessary or optional to the practice of a protocol, disputes could arise among members, resulting in our inability to receive a license on royalty-free terms. Further, some GS1 EPCglobal members declined to provide licenses to some of their intellectual property under royalty-free terms, instead choosing reasonable and non-discriminatory, or RAND, terms. Disputes or confusion may arise about whether we may invoke our necessary intellectual property if these members choose to assert their RAND intellectual property, potentially causing or at least complicating any ensuing litigation and harming our business, financial condition and operating results.

In the course of our participation in the development of certain ISO standards we have agreed to grant to all users worldwide a license to those of our patents that are necessarily infringed by the practice of those standards, including at frequencies other than UHF, on RAND terms, again subject to reciprocity. As a result, we are not always able to limit to whom and, to a certain extent, on what terms we license our technologies, and our control over and our ability to generate licensing revenue from some of our technologies may be limited. We may choose to license our patents or intellectual property to others in the future. We cannot guarantee that any patents and technology that we provide in such future licenses will not be used to compete against us.

We rely on third-party license agreements; impairment of those agreements may cause production or shipment delays that could harm our business.

We have licensing agreements with other entities for patents, software and technology used in our manufacturing operations and products. For example, we license tools from design-automation software vendors to design our silicon products. Third-party licenses for patents, software and other technology important to our business may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Loss of any such licenses could cause

 

28


Table of Contents

significant manufacturing interruptions, delays or reductions in product shipments until we can develop, license, integrate, and deploy alternative technologies, if even possible, which would materially harm our business and operating results.

Our use of open-source software may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Our products, processes and technology sometimes use or incorporate software that is subject to an open-source license. Open-source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Use and distribution of open-source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Certain open-source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open-source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the user’s source code. In addition, certain open-source software licenses require the user of such software to make derivative works of the open-source code available to others at low or no cost. Consequently, open-source licensing can subject our previously proprietary software to open-source licensing terms, which could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales. In addition, open-source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of their code, opening us to business risks that could materially harm our operating results.

We may face claims alleging noncompliance with open-source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license, or require us to devote research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results. Few courts have interpreted open-source licenses, and these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our offerings. In addition, if there are changes in the licensing terms for the open-source software we use, we may be forced to re-engineer our solutions, incur additional costs or discontinue sale of our offerings. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated all open-source software in our software in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures, or in a manner that will not subject us to liability.

Privacy and security concerns relating to RAIN could damage our reputation and deter current or potential customers from using our products.

Privacy advocates and others have raised and may continue raising concerns about RAIN compromising consumer privacy or facilitating theft. These concerns include unauthorized parties collecting personally identifiable information, tracking consumers, stealing identities or causing other privacy-related issues. Consumers may be subject to unauthorized gateways surreptitiously identifying and tracking their RAIN tags to gain information a consumer considers private, even if the consumer employs protective measures. Retailers may inadvertently or perhaps even intentionally read consumers’ tags to gain information, such as shopping behavior, that may be illegal to collect, or if not illegal, may be considered intrusive by consumers. Unauthorized readers or gateways could gain access to sensitive information stored in tags despite measures designed to thwart such unauthorized access. For example, criminals seeking to divert or steal high-value pharmaceutical products could seek to identify these products by looking for tags with Electronic Product Codes, or EPCs, corresponding to these products. If such concerns increase, or if actual malicious or inadvertent breaches of privacy or theft occur, then our reputation could be damaged, our business and prospects may suffer, and we could incur significant liability.

In addition to concerns over privacy or theft, it may be possible for those with malicious intent to misuse RAIN in ways that actually facilitate theft or damage the public trust, such as by changing the EPC on a narcotic to misrepresent it as an over-the-counter product. It may even be possible to embed computer viruses or other malicious code into tags so that by reading tag memory, the malicious code can be inserted into end-user systems. If a breach occurs, our customers could be the target of regulatory actions or private lawsuits. In such cases, a customer might allege that our products did not function as promised and may sue us for breach of contract, breach of warranty, negligence or another cause of action. Additionally, if our customers’ security

 

29


Table of Contents

measures are breached, even if through means beyond our control, our reputation may be damaged, we may be subject to litigation and our business and prospects could suffer. Moreover, concerns about security and privacy risks, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and operating results and could delay the development of the overall RAIN industry. Security breaches could expose us to litigation and possible liability. Even if our products meet new standards or regulations, if our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, our error or criminal act or otherwise, and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to customer or end-user data, our reputation could be damaged, our business and prospects may suffer, and we could incur significant liability.

Government regulations and guidelines relating to consumer privacy may adversely impact adoption of our products, require us to make design changes or constrain our ability to implement new and desired product features.

Our customers are subject to laws and regulations related to collecting, storing, transmitting and using personal information, as well as additional laws and regulations that address privacy and security issues related to radiofrequency identification, or RFID. For example, some U.S. states have enacted statutes specifically governing the use of RFID, including prohibitions on mandatory implantation of an RFID IC, unauthorized skimming of information from ID cards and documents, unauthorized personnel tracking using RFID and improper use of RFID tags in drivers’ licenses or on vehicles. Because RAIN uses RFID technology, we believe these statutes and regulation apply to RAIN systems.

The European Commission, or EC, has issued guidance to address privacy concerns about RFID. In May 2009, the EC issued a recommendation that retail companies in the EU inform their customers when RFID tags are either on or embedded within products. In April 2011, the EC signed a voluntary agreement with private and public stakeholders to develop privacy guidelines for companies using RFID in the EU. The agreement requires companies to conduct privacy impact assessments of new RFID applications and to take measures to address risks identified by the assessment before the RFID application is deployed. While compliance with the guidelines is voluntary, our customers that do business in the EU may have a preference for products that comply with the guidelines. If our RAIN products do not provide the necessary functionality to allow customers to comply with the guidelines then our business may suffer.

The data security and privacy legislative and regulatory landscape in the United States and European Union, or EU, and other foreign jurisdictions is evolving, and changes in laws and regulations may adversely impact our business, including our ability to develop future products. If we fail to develop products that implement end-user privacy requirements then end users may choose not to use our products in certain applications, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Although the Gen2 V2 protocol described below includes features for addressing consumer privacy and authenticating a tag, a third party may still breach these features, including as implemented in our products, in which case our reputation could be damaged and our business and prospects may suffer.

Alternative technologies or standards, or changes in existing technologies or standards, may adversely affect RAIN market growth.

Technology developments may affect our business in ways we cannot anticipate. Breakthroughs in legacy RFID technologies or markets, including those using low frequency or high frequency technology, could adversely affect RAIN market growth generally and demand for our products in particular. For example, NFC technology, which today addresses a different market than RAIN, could, with breakthrough innovations, compete with RAIN in item tagging. Likewise, new technologies such as organic transistors may allow lower-cost ICs than our current silicon-based technology allows. These competing technologies could use intellectual property that is either not royalty free or to which we do not have access. If we are unable to innovate using new or enhanced technologies or processes, or are slow to react to changes in existing technologies or in the market, or have difficulty competing with advances in

 

30


Table of Contents

new or legacy technologies, then our development of new or enhanced products could be materially impacted and potentially result in product obsolescence, decreased revenue and reduced market share.

To encourage widespread RAIN market adoption, we have participated in the development of industry standards, and we have designed our products to comply with these standards. In 2013, GS1 EPCglobal ratified “UHF Gen2 Version 2” or simply “Gen2 V2,” a new version of the protocol that underlies RAIN communications. In the future, we could lose our position in GS1 EPCglobal or we could lose our project-editorship role for UHF Gen2. If one of our competitors introduces a Gen2 V2 product that gains market adoption before we do, we could lose market share and face difficulty selling our products. The introduction of new industry standards, or changes to existing industry standards, could make our products incompatible with the new or changed standards and could cause us to incur substantial development costs to adapt to these new or changed standards, particularly if they were to achieve, or be perceived as likely to achieve, greater penetration in the marketplace. If Gen2 V2 diverges significantly from our or the RAIN market’s needs then our products may likewise fail to keep pace with the market, our competitors’ products and end-user requirements, in which case end users could delay RAIN adoption. Moreover, the adoption or expected adoption of new or changed standards could slow the sale of our existing products before products based on the new or changed standards become available. New industry standards or changes to existing standards could also limit our ability to implement new features in our products if those features do not meet the new or changed standards. The lost opportunities as well as time and expense required for us to develop new products or change our existing products to comply with new or changed standards could be substantial, and we cannot assure you that we could successfully develop products that comply with new or changed standards. If we are not successful in complying with any new or changed industry standards, then we could lose market share, causing our business to suffer.

We are a founding member of the RAIN Alliance and our chief executive officer is presently its chairman. Board membership and chairmanship are both elected positions that we could lose in future elections. They provide industry stature and attendant benefits but are not without risk. If the RAIN market falters, or if the RAIN Alliance falters, then we could be blamed, our reputation and industry position could be impacted, and our business could suffer.

Compliance with, and changes in, government spectrum regulations could adversely affect our ability to sell products and impair our operating results.

Government radio regulations require that our readers and gateways be certified for spectral compliance in jurisdictions where they are sold or operated. Our readers and gateways are collectively certified for use in more than 40 countries worldwide, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, China, Japan, South Korea and each country in the EU. If one of our reader or gateway products is found to be noncompliant despite having such certification then we could be required to modify field-deployed readers or gateways to regain certification and could spend significant resources as well as miss sales opportunities in the process. Our revenue could decline, adversely affecting our operating results, financial condition, business and prospects. Additionally, government regulations may change, requiring us to redesign our products to the new regulations or constraining our ability to implement new and desired features into our products, thereby causing us to incur significant expenses or forego opportunities to improve our products, potentially delaying time-to-market, adversely affecting our operating results, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our products may cannibalize revenue from each other, which could harm our business.

Sales of some of our products enables our channel partners to develop their own products that compete with other of our products. For example, sales of our reader ICs allow ODMs and technology companies to build and sell readers and gateways that compete with our products. Similarly, sales of our readers and gateways allows our channel partners to build and sell xPortal- or xArray-like products that compete with our xPortal or xArray. We even see cannibalization within our own product line—for example, our xArray sometimes competes with our xPortal. In the future, we may see one product line expand at the expense of another, or we may be asked by

 

31


Table of Contents

channel partners to disadvantage or divest a product line. We cannot predict whether we can manage such conflicts in the future, or retain channel partners despite conflicts. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.

We have evaluated, and expect to continue evaluating, potential strategic transactions, and we may pursue one or more transactions, including acquisitions. We have limited experience executing acquisitions. Any transaction could be material to our financial condition and operating results. Integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisition-related risks include:

 

   

diverting management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration;

 

   

difficulties integrating acquired products into our strategy and product plans;

 

   

customers switching from us to new suppliers because of the acquisition;

 

   

inability to retain employees from the business we acquire;

 

   

challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

   

difficulties integrating accounting, management information, human resource and other administrative systems to permit effective management of the business we acquire;

 

   

potential requirements for remediating controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company in the acquired business that prior to the acquisition lacked these controls, procedures and policies;

 

   

potential liability for past or present environmental, hazardous substance, or contamination concerns associated with the acquired business or its predecessors;

 

   

possible write-offs or impairment charges resulting from the acquisition; and

 

   

unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to the acquired business.

Foreign acquisitions involve additional risks beyond those above, including related to integrating operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the economic, political and regulatory risks associated with other countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition, domestic or foreign, may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, debt incurrence, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or goodwill write-offs, any of which could harm our financial condition. Future acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

Our business could be adversely affected if one or more members of our executive management team departed.

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our executive management team including Chris Diorio, Ph.D., our chief executive officer; Eric Brodersen, our chief operating officer; and Evan Fein, our chief financial officer. None of our executive management team is bound by employment contracts to remain with us for a specified period. The loss of any member of our executive management team could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions in which we operate.

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, especially technical, sales and marketing personnel, then we may not be able to effectively execute our business strategy.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel. Our technical personnel, the source of our technical and product innovations, and our sales and marketing personnel that drive our

 

32


Table of Contents

go-to-market initiatives are especially important. There is no guarantee we can attract and retain such personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. The availability of, and competition for, qualified personnel in the Seattle area, where we are headquartered, constrains our ability to attract qualified personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, or our inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Pricing and other provisions in our customer agreements could adversely affect our operating results.

In the ordinary course of business we enter into agreements containing pricing terms; in some instances the terms, whether advertently or inadvertently, may adversely affect our operating results and gross margins. For example, some contracts specify future reader, gateway or IC pricing, or contain most-favored customer pricing for certain products. As another example, some agreements contain exclusivity terms that prevent us from pursuing certain business with other customers during the exclusivity period. Further, reducing prices or offering other favorable terms to one customer could adversely affect our ability to negotiate favorable terms with other customers. We may decide for competitive or strategic reasons to enter into similar types of agreements in the future, and such agreements could impair our operating results.

We and our suppliers are subject to environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs on us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Some of our facilities, including those devoted to research and development, are regulated under federal, state, local, foreign and international environmental laws. Those laws govern pollutant discharge into air and water; managing, disposing, handling, labeling, and exposure to hazardous substances/wastes; and contaminated site cleanup. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions; third-party property damage or personal-injury claims; or could be required to pay substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under certain environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. In addition, some of our products contain hazardous substances and are subject to requirements that regulate their content, such as the European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS, and analogous regulations elsewhere. Although we design our products to be compliant with environmental regulations and require our third-party contractors to comply, we cannot guarantee that we or our products will always be in compliance with these requirements. Environmental laws also tend to become more stringent over time, and we cannot predict the ultimate costs under environmental laws or the timing of these costs. Failure to comply with these and other environmental laws could result in fines, penalties and decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our operating results.

If our third-party contractors fail to operate in compliance with environmental requirements, properly dispose of wastes associated with our products, or comply with requirements governing the hazardous-substance content of our products, we could be held liable or suffer reputational harm.

We may not sustain or effectively manage our growth.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. We may not experience similar growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth then our financial results could suffer and our stock price would decline.

To manage our growth and the responsibilities of being a public company, we believe we must effectively:

 

   

recruit, hire, train and manage qualified engineers for our research and development activities;

 

   

add sales and marketing personnel and expand our customer-support offices;

 

   

implement and improve administrative, financial and operational systems, procedures and controls;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

integrate and train new employees quickly and effectively; and

 

   

coordinate growth among our executive, engineering, finance, marketing, sales, operations and customer-support organizations.

All the above activities add to our organizational complexity and increase our operating expenses.

We may have insufficient management capabilities or resources to manage our growth and business effectively. As a consequence of our small management team we may be unable to pursue all commercial opportunities. Accordingly, we may require significant additional resources as we increase the complexity and scale of our business operations. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate resources when we need them or that we will have sufficient capital to fund our resource needs. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to exploit market opportunities or develop new products, and we may fail to satisfy customer requirements, maintain product quality, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures.

Our management has limited public-company experience. As a consequence of becoming a public company, we will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls then we may not be able to accurately report our consolidated financial results or prevent fraud. In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements we previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

We have never operated as a public company. Most of our management team, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, have never managed a publicly traded company and have little to no experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. In addition, several members of our management team have only joined us in the last year, including our senior vice president of global sales, as part of our investment in the expansion of our business. Our entire management team as well as other company personnel will need to devote substantial time to compliance, and may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

We expect rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to increase our legal and finance compliance time and costs, and also to increase the time and costs of other activities. For example, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that management report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Section 404 compliance will divert resources and take significant time and effort to complete. We may be unable to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we are required to do so. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time. Implementing the changes may take significant time and may require additional employee compliance training. We may discover internal controls that need improvement. Our or our independent registered public accounting firm’s discovery of a material weakness, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements and harm our stock price. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud could harm our business.

We may be unable to effectively implement, or effectively implement in a timely manner, the necessary controls and employee training to ensure continued compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulatory and reporting requirements. Our growth will challenge our ability to maintain the internal control and disclosure standards applicable to public companies. If we fail to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404, or if in the future our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and

 

34


Table of Contents

Exchange Commission, or SEC, or by other regulatory authorities. Investor perceptions of our company may suffer, likely causing a decline in our stock’s market price. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or that management or our independent registered public accounting firm will conclude that our internal controls are effective in future periods. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation.

In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements in prior years, we, in conjunction with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified an error in the accounting treatment for the recapitalization of our company in 2012 and the impact of the recapitalization on earnings per share that resulted in the restatement of our previously issued financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. Also, in 2015, we, in conjunction with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified an error related to the cash flow statement presentation of lease incentives in our consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. These financial statement errors, combined with other identified control deficiencies, were considered to indicate a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting and financial statement disclosure over complex accounting matters. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have taken and continue to take steps to remediate the material weakness, including increasing the depth and experience within our accounting and finance organization, as well as designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls. As of December 31, 2015, this material weakness has not been remediated. Our remediation of this material weakness in future periods may not be effective or prevent future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting.

If we fail to hire additional finance personnel or fail to strengthen our financial reporting systems and infrastructure then we may be unable to timely and accurately report our financial results or comply with the requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and SEC reporting requirements, which in turn could significantly harm our reputation and our business.

We intend to hire personnel with financial reporting and Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance expertise. Any impact to our plan such as an inability to hire, a delay in hiring, or a delay in training such personnel could adversely impact our ability to timely and accurately prepare our financial statements. Further, our ability to retain employees with the requisite experience could adversely affect our financial statements because new employees require time and training to learn our business and operating procedures. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to meet the increased demands of being a public company then the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer, which could result in material weaknesses in our internal controls. The consequences of inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may need to raise additional capital which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, causing dilution to stockholders, restricting our operations or adversely affecting our ability to operate our business.

In the course of running our business we may need to raise capital, diluting our stockholders. If our need is due to unforeseen circumstances or material expenditures or if our operating results are worse than expected then we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and these additional financings could cause additional dilution to our stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring additional debt, expending capital, or declaring dividends, or which impose financial covenants on us that limit our ability to achieve our business objectives. If we need but cannot raise additional capital on acceptable terms then we may not be able to meet our business objectives, our stock price may fall, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We have a loan and security agreement, or senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The senior credit facility provides for a $10.5 million term loan, up to $2.0 million of equipment loans and a revolving line of credit that allows us to borrow revolving loans of up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. At March 31, 2016, we had $10.4 million of outstanding indebtedness under the revolving line of credit and $8.5 million of outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility. We also have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, or mezzanine credit facility with SG Enterprises II, LLC. At March 31, 2016, we had $5.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the mezzanine credit facility.

Our credit facilities contain customary covenants, which limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

enter into mergers or consolidations;

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

pay dividends and make other distributions on our capital stock, and redeem and repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make investments, including acquisitions; and

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

Our credit facilities also include customary affirmative covenants, tangible net worth and liquidity ratio covenants under the senior credit facility and a minimum revenue covenant under the mezzanine credit facility.

The credit facilities contain customary events of default, subject to customary cure periods for certain defaults, that include, among others, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, material judgment defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material indebtedness, a material adverse change default and inaccuracy of representations and warranties.

If we experience a decline in cash flow due to any of the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section or otherwise, we could have difficulty paying interest and principal amounts due on our indebtedness and meeting the financial covenants set forth in our credit facilities. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain the funds necessary to make required payments under our credit facilities, or if we fail to comply with the requirements of our indebtedness, we could default under our credit facilities. Any such default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the credit facilities, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the credit facilities, and termination of the revolving line of credit under the senior credit facility, and would permit our lenders to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the credit facilities, including substantially all of our assets, other than intellectual property. Any such default could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

Even if we comply with all of the applicable covenants, the restrictions on the conduct of our business could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that may be beneficial to the business.

 

36


Table of Contents

A breach of our security systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We use security systems to maintain our facility’s physical security and to protect our proprietary and confidential information, including that of our customers, suppliers and employees. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our facilities or information systems, or viruses, loggers, or other malfeasant code in our data or software, could compromise this information. The consequences of such loss and possible misuse of our proprietary and confidential information could include, among other things, unfavorable publicity, damage to our reputation, difficulty marketing our products, customer allegations of breach-of-contract, litigation by affected parties and possible financial liabilities for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation and relationships with customers and partners. We also rely on third-party providers of corporate infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and some financial functions, and we are therefore dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access to our service-providers’ systems or viruses, loggers, or other malfeasant code in their data or software could expose us to information loss and misappropriation of confidential information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage security systems change frequently and are often not recognized until after an attack, we may be unable to anticipate the techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, thereby exposing us to material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

Our operations could be disrupted by natural disasters.

An earthquake, fire, flood or other natural or manmade disaster could disable our facilities, disrupt operations, or cause catastrophic losses. We have facilities in areas with a known history of seismic activity, such as our headquarters in Seattle, Washington. We also have facilities in areas with a known history of flooding, such as our office in Shanghai, China. We have a wafer testing and dicing subcontractor in Thailand, a region with a known, and quite recent, history of flooding. A loss at or of any of these or other of our or our suppliers’ facilities could disrupt operations, delay production and shipments, reduce revenue and engender potentially large expenses to repair or replace the facility. As a specific example, in 2011 and 2012 floods in Thailand disrupted our subcontractor’s facility for approximately six months. During that time, we relied on a secondary subcontractor that had longer lead times for, and decreased yield of, our tag IC wafers. We do not carry insurance policies that cover potential losses caused by earthquakes, floods or other disasters.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of $7.5 million which we may use to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. The NOLs start expiring in 2023 and fully expire in 2035. The credit carryforwards start expiring in 2020 and fully expire in 2035. Insufficient future taxable income will adversely affect our ability to deploy these NOLs and credit carryforwards. In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, a corporation that experiences a more-than 50% ownership change over a three-year testing period is limited in its ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax assets to offset future taxable income or income taxes due. Our existing NOLs and credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes; if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering then our ability to use our NOLs and credit carryforwards could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, the causes of which may be outside our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state law. As a result of these limitations, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of, or possibly any of, the NOLs and credit carryforwards.

We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. We use significant judgment in evaluating our worldwide income-tax provision. During the ordinary course of business, we conduct

 

37


Table of Contents

many transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates; by changes in currency exchange rates; by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations. We are subject to audit in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income tax against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income-tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value-added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We do not collect sales and use, value-added or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are either not applicable or an exemption from such taxes applies. Sales and use, value-added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future, including as a result of a change in law. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our operating results.

We will be subject to SEC rules regarding the use and disclosure of conflict minerals, which we expect will increase our operating and compliance costs and could potentially harm our reputation, causing a decline in our stock price.

As a public company, we will be subject to the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that will require us to diligence, disclose and report whether our solutions contain conflict minerals. The rule requires us to submit forms and reports to the SEC by May 31, 2018 and annually thereafter to disclose our determinations and due-diligence measures regarding conflict minerals. Although we do not directly purchase conflict minerals, tracing the minerals our suppliers use back to country of origin is a complex task that requires us to, among other things, survey our supply chain to understand what programs our suppliers have for tracing the source of minerals used in products supplied to us and ensure these suppliers have performed reasonable due diligence. We have not determined how many or, if any, of our suppliers use conflict minerals. In addition to the increased administrative expense required to comply with these requirements, some of our customers are also subject to this rule, and we have been and will continue to be asked as part of their supply chain to comply with their requirements as part of their compliance with the rule. Moreover, we may face a limited pool of suppliers who can provide “conflict-free” products, and we may not be able to obtain conflict-free products or supplies in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices for our operations. We may be required to disclose our products as not being “conflict free,” which could adversely affect our reputation and may harm relationships with business partners and customers, and our stock price could suffer as a result.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline significantly.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. Investors who purchase common stock in this offering may not be able to sell their shares at or above the initial price to public. Securities of companies similar to ours experience significant price and volume fluctuations. The following factors, in addition to other risks described in this prospectus, may have a significant effect on our common stock price:

 

38


Table of Contents
   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

changes in operating performance, stock market valuations, and volatility in the market prices of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

delays in end-user deployments of RAIN systems;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

   

supply interruptions;

 

   

developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

   

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

   

major changes in our board of directors or management;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

 

   

the trading volume of our stock;

 

   

limited public float;

 

   

any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

   

failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

fluctuations in the values of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of related markets.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect our stock price, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose stock prices have declined, especially following periods of volatility in the overall market. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

39


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering,             shares of our common stock will be outstanding, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016. All shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining             shares, or         % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, of which 22,978,262 and 4,254,981 were exercisable as of March 31, 2016, respectively, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option and equity incentive plans will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements. For more information see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

As of March 31, 2016, holders of approximately 123,851,592 shares (including 676,926 shares underlying the warrants described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants”) and warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, net exercised automatically for             shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, or         %, of our common stock had rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and option holders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.”

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangement or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 71.4% of our capital stock as of May 31, 2016, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own at least         % of our capital stock. Accordingly, after this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to determine the composition of our board of directors, retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other business combinations, and continue to have significant influence over our operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors or management.

 

40


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. We may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways you disagree with.

Our management has broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from this offering, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders may disagree. Accordingly, you will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for debt repayment, product development, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company. We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. You will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. This initial price to public may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial price to public.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware or Washington law could make an acquisition of us difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit our stock price.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to             shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

41


Table of Contents
   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors; and

 

   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the total votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in Washington, the anti-takeover provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. These provisions prohibit a “target corporation” from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any stockholder constituting an “acquiring person” for a period of five years following the date on which the stockholder became an “acquiring person.” See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies” including:

 

   

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

42


Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of:

 

   

the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1 billion;

 

   

the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or

 

   

the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

We will incur increased costs by being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, we may have more difficulty attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

So long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

43


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the size of our market opportunity;

 

   

the breadth and rate of adoption of RAIN technology and solutions and growth of the RAIN market broadly and within specific industries;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively against other providers of RAIN products and services, as well as competing technologies;

 

   

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans, including estimates regarding future sales, revenues, expenses, capital requirements and stock performance;

 

   

our ability to introduce new products and applications that achieve market acceptance, including our software products;

 

   

future macroeconomic conditions;

 

   

our expected use of proceeds;

 

   

the performance of third parties on which we rely for the manufacture, assembly and testing of our products;

 

   

our relationships with distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners;

 

   

average selling prices, gross margins, market share and technology leadership for our products and services, and the industry profile and financial condition of our customers;

 

   

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property, and the impact of intellectual property litigation on the RAIN industry;

 

   

the regulatory regime for our products and services, domestically and internationally;

 

   

our future leadership of the industry’s standards-setting process; and

 

   

our ability to sustain and manage growth in our business.

You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, which although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that

 

44


Table of Contents

we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or reports or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

Frost & Sullivan, “Analysis of the Global RFID Market in Retail,” 2015.

 

   

IDTechEx, “RFID Forecasts, Players and Opportunities 2015—2025,” 2014.

 

   

IDTechEx, “RFID Forecasts, Players and Opportunities 2016—2026,” 2015.

 

   

Transparency Market Research, “Radiofrequency Identification (RFID) Market in Healthcare,” 2015.

 

   

VDC Research, “Strategic Insights 2013: RFID, Contactless & RTLS Technology.”

 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of             shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

We currently expect to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

The $5.0 million term loan outstanding under the mezzanine credit facility is scheduled to mature in October 2020, and interest on such borrowings accrues at a fixed per annum rate equal to 18.0%. We used the proceeds of such borrowing for working capital.

The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facilities materially restrict, and future debt instruments may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of our current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes our capitalization as of March 31, 2016:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the (1) automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) conversion of the preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities to common stock warrants, assuming no exercise and (3) effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments set forth in the immediately preceding bullet point and the sale and issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for             shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and the application of such proceeds as described in the section captioned “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    AS OF MARCH 31, 2016  
    ACTUAL     PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED (1)
 
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Long-term debt, including current portion

  $ 23,583      $ 23,583      $                

Warrant liabilities

    2,811        —       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 99,752,645 shares authorized, 94,621,067 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    100,788        —       

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    —          —       

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 180,500,000 shares authorized, 52,754,014 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 180,500,000 shares authorized, 155,028,663 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    51        153     

Additional paid-in capital

    97,824        201,321     

Accumulated deficit

    (187,645     (187,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (89,770     13,829     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 37,412      $ 37,412      $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of              shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 155,028,663 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and excludes:

 

   

22,978,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.32 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 2,150,778 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

541,557 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 676,926 shares of common stock in connection with the offering) underlying warrants with an exercise price of $0.7765 per share which exclude shares underlying the warrants discussed below that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 

   

300,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $0.21 per share.

 

49


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the price to public per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering.

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets and capitalized offering costs) less total liabilities and accreted value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2016, our historical net tangible book deficit was $94.7 million and our historical net tangible book deficit per share was $1.79. After giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the sale and issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (3) the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial price to public per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ (1.79  

Increase per share attributable to conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     1.85     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

   $ 0.06     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in the offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering

     $                
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or approximately $             per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of             in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $             per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, a decrease of              shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $             per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

50


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase              additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             per share, and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL
CONSIDERATION
    AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     NUMBER    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing stockholders before this offering

                       $                                  $                   

Investors participating in this offering

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

                       $                            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $             per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, by $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 155,028,663 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, excludes:

 

   

22,978,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.32 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 2,150,778 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

541,557 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 676,926 shares of common stock in connection with the offering) underlying warrants with an exercise price of $0.7765 per share which excludes shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 

   

300,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $0.21 per share.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

  $ 42,832      $ 55,491      $ 63,763      $ 78,479      $ 16,065      $ 21,631   

Cost of revenue (1)

    24,454        27,040        30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    18,378        28,451        33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development expense (1)

    10,517        10,479        13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense (1)

    9,700        9,592        10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense (1)

    5,872        5,864        6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs (1)

    —          —          1,959        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,089        25,935        33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,711     2,516        456        1,601     

 

(733

 

 

(1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    (3,060     (2,183     (63     (535  

 

(153

 

 

(447

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (10,771     333        393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

    (96     (98     (96     (166  

 

(19

 

 

(15

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

  $ 114,349 (3)     $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (15,706   $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 3.17 (3)     $ (0.29   $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.18   $ (0.29   $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

    36,108        37,727        40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    85,905        37,727        40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to

common stockholders (2) - basic
and diluted:

        $ 0.00        $ (0.02
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

          148,987          153,477   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          164,264          153,477   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (5,734   $ 4,316      $ 4,918      $ 4,751      $ (13   $ (821

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 46      $ 45      $ 49      $ 31      $ 13      $ 5   

Research and development expense

    377        339        362        305        103        69   

Sales and marketing expense

    378        148        413        692        144        205   

General and administrative expense

    387        275        313        150        46        55   

Offering costs

    —          —          38        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $     1,188      $        807      $     1,175      $     1,178      $        306      $        334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and our pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

(3)

2012 net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted was impacted by the recapitalization of previously outstanding preferred stock.

(4)  

See “—Adjusted EBITDA” below.

Adjusted EBITDA

We use adjusted EBITDA as a key measure to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In addition, we believe the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

 

53


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. As a non-GAAP measure, adjusted EBITDA has limitations in that it does not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are that our adjusted EBITDA:

 

   

does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

does not reflect the amounts we paid in taxes or other components of our tax expense;

 

   

does not reflect the stock-based component of employee compensation;

 

   

does not reflect the non-cash charges of depreciation and amortization;

 

   

does not reflect offering costs written off due to delays in offering activities; and

 

   

may be calculated differently than such metric is calculated by other companies, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    3,060        2,183        63        535        153        447   

Income tax expense

    96        98        96        166        19        15   

Depreciation and amortization

    789        993        1,366        1,972        414        713   

Stock-based compensation

    1,188        807        1,175        1,178        306        334   

Offering costs

    —          —          1,921        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $     (5,734   $      4,316      $      4,918      $      4,751      $        (13   $        (821
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF
MARCH 31,

2016
 
     2012     2013     2014     2015    
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,405      $ 11,178      $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 14,822   

Working capital

     16,056        15,282        12,169        18,468        15,421   

Total assets

     32,411        32,968        33,817        52,848        60,530   

Total long-term debt (1)

     11,460        10,592        7,974        15,910        23,583   

Warrant liability

     2,260        3,170        3,568        2,865        2,811   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     64,060        75,361        86,662        97,963        100,788   

Accumulated deficit

     (186,747     (186,512     (186,215     (185,315     (187,645

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (56,862     (67,028     (76,471     (85,035     (89,770

 

(1)  

We elected to early adopt ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , and for 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 presented herein have reclassified debt issuance costs that are not material from other current and non-current assets to be an offset of the associated current and long-term debt balances. For 2012 and 2013, we have not reclassified debt issuance costs that are not material.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell.

We were founded in 2000 and, since 2003, have been focused on our mission of item connectivity and Item Intelligence. We have invested over $160 million to develop our platform since 2003, including $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in development agreement costs and $1 million in internal-use capitalized software costs. Our platform comprises:

 

   

Tag ICs . Tag ICs attach to and uniquely identify items, which together comprise endpoints. We launched our first Monza tag IC in 2005 and have brought to market five subsequent Monza product families. Each family has offered new or enhanced features and functionalities or reduced cost. Most recently, we introduced our Monza R6 product family, which has longer read range and enhanced functionality when compared with prior generation tag ICs. We have shipped over 13 billion Monza tag ICs since 2005, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

   

Reader ICs . Reader ICs enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs. In July 2008, we acquired our Indy reader IC business from Intel Corporation, and have brought to market three subsequent Indy reader IC products. Most recently we introduced the RS500, a reader system-in-package, which greatly reduces OEM and ODM time-to-market and simplifies embedding RAIN functionality in virtually any device. OEM and ODM partners typically place large orders of our reader ICs for use in their products. These orders often secure supply for an extended period of time or complete production runs, resulting in variability in the timing of shipments and associated revenue of our reader ICs in particular periods.

 

   

Readers and Gateways . Stationary and mobile readers read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs; gateways integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items. We launched our first Speedway reader in 2006 and have brought to market two subsequent Speedway product families as well as firmware/software enhancements. In 2010, we introduced our first gateway, xPortal, optimized for reading tags in transition zones such as doors and hallways. In 2014, we introduced our xArray gateway, optimized for reading tags over a wide area such as store floors, manufacturing facilities and hospital rooms.

 

   

Software . Our software configures, manages and controls readers and gateways, aggregates and transforms data from endpoints, and delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications. In 2015, we introduced our ItemSense software, an operating system that links the physical and digital world. ItemSense extracts Item Intelligence, which is derived from tag reads and delivers it to enterprise applications via query and event APIs. ItemSense also centralizes reader and gateway configuration, management and control. Currently piloting in retail and healthcare, ItemSense is modular and scalable, and can operate on-premises, in hybrid-cloud or in cloud-based environments. To date software revenue has not been material.

 

55


Table of Contents

In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe that the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our platform products. We also occasionally derive revenue from non-recurring engineering, or NRE, development agreements under which we develop customized products or services. Although we will continue to pursue strategic NRE opportunities, we expect NRE-based revenue to fluctuate in future periods, and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

We manage our business using a capital-efficient operating model that leverages third-party semiconductor foundries and subcontractors to produce and test our ICs and contract manufacturers to assemble and test our readers and gateways. We designed this production model to scale efficiently with volume. We leverage a partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners to deliver our products and scale revenue.

The efficiency of our operating model allows us to invest strategically in product development and in sales and marketing. In 2014 and 2015, we invested $15.0 million and $17.3 million, respectively, in research and development, including expenses related to NRE development agreements and capitalized internal-use software development costs. We intend to continue to invest significantly in research and development to maintain our technology leadership. In 2014 and 2015, we invested $10.7 million and $14.3 million, respectively, in sales and marketing and intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing. We are investing in our go-to-market strategy to increase our direct engagement with potential end users of our platform by expanding our sales and marketing personnel over the next 12 months, including internationally. These investments will increase operating expenses on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them and may affect our profitability, or cause an operating loss, in future periods.

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Investing in Growth

We have invested, and plan to continue to invest significant amounts in research and development activities to introduce new hardware and software products and enhance existing products comprising our platform. We plan to expand our software deployment models and software functionalities over time as we promote our platform and the value it can deliver in a wide variety of use cases. In addition, we plan to enhance gateway products to help drive gateways as the preferred connectivity devices for retail, healthcare and other industries, and to develop next-generation reader ICs. We may selectively enter into arrangements with others with whom we have relationships, such as customers, vendors and channel partners, to fund all or a portion of certain of these research and development initiatives. If we are unsuccessful with attracting such funding, our operating results and time to market for products may be adversely affected. We also are investing in sales and marketing to directly engage potential end users of our platform and are deepening product integration with software partners to accelerate the development and adoption of solutions based on the Impinj Platform. These investments will increase research and development and sales and marketing expenses on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them and may affect our profitability in future periods.

 

56


Table of Contents

Market Adoption

Our financial performance generally depends upon the rate, scope and depth of end-user adoption of our platform in multiple industries, including the retail industry which is our largest end market. In 2011, Round Rock Research brought a patent infringement lawsuit against several large retailers and other end users of RAIN technology, which adversely affected market adoption. In late 2013, we and numerous RAIN technology companies obtained a license from Round Rock Research; however the end users that were parties to the lawsuit did not finalize their settlements with Round Rock until early 2015. In 2013 and 2014, some major retailers, brand owners and other entities initiated new or expanded current deployments, and in 2015 began more rapid expansion, which increased our product sales. We believe these deployments indicate a trend toward greater RAIN adoption in retail and other markets, and we intend to continue to introduce new platform products to further grow overall market adoption. In addition, we believe greater adoption of our software will increase the value of the other parts of our platform, which we believe will further drive adoption over the longer term. If market adoption of RAIN technology and our platform products specifically, does not meet our expectations, our growth prospects and operating results will be adversely affected.

Timing and Complexity of Customer Deployments

From 2010 to 2015, our tag IC sales volumes increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 30%. However, deployment of RAIN-based solutions has been uneven and unpredictable in scope, timing and implementation. For end users to gain business value from our platform, they typically must integrate our platform with their applications and information systems. We have a large and multi-tiered partner channel which serves many markets and end users; we rely on these channel partners to deploy or integrate our platform and products with end user applications and information systems. If our partners fail to deploy or integrate our platforms and products as planned then sales of our products and our reputation may be adversely affected. As a result of these factors and our reliance on our channel partners, we may experience significant fluctuation in revenue on a quarterly basis, and we anticipate these factors will continue to characterize our business for the foreseeable future. Therefore, we focus on annual results as they are more relevant for planning and for evaluating our performance.

In addition, we enter into NRE development agreements which typically include initial funding with a requirement for us to meet certain milestones in order to receive additional funding for the NRE engagement. If we are unable to meet such milestones, we may not realize the full benefits of the NRE engagement.

Average Selling Price

We occasionally discount prices of our products to win opportunities, particularly large opportunities. In future periods we expect our hardware ASPs to fluctuate based on the level of discounting and competitive price pressure, but decline over time. Historically, we have been able to implement manufacturing and quality improvements to effectively reduce the cost per unit of our products, allowing us to maintain, and in some cases increase, gross margins.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We currently generate revenue from the sale of platform products and development, service and licensing agreements.

Product Revenue

Substantially all of our product revenue is currently derived from sales of tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, and software. We generate our product revenue as follows:

 

   

We sell our tag ICs primarily to inlay manufacturers. In 2015, sales of tag ICs represented 67% of our product revenue, and we expect tag IC sales to represent a majority of our product revenue for the

 

57


Table of Contents
 

foreseeable future. In 2015, sales to Avery, Shang Yang and Smartrac accounted for 23%, 22% and 20% of our tag IC revenue and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect this concentration to decrease over time as demand for our tag IC products increases.

 

   

We sell our reader ICs primarily to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and other end user customers through distributors. In 2015, sales to our top two reader IC customers each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither represented more than 10% of total revenue. We expect customer concentration for reader ICs to decrease over time as demand for RAIN solutions grows and the number of OEMs increases.

 

   

We sell most of our readers and gateways indirectly to VARs and system integrators through distributors and are beginning to sell software through these partners and software solution partners. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and 10% of our total revenue. We have not experienced customer concentration in our reader, gateway and software product lines.

We sell our products through a broad network of distribution channel partners; many of such channel partners sell multiple Impinj products. In addition, to generate and capture Item Intelligence and take advantage of the benefits associated with our integrated platform, end users must deploy multiple products. As a result, we evaluate performance based primarily on total product revenue.

For our tag ICs and reader ICs, we generally recognize product revenue upon shipment because the relevant criteria for revenue recognition are met at that time. For our reader and gateway products, which are occasionally sold with other products and support, revenue is allocated to each separate deliverable on a relative fair value basis and is generally recognized upon shipment or deferred and recognized ratably over the contract service period. We sell our software and expect modest revenue from our newly introduced software for the foreseeable future. We believe software revenue will grow over time, but it has not been material to date.

Development, Service and Licensing Revenue

Our development, service and licensing revenue includes revenue from services performed under custom development agreements and for rights to technology through licenses. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue is derived from NRE development agreements. We often receive payment from customers in advance of completion of deliverables. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until they are earned, and we generally recognize revenue under these contracts using the percentage of completion method. Our development projects are customized to the customer’s requirements and, therefore, our gross margin varies from project to project. We intend to pursue strategically important development agreements with end users and others to fund product development. In the future we expect revenue from such agreements to fluctuate and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of product revenue includes costs associated with the manufacture of our tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, including direct materials and manufacturing costs as well as associated overhead costs such as logistics, quality control, planning and procurement. We outsource the manufacturing of our readers and gateways to a third-party contract manufacturer, and our costs for these devices are based on negotiated prices for finished goods. Cost of product revenue also includes charges for inventory write-downs, warranty costs and accrued losses on purchase commitments to third-party contract manufacturers. Our gross margins vary by product, with tag IC margins generally lower than total gross margins, and all other hardware and software product margins generally higher than total gross margins. As such, our total product gross margin varies from period to period as a function of product mix.

Cost of development, service, and licensing revenue consists primarily of direct labor and other costs, such as travel and materials, associated with fulfilling deliverables as part of an agreement. These agreements generally

 

58


Table of Contents

have higher gross margins than our total gross margins. Our development agreements are customized to the customer’s requirements and our gross margin varies from project to project.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our product development personnel, contract developers, prototype materials and other expenses related to the development of new and innovative products and solutions. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars in future periods for platform product development.

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. However, certain of our investments related to research and development are not recorded as research and development expense. Costs incurred that are directly attributable to development agreements are classified as costs of development, service and licensing revenue. Costs incurred to develop software for internal use that meet the criteria for capitalization are capitalized in the period incurred and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the software, typically three years. Our total investment in research and development was $15.0 million and $17.3 million in 2014 and 2015, respectively. These amounts include $13.9 million and $17.0 million in research and development expense, $169,000 and $113,000 of internal-use software development costs capitalized, and $967,000 and $133,000 of development costs for NRE agreements in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related variable compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our sales personnel, as well as travel, advertising and promotional expenses and other related expenses. We anticipate that sales and marketing expense will increase in absolute dollars, as we increase personnel and focus on expanding our market penetration, developing strategic partnerships and driving adoption of our platform. We expect incentive sales compensation to fluctuate as a function of sales.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our executive, finance, human resources and information technology personnel, legal, accounting and other professional services, travel and related expenses, insurance, occupancy and other overhead costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we add personnel and facilities to support our growth. In addition, we will incur additional compliance and reporting costs as a public company.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our credit facilities and amortization of deferred financing fees associated with such facilities. Other income and expense, net consists primarily of a payment from a third party in exchange for early termination of the lease for our corporate headquarters and changes in the fair value of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

59


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue, with the exception of cost of product revenue and cost of development, service and licensing revenue which are presented as a percentage of related revenue. Percentages from certain line items do not sum to the subtotal or total line items due to rounding. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

         92.5         98.6         99.6         99.6

Development, service and licensing revenue

     7.5        1.4        0.4        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   

Cost of revenue:

        

Cost of product revenue

     49.0        48.1        49.9        48.4   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     23.3        25.0        52.9        47.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     47.1        47.8        49.9        48.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     52.9        52.2        50.1        51.6   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development expense

     21.8        21.7        25.3        23.9   

Sales and marketing expense

     16.7        18.3        18.7        22.8   

General and administrative expense

     10.6        10.2        10.7        13.5   

Offering costs

     3.1        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52.2        50.2        54.7        60.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     0.7        2.0        (4.6     (8.6

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (0.1     (0.7     (1.0     (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     0.6        1.4        (5.5     (10.7

Income tax expense

     (0.2     (0.2     (0.1     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0.5     1.1     (5.6 )%      (10.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 58,970       $ 77,389       $ 18,419        31.2

Development, service and licensing revenue

     4,793         1,090         (3,703     (77.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 63,763       $ 78,479       $ 14,716        23.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue increased for 2015 compared to 2014 driven by increased demand for our products from new and existing customers across multiple industry verticals, particularly retail apparel and healthcare. Product revenue increased for 2015 compared to 2014 as (1) tag IC and (2) reader and gateway shipment volumes increased 45.3% and 26.1%, respectively; offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 2.3% and 4.6%, respectively. Development, service and licensing revenue decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 as we completed work under development agreements in 2014 that were not replaced with new agreements in 2015.

 

60


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014     2015     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product gross profit

   $ 30,056      $ 40,157      $ 10,101        33.6

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross profit

     3,675        817        (2,858     (77.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total gross profit

   $ 33,731      $ 40,974      $ 7,243        21.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Product gross margin

     51.0     51.9    

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross margin

     76.7        75.0       

Total gross margin

     52.9        52.2       

Total gross profit increased for 2015 compared to 2014 primarily as a result of increased product revenue. Product gross margin increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to (1) the sale of $492,000 of inventory previously written down and (2) manufacturing and quality improvements for our tag ICs which reduced our inventory write downs period over period by $347,000.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expense

   $ 13,889       $ 17,005       $ 3,116         22.4

Research and development expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $2.2 million in personnel costs. We also experienced lower revenue from NRE development agreements which resulted in a redeployment of these resources and related costs of $832,000 to research and development.

Sales and Marketing

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 10,662       $ 14,343       $ 3,681         34.5

Sales and marketing expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $3.0 million in personnel costs and $692,000 in additional costs for marketing, advertising and sales related travel and supplies expenses.

General and Administrative

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 6,765       $ 8,025       $ 1,260         18.6

General and administrative expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $623,000 in rent, utilities and depreciation associated with new facilities, $506,000 in personnel costs and $136,000 in professional service, travel, supplies and office expenses.

 

61


Table of Contents

Offering Costs

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
       2014      2015      IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Offering costs

   $ 1,959       $ —         $ (1,959     NR   

Offering costs include the expenses incurred in connection with a proposed offering of our capital stock which were expensed in the fourth quarter of 2014. Offering costs incurred in 2015 were $637,000 and are currently capitalized as they are expected to offset proceeds from our proposed initial public offering.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014     2015     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense

   $ (901   $ (1,208   $ (307     34.1

Other income (expense), net

   $ 838      $ 673      $ (165     (19.7 )% 

Interest expense increased for 2015 compared to 2014 due to increased borrowings under our credit facilities in 2015 and additional borrowings under our mezzanine credit facility which carries an interest rate of 18%.

Other income (expense), net decreased for 2015 compared to 2014 due to the non-recurrence of a payment of $1.2 million from a third party in exchange for early termination of the lease for our corporate headquarters in 2014 offset by changes in the fair value of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants.

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

Revenue

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 15,995       $ 21,551       $ 5,556         34.7

Development, service and licensing revenue

     70         80         10         14.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 16,065       $ 21,631       $ 5,566         34.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 driven by increased demand for our products from new and existing customers across multiple industry verticals, particularly retail apparel and healthcare. Product revenue increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 2015 as (1) tag IC and (2) reader and gateway shipment volumes increased 43.8% and 31.9%, respectively; offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 1.0% and 5.2%, respectively, as a result of sales mix. Additionally, our product revenue increased by approximately $250,000 from the sale of software for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 2015.

 

62


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
    CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015     2016     IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product gross profit

   $ 8,017      $ 11,114      $ 3,097         38.6

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross profit

     33        42        9         27.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total gross profit

   $ 8,050      $ 11,156      $ 3,106         38.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Product gross margin

     50.1     51.6     

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross margin

     47.1        52.5        

Total gross margin

     50.1        51.6        

Total gross profit increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily as a result of increased product revenue. Product gross margin increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to volume pricing discounts of 7.5% from our vendors for our tag IC products offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 1.0% and 5.2%, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expense

   $ 4,058       $ 5,171       $ 1,113         27.4

Research and development expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $721,000 in personnel costs, $218,000 in rent, and $140,000 in lab supplies, equipment and other expenses.

Sales and Marketing

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 3,004       $ 4,922       $ 1,918         63.8

Sales and marketing expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $1.4 million in personnel costs, $68,000 in professional services, $99,000 in rent, $182,000 in marketing and advertising costs and $161,000 in sales related travel expenses.

 

63


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 1,721       $ 2,931       $ 1,210         70.3

General and administrative expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $354,000 in personnel costs, $515,000 in rent, utilities and depreciation associated with new facilities and $329,000 in professional services.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
    CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015     2016     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense

   $ (215   $ (487   $ (272     126.5

Other income (expense), net

   $ 62      $ 40      $ (22     (35.5 )% 

Interest expense increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to higher outstanding borrowings in 2016 under our mezzanine credit facility which carries an interest rate of 18%.

 

64


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for the last eight quarters, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenue, with the exception of cost of product revenue and cost of development, service and licensing revenue which are presented as a percentage of related revenue. Percentages from certain line items do not sum to the subtotal or total line items due to rounding. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position for these periods. These data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

    THREE MONTHS ENDED  
    JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT  30,
2014
    DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
    SEPT  30,
2015
    DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Revenue:

               

Product revenue

  $ 14,957      $ 16,460      $ 15,067      $ 15,995      $ 18,871      $ 20,299      $ 22,224      $ 21,551   

Development, service and licensing revenue

    1,905        738        122        70        252        365        403        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    16,862        17,198        15,189        16,065        19,123        20,664        22,627        21,631   

Cost of revenue:

               

Cost of product revenue

    7,497        7,914        7,483        7,978        8,877        9,962        10,415        10,437   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

    293        151        72        37        59        60        117        38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,790        8,065        7,555        8,015        8,936        10,022        10,532        10,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    9,072        9,133        7,634        8,050        10,187        10,642        12,095     

 

11,156

  

Gross margin

    53.8     53.1     50.3     50.1     53.3     51.5     53.5     51.6

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development expense

    3,733        3,929        3,490        4,058        3,917        4,189        4,841        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense

    2,795        2,782        2,769        3,004        3,289        3,724        4,326        4,922   

General and administrative expense

    1,707        1,694        1,810        1,721        1,771        2,127        2,406        2,931   

Offering costs

    —          —          1,959        —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,235        8,405        10,028        8,783        8,977        10,040        11,573        13,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    837        728        (2,394     (733     1,210        602        522     

 

(1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    (925     (164     1,289        (153     (206     (560     384        (447
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (88     564        (1,105     (886     1,004        42       
906
  
 

 

(2,315

Income tax expense

    (24     (24     (24     (19     (30     (29     (88     (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (112   $ 540      $ (1,129   $ (905   $ 974      $ 13      $ 818      $ (2,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

               

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 1,500      $ 1,380      $ 243      $ (13   $ 1,929      $ 1,330      $ 1,503      $ (821

 

(1)  

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information.

 

65


Table of Contents
     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT 30,
2014
    DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
    SEPT 30,
2015
    DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                

Revenue:

                

Product revenue

     88.7     95.7     99.2     99.6     98.7     98.2     98.2     99.6

Development, service and licensing revenue

     11.3        4.3        0.8        0.4        1.3        1.8        1.8        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   

Cost of revenue:

                

Cost of product revenue

     50.1        48.1        49.7        49.9        47.0        49.1        46.9        48.4   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     15.4        20.5        59.0        52.9        23.4        16.4        29.0        47.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     46.2        46.9        49.7        49.9        46.7        48.5        46.5        48.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     53.8        53.1        50.3        50.1        53.3        51.5        53.5        51.6   

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development expense

     22.1        22.8        23.0        25.3        20.5        20.3        21.4        23.9   

Sales and marketing expense

     16.6        16.2        18.2        18.7        17.2        18.0        19.1        22.8   

General and administrative expense

     10.1        9.8        11.9        10.7        9.3        10.3        10.6        13.5   

Offering costs

     —          —          12.9        —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     48.8        48.9        66.0        54.7        46.9        48.6        51.1        60.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     5.0        4.2        (15.8     (4.6     6.3        2.9        2.3        (8.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (5.5     (1.0     8.5        (1.0     (1.1     (2.7     1.7        (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     (0.5     3.3        (7.3     (5.5     5.3        0.2        4.0        (10.7

Income tax expense

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.2     (0.1     (0.2     (0.1     (0.4     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (0.7 )%      3.1     (7.4 )%      (5.6 )%      5.1     0.1     3.6     (10.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT 30,
2014
     DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
     SEPT 30,
2015
     DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (112   $ 540       $ (1,129   $ (905   $ 974       $ 13       $ 818      $ (2,330

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     925        164         (1,289     153        206         560         (384     447   

Income tax expense

     24        24         24        19        30         29         88        15   

Depreciation and amortization

     337        350         374        414        425         443         689        713   

Stock-based compensation

     326        302         342        306        294         285         292        334   

Offering costs

     —          —           1,921        —          —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,500      $ 1,380       $ 243      $ (13   $ 1,929       $ 1,330       $ 1,503      $ (821
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Our quarterly product revenue increased for all periods presented above when compared to the same quarter of the prior year, reflecting increased demand for our products from new and existing customers. We cannot assure you that this pattern of product revenue growth will continue. Product revenue decreased sequentially quarter over quarter in the fourth quarter of 2014 as the volume of tag ICs was negatively impacted as a result of extended patent litigation negotiations between certain domestic end users and Round Rock Research. Product revenue decreased sequentially quarter over quarter in the first quarter of 2016 as the volume of reader-IC products shipped was lower than the fourth quarter of 2015 as fewer OEM and ODM partners placed large orders with shipments in the first quarter. We do not believe this sequential decline is indicative of a trend.

We pursue strategically important development agreements with end users and others to fund product development. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue for the second quarter of 2014 was derived from a single development agreement which was completed in the second quarter of 2014. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue for the third quarter of 2014 was due to the recognition of previously deferred revenue of $728,000. In the future we expect revenue from such agreements to fluctuate and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

Our quarterly cost of revenue generally moves in line with the associated period’s total revenue. Product gross margin has remained relatively consistent at between 50% and 53% for the periods presented, fluctuating as a result of shifts in the mix of products shipped during each period. Our development projects are customized to the customer’s requirements and, therefore, our development, service and licensing gross margin varies from project to project but generally is higher than product gross margin. Total gross margin has declined over time from 53.8% for the second quarter of 2014 to 51.6% for the first quarter of 2016 as the portion of our total revenue attributable to higher margin development projects has decreased as a percentage of total revenue from 11.3% for the second quarter of 2014 to 0.4% for the first quarter of 2016.

Total operating expenses have generally increased or remained flat sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to the continued addition of personnel in connection with the growth of our business, except for the fourth quarter of 2014 when we expensed offering costs.

We evaluate our total investment in technology development based upon the combined total of research and development costs and cost of development revenue which remained consistent period over period as a percentage of total revenue. Our total investment in technology development increased or remained flat sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to increases in headcount-related expenses from continued hiring to develop and enhance our products, except for the fourth quarter of 2014. Research and development expense decreased sequentially quarter over quarter for the fourth quarter of 2014 due to a $474,000 decrease in service provider fees, supplies and equipment costs as costs incurred in the third quarter of 2014 to bring our xArray gateway to market did not recur.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $14.8 million, consisting of cash deposits held at major financial institutions, and working capital of $15.4 million. Historically, we funded our operations principally through the issuance of equity securities or the incurrence of debt. In 2014 and 2015, our principal uses of cash were funding operations to generate revenue growth, debt service payments, and capital expenditures. We intend to continue investing in the growth of our business, and there is no assurance that we will be able to consistently fund our business out of operating cash flows in the future.

Sources of Funds

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

 

67


Table of Contents

From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources and means to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, in connection with any future acquisitions, we may require additional funding which may be provided in the form of additional debt, equity or equity-linked financing or a combination thereof. There can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms.

Senior Credit Facility

We have a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The credit facility provides for both revolver and term borrowings and as of May 2016, also provides for equipment term loans. The revolver matures in December 2017 and allows us to borrow up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. As amended in May 2016, the revolver includes a sublimit of up to $5.0 million for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Interest on revolver borrowings is payable monthly and, prior to May 2016, accrued at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.50% at all times when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver was less than or equal to $8.5 million, and 2.00% when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver was greater than $8.5 million (5.50% at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016). As amended in May 2016, these margins were reduced to 2.25% and 1.75%, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we had revolving line borrowings of $19.4 million and repayments of $11.7 million. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, $1.9 million and $10.4 million of revolver borrowings were outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2015, we had available an additional $9.6 million in revolver borrowing capacity. At March 31, 2016, we had available an additional $1.5 million in revolver borrowing capacity.

In connection with the amendment of our senior credit facility in February 2015, we incurred $10.5 million in term borrowings and used such borrowing to refinance $8.0 million of pre-existing credit facility borrowings and for general corporate purposes. Interest on the term loan accrued at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.50% during a six month interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.00% after expiration of the interest only period (5.50% at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016). Beginning in September 2015, we began paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In May 2016, we further amended our senior credit facility to refinance the $10.5 million in outstanding term borrowings. As amended, interest on the term loan accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.25% during a one year interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75% after expiration of the interest only period. Beginning in June 2017, we must begin paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may at our option prepay the outstanding term loan balance by paying the lender all principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to $210,000 if the term loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the May 2016 amendment, and $105,000 if the term loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the May 2016 amendment. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan is due and payable in May 2020.

As amended in May 2016, our senior credit facility also provides for up to $2.0 million in equipment term loans to fund purchases of eligible equipment. Equipment loans are available for borrowing for one year following the May 2016 amendment date and mature in May 2020. Equipment loans are repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, following each borrowing and accrue interest at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75%. We may at our option prepay the outstanding equipment loan balance by paying the lender all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to 2.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed, and 1.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid after the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed.

The senior credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, have a

 

68


Table of Contents

change of control, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The senior credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratio. We were in compliance with all covenants under our senior credit facility as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the senior credit facility.

In connection with our senior credit facility, we issued the lender three warrants to purchase an aggregate of 541,557 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and one warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock. The warrants exercisable for our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock have an exercise price of $0.7765 per share, and the warrant exercisable for our common stock has an exercise price of $0.21 per share. These warrants have a net exercise provision and contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. The warrants to purchase 541,557 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for an aggregate of 676,926 shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised earlier, these warrants to purchase 500,000, 24,059 and 17,498 shares of our Series 2 stock will terminate on July 13, 2022, June 1, 2020 and February 1, 2021, respectively. The warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock will terminate on March 24, 2021.

Mezzanine Credit Facility

We have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our mezzanine credit facility, with SG Enterprises II, LLC, which provides for a $5.0 million term loan. Interest on the term loan is payable monthly and accrues at a fixed per annum rate equal to 18.0%. Beginning in October 2017, we are required to pay equal monthly installments of principal equal to $138,889 through the maturity date. We may at our option and upon certain conditions, prepay the outstanding term loan balance without premium or penalty. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan under the mezzanine credit facility is due and payable in October 2020. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had $5.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the mezzanine credit facility.

The mezzanine credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The mezzanine credit facility also requires us to maintain minimum revenues of at least 80% of our board-approved annual operating plan, measured quarterly on a year-to-date basis. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the mezzanine credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

Use of Funds

Our principal uses of cash are our operating expenses, inventory purchases, debt repayment and other working capital requirements.

 

69


Table of Contents

Historical Cash Flow Trends

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (832   $ 3,456      $ (1,714   $ (2,161

Net cash used in investing activities

     (817     (7,450     (268     (464

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,590     7,176        2,329        7,326   

Operating Cash Flows

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 consisted of $900,000 of net income, a $2.6 million impact of non-cash items, a $4.6 million increase in deferred rent due to tenant improvements and a net $2.3 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by a $3.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $466,000 decrease in deferred revenue and a $2.8 million increase in inventory.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2014 consisted of $297,000 of net income, a $3.1 million impact of non-cash items and a net $1.4 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by a $3.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $900,000 decrease in deferred revenue and an $800,000 increase in inventory. Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2016 consisted of a $1.0 million impact of non-cash items, a $528,000 decrease in accounts receivable, a $245,000 increase in deferred revenue and a $554,000 increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by cash uses consisting of $2.3 million in net loss, a $1.9 million increase in inventory as product was purchased in advance of sales to ensure supply and a $241,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 consisted of a $707,000 impact of non-cash items, a $533,000 increase in deferred revenue and a $1.5 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by cash uses consisting of $905,000 in net loss, a $2.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $724,000 increase in inventory and a $143,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash used in investing activities consisted of purchases of equipment of $1.0 million, $7.5 million, $268,000 and $464,000 in 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for 2014 was off-set by $200,000 resulting from the release of cash restrictions under our lease agreement.

Financing Cash Flows

Net cash used in financing activities in 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 consisted of repayments of indebtedness of $2.7 million, $6.1 million, $598,000 and $11.8 million, respectively, of principal under our credit facility; payments of deferred offering costs of $0, $322,000, $0 and $69,000, respectively; and payments of $625,000, $824,000, $164,000 and $281,000, respectively, for capital lease financing obligations; off-set by proceeds from borrowings of $0, $13.9 million, $2.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively, and proceeds of $702,000, $538,000, $232,000 and $51,000, respectively, from the exercise of stock options.

 

70


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2016:

 

     PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  
       TOTAL      LESS
THAN
1 YEAR
     1-3
YEARS
     3-5
YEARS
     MORE
THAN
5 YEARS
 
     (in thousands)  

Credit facilities (1)

   $ 27,064       $ 15,161       $ 9,084       $ 2,819       $ —     

Capital lease obligations

     3,994         1,502         1,917         575         —     

Operating lease obligations

     34,041         2,959         6,128         6,034         18,920   

Purchase commitments (2)

     10,810         10,810         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 75,909       $ 30,432       $ 17,129       $ 9,428       $ 18,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Credit facilities include estimated interest payments assuming a change in interest rates only for the conclusion of contractual interest only periods over the term of the repayment periods. As of March 31, 2016, we had principal outstanding under our credit facilities of $23.9 million with a blended interest rate of 8.12%.

(2)  

We manufacture products with a third-party manufacturer under recurring one year agreements. We were committed to purchase $10.8 million of inventory as of March 31, 2016.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions, in accordance with GAAP, that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under other assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

inventory;

 

   

income taxes;

 

   

stock-based compensation; and

 

   

warrant liability.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of our hardware and software products, development and service agreements and licensing agreements. We recognize product revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is probable.

Hardware products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. Certain arrangements contain provisions for customer acceptance. Where we are unable to demonstrate that the customer acceptance provisions are met on shipment, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met or the acceptance clause or contingency lapses.

 

71


Table of Contents

For the sale of products to a distributor, we evaluate our ability to estimate returns, considering a number of factors including, the geography in which a sales transaction originates, payment terms and our relationship and past history with the distributor. Distributor agreements do not generally provide for a right of return for refund but do typically provide for a right of return in exchange for other similar products, subject to time and quantity limitations. If we are not able to estimate returns at the time of sale to a distributor, revenue recognition is deferred until there is persuasive evidence indicating the product has sold-through to an end user. Persuasive evidence of sell-through may include reports from distributors documenting sell-through activity, data indicating an order has shipped to an end user or other similar information. At the time of revenue recognition, we record reserves for sales returns which are estimated based on historical activity and expectations of future experience. We monitor and analyze actual experience and adjust reserves on a quarterly basis.

Our reader and gateway products are sold in combination with a limited hardware warranty against manufacturer defect. Our hardware warranty includes access to repair or replacement of hardware in the event of breakage or failure resulting directly from a manufacturer defect; this warranty is provided to all customers and considered an integral part of the initial product sale. Certain software is integrated with our reader and gateway products and is essential to the functionality of the integrated products. We also sell other software that configures, manages and controls readers which is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware product.

Our multi-element arrangements generally include a combination of hardware products, extended warranty, support and other non-essential software. We allocate revenue to software and non-software deliverables based on their relative fair value. Accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to non-software deliverables as follows: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price, or VSOE; (2) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE; and (3) best estimated selling prices, or ESP. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by us for that deliverable on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. We are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis and are therefore typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Our ESPs for all products and services are calculated using a method consistent with the way management prices new products. We consider multiple factors in developing the ESPs for our products including our historical pricing and discounting practices, the costs incurred to manufacture the product or deliver the service, the nature of the customer relationship and market trends. In addition, we may consider other factors as appropriate, including the pricing of competitive alternatives if they exist and product-specific business objectives. We regularly review VSOE and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

For software deliverables, we recognize revenue in accordance with industry specific software accounting guidance for stand-alone software licenses and related support services. Revenue from software deliverables that do not require significant production, modification or customization of our software is generally recognized when: (1) delivery has occurred; (2) there is no customer acceptance clause in the contract; (3) there are no significant post-delivery obligations remaining; (4) the price is fixed; and (5) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For transactions where we have established VSOE for the fair value of support services as measured by the renewal prices paid by our customers when the services are sold separately on a stand-alone basis, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as license revenue. Support services revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed, which is typically from one to three years. In those instances where we have not established VSOE of our support services, the license and service revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the support period.

 

72


Table of Contents

Amounts allocated to extended support services sold with our reader products are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the support services term.

We account for nonrecurring engineering development agreements that involve significant production, modification or customization of our products by generally recognizing the revenue over the performance period using the percentage of completion, or POC, method. Advance payments under these agreements are deferred and recognized as earned. Under the POC method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs to complete the contract. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the contract. Estimates are reviewed quarterly and the effect of any change in the estimated profitability for a contract is reflected in cost of sales. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. We account for licensing and service agreements that do not involve significant production, modification or customization of our products generally by recognizing the revenue ratably over the performance period; advance payments under these agreements are initially deferred.

We present revenue net of sales tax in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.

Inventory

Inventories consist of a combination of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average costing method, which approximates the first in, first out, or FIFO, method. Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory are established based on our analysis of inventory levels and forecasted demand. Inventory write-downs are included in cost of revenue and were $538,000 and $191,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, we sold inventory previously written-down of $0 and $492,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We specifically identify inventory to write down by considering various factors at each reporting date, including inventory age, forecasted demand, new product release schedules, market conditions and other related factors. In considering forecasted demand, we also evaluate the likelihood of market adoption and demand from end users based upon each product’s lifecycle stage, longevity and historical product sales trends. Estimating the value of our inventory requires considerable judgment. Changes in our judgment could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets, including historical net operating losses, and deferred tax liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. We believe that it is currently more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized and as such, we have recorded a full valuation allowance for these assets of $50.1 million. We evaluate the likelihood of the ability to realize deferred tax assets in future periods on a quarterly basis, and when appropriate evidence indicates we would release our valuation allowance accordingly.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. First, we evaluate recognition, which requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Second, we measure the uncertain tax position based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the

 

73


Table of Contents

risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

At December 31, 2015, we had federal NOLs of $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of $7.5 million which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOLs and credit carryforwards expire in 2023 through 2035 and 2020 through 2035, respectively.

Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards depends on sufficient taxable income in future years. We have established a valuation allowance against the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, as it is not currently more likely than not that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets. In addition, utilization of NOLs and credits to offset future income subject to taxes may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Code and similar state provisions. Events that cause limitations in the amount of NOLs that we may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined by Code Section 382, over a three-year period. Utilization of our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards could be significantly reduced if a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% has occurred in our past or occurs in our future.

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to 2000.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award using a Black-Scholes pricing model and recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and $306,000 and $334,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had $2.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 and 2.7 years, respectively.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

Our Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

In determining the fair value of stock options granted, the following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted in the periods indicated:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
  THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
               2014                          2015                       2015                   2016        

Risk-free interest rates

  1.8% – 2.0%   1.2% – 1.6%   1.4%   1.3%

Expected term

  6.0 years   4.3 – 6.0 years   6.0 years   4.3 years

Expected dividends yield

  None   None   None   None

Volatility

  43.8% – 46.9%   41.5% – 43.4%   43.4%   41.7%

 

74


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has historically determined the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid, our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party valuation firms;

 

   

our results of operations, history of profitability and other financial metrics;

 

   

our financial projections and future prospects giving specific weight to the actual and projected quarterly revenue growth of our business;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy;

 

   

the financial condition and operating results of publicly-owned companies with similar lines of business and their historical volatility;

 

   

the prices of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arms’ length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

   

the progress of our research and development programs, including the introduction of new products or services;

 

   

external market conditions, both in the United States and globally, that could affect companies in the applicable sectors;

 

   

the likelihood of a liquidity event such as an initial public offering, a merger or sale of the company;

 

   

the current lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

the stock price performance of comparable public companies; and

 

   

the hiring of key personnel.

These estimates are inherently uncertain and if we had made different assumptions than those described above, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income and net income per share amounts would have differed. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on             on the applicable grant date.

Based on an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2016 was $             million, of which $             million and $             million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

Warrant Liability

We account for warrant liabilities at fair value. Warrant liability costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. To date all warrants have been issued in connection with entering into or refinancing of our credit facilities and the costs of the warrants were accounted for as a debt discount which is amortized and recognized in interest expense over the term of the associated credit facility. Warrants issued to purchase preferred stock are adjusted to fair value at each period end as estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the associated change in fair value is included in other income (expense), net.

 

75


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since inception, we have not had any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for another contractually narrow or limited purpose.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

JOBS Act

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on certain exemptions provided for in the JOBS Act we may not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (4) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance, and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The principal market risk we face is interest rate risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $10.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and $14.8 million as of March 31, 2016. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities, including U.S. government agencies, corporate bonds and commercial paper issued under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and money market funds. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short term nature of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income. A 100 basis-point decline in interest rates, occurring January 1, 2015 and sustained throughout the period ended December 31, 2015, would not have been material.

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with the borrowings under our senior credit facility, which accrue interest at variable rates. As of March 31, 2016, our borrowings under our senior credit facility had a blended rate of 5.50%. Assuming the revolver borrowings under the credit facility are fully drawn and holding other variables constant, a 100 basis-point increase in interest rates, occurring April 1, 2016 and sustained throughout the period ended March 31, 2017, would result in an increase in interest expense and a decrease in our cash flows and income before taxes of approximately $215,000.

Prices for our products are denominated in U.S. dollars, and as a result, we do not face significant risk with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

If you’ve purchased apparel from a major retailer like Macy’s or Zara, run a race like the New York City Marathon, enjoyed a drink from a Coca-Cola Freestyle soda fountain, hit a ball at Topgolf or checked bags at airports worldwide like Las Vegas McCarran then you’ve probably interacted with the Impinj Platform. Our platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items such as apparel, race bibs, golf balls and luggage tags and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity to enterprise and consumer applications.

Overview

Our vision is digital life for everyday items. Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity for these everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers’ licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell. We believe connecting everyday items and delivering real-time information about them is the essence of the Internet-of-Things, or IoT.

The Impinj Platform delivers Item Intelligence, an item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, to enterprise and consumer applications through both hardware and software elements:

Endpoints

 

   

Tag integrated-circuit, or IC, radios that attach to and uniquely identify items. We refer to an item and its attached tag IC as an endpoint.

Connectivity

 

   

Reader ICs that enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs.

 

   

Stationary or mobile readers that read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs.

 

   

Gateways that integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items.

Software

 

   

Software that aggregates and transforms data from endpoint reads, delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications and configures, manages and controls readers and gateways.

We believe we are the only company selling a platform spanning endpoints, connectivity and software. In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

End users in a variety of industries including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform. We have sold more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 196 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 38 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We incurred losses since our inception in 2000 until we first became profitable in 2013. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA. We had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016.

Industry Background

We live in a connected world. Smartphones, tablets and other electronic devices share ever-more information over ever-more interconnected radio links, transforming our lives and unlocking unprecedented industry efficiencies. Advancements in wireless technology, cloud computing, data analytics, search and storage have paved the way for this IoT era.

According to industry research, approximately 16 billion wireless devices were connected to networks and the Internet in 2014. However, these devices form only a tiny subset of the items in the physical world, the vast majority of which are now connectable but remain unconnected. Apparel, shoes, jewelry, pharmaceuticals, medical supplies, documents, automotive parts, sporting items and food are among the more than a trillion such everyday items connectable to the digital world. But despite the fact that today’s digital infrastructure can process, analyze and use data from such items, the physical infrastructure and processes required to capture and deliver item-level data has historically been nonexistent or labor-intensive, expensive, time-consuming and ineffective, so these items remain unconnected. For example, retailers have not historically had an automated way to track in-store inventory so they resort to infrequent and labor-intensive manual counts. Similarly, hospitals have not historically had an automated, timely way to track biospecimens so they resort to labor-intensive barcode scanning. In these and numerous other examples a lack of real-time information about item identity and location increases inventory carrying costs, reduces operating efficiencies, and consumes labor and time.

Our Solution

We connect everyday items using RAIN, a radio-frequency identification technology we pioneered. We spearheaded development of the RAIN radio standard, lobbied governments to allocate frequency spectrum and cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance along with Google, Intel and Smartrac. Today, our industry uses the RAIN radio standard nearly exclusively. RAIN spectrum is freely available in 78 countries representing roughly 96.5% of the world’s GDP and the RAIN Alliance has more than 100 member companies worldwide.

We sell a platform that includes tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways that enable wireless connectivity to everyday items, and software that delivers Item Intelligence from endpoint reads. Our platform is secure, easy to deploy and manage, flexible to meet end user needs across a range of industries including retail and healthcare, and scalable from a single location, store or hospital to large enterprises.

Our tag ICs are ideally suited for wirelessly connecting billions of everyday items. They power themselves from a reader’s radio waves so do not need batteries, are readable to 30 feet without line-of-sight yet sell for pennies. Each tag IC uniquely identifies its host item and may include additional functionalities such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy.

Our reader ICs, readers and gateways communicate bidirectionally with tag ICs, identifying and locating more than 1,000 items-per-second while also supporting the additional functionalities that tag ICs provide. Our reader ICs sell for tens of dollars and our readers and gateways sell for hundreds to thousands of dollars.

Our software, introduced in 2015, extracts Item Intelligence from the wireless item data, delivers it to the cloud, and exposes it to existing and new enterprise and consumer applications through query- and event-based application program interfaces, or APIs. A single software instance can connect and manage hundreds of readers or gateways. We view our software as an operating system that links the physical and digital worlds, enabling end users to access and leverage Item Intelligence.

 

78


Table of Contents

Industry Use Cases

A variety of industries use RAIN and Item Intelligence. The following use cases are representative of what we believe to be a massive worldwide opportunity, which we believe is still significantly underpenetrated today.

Retail

Traditional “brick-and-mortar” retailers, under pressure from online retailers, need real-time inventory data to increase operating efficiencies and improve customer experiences. To obtain these data, retailers such as Macy’s and Zara have turned to RAIN and Item Intelligence, consuming billions of tags each year. These and other retailers drive competitive advantages by tagging individual apparel items to:

 

   

Improve Inventory Visibility . U.S. apparel retailers historically inferred store inventory using manual counts, store-receipt data and point-of-sale data, typically resulting in 65% visibility based on industry sources. From measured data, RAIN offers apparel retailers better than 95% real-time inventory visibility.

 

   

Reduce Out-of-Stocks and Markdowns . Item Intelligence helps retailers increase revenue by enabling them to stock shelves accurately, reducing inventory costs, out-of-stocks and overstock markdowns. Macy’s reported 9.7% same-store sales uplift and more than a $1 billion inventory reduction by deploying RAIN across 850 stores.

 

   

Enable Omnichannel Fulfillment . Item Intelligence allows retailers to optimize logistics and increase selling opportunities using omnichannel fulfillment, offering online shoppers next-day, direct-from-store delivery or in-store pickup.

 

   

Enhance Shopping Experiences . Item Intelligence enables retailers to engage shoppers with interactive fitting rooms and product displays. It can also provide retailers real-time data on shopper preferences.

 

   

Identify and Prevent Loss . Item Intelligence can help retailers deter theft and uniquely identify stolen items for replenishment.

We sell our products and platform to retailers, fulfilling through our partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value-added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners. We estimate 2.1 billion, or 60%, of the tag ICs we sold in 2015 were consumed in retail, but we further estimate that less than 10% of the taggable apparel items sold worldwide in 2015 included a tag IC. Consequently, we believe our retail market opportunity remains significantly underpenetrated.

Healthcare

Under the Affordable Care Act, Medicare links hospital reimbursement to patient quality-of-care, increasing pressure on hospitals to have real-time data about assets, inventory, staff and patients. The Veterans Affairs Hospitals, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, North York General and the University of Tennessee Medical Center, or UTMC, use the Impinj Platform, fulfilled through our partner ecosystem, to obtain these data. Applications include personnel compliance, biospecimen tracking, asset management, automated billing and replenishment of medical consumables, and authentication and visibility of pharmaceutical inventory. UTMC estimates an annual $2 million savings in inventory costs and a 30% increase in the capture of medical billing information by deploying RAIN in its operating rooms.

We estimate 140 million, or 4%, of the tag ICs we sold in 2015 were consumed in healthcare, but we further estimate that only approximately 7% of the taggable healthcare items worldwide in 2015 included a tag IC. Consequently, we believe our healthcare market opportunity remains significantly underpenetrated.

 

79


Table of Contents

Other Industries

Other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, food, datacenter, travel and banking are deriving business value from Item Intelligence. A few examples of end users in these industries that have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform include:

 

   

Automotive . Audi tags parts and cars for assembly and delivery. Love’s Travel Stops uses vehicle windshield tags to enable automatic, cashless fueling.

 

   

Industrial and Manufacturing . Boeing, Bell Helicopter and Eurocopter tag items for aircraft assembly. Carrier Corporation uses RAIN to improve their warehouse operations.

 

   

Consumer Experience . Foot races such as the New York Marathon track runners though tags in race bibs. NASCAR tags tires for team compliance, and Topgolf tags golf balls to score participants’ shots.

 

   

Food . Coca-Cola uses our tag and reader ICs in its Freestyle soda fountains. The Hy-Vee supermarket chain tags items for cold-chain monitoring. Cheeky’s restaurant patrons self-dispense beverages using tagged access cards. McDonald’s uses our gateways to enable direct-to-table food service.

 

   

Datacenter . Cisco and Hewlett-Packard pre-tag servers and other equipment for asset tracking. Intel links our tag ICs with their microprocessors to enable processor-secured storage.

 

   

Travel . Las Vegas, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and other airports use RAIN-enabled luggage tags. Washington offers tagged drivers licenses to speed border crossings.

 

   

Banking . Bank of America and Wells Fargo tag information technology equipment. The Agricultural Bank of China tags money bundles.

Our Opportunity

We believe our market opportunity is massive. Not only are the numbers of tagged items large and growing but so is the infrastructure, in both scale and investment, that produces, encodes, applies, reads and extracts business value from these tagged items. According to industry research, RAIN tag IC volumes grew at a 27% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2010 to 2015, reaching 5.3 billion in 2015 and are expected to grow to over 20 billion in 2020. The chart below shows yearly worldwide RAIN tag IC sales volumes and our yearly tag IC shipments in billions:

 

LOGO

Our addressable market in the two largest RAIN opportunities, retail and healthcare, is large and growing. Frost & Sullivan, a market research firm, forecasts the retail opportunity will grow at a 39% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.4 billion by 2020. Transparency Market Research, another market research firm, forecasts the healthcare opportunity will grow at 14% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.3 billion by 2020. We have additional opportunities in automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

 

80


Table of Contents

RAIN market adoption has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. For additional information related to RAIN market adoption, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Our Strengths

We lead the market in connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items. We believe we can maintain and extend our leadership position as the market grows by leveraging our competitive strengths, including:

 

   

Comprehensive Platform . End users who deploy the Impinj Platform gain performance, versatility and ease-of-use we believe is unequaled by “mix-and-match” systems cobbled-together from competitors’ components. We believe our success with these end users will drive broader adoption of the Impinj Platform.

 

   

Market Leadership . As of 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, and approximately 70% unit-volume share of the stationary-reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs. Our leading market share gives us economies of scale relative to our competitors.

 

   

Broad Partner Ecosystem . Our worldwide partner ecosystem comprising more than 500 distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners as of December 31, 2015 gives us market reach, penetration and scalability we believe few, if any, of our competitors enjoy.

 

   

Technology Leadership . Our chief executive officer is a recognized industry thought leader, chairs the RAIN Industry Alliance which we cofounded and helped author the RAIN radio standard. Our intense focus on RAIN and Item Intelligence has enabled us to be first-to-market with innovative, high quality products. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 196 issued and allowed U.S. patents and 38 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

 

   

Trusted Brand . We believe our industry leadership, name recognition and reputation for innovative, high-performing and quality products have significantly contributed to our leading market position. We have close relationships with end users as well as with our channel partners. We believe our brand is unmatched in the industry, helping us sell products and maintain our leadership position.

Our Growth Strategy

To further our mission of connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items, we plan to focus on the following strategic areas:

 

   

Continue Investing in Our Platform . Since 2003, we have invested more than $160 million developing our platform. We plan to continue investing in platform functionality, software/hardware linkages, broadening our software capabilities and supporting enhanced tag features such as item authentication and loss prevention and enhancing our gateway functionalities. We also plan to enhance our gateway functionalities to help drive gateways as the preferred connectivity devices for retail, healthcare and other industries. Since 2003, investment in our platform comprised: $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in costs for development agreements and $1 million in capitalized internal-use software.

 

   

Drive End-User Adoption . We plan to deepen our platform integration with software partners such as RetailNext, SAP Hybris and Cerner. We also plan to grow our sales and product-development teams. These investments will allow us to expand our engagements with end users in retail and healthcare and accelerate their adoption of the Impinj Platform. We also intend to broaden our partner ecosystem and expand our solutions focus and offerings into other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

 

81


Table of Contents
   

Cross-Sell and Up-Sell Our Platform within our Installed Footprint . We believe the majority of RAIN deployments today use one or more of our products, positioning us for future platform cross-sell and up-sell opportunities. For example, retailers that deploy our gateways see improved inventory accuracy when using our tag ICs, positioning us to up-sell our platform into these retail accounts.

 

   

Expand within our Existing Customer Base . We will seek to generate additional revenue from existing end users of our platform by expanding their deployment scope and adding new use cases. For example, retailers typically start deploying RAIN by tagging apparel. We see opportunities to expand their tagging to housewares, appliances, cosmetics and eventually all items in a store. These same retailers typically choose inventory visibility as their first use case. We see opportunities to extend their use cases for already-tagged items to omnichannel fulfillment, loss prevention, enhanced retail analytics and more.

 

   

Enable Ubiquitous Reading . We plan to invest in next-generation reader ICs to improve functionality, reduce costs, and make Impinj-based readers ubiquitous in industrial and consumer devices and facilities infrastructure.

Our Platform

We believe Impinj is the only company with an end-to-end RAIN-based platform for connecting everyday items. We are not aware of any competing technology able to connect and engage everyday items at similar cost and functionality. Our platform comprises three layers—endpoints, connectivity and software; within each we sell one or more product families with multiple products per family.

 

LOGO

Endpoints

An endpoint comprises a RAIN-enabled tag, such as a price tag, and the item to which it is attached. A tag comprises a tag IC mated to a thin wire antenna on a paper or Mylar backing, often with a paper face. A tag IC is a RAIN radio-on-a-chip. Tag ICs power themselves from a reader’s radio waves without needing a battery so they can wirelessly connect almost any item.

 

82


Table of Contents

Tag ICs differ from traditional silicon ICs in that most tag ICs are disposable. For example, when consumers purchase retail items they discard the price tags containing the tag ICs. We believe tag ICs are the first market for consumable silicon and are a repeat revenue source for us.

We sell our tag ICs, branded Monza, to our original equipment manufacturing, or OEM, and original design manufacturing, or ODM, partners who make and sell tags in a variety of sizes and shapes, leveraging us into markets including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking. We have shipped more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

LOGO

We entered the tag IC market in 2005 and are selling our sixth-generation products today. We have continually improved performance, ease-of-use and features while reducing cost. Our current tag IC portfolio includes nine products spanning basic to specialty functionality such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy. Our tag ICs also include value-added custom functionalities accessible by our platform.

Connectivity

We enable endpoint connectivity via our reader ICs, stationary readers and gateways that wirelessly power and read tags. We have sold, in aggregate, more than one million reader ICs, stationary readers and gateways to date.

Our reader ICs, branded Indy, are radios-on-chip or systems-in-package, or SIP. We sell our reader ICs to OEM and ODM partners that use them in products such as Trimble’s reader modules, Zebra’s MC3190-Z mobile and FX7400 stationary readers, and Coca-Cola’s Freestyle beverage dispensers.

 

LOGO

We entered the reader IC market in 2008 by acquiring Intel’s reader IC business. We subsequently enhanced the product line through a good-better-best strategy and expanded it with reader SIPs that improve ease-of-use and speed time-to-market. We offer easy-to-use APIs, development environments, sample code, drivers and libraries.

Our stationary readers, branded Speedway, are high-performance finished products. We sell our Speedway readers through an established channel of distributors, system integrators, VARs and solution providers.

 

83


Table of Contents

We entered the stationary-reader market in 2006 and are selling our fourth-generation products today. Our readers are easy to deploy, use power-over-Ethernet and are certified for operation in more than 40 countries. Our partners have deployed our readers in applications ranging from retail inventory-taking to automated fuel filling to shipping-container tracking to airport baggage handling.

 

LOGO

Our gateways integrate our Speedway readers with specialized antennas. We entered the gateway market in 2011 and sell two types of gateways today. Both are power-over-Ethernet integrated systems that couple our reader with an antenna array that electrically steers a radio beam like a searchlight. Our portal gateway, branded xPortal, scans doorways or hallways such as front-to-back store transitions, entryways and exits. Our array gateway, branded xArray, scans up to 1500 square feet of floor space such as in a store, manufacturing facility or hospital room.

We see a significant opportunity for our gateways to become the core reading modality in retail stores, replacing handheld readers. Compared with handheld readers, gateways are always-on, autonomous, and deliver timely Item Intelligence without labor cost.

 

LOGO

Software

Our software, called ItemSense, is an operating system that connects the physical and digital worlds. It extracts Item Intelligence from endpoint reads and delivers it to applications through representational state transfer, or REST, based query and event APIs. It centralizes reader and gateway configuration, management and control through a management API. It is modular, scalable and secure and can operate on-premises, in hybrid-cloud or in cloud-based environments. A single instance can connect, manage and process data from hundreds of readers or gateways.

We entered the business in October 2015 and see significant opportunities to simplify and scale end-user deployments and seamlessly deliver Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our software enables end users to derive business insights from endpoint data. It can integrate with existing and new business applications to manage inventory, track items on a store floor, enable omnichannel fulfillment and reduce theft.

 

LOGO

Sales and Marketing

Our sales force leverages a broad partner ecosystem of distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners. Each member of our sales force sells all of our products. We organize our sales team primarily by geography: (1) Americas, (2) Asia Pacific and (3) Europe, Middle East and Africa. We also have a small number of worldwide sales executives with expertise in tag and reader ICs to support the geographic sales teams.

We leverage a broad, global partner ecosystem comprising Endpoint, Connectivity and Software partners and VARs/SIs. Today, we derive substantially all our product revenue from Endpoint and Connectivity sales, comprising tag IC, reader IC, reader and gateway sales. We sell our tag ICs direct, primarily to inlay and tag OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, sales to Avery Dennison Corporation, or Avery, Shang Yang RFID Technology Yangzhou Co. Ltd., or Shang Yang, and Smartrac NV, or Smartrac, accounted for 23%, 22% and 20% of our tag IC revenue, and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We sell our reader ICs primarily through distribution to reader OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, distributor sell-thru to our top two reader IC partners each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We sell our readers and gateways primarily through distribution to VARs and SIs. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and 10% of our total revenue, but no end customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We also engage directly with end users in collaboration with partners across our ecosystem, usually fulfilling our product or platform sales through those same partners. In some instances, these end-customer engagements leverage go-to-market relationships with companies like RetailNext or Cerner who do not sell our products but whose product offerings complement ours. Many of our partners sell multiple of our products or our entire platform.

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents

We deliver products and solutions that are easy for our partner ecosystem to sell and deploy. We engender preference for our platform in all sales engagements, encouraging end users to deploy our multiple products to gain full benefit from our platform. Our business development, product marketing, technical and systems engineers all actively engage partners and end customers.

Our marketing model prioritizes brand development, end-user awareness, lead generation and sales enablement. Our communications use web, electronic and channel programs complemented by press initiatives and industry-analyst relationships. Our solutions-marketing, business-development and solutions-architecture teams work with independent software vendor partners to enable solution selling through collateral development and technical documentation of our joint solutions.

 

LOGO

Manufacturing

We outsource all our product manufacturing to third-party manufacturers that build our products to our design specifications. This capital-efficient operating model scales efficiently with volume, allowing us to focus our resources on accelerating development of new products and solutions.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, fabricates our tag ICs in Asia and the United States and has been our sole tag IC supplier since 2003. We order tag IC wafers on a purchase-order basis and do not have a long-term agreement with TSMC. We test the wafers at our U.S. headquarters and in Asia. We use multiple subcontractors to post-process the wafers. Our primary subcontractor for our tag ICs is Stars Microelectronics (Thailand) Public Company Limited, or Stars. We generally engage all our tag IC subcontractors on a purchase-order basis.

TowerJazz Ltd. fabricates our reader ICs in the United States and has been our sole reader IC supplier since 2008. We order reader IC wafers on a purchase-order basis and do not have a long-term agreement with TowerJazz. We use subcontractors on a purchase-order basis to package the ICs and test the packaged parts.

Plexus Corp. manufactures our readers in Asia and has been our sole supplier since 2005. Plexus and Western Corporation in the United States have manufactured our gateways since 2013 and 2010, respectively. We order readers and gateways pursuant to nonexclusive purchase agreements that renew automatically each year, subject to each party’s right to terminate upon 180 days’ notice. We engage subcontractors on a purchase-order basis to assemble and test printed circuit boards, to build our reader and gateway enclosures and test our readers and gateways.

Research and Development

We built our company around technology leadership and innovation. We have achieved our leading market share by delivering and continuously improving product performance, features, reliability and quality while reducing costs. We have committed, and plan to continue to commit significant resources to technology and product innovation and development. We have assembled a team of skilled engineers and currently perform all research and most of our product development internally. As of March 31, 2016 we had 93 employees in research and development, of which seven hold a Ph.D. and 34 hold a master’s degree. Research and development expenses

 

86


Table of Contents

for 2014 and 2015 were $13.9 million and $17.0 million, respectively. We regularly review our technology, products, developments and product opportunities and reallocate our spending and resources accordingly.

Intellectual Property

We protect our technologies by filing patent applications, retaining trade secrets and defending and enforcing our intellectual-property rights where appropriate. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 196 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 38 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications. The first of our 164 issued utility patents expires in 2024 and the first of our 26 issued design patents expires in 2021. To protect confidential information not otherwise subject to patent protection, we rely on trade secret law and enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and partners.

Because most RAIN products are used in, or imported into, the United States, we believe U.S. patents hold the most value for our business. Consequently, we have filed primarily U.S. patent applications. We have a small number of pending foreign patent applications but none have yet allowed or issued. Because our portfolio currently contains only U.S. patents, we have limited ability to assert our intellectual-property rights outside the United States.

Whereas our patents and trade secrets constitute valuable assets, we do not view any them as material. Instead, we believe the totality of our patent and trade-secret portfolio creates an advantage for our business.

We have entered into licensing, broad-scope cross-licensing and other agreements authorizing us to use or to operate within the scope of patents and intellectual property owned by third parties. For example, we have licenses to third-party intellectual property that we use in our products. As another example, by participating in developing GS1 EPCglobal protocols, we agreed to license those of our patents necessarily infringed by the practice of these protocols on a royalty-free basis to other GS1 EPCglobal members, subject to reciprocal royalty-free rights from those members. We believe 14 of our patents and pending applications are necessary to practice the RAIN radio protocol. By participating in developing ISO standards, we have agreed to grant to all users worldwide a license to those of our patents necessarily infringed by the practice of several ISO standards, including non-RAIN standards, on reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms, subject to reciprocity.

We own a number of trademarks, develop names for our new products and secure trademark protection for them, including domain name registration, in relevant jurisdictions.

Alliances and Standardization

We, along with Google, Intel and Smartrac, cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance in 2014 and our chief executive officer is its chairman. The Alliance is a global organization promoting the universal adoption of RAIN technology and solutions with more than 100 members to date. The name “RAIN” connotes ubiquity and a close link to cloud data.

We, our customers, partners and competitors developed the RAIN radio protocol, UHF Gen2 (standardized as ISO/IEC 18000-63) in 2004, with us as the editor. Our community delivered a backwards-compatible update in 2013, again with us as the editor. Our industry uses Gen2 nearly exclusively.

By participating in GS1 EPCglobal, which produced Gen2, and ISO, which ratified 18000-63, as well as in other standards bodies, we agreed to license certain patents as described in the section captioned “—Intellectual Property.”

Government Regulations

Government regulations require us to certify our readers and gateways in jurisdictions where they operate. For example, we certify our readers and gateways to Federal Communications Commission regulations to operate in the United States and its territories. Currently, our readers and portal gateway are certified for operation in more than 40 countries worldwide including the United States, Canada, Mexico, China, Japan, South Korea and all of the European Union, or EU. We have certified our array gateway for operation in the United States, Japan, and certain countries in the EU; we plan to eventually certify it in all countries with compelling opportunities.

 

87


Table of Contents

Competition

We believe we are the only company in our industry with a complete platform. Our competitors compete with us with respect to some, but not all, of our business. Our principal competitors for tag IC sales include NXP B.V. and Alien Technology Corporation, or Alien. Our principal competitors for reader IC sales are AMS AG and Phychips Inc. Our principal competitors for reader and gateway sales include Alien and Zebra Technologies, Inc., both of which also purchase our reader ICs. Our anticipated software competition includes legacy middleware providers and end-user-specific custom developments.

The market for our platform and products is relatively new and highly competitive. We believe competition will increase as the market grows and RAIN technology continues to advance. New entrants could enter our market at any time, creating additional competition in the future. The competitive factors that impact our platform and product sales include:

 

   

portfolio, performance, features, reliability and price;

 

   

support, ease of use and availability of reference designs;

 

   

development tools and API availability (except in the tag IC market);

 

   

integration and certification with end-user applications; and

 

   

company reputation.

Although we believe we compete favorably on the above factors, our future competitiveness will depend upon our ability to design, develop and market compelling solutions. In addition, our competitive position depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain talent while protecting our intellectual property. For additional information on the risks associated with our business, see “Risk Factors.”

Employees and Culture

As of March 31, 2016, we had 208 employees, with 191 of those in the United States, seven in the Asia Pacific region, and nine in Europe and one in Latin America. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our employee relations are excellent.

We use four words to capture the essence of our corporate culture—innovation, action, commitment and team. We believe our culture, most importantly aligning our employees around a set of behaviors and actions that foster passion and commitment, is essential to the health and success of our business.

Facilities

Our headquarters is located in Seattle, Washington. Our current facility has approximately 70,000 square feet under a lease that expires December 2026. The lease provides for an option to lease additional space in the future and an early termination right beginning in December 2022, subject to early termination fees.

We also lease a design laboratory and demonstration center, also located in Seattle, with approximately 11,000 square feet. The lease expires October 2018, subject to an option to extend for either one or three additional years. We also have a satellite sales office in Shanghai, China and satellite engineering offices in Rancho Cordova and Newport Beach, California and in Arlington, Virginia.

We believe the facilities we lease are sufficient for our current and anticipated future needs.

Legal Proceedings

On May 31, 2016, Adasa Inc. filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for Oregon against us and we understand that it filed similar lawsuits against Alien and NXP. The complaint against us alleges that our Monza 6 tag ICs

 

88


Table of Contents

infringe U.S. Patent No. 9,272,805, which was issued on March 1, 2016, because such tag ICs allegedly use multi-vendor chip-based serialization. The complaint seeks both damages and a permanent injunction against us. Based upon our preliminary investigation of the patent identified in the complaint, we do not believe that our products infringe valid or enforceable claims, if any, of this patent. Nevertheless, litigation is inherently uncertain and any judgment entered against us or any adverse settlement could adversely impact operating results. In addition, the costs associated with any actual, pending or threatened litigation could negatively impact our operating results regardless of the actual outcome.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any other material legal proceedings. In the normal course of business, we may be named as a party to various legal claims, actions and complaints. We cannot predict whether any resulting liability would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of June 2, 2016:

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

Executive Officers

     

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

     54       Director, Co-Founder, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Eric Brodersen

     49       President and Chief Operating Officer

Evan Fein

     44       Chief Financial Officer

Walter Palhetas

     48       Senior Vice President, Global Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter van Oppen (3)

     63       Director, Chairman

Tom A. Alberg (1)(3)

     76       Director

Clinton Bybee (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Gregory Sessler (1)(2)

     63       Director

Theresa Wise (2)

     49       Director

 

(1)  

Member of the Audit Committee

(2)  

Member of the Compensation Committee

(3)  

Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee

Executive Officers

Chris Diorio, Ph.D., one of our co-founders, has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2000, as chief executive officer since November 2014 and as vice chairman since September 2013. Previously, he served as our chief strategy and technology officer from September 2013 to November 2014, chief technology officer from November 2006 to September 2013, chairman from April 2000 to January 2013, vice president of engineering from 2004 to 2006 and as a consultant to us from April 2000 to June 2004. In addition, he is an affiliate professor of computer science and engineering at the University of Washington, a director and chairman of the RAIN RFID Alliance and former director of Bluegiga Technologies Ltd. Dr. Diorio received a B.A. in physics from Occidental College and an M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the California Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Diorio’s perspective, experience and institutional knowledge as our co-founder, vice chairman and chief executive officer qualify him to serve as director.

Eric Brodersen has served as our president and chief operating officer since November 2014. Previously, he served as our executive vice president of sales and marketing from September 2014 to November 2014, and senior vice president of business development and chief marketing officer from April 2014 to September 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brodersen was senior vice president at EMC Corporation, a data storage company, where he was the lead marketing, business development and services executive for the Isilon Storage Division from December 2010 to April 2013. He served as senior vice president for marketing and business development for Isilon Systems, Inc. prior to its acquisition by EMC Corporation in 2010. From April 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Brodersen served as senior vice president of worldwide sales for Quantum Corporation, a data storage company. Mr. Brodersen received a B.A. in government from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

Evan Fein has served as our chief financial officer since November 2010. Previously, he served as our senior vice president, finance and administration from June 2009 to November 2010, vice president, finance and administration from February 2004 to June 2009, and director of finance from October 2000 to February 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Fein managed the financial planning and corporate development activities of T-Mobile US, Inc., a telecommunications provider. Mr. Fein received a B.S. in mathematics and an M.B.A. from the University of Washington.

 

90


Table of Contents

Walter Palhetas has served as our senior vice president of global sales since April 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Palhetas served as executive vice president of Americas and Asia-Pacific sales and worldwide marketing and sales operations for Nexan Corporation, a provider of data storage systems (acquired by Imation Corp. in 2012), from July 2012 to April 2014. From September 2009 to July 2012, Mr. Palhetas served as Nexan Corporation’s senior vice president of Americas. Mr. Palhetas received an M.B.A. from Pepperdine University.

Board of Directors

Peter van Oppen has served as our chairman and a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. van Oppen has been a partner at Trilogy Partnership, a private investment firm focused on technology and telecommunications, since 2006. Prior to joining Trilogy, Mr. van Oppen served as chairman and chief executive officer of Advanced Digital Information Corporation, or ADIC, a publicly-traded storage management software company, from 1994 through its acquisition by Quantum Corp. in 2006. Prior to ADIC, Mr. van Oppen served as president and chief executive officer of Interpoint, a predecessor company to ADIC, from 1989 until its acquisition by Crane Co. in October 1996, and has also been a consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers and Bain & Company. He is currently a director of Level 3 Communications, Inc. He is a former director of Isilon Systems, Inc. and Western Wireless Corporation. Mr. van Oppen currently serves as a member of the UW Medicine Board and as chair of its Finance and Audit Committee, is former chairman of the board of trustees and former chairman of the investment committee at Whitman College and serves on the board of directors of several private companies. In addition, Mr. van Oppen has supervised public company chief financial officers and is a member, on inactive status, of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. van Oppen received a B.A. in political science from Whitman College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. van Oppen is qualified to serve as chairman because of his experience as a chairman and chief executive officer of a global data storage company for over a decade, his extensive management and consulting experience, as well as his experience as a director of other public and private companies.

Tom A. Alberg has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2000. Mr. Alberg has been a managing director of Madrona Venture Group, LLC, a venture capital firm, since September 1999, and a principal in Madrona Investment Group, LLC, a private investment firm, since January 1996. Prior to co-founding Madrona Investment Group, Mr. Alberg served as president of LIN Broadcasting Corporation, executive vice president of McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc., and executive vice president of AT&T Wireless Services. Previously, he was chair of the executive committee and partner at Perkins Coie, the Northwest’s largest law firm. Since 2006, Mr. Alberg has served as a director of Amazon.com. From February 1998 to August 2006, he was a director of ADIC. Mr. Alberg received a B.A. in international affairs from Harvard College and a J.D. from Columbia Law School. We believe Mr. Alberg’s experience as a venture capitalist investing in technology companies, through which he gained experience with emerging technologies, his experience as a lawyer, and skills relating to financial statement and accounting matters, qualify him to serve as director.

Clinton Bybee has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2008 and chairman of our compensation committee since July 2014. He is a managing director of ARCH Venture Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in June 1994. Mr. Bybee has helped organize, finance and develop numerous companies and is a board member of XTERA Communications, a publicly-traded technology company and several privately-held companies. Mr. Bybee is an organizing member of the Texas Venture Capital Association and currently serves as its president. Previously, Mr. Bybee held various engineering positions with Amoco Corporation. Mr. Bybee received a B.S. in petroleum engineering from Texas A&M University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. We believe that Mr. Bybee’s experience as a venture capital investor, including his service on the board of directors of multiple companies, qualifies him to serve as director.

Gregory Sessler has served as a member of our board of directors and as chairman of our audit committee since April 2011. Mr. Sessler is the president and chief executive officer and former chief financial officer of Spiration, Inc., a medical device company (acquired by Olympus Corporation of the Americas in 2010), which he joined in

 

91


Table of Contents

2002. Previously, Mr. Sessler served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Rosetta Inpharmatics, Inc., a biotechnology company (acquired by Merck & Co. in 2001), chief financial officer of Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (now OncoGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), a pharmaceutical company, and chief financial officer of MicroProbe Corporation, a biotechnology company. Mr. Sessler previously served as chairman of the audit committee of Marina Biotech, Inc. and as a member of the audit committee of Corixa Corporation (acquired by GlaxoSmithKline plc). Mr. Sessler received a B.S. in accounting from Syracuse University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Mr. Sessler’s financial and accounting expertise, including his service as chief financial officer of four publicly-traded companies, qualify him to serve as director and as audit committee chairman.

Theresa Wise has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2016. Ms. Wise was senior vice president and chief information officer for Delta Air Lines, Inc., an airline company, from October 2008 to April 2016. Prior to joining Delta, Ms. Wise held a number of positions at Northwest Airlines Corporation, an airline company, including serving as the company’s chief information officer from 2001 until Northwest Airlines Corporation’s merger with Delta Air Lines in 2008. Ms. Wise received a B.A. in mathematics and chemistry from St. Olaf College and a Ph.D. and M.S. in applied math from Cornell University. We believe Ms. Wise’s experience as a senior officer at public companies qualifies her to serve as a director.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is currently composed of six members. Five of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of The NASDAQ Global Market. Dr. Diorio, Messrs. Alberg, Bybee, Sessler and van Oppen and Ms. Wise were initially elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of our directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Immediately prior to this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2017 for the Class I directors, 2018 for the Class II directors and 2019 for the Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Dr. Diorio and Mr. Sessler.

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Messrs. Alberg and Bybee.

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Mr. van Oppen and Ms. Wise.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our certificate of incorporation.

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. The board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

 

92


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In January 2016 and June 2016, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that, other than Dr. Diorio, none of our directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Sessler, Alberg and Bybee, who comprise our audit committee; Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise, who comprise our compensation committee; and Messrs. van Oppen, Alberg and Bybee who comprise our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market.

In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Sessler, Alberg and Bybee, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Our audit committee chairman, Mr. Sessler, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market. Our audit committee will:

 

   

approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

oversee the work of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

93


Table of Contents
   

approve engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

 

   

review the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

review our consolidated financial statements and review our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

 

   

review and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit, our quarterly consolidated financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise. Mr. Bybee is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market. The compensation committee will:

 

   

review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;

 

   

review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;

 

   

recommend compensation of our officers based on its evaluations; and

 

   

administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Messrs. van Oppen, Alberg and Bybee. Mr. van Oppen is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. Our nominating and governance committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market. The nominating and governance committee will:

 

   

evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

 

   

assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

   

recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

 

   

review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

94


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of our board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2015. The table excludes Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman, chief executive officer and director. Dr. Diorio did not receive any compensation from us in his role as a director in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

NAME

   FEES
EARNED OR
PAID IN
CASH ($)
     OPTION
AWARDS
($) (1)
     TOTAL ($)  

Peter van Oppen

     24,000         6,553         30,553   

Gregory Sessler

     —           5,461         5,461   

Albert Yu, Ph.D. (2)

     —           5,461         5,461   

 

(1)  

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2015. These amounts have been calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock options. As of December 31, 2015, Mr. van Oppen held 91,667 shares of common stock subject to repurchase by us acquired pursuant to the early exercise of stock options; Mr. Sessler held stock options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock; and Dr. Yu held stock options to purchase 575,000 shares of our common stock.

(2)  

Dr. Yu was a director as of December 31, 2015, but resigned from our board of directors effective April 30, 2016.

From April to May 2014, Mr. van Oppen exercised options to purchase 1,130,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $114,500. In March 2016, Mr. van Oppen exercised options to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $33,300.

In May 2016, the board of directors granted Ms. Wise stock options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.72 per share.

We have a practice of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

Outside Director Compensation

In May 2016, our board of directors, after reviewing data provided by our independent compensation consulting firm, Compensia, Inc., regarding practices at comparable companies, adopted a compensation policy for outside directors effective as of the registration date of which this prospectus forms a part. This outside director compensation policy provides for the following cash compensation to our outside directors:

 

   

$25,000 per year for service as a member of the board of directors;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the board of directors;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the audit and risk committee;

 

   

$10,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as a member of a committee of the board of directors.

All cash payments to outside directors are paid quarterly in arrears on a pro-rated basis.

 

95


Table of Contents

This outside director compensation policy provides for the following equity compensation to our outside directors, subject to any limits in our 2016 Plan:

 

   

on the first day a person becomes an outside director (other than by appointment on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders), such person will be granted an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $60,000 multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is (x) 12 minus (y) the number of months between the date of the last Annual Meeting and the date the individual became an outside director and (b) the denominator of which is 12; divided by (2) the per share value (as defined below), which is referred to in this prospectus as an initial award;

 

   

on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each outside director will be granted an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $60,000 divided by (2) the per share value, which is referred to in this prospectus as an annual award; and

 

   

on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, an outside director who is serving as chair of the board of directors and is eligible for an annual award will be granted, in addition to an annual award, an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $15,000 divided by (2) the per share value, which is referred to in this prospectus as a board chair annual award, and an outside director who is serving or is appointed as chair of the board of directors and is eligible for an initial award will be granted, in addition to the initial award, a board chair annual award pro-rated in the same manner as an initial award.

Each award described in the preceding bullet points, which is referred to in this prospectus as an outside director award, vests upon the one year anniversary of the date such award was granted, subject to the director’s continuing to be a service provider; however, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2016 Plan), all outside director awards shall vest in full.

As used above, per share value generally means the average trading price for a share of our common stock over the 10 trading days beginning on the next day following the date we announce fourth quarter earnings for the fiscal year immediately prior to the grant date of an award.

Outside directors may be permitted to defer the delivery of the shares of our common stock subject to an outside director award subject to the terms of the policy.

Outside directors may not sell, pledge, assign, hypothecate, transfer, or dispose of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an outside director award while the outside director continues to serve as a director, other than in order to pay for any tax obligations arising from the vesting and/or settlement of such award.

We also will continue to reimburse our outside directors for reasonable, customary, and documented travel expenses incurred in connection with attending board and board committee meetings.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of us. None of our executive officers

 

96


Table of Contents

currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

As permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors or officers. We expect to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors or officers for whom indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

97


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2015.

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL
POSITION

  YEAR     SALARY     BONUS (2)     OPTION
AWARDS (3)
    ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION (4)
    TOTAL  

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

    2014      $ 300,044      $ —        $ —        $ 5,238      $ 305,282   

Co-Founder, Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    2015        319,631        126,254        20,152        8,246        474,283   

Eric Brodersen

    2014        177,885        —          1,338,480        1,602        1,517,967   

President and Chief Operating Officer

    2015        282,692        111,663        315,711        3,431        713,497   

Walter Palhetas (1)

    2015        363,404        —          547,456        1,927        912,787   

Senior Vice President, Global Sales

           

 

(1)  

The salary amount for Mr. Palhetas includes a commission of $36,323 earned in the fourth quarter of 2015 that was paid in the first quarter of 2016. Mr. Palhetas was not an executive officer of the company in 2014.

(2)  

These amounts are bonuses earned under the 2015 executive incentive compensation plan that were paid in the first quarter of 2016.

(3)

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. See note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(4)  

These amounts represent for Dr. Diorio: $3,173 for company-paid premiums for supplemental long-term disability insurance in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $1,500 and $3,500 for patent awards in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $565 and $889 as tax gross-ups on patent awards paid to him in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $500 for employer match health savings account contributions in 2015 and $185 for green transportation benefits in 2015; for Mr. Brodersen: $1,602 and $2,746 for company-paid premiums for supplemental-long term disability insurance paid in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $500 for employer match health savings account contributions in 2015 and $185 for green transportation benefits in 2015; and for Mr. Palhetas: $1,776 for company-paid premiums for supplemental-long term disability insurance, $100 for a gift certificate issued to him and $51 as a tax gross-up on the gift certificate.

 

98


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2015

The following table shows grants of stock options to each of our named executive officers outstanding at December 31, 2015.

 

NAME

  VESTING
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
    NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
EXERCISABLE (#) (1)
    OPTION EXERCISE
PRICES

($)
    OPTION
EXPIRATION DATE
 

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

    7/1/2012        350,000 (2)       0.10        8/7/2022   
    10/30/2012        400,000 (3)       0.10        10/29/2022   
    11/1/2013        200,000 (4)       0.12        12/3/2023   
    4/28/2015        75,000 (5)       0.42        4/27/2025   

Eric Brodersen

    4/7/2014        666,666 (6)       0.15        4/28/2024   
    4/28/2015        238,095 (7)       0.42        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        861,905 (7)       0.42        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        75,000 (5)       0.42        4/27/2025   

Walter Palhetas

    4/14/2015        238,095 (8)       0.42        4/27/2025   
    4/14/2015        1,761,905 (8)       0.42        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        37,500 (5)       0.42        4/27/2025   

 

(1)  

Each option is subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying such option. Vesting of each option is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.

(2)  

One-forty-eighth of the shares subject to the grant vested on August 1, 2012, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(3)  

This option was originally granted on February 24, 2011 and was exchanged for a new option on October 30, 2012 as part of our option re-pricing. One-tenth of the shares subject to the grant vested on January 30, 2013, and 1/10 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each quarter thereafter.

(4)  

One-forty-eighth of the shares subject to the grant vested on December 1, 2013, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(5)  

The option was granted subject to the achievement of certain performance milestones in 2015 which were not achieved and subsequently waived by the board of directors on January 14, 2016. Nine-forty-eighths of the shares subject to the grant vest on January 28, 2016, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(6)  

166,666 of the shares subject to the grant vested on April 7, 2015 subject to achievement of certain performance milestones, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(7)

One-sixth of the shares subject to this grant vest annually on the anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the first three years, and 1/2 of the shares subject to the grant vest on the fourth annual anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(8)  

One-fourth of the shares subject to this grant vest on April 14, 2016, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

In June 2014, Mr. Brodersen exercised options to purchase 1,733,334 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $260,000.

 

99


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Arrangements

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, dated March 16, 2007, as amended and restated as of December 19, 2008 and as amended on February 20, 2009. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Dr. Diorio’s current annual base salary is $330,000 and he is eligible to earn bonus compensation based on the achievement of certain performance objectives established by our board of directors or the compensation committee. Under the terms of this agreement, if Dr. Diorio’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary for a period of six months (12 months, if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control) (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement);

 

   

lump sum payment equal to 50% of annual base salary if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 25% of the then unvested portion of outstanding equity awards (100% if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for outstanding vested stock options for up to one year following termination.

Eric Brodersen

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brodersen, previously our chief marketing officer and senior vice president of business development, dated April 1, 2014, as amended February 9, 2015. Effective November 3, 2014, Mr. Brodersen was appointed our president and chief operating officer. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Brodersen’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to earn bonus compensation based on the achievement of certain performance objectives established by our board of directors or the compensation committee. Under the terms of this agreement, if Mr. Brodersen’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary for a period of six months;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 100% of the then unvested portion of outstanding equity awards if his termination occurs within six months following a Change of Control (as defined in his employment agreement); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for then outstanding vested stock options for up to one year following termination.

 

100


Table of Contents

Walter Palhetas

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Palhetas, our senior vice president of global sales, dated April 13, 2015. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Palhetas’s current annual base salary is $250,000 and he is eligible to earn quarterly incentive pay (at a target level of 100% of base salary) based on the fulfillment of a revenue quota. Under the terms of this agreement, if Mr. Palhetas’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary plus an average of the prior four, six-month periods of incentive compensation, as then in effect, for a period of six months;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 100% of outstanding equity awards if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control (as defined in his employment agreement); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for outstanding vested stock options to the one-year anniversary of his termination or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

For purposes of the agreements with Dr. Diorio, Mr. Brodersen and Mr. Palhetas, the following definitions apply:

 

   

Cause ” means the named executive officer’s:

 

  (1) conviction of a felony;

 

  (2) commission of any act of fraud with respect to us;

 

  (3) intentional misconduct that has a material adverse effect upon our business;

 

  (4) breach of any of his fiduciary obligations as our officer or of any contractual obligation that he has to us, in either case where the breach has a material adverse effect on our business;

 

  (5) willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of his duties under the named executive officer’s employment agreement or amended and restated employment agreement (as applicable), including his refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the board of directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with his position and duties; or

 

  (6) death or Disability.

However, prior to any termination of the named executive officer’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (3), (4) or (5) above, we shall give written notice to him of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, he shall have a period of not less than 30 days in which to cure the specified default in his performance.

 

   

Good Reason ” applied to Dr. Diorio means his resignation that is effective within two years following the expiration of our cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without his consent:

 

  (1) a material reduction of his base salary;

 

  (2)

the assignment to him of any duties, or the reduction of his duties, either of which results in a material diminution in his authority, duties or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior

 

101


Table of Contents
  to such assignment or reduction, or his removal from such position and responsibilities, unless he is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  (3) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform services (his relocation to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from his then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

He will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

   

Good Reason ” applied to Mr. Brodersen and Mr. Palhetas means the named executive officer’s resignation that is effective within two years following the expiration of our cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without his consent:

 

  (1) a material reduction of his base salary (the reduction of base salary by less than 10% from his then-present base salary level shall not be considered a material reduction); provided that, an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other senior executives by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary reduction shall not constitute such a material reduction;

 

  (2) the assignment to him of any duties, or the reduction of his duties, either of which results in a material diminution in his authority, duties or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or his removal from such position and responsibilities, unless he is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  (3) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform services (his relocation to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from his then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

He will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

   

If any of the payments provided for under any of the employment agreements described above or otherwise payable to our named executive officers would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the named executive officer would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to such named executive officers. No agreement described above requires us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Exchange of Outstanding Stock Options

In October 2012, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current directors, executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on October 30, 2012, the date on which this exchange occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price of greater than $0.18 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on October 29, 2012. We determined that the fair

 

102


Table of Contents

market value of our common stock on October 30, 2012 was $0.10. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of October 29, 2022 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by up to 36 months based on the number of shares previously vested in the options. Directors, executive officers and employees exchanged options to purchase 4,059,230 shares, including options to purchase 1,975,000 shares held by our then current non-employee directors and executive officers. We made this exchange offer because many of the outstanding options held by our employees had exercise prices significantly above the fair market value of our common stock, and we believed that such options provided inadequate incentive to employees. We consider options an important component of the compensation we provide to our executive officers and non-employee directors to retain them and align their interests with those of our stockholders. Therefore, our executive officers and non-employee directors were entitled to participate in the exchange offer on the same basis as other employees.

In December 2014, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014, the date on which the exchange offer occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price greater than $0.42 per share that were granted on or after June 17, 2014 and remained outstanding and unexercised on December 23, 2014. We determined that the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014 was $0.42. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of December 22, 2024 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by three months. Executive officers and employees exchanged options to purchase 2,849,000 shares, including options to purchase an aggregate of 250,000 shares held by our chief financial officer.

Employee Benefit Plans

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the board of directors intends to adopt a 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, which we expect our stockholders to approve prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2016 Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by the board of directors and one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement. We do not expect to use the 2016 Plan until after the completion of this offering. Our 2016 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

We expect to reserve a total of            shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2016 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Plan will also include (1) those shares reserved but unissued under each of our 2010 Plan and 2000 Plan (each as defined below) and (2) shares returned to each of the 2010 Plan and 2000 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2016 Plan pursuant to (1) and (2) is shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2017, equal to the least of:

 

   

            shares;

 

   

            % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding year; and

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

103


Table of Contents

Plan Administration

The board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the board of directors will administer the 2016 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of the board of directors will administer our 2016 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if desirable, we may structure transactions under the 2016 Plan to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to:

 

   

the power to interpret the terms of the 2016 Plan and awards granted under it;

 

   

create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2016 Plan, including creating sub-plans;

 

   

determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise;

 

   

amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price;

 

   

allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator; and

 

   

institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash.

Stock Options

We may grant stock options under the 2016 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

We may grant stock appreciation rights under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

 

104


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

We may grant restricted stock under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

We may grant restricted stock units under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

We may grant performance units and performance shares under our 2016 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of performance units and performance shares to be paid to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2016 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2016 Plan. Our 2016 Plan will provide that in any given year, a non-employee director may not receive in connection with their initial service (1) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $            , or $             or (2) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $            , or $            , in each case, as determined under GAAP. These maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants in the future. In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy making our non-employee directors eligible to receive equity awards under the 2016 Plan.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan will not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

105


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2016 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2016 Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2016 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2016 Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination

The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on March 31, 2010, and approved by our stockholders on March 25, 2011 and was amended by our board of directors on June 30, 2010, February 24, 2011, December 7, 2011, July 12, 2012, April 29, 2014, April 28, 2015 and April 13, 2016.

The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any affiliates’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and awards of restricted shares of common stock to our employees, consultants, and advisors and our affiliates’ employees, consultants and advisors. Our board of directors has decided not to grant any additional options under our 2010 Plan upon the completion of this offering. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options and stock awards previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

Authorized Shares

As of March 31, 2016, the maximum aggregate number of shares (subject to adjustment) of our common stock, which may be subject to awards and sold under the 2010 Plan is 31,282,557 shares plus shares that were subject to stock options or similar awards granted under our 2000 Stock Option Plan that expired or terminated without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan that were forfeited to or repurchased by us. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

 

106


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 20,982,512 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2010 Plan. If an option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors currently administers the 2010 Plan. Under the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority and discretion to select those individuals who will receive awards, choose the type or types of awards to be granted to selected individuals, and determine the terms that will apply to the awards granted (including the number of shares of common stock that the recipient may be entitled to receive or purchase), which terms may vary from award to award. The administrator also may authorize generally or in specific cases any adjustment in the exercise price, vesting schedule, number of shares subject to, or the term of any option by cancelling an outstanding option and subsequently regranting the option, by amendment, substitution, waiver or other legally valid means. The administrator also has the authority to determine the fair market value of a share of our common stock for purposes of the 2010 Plan and the awards granted thereunder. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements, and generally take any other actions that are contemplated by the 2010 Plan or necessary or appropriate in the administration of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements. Any decision made, or action taken, by the administrator or in connection with the administration of the 2010 Plan shall be final and conclusive on all persons.

Stock Options

Prior to the completion of this offering, the administrator may grant incentive or nonstatutory stock options under the 2010 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our affiliates, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Prior to the completion of this offering, stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. In some cases, options or stock appreciation rights issued to consultants pursuant to our 2010 Plan provide that they may be exercised at any time prior to the expiration of the ten-year term of the option or stock appreciation right. However, in no event may an option or stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

107


Table of Contents

In the event a participant is terminated for cause, and the participant acquired vested shares pursuant to the exercise of an option or stock appreciation right under the 2010 Plan, we have the right to repurchase those shares during the 90-day period following the termination date.

Restricted Stock

Prior to the completion of this offering, restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units

Prior to the completion of this offering, restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Plan. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. Restricted stock units that do not vest will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price and the number or type of shares covered by each award. The administrator may also provide for cash payments, or for the exchange of outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan for other awards in such circumstances, such as by conversion, assumption or substitution of an option for another company’s options on a ratio corresponding to the terms of a merger or other reorganization.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment, Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

 

108


Table of Contents

2000 Stock Plan

Our 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on April 6, 2000. The 2000 Plan was terminated on March 31, 2010. Since its termination, we have not granted any additional awards under the 2000 Plan, but the 2000 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Our 2000 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any subsidiary’s employees, and for the grant of nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees and consultants and our affiliates’ or subsidiary’s employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 1,995,750 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2000 Plan. If an option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors currently administers our 2000 Plan. Under our 2000 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreements for use under the 2000 Plan. The administrator has the authority to implement an option exchange program on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment, without participant’s prior written consent, may adversely affect any rights of a participant. The administrator also may modify any outstanding option without a participant’s consent if necessary to avoid our incurring adverse accounting charges. The administrator has the authority to interpret all provisions of the 2000 Plan, to prescribe the form of stock option agreements, and to adopt, amend and rescind rules pertaining to the administration of the 2000 Plan. Any decision made, or action taken, by the administrator or in connection with the administration of the 2000 Plan shall be final and conclusive on all persons.

The exercise price of options granted under our 2000 Plan had to be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date for incentive stock options and 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date for nonstatutory stock options, except that with respect to any optionee who owned 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the exercise price had to equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option had to not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any optionee who owned 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant, the term could not exceed five years. Unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, payment of the exercise price of an option will be made in cash or a cash equivalent acceptable to the administrator. The administrator also may provide for the payment of the exercise price of an option by shares. Subject to the provisions of our 2000 Plan, the administrator determined the terms of all other options in its discretion.

After the termination of service of an employee or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her award to the extent vested for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the award will remain exercisable for six months (12 months in the case of a termination due to death). In all other cases, the award will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. In the event a participant is terminated for cause, and the participant acquired vested shares pursuant to the exercise of an option under the 2000 Plan, we have the right to repurchase those shares during the 90-day period following the termination date.

 

109


Table of Contents

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, we or the administrator shall make proportionate adjustments to the number, value and class of stock represented by the outstanding awards in accordance with such terms as we or the administrator may determine.

Change in Control

In the event of a merger or consolidation of us (regardless of whether we are the surviving corporation), or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each outstanding award shall be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, the outstanding award shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the board of directors intends to adopt a 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which we expect our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective after the completion of this offering.

Authorized Shares

We will make a total of              shares of our common stock available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each year beginning in 2017, equal to the least of:

 

   

        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such year;

 

   

             shares of common stock; and

 

   

such amount as determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration

The board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors will administer the ESPP. We anticipate that our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate, and to establish procedures for plan administration, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

 

110


Table of Contents

Offering Periods

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for              offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after              and              of each year. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll Deductions

Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to         % of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight-time gross earnings, certain commissions, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares during a              -month period.

Exercise of Option

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be             . Participants may end their participation at any time during             , and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, Termination

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2036, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will allow our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include: business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, customer satisfaction, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, adherence to budget, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative

 

111


Table of Contents

to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, innovation, internal rate of return, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation committee determines relevant and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business-unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month on or following the date they begin employment, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

112


Table of Contents

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of us, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of us or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

113


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

We intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering a formal, written policy that our executive officers, directors (including director nominees), holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior approval or, in the case of pending or ongoing related party transactions, ratification of our audit committee. For purposes of our policy, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship where we were, are or will be involved and in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Certain transactions with related parties, however, are excluded from the definition of a related party transaction including, but not limited to:

 

   

transactions involving the purchase or sale of products or services in the ordinary course of business, not exceeding $20,000;

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her service as a director of another entity that is a party to the transaction;

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her ownership of less than 10% of the equity interest in another entity that is a party to the transaction; and

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her ownership of a class of our equity securities and all holders of that class received the same benefit on a pro rata basis.

No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction where such member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the benefits and perceived benefits to us;

 

   

the materiality and character of the related party’s direct and indirect interest;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable products or services;

 

   

the terms of the transaction; and

 

   

the terms available to unrelated third parties under the same or similar circumstances.

In reviewing proposed related party transactions, the audit committee will only approve or ratify related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders.

The transactions described below were consummated prior to our adoption of the formal, written policy described above, and therefore the foregoing policies and procedures were not followed with respect to the transactions. However, we believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

 

114


Table of Contents

December 2014 Stock Option Exchange

In December 2014, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014, the date on which the exchange occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price greater than $0.42 per share that were granted on or after June 17, 2014 and remained outstanding and unexercised on December 23, 2014. We determined that the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014 was $0.42 per share. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of December 22, 2024 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by three months. Options to purchase 2,849,000 shares were exchanged, including options to purchase an aggregate of 250,000 shares held by Evan Fein, our chief financial officer.

Customer Agreements

We derive revenue from transactions with Intel Corporation through product sales on a purchase order basis and from an agreement entered into in December 2009, as most recently amended in May 2013, for engineering services related to our technology. For 2013, 2014 and 2015, we recorded total revenue of $300,000, $19,000 and $31,000, respectively, from Intel.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, Intel Corporation and entities affiliated with each of ARCH Venture Partners, Polaris Partners, Madrona Venture Group, Mobius Venture Capital and AllianceBernstein. As of December 31, 2015, the holders of 123,851,592 shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and 4,254,981 shares of common stock underlying outstanding warrants, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of the board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our capital stock, including Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, and entities affiliated with each of ARCH Venture Partners, Polaris Partners, Madrona Venture Group, Mobius Venture Capital and AllianceBernstein. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares to elect as directors as follows:

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Polaris Partners, which position is currently vacant;

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners, currently Mr. Bybee;

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Madrona Venture Group, currently Mr. Alberg; and

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with AllianceBernstein, which position is currently vacant.

In addition, the parties to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their shares to elect the chief executive officer, which position is currently vacant, and a nominee chosen by our founders, currently Dr. Diorio. The parties further agreed to vote their shares to elect up to three individuals who are designated by mutual agreement by a majority of the board of directors, currently Messrs. Sessler and van Oppen and Ms. Wise. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares to elect

 

115


Table of Contents

these nominees will terminate, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of the board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions that correspond to the voting agreement; however, the certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of this offering will not include such provisions.

Other Transactions

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements.”

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and to three of our non-executive directors and one of our former non-executive directors. For a description of these options, see “Management—Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Since January 2013, certain of our executive officers and directors have exercised options for aggregate consideration in excess of $120,000. For more information with respect to these transactions, see the sections captioned “Management – Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

From November 2014 through December 2015, Dr. Colleran, our former president and chief executive officer, exercised options to purchase 6,560,132 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $381,663.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. For a description of these agreements, see “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

116


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2016 by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of the named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 155,219,913 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2016, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of May 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock and excludes shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on              shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering and includes the shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before the 60 th day after May 31, 2016. Certain of the options granted to our named executive officers may be exercised prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. Shares of common stock issued upon early exercise are subject to our right to repurchase such shares until they have vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or a warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

117


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Impinj, Inc., 400 Fairview Avenue N., Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109.

 

     BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
PRIOR TO THIS
OFFERING
    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
AFTER THIS OFFERING

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

   NUMBER      PERCENT     NUMBER    PERCENT

5% Stockholders

          

Entities affiliated with AllianceBernstein (1)

     8,942,892         5.8     

Entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners (2)

     16,656,651         10.7        

Entities affiliated with GF Private Equity Group (3)

     10,943,591         7.0        

Entities affiliated with Intel Corporation (4)

     12,654,649         8.1        

Entities affiliated with Madrona Venture Group (5)

     14,702,051         9.4        

Entities affiliated with Mobius Venture Capital (6)

     14,278,157         9.2        

Entities affiliated with Polaris Partners (7)

     15,387,230         9.9        

Named Executive Officers and Directors

          

Chris Diorio, Ph.D. (8)

     14,234,785         9.1        

Eric Brodersen (9)

     3,575,000         2.3        

Walter Palhetas (10)

     2,037,500         1.3        

Peter van Oppen (11)

     1,190,000         *        

Tom A. Alberg (5)

     14,702,051         9.4        

Clinton Bybee (2)

     16,656,651         10.7        

Gregory Sessler (12)

     325,000         *        

Theresa Wise (13)

     200,000         *        

All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons) (14)

     53,008,487         32.5     

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1)  

Consists of 8,845,358 shares and a warrant to purchase 97,534 shares held of record by AllianceBernstein Venture Fund I, L.P. AllianceBernstein Global Derivatives Corporation is the general partner of AllianceBernstein ESG Venture Management, L.P., which is the general partner of AllianceBernstein Venture Fund I, L.P. The address for each of the foregoing entities and natural persons is 1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90067.

(2)  

Consists of 105,565 shares and a warrant to purchase 3,213 shares held of record by ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. and 16,070,762 shares and a warrant to purchase 477,111 shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., as the sole general partner of ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, as the sole general partner of ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Clinton Bybee, Robert Nelsen, Keith Crandell and Steven Lazarus are the managing directors of ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, and each may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen, Mr. Crandell and Mr. Lazarus disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P., ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, Mr. Crandell, Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen and Mr. Lazarus may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P., ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen, Mr. Crandell and Mr. Lazarus is 8755 West Higgins Road, Suite 1025, Chicago, Illinois 60631.

 

118


Table of Contents
(3)  

Consists of 10,794,807 shares and a warrant to purchase 148,784 shares held of record by GF Private Equity Group, LLC. GFMC, LLC is the manager of GF Private Equity Group, LLC. The managers of GFMC, LLC are Bruce Valdez, Robert Zahradnik, Darrell Owen, Alex Cloud and Lit Santistevan who collectively may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by GF Private Equity Group, LLC. The address of GF Private Equity Group, LLC is 14929 Highway 172, Ignacio, Colorado 81137.

(4)  

Consists of 12,164,483 shares held of record by Intel Corporation and 390,918 shares and a warrant to purchase 99,248 shares held of record by Middlefield Ventures, Inc. Intel Corporation is the parent company of Middlefield Ventures, Inc. and is deemed as to have voting and dispositive control over shares held by Middlefield Ventures, Inc. Wendell Brooks, Ravi Jacob, Stacy Smith and Susie Giordano may be deemed to share voting power and investment power with respect to the shares held by Intel Corporation and Middlefield Ventures, Inc. The address of Intel Corporation and Middlefield Ventures, Inc. is 2200 Mission College Blvd., M/S RN6-59, Santa Clara, California 95054.

(5)  

Consists of 1,536,513 shares and a warrant to purchase 47,873 shares held of record by Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, 11,471,516 shares and a warrant to purchase 357,565 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and 1,249,669 shares and a warrant to purchase 38,915 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. Madrona Investment Partners, LLC, as the sole general partner of Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Tom A. Alberg disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P., Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., Madrona Investment Partners, LLC and Mr. Alberg may be deemed to share voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P., Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. and Mr. Alberg is 999 Third Avenue, 34 th Floor, Seattle, Washington 98104.

(6)  

Consists of 252,151 shares and a warrant to purchase 6,276 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., 264,691 shares and a warrant to purchase 6,588 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., 6,472,517 shares and a warrant to purchase 161,123 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and 6,942,001 shares and a warrant to purchase 172,810 shares held of record by SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. Mobius VI LLC, as the sole general partner of Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Mobius VI LLC, Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P., SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P., Jason Mendelson and Brad Feld may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. is 1050 Walnut Street, Suite 210, Boulder, Colorado 80302.

(7)  

Consists of 14,324,861 shares and a warrant to purchase 450,985 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., 368,707 shares and a warrant to purchase 11,497 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P. and 224,176 shares and a warrant to purchase 7,004 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. Polaris Venture Management Co. III, L.L.C., as the sole general partner of Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P. and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’

 

119


Table of Contents
  Fund III, L.P. and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Polaris Venture Management Co. III, L.L.C., Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P., Jonathan Flint and Terrance McGuire may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P., and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. is One Marina Park Dr., 10 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, 02210.
(8)  

Consists of 8,400,000 shares held of record by DFT L.L.C., 4,647,713 shares and a warrant to purchase 12,072 shares held of record by Dr. Diorio, 150,000 shares held of record by Diorio Children’s Trust and options to purchase 1,025,000 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 906,770 shares will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(9)  

Consists of 1,733,334 shares held, 1,150,001 of which are unvested and are subject to a right of repurchase by us as of May 31, 2016, and options to purchase 1,841,666 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, 873,436 of which will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(10)  

Consists of options to purchase 2,037,500 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 636,719 shares will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(11)  

Consists of 1,190,000 shares held.

(12)  

Consists of 275,000 shares held, and options to purchase 50,000 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, all of which will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(13)

Consists of options to purchase 200,000 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 50,000 will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(14)

Consists of 47,105,072 shares held, warrants to purchase 936,749 shares and options to purchase 7,004,166 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 3,990,361 will be vested as of July 30, 2016. Troy Fukumoto was a director as of May 31, 2016, but subsequently resigned. He is not included in this table.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

This section provides a summary of the rights of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and              shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 will automatically convert into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will, if the initial price per share to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus. Upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 976,926 shares of common stock will remain outstanding if they are not exercised prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

Based on 52,754,014 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 102,274,649 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options or warrants (other than the warrants being net exercised in connection with this offering), there will be              shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of March 31, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 268 record holders of our common stock.

As of March 31, 2016, there were 22,978,262 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and 976,926 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Therefore, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information see “Dividend Policy.”

 

121


Table of Contents

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2016, warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 541,557 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which will automatically convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 676,926 shares of common stock in connection with this offering) with an exercise price of $0.7765 per share and a warrant exercisable for 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.21 per share were outstanding.

These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Warrants to purchase 541,557 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to our lender will become exercisable for shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised earlier, these warrants to purchase 500,000, 24,059 and 17,498 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will terminate on July 13, 2022, June 1, 2020 and February 1, 2021, respectively. The warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock issued to our lender will terminate on March 24, 2021.

 

122


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Under our investors’ rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 123,851,592 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2016 (including 976,926 shares underlying the warrants described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants”) and the warrants to purchase 2,622,528 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, if the initial price per share to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $             per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of at least 30% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of at least 20% of the shares having such registration rights. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file any registration statements within 180 days of a registration statement that we propose. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement on Form S-3 under certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 30% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering, (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and (3) a change in control of us.

 

123


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions may include, among other things:

 

   

any merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

 

124


Table of Contents
   

any termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares; and

 

   

allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder.

After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington and (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than $50 million worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to              shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes, each of which stands for election once every three years;

 

   

provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, our chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer);

 

125


Table of Contents
   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend certain provisions of our bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to the company or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock, voting as a single class.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PI.”

 

126


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or              shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, after the date of this prospectus. RBC Capital Markets, LLC may, in its sole discretion, and subject to FINRA Rule 5131, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements at any time. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “Underwriting.”

 

127


Table of Contents

RBC Capital Markets, LLC has advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, RBC Capital Markets, LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2016, there had been 28,981,960 shares of our outstanding common stock issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up

 

128


Table of Contents

agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of RBC on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase an aggregate 22,978,262 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, the following warrants to purchase a total of 976,926 shares will remain outstanding:

 

   

541,557 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which is convertible into common stock on an approximate 1-for-1.25 basis for a total of 676,926 shares), at an exercise price of $0.7765 per share; and

 

   

300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.21 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants).

See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 123,851,592 shares of our common stock (including 976,926 shares underlying the warrants described in “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”), will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

129


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different than those summarized below. We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the potential application of the tax on net investment income, the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or other jurisdiction, or U.S. federal estate, gift or generation-skipping tax, except to the extent provided below. This summary is limited to investors who will hold our common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular investor in light of the investor’s circumstances or to certain categories of non-U.S. investors that may be subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

U.S. expatriates, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership (including any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Therefore, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate, gift, and generation-skipping tax rules or under the tax laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership that is not: (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a

 

130


Table of Contents

corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Common Stock

If we make distributions on our common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent these distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from withholding. In order to claim this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.);

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

131


Table of Contents
   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and your holding period for our common stock.

If you are described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (net of certain deductions and credits), and if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, you may be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. shareholders of our common stock generally will not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption by properly certifying non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

   

a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

   

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

   

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

 

132


Table of Contents

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain “withholdable payments,” including on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% is generally imposed on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption. Under applicable Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance, the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of these withholding provisions to you.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death generally will be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

133


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement we intend to enter into with RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., and Piper Jaffray & Co., as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters will agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement will provide that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock, if any of them are purchased, other than the shares of our common stock covered by the option described below unless and until the option is exercised. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement will provide that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, a liquid trading market may not develop for our common stock, you may not be able to sell any of the common stock you hold at a particular time, and the price you receive when you sell the shares you hold may not be favorable.

The underwriters will offer the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which they have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the common stock being offered.

Commissions and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial price to public set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock. After this offering, the initial price to public and the concession to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

134


Table of Contents

The following table shows the price to public and the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Price to public

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

We estimate expenses payable in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $             million, which include legal, accounting and printing costs, and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial price to public for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

The initial price to public may not correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering and an active trading market for the common stock may not develop or continue after this offering.

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PI.”

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             shares at the price to public set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and all directors and officers and the holders of our outstanding stock, stock options and warrants have agreed that, without the prior written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

135


Table of Contents
   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or

 

   

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In addition, we and the holders of our outstanding stock, stock options and warrants have agreed that, without the prior written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters in this offering;

 

   

transactions by a security holder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (1) to an immediate family member of a security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of such an immediate family member, (2) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (3) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (a) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such security holder or (b) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the security holder to its equity holders or (4) if the security holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, provided that in each case, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock by a security holder to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options or warrants so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding options or warrants to us and our cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price or withholding tax obligations, provided no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

   

the establishment by a security holder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the security holder or us;

 

   

the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock that occurs by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that (1) such shares

 

136


Table of Contents
 

remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement, and (2) if the security holder is required to file a report under Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock or other securities during the lock-up period, the security holder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer occurred by operation of law, pursuant to a domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the common stock involving a change of control of us, provided that such transaction has been approved by our board of directors and provided further that if the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the security holder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the issuance by us of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;

 

   

the grant by us of options or the issuance by us of our shares of common stock to our employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus, provided that we shall cause each recipient of such options or shares to sign a copy of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the filing by us of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to an employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus; and

 

   

our sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with any (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, (4) strategic alliances, (5) partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide content, (6) equipment leasing arrangements or (7) debt financing, provided, that, the aggregate number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue does not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and provided further that we shall cause each recipient of such shares to sign a copy of the lock-up agreement.

RBC Capital Markets, LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that, when and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, RBC Capital Markets, LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in this offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares

 

137


Table of Contents

of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, we would expect them to routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk

 

138


Table of Contents

management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas, or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Residents of Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer to the public of any shares of common stock that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity that is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

139


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 Financial Promotion Order 2005, as amended, which we refer to as the Order, or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (b) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or

 

140


Table of Contents

sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or CISA, and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 of

 

141


Table of Contents

the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

 

142


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Seattle, Washington. Fenwick & West LLP, Seattle, Washington is representing the underwriters. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation hold shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock convertible into an aggregate of 40,561 shares of our common stock, which represents less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.impinj.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

143


Table of Contents

IMPINJ, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Impinj, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock, of changes in stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Impinj, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of Impinj, Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 11, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                                                                                                                       
    DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
2016
    PRO
FORMA
MARCH  31,
2016
(NOTE 2)
 
    2014     2015      
                (unaudited)  

Assets:

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 14,822     

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $362, $285 and $314 (unaudited), respectively

    9,562        12,889        12,361     

Inventory

    9,054        11,837        13,748     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    725        1,095        2,055     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    26,280        35,942        42,986     

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $9,005, $8,968 and $8,397 (unaudited), respectively

    3,520        12,351        12,660     

Other non-current assets

    —          637        988     

Goodwill

    3,881        3,881        3,881     

Other intangible assets, net

    136        37        15     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 33,817      $ 52,848      $ 60,530      $ 60,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,403      $ 3,182      $ 4,075     

Accrued compensation and employee related benefits

    2,793        4,038        2,663     

Accrued liabilities

    2,160        2,895        5,399     

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,219        5,227        13,750     

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    604        1,190        1,138     

Current portion of deferred rent

    529        258        90     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    1,403        684        450     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    14,111        17,474        27,565     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    3,755        10,683        9,833     

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

    1,028        2,526        2,308     

Long-term liabilities—other

    595        678        701     

Warrant liability

    3,568        2,865        2,811        —     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    112        4,984        5,105     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    457        710        1,189     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    23,626        39,920        49,512        46,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value

       

Series 1: authorized, 64,002,645 shares; issued and outstanding, 64,002,621 shares (aggregate liquidation value of $57,500 at December 31, 2015); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    48,883        60,184        63,009        —     

Series 2: authorized, 35,750,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 30,618,446 shares (aggregate liquidation value of $65,383 at December 31, 2015); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    37,779        37,779        37,779        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    86,662        97,963        100,788        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 180,500,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 44,729,183, 52,582,649 and 52,754,014 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, and 155,028,663 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    42        51        51        153   

Additional paid in capital

    109,702        100,229        97,824        201,321   

Accumulated deficit

    (186,215     (185,315     (187,645     (187,645
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (76,471     (85,035     (89,770     13,829   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 33,817      $ 52,848      $ 60,530      $ 60,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

   $ 58,970      $ 77,389      $ 15,995      $ 21,551   

Development, service and licensing revenue

     4,793        1,090        70        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     63,763        78,479        16,065        21,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Cost of product revenue

     28,914        37,232        7,978        10,437   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     1,118        273        37        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development expense

     13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense

     10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense

     6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs

     1,959        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     456        1,601        (733     (1,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) and other, net

        

Interest expense

     (901     (1,208     (215     (487

Other income (expense), net

     838        673        62        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income (expense) and other, net

     (63     (535     (153     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

     (96     (166     (19     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

     (11,301     (11,301     (2,825     (2,825
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted—average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ 0.00        $ (0.02
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

        

Basic

       148,987          153,477   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       164,264          153,477   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

(in thousands)

 

     SERIES 1      SERIES 2      TOTAL
AMOUNT
 
   SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT     

Balance at December 31, 2013

     64,003       $ 37,582         30,618       $ 37,779       $ 75,361   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           11,301         —           —           11,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     64,003         48,883         30,618         37,779         86,662   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           11,301         —           —           11,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     64,003         60,184         30,618         37,779         97,963   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

     —           2,825         —           —           2,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     64,003       $ 63,009         30,618       $ 37,779       $ 100,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

     COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN

     CAPITAL    
    ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’

DEFICIT
 
         SHARES             AMOUNT             

Balance at December 31, 2013

     38,665      $ 38       $ 119,446      $ (186,512   $ (67,028

Common stock issued in connection with early stock option exercises

     2,779        —           —          —          —     

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises

     3,307        4         328        —          332   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     —          —           54        —          54   

Common stock repurchased

     (21     —           —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           1,175        —          1,175   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           (11,301     —          (11,301

Net income (loss)

     —          —           —          297        297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     44,730        42         109,702        (186,215     (76,471

Common stock issued in connection with early stock option exercises

     24        —           —          —          —     

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises

     7,853        8         522        —          530   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     —          1         118        —          119   

Common stock repurchased

     (24     —           —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           1,188        —          1,188   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           (11,301     —          (11,301

Net income (loss)

     —          —           —          900        900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     52,583        51         100,229        (185,315     (85,035

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises (unaudited)

     171        —           51        —          51   

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

     —          —           35        —          35   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

     —          —           334        —          334   

Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)

     —          —           (2,825     —          (2,825

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

     —          —           —          (2,330     (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     52,754      $ 51       $ 97,824      $ (187,645   $ (89,770
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015           2015                 2016        
                 (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,366        1,972        414        713   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     182        152        34        48   

Revaluation of warrant liability

     398        (703     (47     (54

Stock-based compensation

     1,175        1,178        306        334   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (3,611     (3,327     (2,505     528   

Inventory

     (799     (2,783     (724    
(1,911

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (159     (360     (143     (241

Deferred revenue

     (896     (466     533        245   

Deferred rent

     (165     4,601        (199    
(47

Accounts payable

     1,402        754        727       
632
  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     (817     1,356        358        (1,340

Accrued liabilities

     795        182        437        1,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (832     3,456        (1,714     (2,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,017     (7,450     (268     (464

Restricted cash

     200        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (817     (7,450     (268     (464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

        

Payments on capital lease financing obligations

     (625     (824     (164     (281

Payments on term loans

     (2,667     (6,115     (598     (11,775

Proceeds from term loans

     —          13,899        2,859        19,400   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     702        538        232        51   

Payments of deferred offering costs

     —          (322     —          (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,590     7,176        2,329        7,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,239     3,182        347        4,701   

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Beginning of period

     11,178        6,939        6,939        10,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 7,286      $ 14,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 718      $ 973      $ 158      $ 440   

Cash paid for income taxes

     21        41        —          —     

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing and investing activities:

        

Accretion on preferred stock

   $ 11,301      $ 11,301      $ 2,825      $ 2,825   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     54        119        21        35   

Additions to property and equipment through capital lease

     819        2,907        79        11   

Accrued not yet paid deferred offering costs

     —          315        18        69   

Purchases of property and equipment not yet paid

     381        347        14       
525
  

Write-off of fully depreciated property and equipment

     —          1,913        7        1,257   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

IMPINJ, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business

Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is headquartered in Seattle, Washington. The Impinj Platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, which we refer to as Item Intelligence. We derive revenue from the sale of our tag integrated circuits, or ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, and software as well as from development, service and license agreements. Our platform links billions of everyday items to enterprise and consumer applications, delivering valuable information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles

We prepared the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We had no significant components of other comprehensive income (loss) during any of the periods presented, as such, a consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) is not presented.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Impinj, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries Impinj RFID Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., located in China, Impinj UK Ltd., located in United Kingdom, Impinj Japan LLC, located in Japan, and Impinj International, Ltd., located in the Cayman Islands. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

On the consolidated balance sheet, as a result of the retrospective adoption of ASU No. 2015-03 discussed below under the section captioned “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” debt issuance costs that are immaterial as of December 31, 2014 have been reclassified from other current and other non­current assets to be presented as an offset of the associated current and long-term debt balances.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2016, and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 are unaudited. All disclosures as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of our financial position as of March 31, 2016 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for 2016 or for other interim periods or for future periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Data and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared assuming that upon the closing of the public offering contemplated by us (1) all of our preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into shares of common stock; and (2) our preferred stock warrants will be converted to warrants to purchase common stock, assuming no net exercise of any warrants.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The March 31, 2016 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the following:

 

   

automatic conversion of 64,002,621 shares of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into an equivalent number of shares of common stock;

 

   

automatic conversion of 30,618,446 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 38,272,028 shares of common stock;

 

   

conversion of warrants to purchase 3,164,085 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 3,954,981 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying values of the preferred stock warrant liability of $2.8 million at March 31, 2016 to additional paid-in capital (the pro forma common shares outstanding does not assume exercise of any pro forma common stock warrants).

We prepared the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 assuming the automatic conversion of preferred stock (using the if-converted method) as if the initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2015 and 2016, respectively, as follows:

 

   

conversion of all 94,621,067 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 102,274,649 shares of common stock; and

 

   

reversal of the remeasurement adjustments related to the liability-classified preferred stock warrants.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and judgments that we rely upon in preparing our consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, reserve for returns, collectability of accounts receivable, inventory obsolescence, depreciable lives of fixed assets, the determination of the fair value of stock awards and warrants, estimated costs to complete development contracts, warranty obligations, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Concentrations of Risks

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. These instruments are generally unsecured and uninsured. We extend credit to customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and generally collateral is not required. Total revenue and accounts receivable concentration is presented in the following tables:

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Customer A

     11     14     18     19

Customer B

     11        10        13        12   

Customer C

     14        9        11        9   

Customer D

     6        15        8        8   

Customer E

     12        16        15        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54     64     65     59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents
     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts Receivable:

        

Customer A

     14     15     18     22

Customer B

     16        11        13        13   

Customer C

     10        12        9        9   

Customer D

     10        20        10        10   

Customer E

     5        4        17        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     55     62     67     66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We outsource the manufacturing and production of our hardware products to a limited number of suppliers. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers for hardware products, we believe that other suppliers could provide similar products on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits. We deposit our cash and cash equivalents primarily with one major financial institution, and our balances consistently exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses on our cash and cash equivalents. We define cash and cash equivalents to be all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The effective date for this ASU will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using one of two retrospective application methods. Early adoption is permitted as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. We have not yet determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements or selected a transition method.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330). The amendments require the measurement of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value; where net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-11 and the potential effect of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (Subtopic 835-30). The amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-03 effective for the third quarter of fiscal 2015 on a retrospective basis; the amounts are not material and accordingly the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments require that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in our consolidated balance sheet. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17 and the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard will require all leases with durations greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet and is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, although early adoption is permitted. We believe adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Although we have not completed our assessment, we do not expect the adoption to change the recognition, measurement or presentation of lease expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows. Information about our undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments is included in Note 9, “Commitments and Contingencies.”

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323).” This standard eliminates the requirement that when an existing cost method investment qualifies for use of the equity method, an investor must restate its historical financial statements, as if the equity method had been used during all previous periods. Under the new guidance, at the point an investment qualifies for the equity method, any unrealized gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) will be recognized through earnings. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, although early adoption is permitted. We early adopted this standard during the three months ended March 31, 2016. As we have no available-for-sale or cost-basis investments that qualified for use of the equity method, adoption had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” This standard makes several modifications to Topic 718 related to the accounting for forfeitures, employer tax withholding on share-based compensation and the financial statement presentation of excess tax benefits or deficiencies. ASU No. 2016-09 also clarifies the statement of cash flows presentation for certain components of share-based awards. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, although early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2016-09 and the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued compensation and employee-related benefits and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. We did not hold any financial instruments with a carrying value materially different from their fair value, based on quoted market prices or rates for the same or similar instruments or internal valuation models.

Fair Value Measurement

We establish the fair value of our assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price) and a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The fair values of our long-term debt approximates carrying value based on the borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms using level 2 inputs. Our convertible preferred stock contains redemption provisions and therefore our warrants issued to purchase such Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value. These preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement at each consolidated balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net.

Whenever possible, we use observable market data and rely on unobservable inputs only when observable market data is not available to determine fair value. The following tables summarize our liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE
AT
DECEMBER 31,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,568       $ 3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,568       $ 3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE AT
DECEMBER  31,

2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,865       $ 2,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,865       $ 2,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE AT
MARCH  31,

2016
 
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,811       $ 2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,811       $ 2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities categorized as Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 3,568   

Remeasure of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (703
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     2,865   

Remeasure of convertible preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     (54
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

   $ 2,811   
  

 

 

 

Our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities are categorized as Level 3 because they are valued based on unobservable inputs and our judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. We perform a fair value assessment of the preferred stock warrant liabilities on a quarterly basis using the Black-Scholes model and the following variable input assumptions: Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock fair market value of $1.79 at

 

F-12


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014, and $1.60 at both December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock exercise price of $0.7765 per share, remaining contractual lives of the warrants ranging from one to seven years, volatility of 50% and risk-free interest rates ranging from 0.6% to 2.1%. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment. Any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of amounts billed currently due from customers and amounts earned not yet billed on development agreements, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns and price exceptions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable and is determined based on historical write-off experience and on specific customer accounts believed to be a collection risk. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. We record our sales returns and price exceptions allowance based on historical returns experience.

The following table summarizes our allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF YEAR
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
    WRITE-
OFFS
     BALANCE
AT END
OF YEAR
 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

For 2014

   $ 58       $ (8   $ —         $ 50   

For 2015

     50         15        —           65   

The following table summarizes our allowance for sales returns and price exceptions:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF YEAR
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
     WRITE-
OFFS
    BALANCE
AT END
OF YEAR
 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns and price exceptions:

          

For 2014

   $ 347       $ 450       $ (485   $ 312   

For 2015

     312         393         (485     220   

Inventory

Inventories consist of a combination of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average costing method, which approximates the first in, first out, or FIFO, method. We establish reserves for excess and obsolete inventory based on our analysis of inventory levels and future sales forecasts.

Inventories consisted of the following at:

 

     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH  31,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)         

Raw materials

   $ 752       $ 852       $ 2,499   

Work-in-process

     2,584         3,269         2,579   

Finished goods

     5,718         7,716         8,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inventory

   $ 9,054       $ 11,837       $ 13,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Inventory write-downs are included in cost of revenue and were $538,000 and $191,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. We sold inventory previously written-down of $0 and $492,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. We specifically identify inventory to write down by considering various factors at each reporting date, including inventory age, forecasted demand, new product release schedules, market conditions and other related factors. In considering forecasted demand, we also evaluate the likelihood of market adoption and demand from end users based upon each product’s lifecycle stage, longevity and historical product sales trends. Estimating the value of our inventory requires considerable judgment. Changes in our judgment could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment. We assess the carrying value of our long-lived assets and intangible assets with a definite life when indicators of impairment exist, and we recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable from the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Impairment losses are measured by comparing the carrying amount of a long-lived asset to its fair value.

Identifiable intangible assets comprise purchased customer lists, patents and developed technologies. Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, ranging from four to eight years, using the straight-line method, which approximates the expected use of these assets.

We record property and equipment at cost, determine depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, capitalize additions and improvements that increase the value or extend the life of an asset, expense ordinary repairs and maintenance as incurred, and amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identified assets acquired in a business combination. We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually on September 30 or when indicators for impairment exist, and we write down goodwill when impaired. To evaluate goodwill for impairment, we qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our sole reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. If so, we proceed to the first step of the goodwill impairment test in which we identify potential impairment by performing a quantitative assessment, comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds its fair value in this analysis, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired, and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis in which we record an impairment loss equal to the excess. Indicators of impairment in our qualitative assessment would include: the impacts of significant adverse changes in legal factors; market and economic conditions; the result of our operational performance and strategic plans; adverse actions by regulators; unanticipated changes in competition and market share; and the potential for sale or disposal of all or a significant portion of our business. A significant impairment could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. No impairment charge for goodwill was recorded during 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of our hardware and software products, development and service agreements and licensing agreements. We recognize product revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is probable.

Hardware products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. Certain arrangements contain provisions for customer acceptance. Where we are unable to demonstrate that the customer acceptance provisions are met on shipment, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met or the acceptance clause or contingency lapses.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

For the sale of products to a distributor, we evaluate our ability to estimate returns, considering a number of factors including, the geography in which a sales transaction originates, payment terms and our relationship and past history with the distributor. Distributor agreements do not generally provide for a right of return for refund but do typically provide for a right of return in exchange for other similar products, subject to time and quantity limitations. If we are not able to estimate returns at the time of sale to a distributor, revenue recognition is deferred until there is persuasive evidence indicating the product has sold-through to an end user. Persuasive evidence of sell-through may include reports from distributors documenting sell-through activity, data indicating an order has shipped to an end user or other similar information. At the time of revenue recognition, we record reserves for sales returns which are estimated based on historical activity and expectations of future experience. We monitor and analyze actual experience and adjust reserves on a quarterly basis.

Our reader and gateway products are sold in combination with a limited hardware warranty against manufacturer defect. Our hardware warranty includes access to repair or replacement of hardware in the event of breakage or failure resulting directly from a manufacturer defect; this warranty is provided to all customers and considered an integral part of the initial product sale. Certain software is integrated with our reader and gateway products and is essential to the functionality of the integrated products. We also sell other software that configures, manages and controls readers which is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware product.

Our multi-element arrangements generally include a combination of hardware products, extended warranty, support and other non-essential software. We allocate revenue to software and non-software deliverables based on their relative fair value. Accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to non-software deliverables as follows: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price, or VSOE; (2) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE; and (3) best estimated selling prices, or ESP. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by us for that deliverable on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. We are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis and are therefore typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Our ESPs for all products and services are calculated using a method consistent with the way management prices new products. We consider multiple factors in developing the ESPs for our products including our historical pricing and discounting practices, the costs incurred to manufacture the product or deliver the service, the nature of the customer relationship and market trends. In addition, we may consider other factors as appropriate, including the pricing of competitive alternatives if they exist and product-specific business objectives. We regularly review VSOE and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

For software deliverables, we recognize revenue in accordance with industry specific software accounting guidance for stand-alone software licenses and related support services. Revenue from software deliverables that do not require significant production, modification or customization of our software is generally recognized when: (1) delivery has occurred; (2) there is no customer acceptance clause in the contract; (3) there are no significant post-delivery obligations remaining; (4) the price is fixed; and (5) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For transactions where we have established VSOE for the fair value of support services as measured by the renewal prices paid by our customers when the services are sold separately on a stand-alone basis, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as license revenue. Support services revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed, which is typically from one to three years. In those instances where we have not established VSOE of our support services, the license and service revenue is recognized on a straightline basis over the support period.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Amounts allocated to extended support services sold with our reader products are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the support services term.

We account for nonrecurring engineering development agreements that involve significant production, modification or customization of our products by generally recognizing the revenue over the performance period using the percentage of completion, or POC, method. Advance payments under these agreements are deferred and recognized as earned. Under the POC method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs to complete the contract. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the contract. Estimates are reviewed quarterly and the effect of any change in the estimated profitability for a contract is reflected in cost of sales. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. We account for licensing and service agreements that do not involve significant production, modification or customization of our products generally by recognizing the revenue ratably over the performance period; advance payments under these agreements are initially deferred.

We present revenue net of sales tax in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

In the normal course of business to facilitate sales of our products, we indemnify other parties, including customers, distributors, resellers and parties to other transactions with us, with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, from intellectual property infringement and from other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement.

We provide limited warranty coverage for most products, generally ranging from a period of 90 days to one year from the date of shipment. A liability is recorded for the estimated cost of product warranties based on historical claims, product failure rates and other factors when the related revenue is recognized. We review these estimates periodically and adjust the warranty reserves as actual experience differs from historical estimates or other information becomes available. The warranty liability primarily includes the anticipated cost of materials, labor and shipping necessary to repair or replace the product. Accrued warranty costs in 2014 and 2015 were not material.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist of salaries and related benefits of product development personnel, contract developers, prototype materials and other expenses related to the development of new and improved products.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for all of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All of the assets and liabilities of these entities denominated in local currency are remeasured to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates and all revenue and expenses are measured at average rates during the respective period. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities, as well as, foreign currency transaction gains and losses occurring as a result of the effect of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are included in other income (expense), net in the period of exchange. The net effect of foreign currency gains and losses was not material in 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets, including historical net operating losses, and deferred tax liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. We believe that it is currently more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized and as such, we have recorded a full valuation allowance for these assets.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. First, we evaluate recognition, which requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Second, we measure the uncertain tax position, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have a stock-based compensation plan that is more fully described in Note 8.

We account for stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations is based on stock options expected to vest and has been reduced by an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical and expected employee forfeiture patterns.

We use the straight-line method of allocating stock-based compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award. We estimated the expected term of options granted based on expectations of historical experience of similar awards and expectations of future employee behavior. We estimated the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Our estimate of expected volatility is based on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

We account for equity instruments issued to nonemployees at fair value. We value all transactions in which we receive services for the issuance of equity instruments using the fair value of the services received or by using the Black-Scholes model. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur. Stock-based compensation expense on options granted to nonemployees was not material for 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Warrant Liability

We account for warrant liabilities at fair value. Warrant liability costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. To date, all warrants have been issued in connection with entering into or refinancing of our credit facilities and the costs of the warrants were accounted for as a debt discount which is amortized and recognized in interest expense over the term of the associated credit facility. Warrants issued to purchase preferred stock are adjusted to fair value at each period end as estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the associated change in fair value is included in other income (expense), net.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. We have outstanding stock options, unvested common stock subject to repurchase, warrants and convertible preferred stock, which are included in the calculation of diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share whenever to do so would be dilutive.

We calculate basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. We consider all series of convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses.

The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase common stock and convertible preferred stock are considered potentially dilutive securities but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented, as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been antidilutive.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
            2014                     2015                     2015                     2016          
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Numerator :

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

    (11,301     (11,301     (2,825     (2,825
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    41,871        48,801        46,739        52,654   

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

    (1,814     (2,089     (2,506     (1,452
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

    40,057        46,712        44,233        51,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (0.27   $ (0.22   $ (0.08   $ (0.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The following outstanding options, warrants and shares of preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

     FOR THE YEAR
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     94,621         94,621         94,621         94,621   

Common stock warrants

     300         300         300         300   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     3,164         3,164         3,164         3,164   

Unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     2,597         1,637         2,414         1,365   

Stock options

     24,081         22,758         20,615         22,978   

Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share (unaudited)

Pro forma net income per share is computed as follows:

 

     FOR THE
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH  31,

2016
 
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 900      $ (2,330

Removal of the revaluation of all liability-classified preferred stock warrants

     (703     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 197      $ (2,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     48,801        52,654   

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     (2,089     (1,452

Adjustment for conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     102,275        102,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

     148,987        153,477   

Effects of potentially dilutive securities:

    

Common stock warrants

     195        —     

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     2,089        —     

Stock options

     12,993        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

     164,264        153,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

    

Basic

   $ 0.00      $ (0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.00      $ (0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Risks and Uncertainties

Inherent in our business are various risks and uncertainties, including that we are developing advanced technologies and new applications in a rapidly changing industry. These risks include the failure to develop and extend our products and the rejection of our products by consumers, as well as other risks and uncertainties. If we do not successfully implement our business plan, certain assets may not be recoverable, certain liabilities may not be paid and investments in our capital stock may not be recoverable. Our success depends upon the acceptance of our technology, development of sales and distribution channels and our ability to generate significant revenue from the use of our technology.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs related to our planned initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds upon the closing of the offering. If the offering is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within income from operations. There were $637,000 of capitalized deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2015 and $988,000 of capitalized deferred offering costs as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     USEFUL
LIVES
   DECEMBER 31,  
        2014      2015  
     (Years)    (in thousands)  

Laboratory equipment

   3    $ 4,415       $ 4,670   

Computer equipment and software

   3      2,465         2,703   

Furniture and fixtures

   3-7      678         193   

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   3-5      3,181         6,165   

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of
lease term or
economic life
     1,786         7,588   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,525         21,319   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (9,005      (8,968
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 3,520       $ 12,351   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense, which includes amortization of leased assets, was $1.3 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The net book value of property and equipment acquired under capital leases was $1.5 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

For 2014 and 2015, we capitalized $169,000 and $113,000, respectively, of internally developed software in connection with costs incurred for the upgrade and integration of our ERP, CRM and production systems. The net book value of internally developed software was $597,000 and $364,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

    USEFUL
LIVES
  DECEMBER 31, 2014     DECEMBER 31, 2015     MARCH 31, 2016  
      GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET     GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET     GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET  
                                (unaudited)  
    (Years)   (in thousands)        

Patents

  7   $ 150      $ (139   $ 11      $ 150      $ (150   $ —        $ 150      $ (150   $ —     

Customer list

  7-8     700        (575     125        700        (663     37        700        (685     15   

Technology

  4     850        (850     —          850        (850     —          850        (850     —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 1,700      $ (1,564   $ 136      $ 1,700      $ (1,663   $ 37      $ 1,700      $ (1,685   $ 15   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average remaining amortization period for the intangible assets is 0.2 years. Amortization expense related to these intangibles was $110,000 and $99,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $22,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

5. Income Taxes

At December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of approximately $7.5 million which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOLs and credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2023 through 2035 and 2020 through 2035, respectively.

Our net deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2014      2015  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 33,287       $ 33,783   

Credit carryforwards

     5,197         5,693   

Depreciation and amortization

     586         594   

Capitalized research and development

     9,320         8,164   

Deferred rent

     220         223   

Allowances

     503         261   

Deferred compensation

     473         760   

Deferred revenue

     157         253   

Stock compensation

     205         323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     49,948         50,054   

Less: Valuation Allowance

     (49,948      (50,054
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liability:

     

Goodwill

     (595      (676
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (595    $ (676
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on approximately $287,000 of undistributed earnings from our international subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability for the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries because we currently do not expect to remit those earnings in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

We did not record a tax benefit related to our stock options during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, since we currently maintain a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards is dependent on sufficient taxable income in future fiscal years. We have established a valuation allowance against the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, as it is not currently more likely than not that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets. In addition, utilization of NOLs and credits to offset future income subject to taxes may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, and similar state provisions. Events that cause limitations in the amount of NOLs that we may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined by Code Section 382, over a three-year period. Utilization of our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards could be significantly reduced if a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% has occurred in our past or occurs in our future.

Our income tax expense consisted of the following:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014      2015  
    

(in thousands)

 

Current:

     

US - Federal

   $ —         $ —     

US - State

     —           (56

Foreign

     (5      (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (5      (78

Deferred:

     

US - Federal

     (91      (88

US - State

     —           —     

Foreign

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (91      (88
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ (96    $ (166
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We file a U.S. federal income tax return. A reconciliation of the effect of applying federal statutory rates and the effective income tax rates used to calculate our income tax expense is as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014     2015  

U.S. Statutory Rate

     34.0     34.0

Change in valuation allowance

     8.9        9.9   

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

     (33.6     3.8   

Federal research and development credit

     (136.0     (60.8

Incentive stock options

     83.6        19.5   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     34.0        28.8   

Preferred stock warrant revaluation

     34.4        (22.4

Other, net

     (1.0     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     24.3     15.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below summarizes changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
     WRITE-
OFFS
     BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD
 
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

           

For year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 49,913       $ 35       $ —         $ 49,948   

For year ended December 31, 2015

     49,948         106         —           50,054   

 

F-22


Table of Contents

We classify applicable interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes. The amount of accrued interest and penalties is not material. The total balance of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the period

   $ 1,599       $ 1,732   

Additions based on current year tax positions

     133         146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of the period

   $ 1,732       $ 1,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to 2000.

6. Debt Facilities

Senior Credit Facility

We have a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The senior credit facility provides for both revolver and term borrowings. The revolver matures in December 2016 and allows us to borrow up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Interest on revolver borrowings is payable monthly and accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.50% at all times when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver is less than or equal to $8.5 million, and 2.00% when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver is greater than $8.5 million for a period of at least 60 consecutive days (5.50% at December 31, 2015). At December 31, 2015, we had $1.9 million of revolver borrowings outstanding, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs of $53,000. During the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), we had revolving line borrowings of $19.4 million and repayments of $11.7 million. At March 31, 2016, we had $10.4 million of revolving line borrowings outstanding (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2015, $9.3 million of term loan borrowings, excluding an unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $142,000, were outstanding. The weighted average interest rate on these facilities was 5.5% at December 31, 2015. Scheduled principal maturities as of December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

2016

   $ 3,500   

2017

     3,500   

2018

     2,333   
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,333   
  

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2016, $18.9 million of term loan and revolving borrowings, excluding an unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $158,000, were outstanding. The weighted average interest rate on these facilities was 5.5% at March 31, 2016. Scheduled principal maturities as of March 31, 2016 were as follows (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

2016

   $ 13,025   

2017

     3,500   

2018

     2,333   
  

 

 

 
     18,858   
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The senior credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratio. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the senior credit facility.

Mezzanine Credit Facility

We have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our mezzanine credit facility, with SG Enterprises II, LLC, which provides for a $5.0 million term loan which was drawn in September 2015. Interest on the term loan accrues at a fixed per year rate equal to 18.0% and is payable monthly. Beginning in October 2017, we are required to pay equal monthly installments of principal equal to $138,889 through the maturity date. We may at our option and upon certain conditions, prepay the outstanding term loan balance without premium or penalty. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan under the mezzanine credit facility is due and payable in October 2020.

The mezzanine credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The mezzanine credit facility also requires us to maintain minimum revenues of at least 80% of our board-approved annual operating plan, measured quarterly on a year-to-date basis. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the mezzanine credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), $5.0 million of mezzanine loan borrowings, excluding unamortized debt discounts and issuance costs of $128,000 and $119,000 (unaudited), respectively, were outstanding. Scheduled principal maturities as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) were as follows (in thousands):

 

2017

   $ 416   

2018

     1,667   

2019

     1,667   

2020

     1,250   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000   
  

 

 

 

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our outstanding preferred stock includes certain redemption provisions and therefore is not included in stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2015. Holders of our Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to accretion equal to 7% annual interest (non-compounded) on the original price paid per share of the applicable series of preferred stock, accrued from the date of issuance of such shares. We recorded accretion of $11.3 million during 2014 and 2015 in respect of our outstanding Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock. Accretion is generally recorded against distributable earnings. Since we have accumulated losses, we record accretion against Additional Paid in Capital until there is no remaining capital. Thereafter, accretion is recorded against our Accumulated Deficit.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2015, we had authorized 180,500,000 shares of voting $0.001 par value common stock. Each holder of the common stock is entitled to one vote per common share. At its discretion, the Board of Directors may declare dividends on shares of common stock, subject to the prior rights of our preferred stockholders. Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock will receive distributions only after preferred stock preferences have been satisfied.

As of December 31, 2015 we have reserved 120,843,593 shares of common stock for the conversion of preferred stock and the exercise of options and warrants.

As of December 31, 2015, 300,000 common stock warrants were outstanding with an exercise price of $0.21 per share. These common stock warrants expire on March 24, 2021.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2015, we have authorized 99,752,645 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock, of which 64,002,645 have been designated Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and 35,750,000 have been designated Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Preferred stock warrants outstanding, all with exercise prices of $0.7765 per share, are as follows:

 

     ISSUANCE
DATE
   EXPIRATION
DATE
   SHARES      FAIR VALUE AT
DECEMBER 31
 
              2014      2015  
                      (in thousands)  

Series 2 preferred stock

   June 2, 2010    June 2, 2020      24,059       $ 29       $ 24   

Series 2 preferred stock

   February 1, 2011    February 1, 2021      17,498         22         18   

Series 2 preferred stock

   July 13, 2012    July 13, 2022      500,000         652         548   

Series 2 preferred stock (1)

   June 30, 2010    June 30, 2017      2,622,528         2,865         2,275   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock

           3,164,085       $ 3,568       $ 2,865   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

These warrants will be automatically exercised on a net exercise basis if the initial per share price of common stock to the public in an initial public offering exceeds the exercise price of the warrants; otherwise, the warrants will expire.

Redemption

The holders of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class on an as-if converted basis may, at any time after July 13, 2017, require us to redeem the Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at an amount per share equal to the sum of

 

   

$0.8984 in the case of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.7765 in the case of Series 2 preferred stock;

 

   

all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to any such shares to be redeemed; and

 

   

an amount equal to 7% annual interest (non-compounded) on the original price paid per share of the applicable series of preferred stock accrued from the date of issuance of such shares.

One third of the shares are redeemable in the year the redemption election is made beginning on the earlier of the date that is January 1st, April 1st, July 1st or October 1st after our receipt of the redemption election. The remaining shares are to be redeemed ratably over the next two anniversaries of the initial redemption date. If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series 2 and Series 1 redeemable convertible

 

F-25


Table of Contents

preferred stock, then we will (1) redeem the maximum possible number of shares ratably among holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and (2) use any remaining funds to redeem the maximum possible number of shares ratably among holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. Thereafter, when additional funds are available for redemption of shares, the redemption will be subject to the priority noted above.

In addition, the Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock both contain provisions that, in the event of a change in the control of our company, would give the holders of the preferred stock the right to receive a cash distribution equal to the liquidation preference on the preferred stock.

Dividends

The holders of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends prior to and in preference to any dividends to common stockholders, at a rate of $0.07765 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.08984 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, payable quarterly when and if declared by the board of directors. The dividend per share is subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets, the holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, or common stock, an amount equal to $2.1354 (subject to adjustment) for each share of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends. If our assets are insufficient to permit this payment, then the assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

If assets remain after this Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock distribution, the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to approximately $0.8984 (subject to adjustment) for each share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends. If our assets are insufficient to permit this payment, then the assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Any assets remaining after this Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (assuming conversion to common stock) and the common stockholders.

Voting

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to vote on all matters with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote, and each preferred stock holder is entitled to that number of votes equal to the number of votes that would be accorded to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s preferred stock would be converted.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing its original purchase price by the conversion price at the time of conversion. As of December 31, 2014 each share of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of common stock as the original purchase price was equal to the conversion rates of $0.8984 and $0.7765

 

F-26


Table of Contents

per share, respectively. Immediately prior to the closing of a public offering in which the pre-money equity value of our company is at least $300 million and results in at least $50 million of proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions to the company, each share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion rate of 1- to-1 and shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion ratio of 1-to-1.25.

8. Stock-Based Compensation

We have adopted various option plans under which stock options and common stock can be granted to employees and non-employees. The plans provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any affiliates’ employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and awards of restricted or unrestricted shares of common stock to our and our affiliates’ employees, consultants and advisors. As of both December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) we have reserved 31,282,557 shares of common stock for issuance under our stock option plans.

We provide employees with the opportunity to early exercise stock options subject to the original vesting schedule of the option. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with us, we have an irrevocable and exclusive option to repurchase the unvested portion of the shares at the original exercise price after the termination of employment. We account for cash received in consideration for the purchase of unvested shares of common stock or the early exercise of unvested stock options as a current liability and include it in accrued compensation and employee related benefits on the consolidated balance sheet. We repurchased 21,250 and 24,241 unvested shares from terminated employees in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The following table presents the detail of stock-based compensation expense amounts included in our consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 49       $ 31       $ 13       $ 5   

Research and development expense

     362         305         103         69   

Sales and marketing expense

     413         692         144         205   

General and administrative expense

     313         150         46         55   

Offering costs

     38         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

     1,175         1,178         306         334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2014, we completed an offer to exchange certain employee’s stock options for new options with an exercise price of $0.42 granted on a one-for-one basis. 81 employees participated and exchanged 2.8 million shares. We did not modify the vesting period for the new options compared to the vesting period of the original option grants. The exchange did not result in a material charge in 2014.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Detail related to activity of unvested shares of our common stock is as follows:

 

     SHARES OUTSTANDING  
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
    

(in thousands,

except per share amounts)

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     2,597       $ 0.14   

Issued

     24         0.43   

Vested

     (959      0.12   

Repurchased

     (24      0.11   
  

 

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2015

     1,638         0.15   

Issued (unaudited)

     —           —     

Vested (unaudited)

     (273      0.13   

Repurchased (unaudited)

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     1,365       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

A summary of the option activity under our stock option plan is presented below:

 

            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING  
     SHARES
AVAILABLE
FOR GRANT
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1,042         24,082       $ 0.16   

Options Granted

     (8,364      8,364         0.52   

Options Exercised

     —           (7,878      0.07   

Options Cancelled

     1,840         (1,809      0.29   

Options Repurchased

     24         —           0.11   

Additional Shares Reserved

     8,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2015

     2,542         22,759         0.31   

Options Granted (unaudited)

     (534      534         0.69   

Options Exercised (unaudited)

     —           (172      0.30   

Options Cancelled (unaudited)

     143         (143      0.62   

Options Repurchased (unaudited)

     —           —           —     

Additional Shares Reserved (unaudited)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     2,151         22,978       $ 0.32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value for options exercised during 2014 and 2015 was $1.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively, representing the difference between the estimated fair values of our common stock underlying these options at the dates of exercise and the exercise prices paid. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended March 31, 2016 was $67,000 (unaudited).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015:

 

     SHARES
SUBJECT TO
OPTIONS
OUTSTANDING
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (YEARS)
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
     TOTAL
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

$0.05 – $0.09

     2,278         3.92       $ 0.06       $ 1,435   

$0.10

     4,910         6.67         0.10         2,897   

$0.11 – $0.36

     3,848         6.90         0.15         2,086   

$0.37 – $0.44

     7,579         9.16         0.42         2,046   

$0.45 – $0.57

     876         9.46         0.46         201   

$0.58 – $0.86

     3,268         9.46         0.70         —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

$0.05 – $0.86

     22,759         7.77         0.31       $ 8,666   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Exercisable

     10,530         6.23         0.14       $ 5,778   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest

     21,087         7.57       $ 0.27       $ 8,877   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

We estimate the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2014 and 2015, some with exercise prices less than the estimated per share value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on the grant date, was $0.34 and $0.26 per share, respectively. We estimated the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $0.24 (unaudited) per share. We estimated the fair value of each employee option grant for 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
   THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
     2014    2015          2015                2016      
               (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rates

   1.8% – 2.0%    1.2% – 1.6%    1.4%    1.3%

Expected term

   6.0 years    4.3 – 6.0 years    6.0 years    4.3 years

Expected dividends yield

   None    None    None    None

Volatility

   43.8% – 46.9%    41.5% – 43.4%    43.4%    41.7%

We determined that it was not practicable to calculate the volatility of our share price since our securities are not publicly traded and therefore there is no readily determinable market value for our stock. Therefore, we estimated our volatility based on reported market value data for a group of publicly-traded entities that we believe are relatively comparable after consideration of their size, stage of lifecycle, profitability, growth and risk and return on investment. We used the average volatility rates reported by the comparable group for the expected term estimated by us.

The total fair value of options vested was $1.8 million and $1.3 million during 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $210,000 (unaudited) during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2015 our total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards was $2.9 million, which will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.8 years. As of March 31, 2016 our total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards was $2.2 million (unaudited), which will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.7 years (unaudited).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

9. Commitments and Contingencies

We lease approximately 70,000 square feet of office space in Seattle, Washington for our corporate headquarters under a lease that expires in December 2026 with the option to renew for two five year terms. The terms of the lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale, include an option to lease additional office space in the future and provide the right to terminate this lease beginning in December 2021, subject to the payment of certain early termination fees. We received landlord incentives totaling $6.8 million and used $4.7 million which we recorded as deferred rent obligations and are amortizing as a reduction in rental expense over the remaining term of the lease.

We lease approximately 11,000 square feet of space in Seattle for a design laboratory under an operating lease that expires in October 2018 with an option to renew for an additional one or three year term. The terms of the lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale and the right to terminate this lease early, beginning in December 2015, subject to the payment of certain early termination fees. We received landlord incentives of $108,000 and have used $95,000. We recorded these incentives as deferred rent obligations and are amortizing them as a reduction in rental expense over the term of the lease.

We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period. Total rent expense under operating leases was $828,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total rent expense under operating leases was $124,000 and $608,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

We lease a portion of our property and equipment under capital leases, which include options allowing us to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease term.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases as of March 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

     OPERATING      CAPITAL  
     (in thousands)  

2016

   $ 1,949       $ 1,071   

2017

     3,083         1,230   

2018

     3,072         937   

2019

     2,947         499   

2020

     3,031         257   

Thereafter

     19,959         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 34,041       $ 3,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Portion representing interest

        (548
     

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease obligations

        3,446   

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations

        (1,138
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations net of current portion

      $ 2,308   
     

 

 

 

In the normal course of business we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify either major customers or suppliers for specific risks. While our maximum exposure under these indemnification provisions cannot be estimated, these indemnifications are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Obligations with Third-Party Manufacturers

We manufacture products with a third-party manufacturer under recurring one year agreements. We are committed to purchase $7.9 million and $10.8 million (unaudited) of inventory as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2015, we had a letter of credit in the amount of $1.7 million in connection with our headquarter facility lease. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), we had letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $2.7 million in connection with our headquarter facility lease and obligations with third-party manufacturers. The letters of credit are not collateralized by cash and mature at various dates through February 2027.

10. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We are organized as, and operate in, one reportable segment: the development and sale of Item Intelligence products and services. Our chief operating decision-maker is the executive team, led by our chief executive officer. Our executive team regularly reviews financial information presented on a total company basis, accompanied by information about revenue and direct material gross margin by product family for purposes of monitoring our product mix impact on total gross margin. Our executive team evaluates performance based primarily on total revenue as end users are generally deploying many of our products and services to obtain the benefits of our integrated platform in the implementation of an Item Intelligence solution. Our assets are primarily located in the United States and not allocated to any specific geographic region. Therefore, geographic information is presented only for total revenue. All of our long-lived assets are located in the United States.

The following table is based on the location of the value-added resellers, inlay manufacturers, reader OEMs, distributors or end users who purchased products and services directly from us. For sales to our resellers and distributors, their location may be different from the locations of the ultimate end users. Sales by geography were as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
 
         2014              2015              2015              2016      
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 21,738       $ 21,568       $ 5,591       $ 6,296   

Asia Pacific

     33,898         45,096         8,153         12,316   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     8,127         11,815         2,321         3,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 63,763       $ 78,479       $ 16,065       $ 21,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue in the United States was $19.6 million and $21.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $5.5 million and $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively (unaudited).

11. Retirement Plans

In 2001, we adopted a salary deferral 401(k) plan for our employees. The plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their pretax earnings annually, subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The plan also allows us to make a matching contribution, subject to certain limitations. To date, we have not made any contributions to the plan.

12. Correction of Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

In the course of preparing our annual 2015 consolidated financial statements, we identified an error related to the presentation of lease incentives in our consolidated cash flow statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. We determined that the error was material to our interim consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Correcting this error resulted in an increase in cash from operating activities,

 

F-31


Table of Contents

from a use of $3.8 million to cash provided of $500,000, and an associated increase in cash used in investing activities, from a use of $2.6 million to $7.0 million. The error will be corrected in our future filings that contain such financial information.

13. Subsequent Events

We repaid the December 31, 2015 outstanding balance on our revolver borrowings under the senior credit facility of $1.9 million in January 2016.

We evaluated events that occurred between January 1, 2016 and March 11, 2016, the date the audited consolidated financial statements were issued.

14. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

We repaid the March 31, 2016 outstanding balance on our revolver borrowings under the senior credit facility of $10.4 million in April 2016.

In May 2016, our board of directors approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of common stock from 180,500,000 to 205,000,000.

In May 2016, we amended our senior credit facility to, among other things, refinance our outstanding term loan in the principal amount of $10.5 million, extend the maturity date of the revolver to December 2017, add a $5.0 million sublimit under the revolver for the issuance of standby letters of credit, reduce the interest rate applicable to revolving loans, amend the tangible net worth covenant and provide for a new equipment term loan facility of up to $2.0 million. Interest on the term loan accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.25% during a one year interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75% after expiration of the interest only period. Beginning in June 2017, we must begin paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan is due and payable in May 2020. We may at our option prepay the outstanding term loan balance by paying the lender all principal and accrued and unpaid interest, plus a prepayment fee equal to $210,000 if the term loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the May 2016 amendment, and $105,000 if the term loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the May 2016 amendment. Equipment loans are available to fund the purchase of eligible equipment for one year following the May 2016 amendment date and mature in May 2020. Equipment loans are repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, following each borrowing and accrue interest at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75%. We may at our option prepay the outstanding equipment loan balance by paying the lender all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to 2.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed, and 1.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed.

We evaluated events that occurred between April 1, 2016 and June 2, 2016, the date the unaudited consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

     AMOUNT
TO BE PAID
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 6,042   

FINRA filing fee

     9,500   

Exchange listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                 *   
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides

 

II-1


Table of Contents

that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers which require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years. No underwriters were involved in the sales, and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

 

   

From June 2, 2013 through June 2, 2016, the registrant granted no options under its 2000 Stock Plan. During this period, options to purchase 7,829,280 shares of common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration of $453,677, at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.30 per share. Of the options, the registrant had cancelled options to purchase 362,770 shares of common stock.

 

   

From June 2, 2013 through June 2, 2016, the registrant granted options under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 22,427,250 shares of common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $0.86 per share. During this period, options to purchase 7,384,574 shares of common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration of $974,026, at exercise prices ranging from $0.07 to $0.86 per share. Of the options, the registrant had cancelled options to purchase 6,025,454 shares of common stock (inclusive of the options cancelled in connection with the stock option exchange program described in the third bullet listed in this Item 15 below).

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   

In December 2014, as part of a stock option exchange program, the registrant granted to 81 of its employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, each as amended, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,849,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.42 per share in exchange for cancellation by such parties of stock options to purchase an equal number of shares of the registrant’s common stock that were previously outstanding under the registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under the registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan or 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on June 2, 2016.

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By:        

 

/s/ Chris Diorio

  Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Chris Diorio, Ph.D. and Evan Fein as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his or her capacity as a director or officer of Impinj, Inc.) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    Chris Diorio        

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 2, 2016

/s/    Evan Fein        

Evan Fein

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

June 2, 2016

/s/    Peter van Oppen        

Peter van Oppen

   Director  

June 2, 2016

/s/    Tom A. Alberg        

Tom A. Alberg

   Director  

June 2, 2016

/s/    Clinton Bybee        

Clinton Bybee

   Director  

June 2, 2016

/s/    Gregory Sessler        

Gregory Sessler

   Director  

June 2, 2016

/s/    Theresa Wise        

Theresa Wise

   Director  

June 2, 2016

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the registrant
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012, by and among the registrant and the investors and founders named therein
  4.3   Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase Series 2 preferred stock, issued to investors on July 13, 2012, in connection with the registrant’s 2012 preferred stock financing
  4.4   Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase 17,498 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.5   Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase 24,059 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.6   Warrant to purchase Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.7   Warrant to purchase common stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on March 25, 2011
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1*   Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.2   2000 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2000 Stock Plan
10.4   2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.5   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7*+   2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*+   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9*+   2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.10*+   2016 Executive Annual Incentive Plan
10.11*+   2016 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
10.12+   Amended and Restated Diorio Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, between the registrant and Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
10.13+   First Amendment to Diorio Employment Agreement, dated February 20, 2009, between the registrant and Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
10.14+   Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2014, between the registrant and Eric Brodersen
10.15+   First Amendment to Brodersen Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2015, between the registrant and Eric Brodersen
10.16+   Fein Employment Agreement, dated December 23, 2009, between the registrant and Evan Fein
10.17+   First Amendment to Fein Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2015, between the registrant and Evan Fein


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

10.18+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 13, 2015, between the registrant and Walter Palhetas
10.19†    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 26, 2014, between the registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment dated September 29, 2014, Second Amendment dated February 4, 2015, the Third Amendment dated April 17, 2015, the Fourth Amendment dated September 25, 2015, the Fifth Amendment dated March 24, 2016 and the Six Amendment dated May 27, 2016.
10.20    Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 25, 2015, by and between the registrant and SG Enterprises II, LLC
10.21    Office Lease, dated December 10, 2014, by and between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.21A    First Amendment to Lease, dated July 31, 2015, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.21B    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 4, 2016, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.21C    Third Amendment to Lease, dated March 28, 2016, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.22    Office Lease, dated November 17, 2004, between the registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc., as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated July 21, 2006, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC and the Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 11, 2009, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC
10.23    Lease Termination Agreement, dated December 9, 2014, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC
10.24†    License Agreement, dated July 3, 2008, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.25†    Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated December 23, 2009, by and between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.26†    Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated March 26, 2010, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.27†    Amendment No. 2 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated April 20, 2011, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.28†    Amendment No. 3 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated November 15, 2011, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.29†    Amendment No. 4 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated April 25, 2013, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.30†    Amendment No. 5 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated June 12, 2013, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in page II-4 herein)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

IMPINJ, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

July 13, 2012


IMPINJ, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 13, 2012 by and among Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Preferred Holders ”), the holders of Common Stock set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Common Holders ” and together with the Preferred Holders, the “ Investors ”) and Carver Mead, Christopher Diorio and Todd Humes (the “ Founders ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Founders and the Investors (in their capacities as holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (collectively, “ Prior Preferred Stock ”) have previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of July 3, 2008 (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company granted the Founders and the Investors certain rights.

B. The Company and the Preferred Holders have entered into a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith, providing for the recapitalization of the Prior Preferred Stock (the “ Recapitalization ”) and the sale and issuance of Series 2 Preferred Stock and Series 1 Preferred Stock (together with the Recapitalization, the “ Transaction ”).

C. Section 3.3 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that any term thereof may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock, and any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Prior Rights Agreement shall be binding upon each party to the Prior Rights Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

D. In connection with the Transaction, the Company and the undersigned Requisite Investors have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement in its entirety effective as of the date first set forth above.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

-2-


AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

(b) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Prior Preferred Stock in connection with the Recapitalization, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Stock and any shares of capital stock, including any Founders’ Stock (as defined below), hereafter acquired by any Preferred Holder, other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 hereof, (iii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series 2 Preferred Stock (the “ SVB Shares ”) issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants to Purchase Stock originally issued to Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) on June 2, 2010 and February 2, 2011 (and amended and restated as of the date hereof) and the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to SVB on March 25, 2011 (collectively, the “ SVB Warrants ”), provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.7(a), 1.7(c), 1.13 and 2.2, the SVB Shares and any shares described in (vi) below attributable to the SVB Shares shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and SVB shall not be deemed a Holder, (iv) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders (the “ Founders’ Stock ”), provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.7(a), 1.7(c), 1.13 and 2.2, the Founders’ Stock and any shares described in (vi) below attributable to the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed Holders, (v) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to Horizon upon exercise of the Horizon Warrant, other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 hereof, provided , however , that for purposes of Section 1.2 and Section 1.4, Horizon may not initiate a registration request but may otherwise participate in any registration requested by the initiating Holders, and (vi) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) , (ii). (iii) and (iv); provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale;

(c) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

 

-3-


(d) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

(e) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”);

(f) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

(g) The term “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, in which (x) the pre-money equity value of the Company (as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion) is at least $300,000,000 and (y) results in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) to the Company.

(h) The term “ Horizon Warrant ” means the warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock issued to Horizon on October 3, 2007 in connection with the $10,000,000 working capital facility pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Horizon on October 3, 2007 (as amended and restated as of the date hereof).

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) July 13, 2015 and (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating directly or indirectly either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act), a written request from (i) in the case of the initial public offering of the Company other than an offering the Board of Directors expects to be a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time), Holders that represent a Requisite Series 2 Majority (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) of the then outstanding shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis or (ii) in other cases, the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $25,000,000), then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4.

 

-4-


(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Initiating Holders (an “ Initiating Majority in Interest ”) and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by an Initiating Majority in Interest and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.5(g)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. For the purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a holder of Registrable Securities and that is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President or other executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

-5-


(ii) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered (directly or indirectly) by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within ten (10) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if

 

-6-


any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or other executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this deferral right more than once in any twelve-month period; (iv) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (v) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prior to the filing of the registration statement and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement to the prospectus, make available for inspection by the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by such Holders all documents incorporated by reference in such registration statement, relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, and cause the officers, directors, and employees of the Company to make reasonably available for inspection all other relevant information reasonably requested by such Holders in connection therewith, in each case as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such attorney, accountant, or agent, unless such disclosure is required by law after notice to the Company, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days.

(c) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration

 

-7-


statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act (including the anti-fraud provisions thereof) with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to one hundred twenty (120) days.

(d) Take such action as may be necessary so that (i) any registration statement, and any amendment thereto, and any prospectus forming a part thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto (and each report or other document incorporated therein by reference in each case) complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any registration statement, and any amendment thereto, does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any registration statement, and any amendment or supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(f) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided , however , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(g) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(h) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of such registration. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

-8-


(i) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(j) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(k) Advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and, if requested by any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing:

(i) when such registration statement, and any amendment thereto, has been filed with the Commission and when the registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; and

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included in the registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose.

(l) Use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance, and, if issued, to obtain the withdrawal, of any order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement at the earliest possible time.

(m) Cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold or delivered pursuant to such registration statement free of any restrictive legends and in such permitted denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request in connection with the sale or delivery of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(n) Use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of such registration statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(o) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration,

 

-9-


in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

(p) Deliver such other customary documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and the managing underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

1.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration .

(a) Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions (which expenses shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

-10-


(b) Company Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3 . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and reasonably acceptable to the Holders, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion (and in good faith) will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion (and in good faith) is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion (and in good faith) will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included, (ii) any securities held by a Founder be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded or (iii) any securities of a party other than a Holder be included if any securities of any selling Holder are excluded. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

-11-


1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, members and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that, in the event that the Company has assumed the defense of an action in accordance with subsection 1.10(c), the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, officers, members or directors and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such

 

-12-


Holder in an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, severally and not jointly, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that, in the event that the Holder has assumed the defense of an action in accordance with subsection 1.10(c), the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any action, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such action.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the

 

-13-


indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions regarding indemnification and contribution contained in an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering shall supersede the foregoing provisions in their entirety and the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control to the extent a Holder is a party to such underwriting agreement.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such

 

-14-


other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) a transferee or assignee who acquires at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities held by such transferring Holder (determined immediately prior to such assignment) or (ii) a partner, affiliate or shareholder of the transferring Holder; provided , however , that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; provided further , however , that such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act; and provided further , however , that the transferee or assignee could not be reasonably deemed by the Company in good faith, to be a competitor of the Company. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership; provided , that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration.

1.14 Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon the request of the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company and the managing underwriters, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any securities of the Company held by such Holder (other than those covered by the registration statement for such initial public offering) during the one hundred eighty (180) day-period following the date of the final prospectus relating to the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, which period may be extended up to an additional 34 days to comply with the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4) (or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) or

 

-15-


other similar regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding restrictions shall not apply to any Holder unless all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities (a “one percent securityholder”) have either entered into similar agreements or are bound by the provisions of this Section 1.14(a). Further, if (i) during the last 17 days of the period described in the preceding sentence, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the period described in the preceding sentence, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such period; the restrictions imposed by this Section 1.14(a) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. If the managing underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering release or waive any officer, director or one percent security holder from, or exempt any such securityholder from having to agree to, obligations similar to those described in Section 1.14(a), then each Holder shall be similarly released, waived or exempted from such obligations. The obligations described in this Section 1.14(a) shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.14(a).

(b) Limitations . No Holder shall engage in any transaction that may be restricted by Section 1.14(a) during the 34-day period beginning on the last day of the initial one hundred eighty (180) day period described in the first sentence of Section 1.14(a) unless such Holder requests and receives prior written confirmation from the Company or any underwriter managing such offering that the restrictions imposed by Section 1.14(a) have expired. The Company shall not unreasonably withhold or condition a response, complying with Section 3.4, to a written request for the confirmation that the restrictions imposed by Section 1.14(a) have expired, which response shall be made prior to 5:00 pm PT on the business day immediately following the day on which such written request is delivered to the Company.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in subsection 1.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earliest of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) such time as the Company’s shares are publicly traded on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or a national securities exchange and Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of

 

-16-


such Holder’s shares during a three (3)-month period without registration, and (iii) upon termination of the entire Agreement upon a change in control of the Company, as provided in Section 3.1.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor (as hereinafter defined) (other than a Holder reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”), and audited by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in no event after January 31 of any given fiscal year, a budget and business plan for such fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(e) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections 2.1(b) and 2.1(c) above, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustments.

For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Major Investor ” shall mean any person who holds at least 257,633 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) that are Registrable Securities. Major Investor includes any general partners and affiliates of a Major Investor.

2.2 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.2, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

-17-


Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares (“ Sale Notice ”).

(b) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after delivery of the Sale Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Sale Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, including granted options regardless of whether or not vested). Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors of the Company.

(c) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.2(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Sale Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.2 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance of securities in connection with stock splits or dividends; (ii) the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, consultants and directors for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, pursuant to (A) the 2000 Stock Plan of the Company, (B) the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company (as amended in connection with the Transaction) or (C) stock option or stock purchase plans or agreements approved by (I) a majority of the directors of the Company and (II) a majority of the directors elected solely by the holders of the Series 2 Preferred Stock (a “ Board Supermajority ”); (iii) the issuance of securities to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment

 

-18-


financings, commercial property lease transactions, or similar transactions, the terms of which have been approved by a Board Supermajority; (iv) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities currently outstanding; (v) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide acquisition, merger or similar transaction, the terms of which have approved by a Board Supermajority; (vi) the issuance of securities to an entity, as a component of any business relationship with such entity also involving a material marketing, distribution, product development, supply and/or technology licensing arrangement approved by a Board Supermajority; (vii) the issuance of the Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; or (viii) that, with the approval of the holders of at least a Requisite Series 2 Majority of the Series 2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the Company shall, pursuant to the right of first offer in this Section 2.2:

(1) notify each Major Investor that a registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering of the Shares has been filed with the SEC within five business days following the date of such filing;

(2) deliver to each Major Investor as soon as practicable after it becomes available, the preliminary prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) contained in the registration statement; and

(3) notify each Major Investor that the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering of the Shares has been declared effective by the SEC within three hours of such declaration.

2.3 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor (other than a Holder reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company) to visit and inspect, at the expense of the requesting entity, the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the above entities; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.3 to provide access to any information which it reasonably believes to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.4 Compensation Committee . The Company shall continue to maintain a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee shall consist of three members, at least two of whom shall not be employees of the Company. The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors (a) all equity compensation guidelines and any equity compensation above those guidelines and (b) the non-equity compensation of the Company’s officers.

2.5 Audit Committee . The Company shall continue to maintain an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee shall at all times consist exclusively

 

-19-


of non-management members of the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee shall select (subject to the approval of the Board of Directors) and provide instruction to the Company’s independent auditors.

2.6 Key Man Insurance . The Company shall (so long as they remain employed by the Company) continue to maintain key man insurance to cover death or permanent disability of Chris Diorio and William T. Colleran in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for each of them, payable to the Company as beneficiary of such policy.

2.7 Non-Competition Agreements . All future employees and consultants of the Company will enter into a non-competition agreement (for employees and consultants located in states where non-competition provisions are legally enforceable), non-solicitation agreement, and a non-disclosure and developments agreement in either of the forms, as applicable based on the principal location of such employee or consultant, reasonably acceptable to the Preferred Holders and attached to the Purchase Agreement as Exhibit F-1 for employees and consultants resident in states other than California and Exhibit F-2 for employees and consultants resident in California. The forms of such agreements previously provided to the Preferred Holders are acceptable to the Preferred Holders in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 2.7.

2.8 Creation of Indebtedness . The Company will not, without first obtaining the consent of the Board Supermajority, create Indebtedness, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, in an amount in excess of $500,000. For purposes of this Section 2.8, “ Indebtedness ” shall include, but not be limited to, (i) all obligations for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations with respect to capital leases, (iv) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by the Company, (v) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than 180 days), (vi) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a lien on any asset of the Company, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, and (vii) all obligations or liabilities of others guaranteed by the Company.

2.9 Stock Compensation Approval . The Company will not, without first obtaining the consent of the Board Supermajority (i) execute, create, or become bound by any new plan or arrangement for the grant of stock options, warrants, or other securities convertible into Common Stock, or for the issuance of restricted stock, or (ii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to any such plan or arrangement, including the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

2.10 Stock Vesting Approval . Any shares of Common Stock of the Company or options to purchase Common Stock of the Company issued after the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Purchase Agreement to directors, consultants, and employees of the Company shall be approved by the Board of Directors and, unless otherwise expressly approved by the Board of Directors shall vest as follows: (i) 25% of such shares or options shall vest 12 months after the date employment with, or provision of services to, the Company commences and (ii) the remaining shares shall vest at the rate of one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares subject to the option per month thereafter.

 

-20-


2.11 Directors’ Meetings . The frequency of meetings of the Board of Directors shall be determined by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. The Company shall reimburse the members of the Board of Directors for all reasonable expenses and costs incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors and any other meetings so required.

2.12 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.11 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) for Sections 2.1 and 2.3 through 2.11, (A) immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of the Company or (B) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (ii) for Section 2.2, (A) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO or (B) when less than fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate number of shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement remains outstanding, or (iii) upon termination of the entire Agreement upon a change in control of the Company, as provided in Section 3.1.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Termination of Entire Agreement Upon Change of Control . This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, upon a Liquidation Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time).

3.2 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.3 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a Requisite Series 2 Majority of the Series 2 Preferred Stock; provided that if such amendment has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock then providing Services (as defined below) to the Company; provided further , that notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Qualified IPO any term contained in Section 1 (Registration Rights) of this Agreement may be amended or waived with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (not including the Founders’ Stock); provided further, that Section 3.13 may not be amended without the consent of Intel (as defined below). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.3 shall be binding upon each party to this Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series 2 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,

 

-21-


any purchaser of such shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement without the consent of any other party hereto by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder. For the purposes of this Section 3.3, “ Services ” shall mean the rendering of services to the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company in the role of an employee, consultant, advisor, technical advisor, director or otherwise, whether or not compensated for such services. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the last sentence of Section 3.13 shall not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of Intel Corporation.

3.4 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram, electronic mail or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address, electronic mail address or fax number as set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

3.5 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.6 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.8 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.9 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.10 Amendment of Prior Rights Agreement . Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, not including the Founders’ Stock, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, and upon closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Founders, and the Investors hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Founders and the Investors with respect to registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein.

 

-22-


3.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein.

3.12 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any holder of any Registrable Securities upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such holder, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing or as provided in this Agreement.

3.13. Competitor Status . For so long as Intel Corporation (“ Intel ”) is in compliance with Section 2.5 of that certain License Agreement by and between Intel and the Company dated as of July 3, 2008, Intel shall not be deemed a “competitor” of the Company with respect to Sections 2.1 “Delivery of Financial Statements” and 2.3 “Inspection” hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-23-


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

  Evan Fein
 

Chief Financial Officer

Address:   701 N. 34 th Street
  Suite 300
  Seattle, WA 98103
Fax:  
INVESTORS:

INTEL CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Edward Vermeer

Name:  

Edward Vermeer

Title:  

Treasury Designee

Address:
Attn: Intel Corporation Portfolio Manager
2200 Mission College Blvd., M/S RN6-59
Santa Clara, CA 95052
Fax Number:

with a copy by e-mail to:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN Venture Fund I L.P.
By:   AllianceBernstein ESG Venture Management, L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
By:   AllianceBernstein Global Derivatives Corporation
  Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mona Bhalla

Name:  

Mona Bhalla

  (print name)
Title:  

Senior Vice President and Asst. Secretary

Address:   1345 Avenue of The Americas
  New York, NY 10105
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
ARCH VENTURE FUND V, L.P.
By:  

ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P.

its General Partner

By:  

ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Clinton Bybee

Name:  

Clinton Bybee

  (print name)
Title:  

Managing Member

Address:   8725 W. Higgins Road
  Suite 290
  Chicago, IL 60631
Fax:  
ARCH V ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
By:  

ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P.

its General Partner

By:  

ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Clinton Bybee

Name:  

Clinton Bybee

  (print name)
Title:  

Managing Member

Address:   8725 W. Higgins Road
  Suite 290
  Chicago, IL 60631
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
MADRONA VENTURE FUND I-A, LP
By:  

Madrona Investment Partners, LLC,

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Tom A. Alberg

Name:  

Tom A. Alberg

  (print name)
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

1000 Second Avenue, Suite 3700

Seattle, WA 98104

Fax:  
MADRONA VENTURE FUND I-B, LP
By:  

Madrona Investment Partners, LLC,

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Tom A. Alberg

Name:  

Tom A. Alberg

  (print name)
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

1000 Second Avenue, Suite 3700

Seattle, WA 98104

Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

MADRONA MANAGING DIRECTOR

FUND, LLC

By:  

/s/ Tom A. Alberg

Name:  

Tom A. Alberg

  (print name)
Title:   Managing Director
Address:   1000 Second Avenue, Suite 3700
  Seattle, WA 98104
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
MOBIUS Technology Ventures VI L.P.
SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P.

MOBIUS Technology Ventures

Advisors Fund VI L.P.

MOBIUS Technology Ventures

Side Fund VI L.P.

By:   MOBIUS VI LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Brad Feld

Name:  

Brad Feld

Title:  

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

a Delaware Limited Partnership

By:   POLARIS VENTURE MANAGEMENT
  CO. III, L.L.C., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
  a Delaware Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ William E. Bilodeau

  William E. Bilodeau
  Attorney-In Fact
Address:   1000 Winter Street
  Suite 3350
  Waltham, MA 02451
Phone:  
Fax:  
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS

ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND III, L.P.

a Delaware Limited Partnership

By:   POLARIS VENTURE MANAGEMENT
  CO. III, L.L.C., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
  a Delaware Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ William E. Bilodeau

  William E. Bilodeau
  Attorney-In Fact
Address:   1000 Winter Street
  Suite 3350
  Waltham, MA 02451
Phone:  
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS

FOUNDERS’ FUND III, L.P.

a Delaware Limited Partnership

By:   POLARIS VENTURE MANAGEMENT
  CO. III, L.L.C., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
  a Delaware Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ William E. Bilodeau

  William E. Bilodeau
  Attorney-In Fact
Address:   1000 Winter Street
  Suite 3350
  Waltham, MA 02451
Phone:  
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
GF PRIVATE EQUITY GROUP, LLC
By:  

/s/ James Thompson

  James Thompson
  President & Chief Operating Officer
Address:   175 Mercado Street, Suite 201
  Durango, Colorado 81301
Fax:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
UPS GENERAL SERVICES CO.
By:  

/s/ Jerry Del Gaudio

Name:  

Jerry Del Gaudio

  (print name)
Title:  

VP, Corporate Strategy

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
VITERBI GROUP, LLC
By:  

/s/ Andrew J. Viterbi

Name:  

Andrew J. Viterbi

  (print name)
Title:  

President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
VENTURETECH ALLIANCE FUND II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ R. C. Norris

Name:  

R. C. Norris

  (print name)
Title:  

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
INVENTEC APPLIANCES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Arnold Gia-Shuh Jang

Name:  

Arnold Gia-Shuh Jang, Ph.D.

  (print name)
Title:   Vice President, Investment Alliance
  Management
Addresse:  

No. 37, Wugong 5 th Rd.,

 

Wugu Industrial Park,

 

Wugu, New Taipei City 248, Taiwan

Fax:  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
SINOPAC VENTURE CAPITAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ George Shiu

Name:  

George Shiu

  (print name)
Title:  

Chairman

YUEN SHIN YI ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
By:  

/s/ Show-Chung Ho

Name:  

 

  (print name)
Title:  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Sung-Wei Chen

SUNG-WEI CHEN

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
DIORIO FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Anne Marie Diorio

By:  

/s/ Philip C. Diorio

Name:  

Anne Marie Diorio

  (print name)
Name:  

Philip C. Diorio

  (print name)
Title:  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Philip J. Diorio

PHILIP J. DIORIO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Sonya Erickson

SONYA ERICKSON

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Oren Etzioni

OREN ETZIONI

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
GREGORY E. MOHR AND ELISA M. MOHR, AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE GREGORY AND ELISA MOHR TRUST
By:  

/s/ Elisa M. Mohr

Name:  

Elisa M. Mohr

  (print name)
Title:  

Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ David L. Kaplan            /s/ Anita Kaplan

DAVID AND ANITA KAPLAN

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Joshua Kaplan

JOSHUA KAPLAN

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Henry M. Levy

HENRY M. LEVY

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Carver Mead

CARVER MEAD

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Daniel Weld

DANIEL WELD

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2012A)
By:  

/s/ Patrick J. Schultheis

 

Patrick J. Schultheis

Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:
CIPIO PARTNERS FUND VI S.C.S., SICAR
By:  

/s/ C. Schlesser

By:  

/s/ CH. Kosstiann

Name:  

C. Schlesser

  (print name)
Title:  

Manager

Name:  

CH. Kosstiann

  (print name)
Title:  

Manager

 

Address:  

Cipio Partners S.à. r.l.

 

12F, rue Guillaume Kroll

 

L-1882 Luxembourg

Phone:  

 

Fax:  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Patrick Ennis

PATRICK ENNIS

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Michael A. Morrissey

MICHAEL A. MORRISSEY

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

EDMUND S. RUFFIN, JR.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

/s/ Stephen B. Thau

STEPHEN B. THAU

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


FOUNDERS:

/s/ Carver Mead

Carver Mead
Address:  
 
Fax:  

/s/ Christopher Diorio

Christopher Diorio
Address:  
 
Fax:  

 

 

Todd Humes
Address:  
 
Fax:  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO IMPINJ, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

of

IMPINJ, INC.

Dated as of July 13, 2012

Void after the date specified in Section 8

No. WAR-        

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received,                     , or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the amendment on July 13, 2012 of the subordinated, secured, convertible, promissory note (the “ Related Note ”), which such Related Note was originally issued to Holder pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010, by and among the Company and the Investors described therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) in the original principal amount of $         (“ Original Principal Amount ”). This Warrant is one of a series of warrants referred to as the “ Warrants ” in the Purchase Agreement.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Definition of Shares. Shares ” shall mean shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Qualified Financing (as defined in the Related Note) consummated on July 13, 2012.

(b) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to                  shares prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.7765 (the “ Exercise Price ”).

(d) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the period commencing on July 13, 2012. The exercise period will end on the expiration of the Warrant pursuant to Section 8 below.


2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

  X      =     

        Y (A – B)         

  
            A   

Where:

 

X    =    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder
Y    =    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A    =    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
B    =    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.


(c) Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e) Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

(f) Automatic Exercise. If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

(g) Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such Shares) for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such Shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase the number of authorized and unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such Shares) to a number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant


Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall promptly register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers. Other than Permitted Transfers (defined below), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or


(ii) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Permitted Transfers. Permitted Transfers ” include transactions involving the distribution without consideration of securities by any Holder to (i) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (ii) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (iii) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5(a) above, no registration statement, opinion of counsel or “no action” letter shall be necessary for Permitted Transfers; provided , in each Permitted Transfer, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d) Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE


ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e) Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, for the same aggregate Exercise Price as before such Reorganization, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.


(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant, for the same aggregate Exercise Price as before such Reclassification, for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d) Redemption. In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are redeemed in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable, for the same aggregate Exercise Price as before such redemption, for a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such redemption and the preferred stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into common stock.

(e) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;


(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b);

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the holders of a majority of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under the Warrants.

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on June 30, 2017; or

(b) a Liquidation Event, as defined in the Related Note.

9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration or those purchased in the public market following the effective date of the registration) during the 180 day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common stock registered under the Securities Act (or such other period, not to exceed an additional 34 days, as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto); provided that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the legend set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180 day period (or other period, not exceed a total of 214 days). Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 10.


11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the holders of warrants representing not less than a majority of the Shares issuable upon exercise of any and all outstanding Warrants, which majority does not need to include the consent of the Holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 11(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company; provided, however, that no special consideration or inducement may be given to any such holder in connection with such consent that is not given ratably to all such holders, and that such amendment must apply to all such holders equally and ratably in accordance with the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Promptly following any amendment pursuant to this Section 11(a), the Company shall give notice of such amendment to all holders of Warrants.

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, transmitted via electronic mail, sent by facsimile or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile or transmitted via electronic mail (in either case, with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Washington, or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.


(f) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

(h) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

( signature page follows )


The Company signs this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

IMPINJ, INC.

 

William T. Colleran, President & CEO


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:    Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”)
Attention:    President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:   

 

Type of security:   

 

If exercise is conditional, indicate condition(s):   

 

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

¨    A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
¨    The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨    The undersigned  
¨    Other—Name:  

 

   Address:  

 

    

 

 

(4) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨    The undersigned  
¨    Other—Name:  

 

   Address:  

 

    

 

¨

   Not applicable  

 

(5) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof.


(6) Investment Representation Statement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Date )

 

( Fax number )


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

INVESTOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    IMPINJ, INC.   
SECURITIES:    THE WARRANT ISSUED ON JULY 13, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:   

 

  

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.


6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities.

9. No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11. Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, state and ZIP )


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    IMPINJ, INC.   
WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON JULY 13, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:   

 

  

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Impinj, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR    ASSIGNEE

 

  

 

( Print name of Assignor )    ( Print name of Assignee )

 

  

 

( Signature of Assignor )    ( Signature of Assignee )

 

  

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )    ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

  

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )    ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address:    Address:

 

  

 

 

  

 

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    17,498
Class of Stock:    Series 2 Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.7765 per share
Issue Date:    July 13, 2012
Expiration Date:    February 2, 2021
Amendment:    As of the date of this Warrant, this Warrant (i) amends and restates the terms of the Warrant issued to the Holder on February 2, 2011 (the “Original Warrant”) in connection with the Facility B Term Loans referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated May 7, 2010, as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 1, 2011.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

By accepting this Warrant, (i) the Holder hereby represents that the Original Warrant has not been transferred and (ii) the Holder hereby agrees to surrender to the Company for cancellation the Original Warrant or at the request of the Company to execute an instrument of cancelleation in form and substance acceptable to the Company. The Holder and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that upon the issuance of this Warrant, the Original Warrant shall be amended and restated an all of the Company’s obligations under such Original Warrant shall be discharged and released in full without any further action on the part of the Company or the Holder.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either


(a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been


exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 2.4 prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and its board of directors as required under Delaware law.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.


ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.


5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.


Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

IMPINJ, INC.

Attn: Evan Fein, Chief Financial Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Fax:

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Lock-Up Agreement . Holder agrees to be bound by the “Lock-Up Agreement” provision (the “Lock-Up Provision”) in Section 1.14 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 12, 2012. The Lock-Up Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior consent of the Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]


“COMPANY”     Date:  

 

IMPINJ, INC.    
By:  

/s/ William T. Colleran

    By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:   William T. Colleran     Name:   Evan Fein
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Chief Financial Officer
“HOLDER”    
SILICON VALLEY BANK    
By:  

/s/ Minh Le

     
Name:  

Minh Le

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Deal Team Leader

     


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of IMPINJ, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 
            Holders Name  
 

 

 
 

 

 
            (Address)  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by IMPINJ, INC. (the “Company”), on July     , 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    24,059
Class of Stock:    Series 2 Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.7765 per share
Issue Date:    July 13, 2012
Expiration Date:    June 2, 2020
Amendment:    As of the date of this Warrant, this Warrant (i) amends and restates the terms of the Warrant issued to the Holder on June 2, 2010 (the “Original Warrrant”) in connection with the Term Loans referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated May 7, 2010.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

By accepting this Warrant, (i) the Holder hereby represents that the Original Warrant has not been transferred and (ii) the Holder hereby agrees to surrender to the Company for cancellation the Original Warrant or at the request of the Company to execute an instrument of cancelleation in form and substance acceptable to the Company. The Holder and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that upon the issuance of this Warrant, the Original Warrant shall be amended and restated an all of the Company’s obligations under such Original Warrant shall be discharged and released in full without any further action on the part of the Company or the Holder.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such


Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the


terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 2.4 prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and its board of directors as required under Delaware law

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.


ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.


5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:

Facsimile:


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

IMPINJ, INC.

Attn: Evan Fein, Chief Financial Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Facsimile:

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Lock-Up Agreement . Holder agrees to be bound by the “Lock-Up Agreement” provision (the “Lock-Up Provision”) in Section 1.14 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 13, 2012. The Lock-Up Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior consent of the Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]


“COMPANY”     Date:  

 

IMPINJ, INC.    
By:  

/s/ William T. Colleran

    By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:   William T. Colleran     Name:   Evan Fein
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Minh Le

Name:  

Minh Le

  (Print)
Title:  

Deal Team Leader


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of IMPINJ, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 
            Holders Name  
 

 

 
 

 

 
            (Address)  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by IMPINJ, INC. (the “Company”), on July     , 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    500,000
Class of Stock:    Series 2 Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.7765 per share
Issue Date:    July 13, 2012
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:   

This Warrant is issued in connection with the Term Loan referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated March 25, 2011, as amended from time to time, including by that certain, First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 13, 2012.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.


1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and

 

2


only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as

 

3


may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 2.4 prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and its board of directors as required under Delaware law.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

 

4


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s

 

5


account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS

 

6


AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:

Facsimile:

 

7


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

IMPINJ, INC.

Attn: Evan Fein, Chief Financial Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Fax:

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Lock-Up Agreement . Holder agrees to be bound by the “Lock-Up Agreement” provision (the “Lock-Up Provision”) in Section 1.14 of the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 12, 2012. The Lock-Up Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior consent of the Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

8


“COMPANY”     Date:  

July 13, 2012

IMPINJ, INC.      
By:  

/s/ William T. Colleran

    By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:   William T. Colleran     Name:   Evan Fein
Title:   Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Chief Financial Officer
“HOLDER”      
SILICON VALLEY BANK      
By:  

/s/ Nick Christian

     
Name:  

Nick Christian

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Relationship Manager

     


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of IMPINJ, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for              of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 
 

Holders Name

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by IMPINJ, INC. (the “Company”), on July 13, 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

   IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:    

   300,000

Class of Stock:

   Common Stock

Warrant Price:

   $0.21 per share

Issue Date:

   March 25, 2011

Expiration Date:

   The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date

Credit Facility:

  

This Warrant is issued in connection with the Term Advances referenced

in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon

Valley Bank dated March 25, 2011.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in


the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (A) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (B) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (C) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof).

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request In connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the dosing of the proposed Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred.


If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Intentionally Omitted .

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 2.4 prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and its board of directors as required under Delaware law.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction In which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.


3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act In reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This Warrant Is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:


SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

IMPINJ, INC.

Attn: Evan Fein, Chief Financial Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Fax:

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Lock-Up Agreement . Holder agrees to be bound by the “Lock-Up Agreement” provision (the “Lock-Up Provision”) in Section 1.14 of the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 3, 2008. The Lock-Up Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior consent of the Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

(Signature page follows.]


“COMPANY”     Date: 3/25/2011                                
IMPINJ, INC.      
By:   /s/ William Colleran     By:   /s/ Evan Fein
Name:    William Colleran     Name:    Evan Fein
  (Print)       (Print)
Title:   Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President     Title:  

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant

Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Nick Christian
Name:    Nick Christian
Title:   Relationship Manager


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock of IMPINJ, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holders Name
 

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
(Date):     


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

   SVB Financial Group

Address:    

  

3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tax ID:

  

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by IMPINJ, INC. (the “Company”), on March       , 2011 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:     

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.2

IMPINJ, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

(Amended on October 23, 2009)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2000 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” shall mean the termination of Purchaser’s employment because of (i) a willful act by Purchaser which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, or (ii) a material and willful violation of a judicial, federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company.

(f) “ Change of Control ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of more than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by the voting securities remaining outstanding or by their being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company, or such surviving entity, outstanding immediately after such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


(h) “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(l) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) “ Corporate Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation and includes a Change of Control.

(n) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(o) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.


(s) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(t) “ Named Executive ” means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “ Option Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(x) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(y) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(z) “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(aa) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(bb) “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(cc) “ Plan ” means this 2000 Stock Plan.

(dd) “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ee) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.


(ff) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(hh) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ii) “ Stock Exchange ” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(jj) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(kk) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(ll) “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 27,760,000 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.


(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;


(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants;

(xi) to make any adjustment or amendment to the Plan or to an outstanding award with or without a Participant’s consent if such adjustment or amendment is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges; and

(xii) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.


8. [Reserved.]

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person who is at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;

(B) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to any other eligible person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator.

(C) granted on or after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) delivery of Optionee’s promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law); (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of


surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a securities broker approved by the Company shall require to effect exercise of the Option and prompt delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required by the Applicable Laws, any Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option (which exercise occurs prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security) should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company’s favor, such repurchase right shall, if required by the Applicable Laws, lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, or a repurchase right, if any, in favor of the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such leave.

(ii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iii) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.


Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(iv) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. To the extent that the Optionee is not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of his or her termination of Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 30 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.


(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(iv) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status. If an Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee shall be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and the Optionee shall have no right to exercise any Option. This Section 10(b)(iv) shall apply with equal effect to vested Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person other than an officer, Director or Consultant, in that the Company shall have the right to repurchase such Shares from the Participant upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase is made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase consists of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right terminates upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the Participant’s original cost for the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(iv) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any


Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, provided that with respect to a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a purchaser who is not an officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it shall lapse at a minimum rate of 20% per year if required by the Applicable Laws.

(ii) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Participant vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person other than an officer, Director or Consultant prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common stock becomes a Listed Security upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase must be made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase consists of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right terminates upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of such Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the Participant’s original cost for the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine. Nothing in this Section 11(b)(ii) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares as set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.


12. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 12 (whether pursuant to Section 12(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(c) This Section 12(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 12, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.


(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

13. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) General . Except as set forth in this Section 13, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 13, prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to “Immediate Family” (as defined below), on such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. Following the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the Administrator may in its discretion grant transferable Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to Option Agreements specifying the manner in which such Nonstatutory Stock Options are transferable. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, the numbers of Shares set forth in Sections 3(a) above, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

For purposes of this Section 14(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 14); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Limitation on Payments . In the event that the vesting acceleration or lapse of a repurchase right provided for in Section 14(c) above (x) constitutes “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (y) but for this Section 14(d) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state income tax law), then such vesting acceleration or lapse of a repurchase right shall be either

(A) delivered in full, or

(B) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Code Section 4999, whichever amount, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, results in the receipt by the Participant on an after-tax basis of the greater amount of acceleration or lapse of repurchase rights benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Code Section 4999. Any determination required under this Section 14(d) shall be made by the Participant. In the event that (A) above applies, then the Participant shall be responsible for any excise taxes imposed with respect to such benefits. In the event that (B) above applies, then each benefit provided hereunder shall be proportionately reduced to the extent necessary to avoid imposition of such excise taxes.


(e) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

15. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

(c) Accounting Issues . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Section 16, the Administrator may at any time amend or adjust the Plan or an outstanding award issued under the Plan without the consent of the affected Participant(s) if such amendment or adjustment is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges.

17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.


18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Agreements . Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

20. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

21. Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

Exhibit 10.3

IMPINJ, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee

    

                                  

           

Address

    

                                  

           
    

 

           

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:

  

                                  

  

Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or

Commencement of Employment/Consulting):

  

                                  

  

Exercise Price per Share:

  

                                  

  

Total Number of Shares Granted:

  

                                  

  

Total Exercise Price:

  

                                  

  

Type of Option:

  

                                  

  

Expiration Date:

  

                                  

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

                                  

  

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

   This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant. So long as your Continuous Service Status with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[VESTING SCHEDULE]


Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised for 30 days after termination of Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability:

   This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Impinj, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your Continuous Service Status with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    IMPINJ, INC.

 

    By:    
Optionee     Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

-2-


IMPINJ, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to the Optionee (“ Optionee ”), whose name appears on the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Impinj, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

 

-2-


(c) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price.

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

 

-3-


(b) Further, until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (such time, the “ Reliance End Date ”), the Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with the Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

7. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ discount option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation”. An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee will be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

 

-4-


8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

IMPINJ, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      by and between Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                      of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                      Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be                      per Share for a total purchase price of $                      . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

A-1


(a) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

(ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Unvested Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

A-2


(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

A-3


(c) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

A-4


4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser

 

A-5


understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

A-6


(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status, for any reason, with or without cause.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election. Purchaser agrees that he or she is solely responsible for filing the Section 83(b) Election with the Internal Revenue Service.

9. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale

 

A-7


of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

A-8


(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

A-9


The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By:    
  William Colleran, CEO & President
PURCHASER:

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

Address:    
 

 

 

I,                                      , spouse of                                                               (Purchaser), have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

Spouse of                                              


IF YOU WISH TO MAKE A SECTION 83(B)

ELECTION, THE FILING OF SUCH

ELECTION IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS

SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO

THIS AGREEMENT AS ATTACHMENT C .

YOU MUST FILE THIS FORM WITHIN

30 DAYS OF PURCHASING THE SHARES.

YOU (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY

OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING SUCH FORM WITH THE IRS, EVEN IF YOU REQUEST

THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF AND EVEN

IF THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS HAVE PREVIOUSLY MADE THIS FILING ON

YOUR BEHALF.

The election should be filed by mailing a signed election

form by certified mail, return receipt requested to the IRS

Service Center where you file your tax returns. See

< www.irs.gov >

 

 



ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated                              ,              (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                                   (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.              , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

 

 

 

Dated:                                                      
    Signature:
   

 

    Purchaser
   

 

    Spouse of                                      (if applicable)
   

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.


ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of              shares of Common Stock of Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either check and complete as applicable:

 

  (a)              has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                               , whose business address is                                               , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

  (b)              has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

  (a)              to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or

 

  (b)              not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:                                                                                      

 

      Purchaser
Date:                                                                                      

 

    Spouse of                                                                                    


ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                                                                                                                                                 

NAME OF SPOUSE:                                                                                                                                                                         

ADDRESS:                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                                                                                                                                     

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                                                                                                                                            

TAXABLE YEAR:                                 

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

 

                           shares of the Common Stock of Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                 

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s Continuous Service Status.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $             

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $             

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Date:                                                                            

  

 

   Purchaser
Date:                                                                               

 

   Spouse of                                                                      


RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.                      for                      shares of Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

Dated:                                                              

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name


EXHIBIT B

IMPINJ, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      , (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be                      per Share for a total purchase price of                      . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the Option Agreement, or (d) by a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or

 

B-1


otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

B-2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her

 

B-3


own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Purchaser, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such

 

B-4


offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Purchaser understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior

 

B-5


written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware , without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

B-6


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
IMPINJ, INC.
By:      
  William Colleran, CEO & President

 

PURCHASER:

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

I,                      , spouse of                      , have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

Spouse of                                              


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.              for                      shares of Common Stock of Impinj, Inc.

 

Dated:  

 

   
         

 

      Signature
     

 

      Print Name


RECEIPT

Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of $              given by                      (Purchaser) as consideration for Certificate No.              for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:  

 

     
          Impinj, Inc.
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

        (print)
      Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.4

IMPINJ, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(As amended)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Cause ” means the termination of Participant’s employment because of (i) a willful act by Participant which constitutes gross misconuc and which is injurious to the Company, or (ii) a material and willful violation of a judicial, federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company.

(g) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a


group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(g), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(i) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

-2-


(j) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(k) “ Company ” means Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(l) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(o) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(p) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(r) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

-3-


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(x) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(y) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(z) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(aa) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(bb) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(cc) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(dd) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ee) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ff) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

-4-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 37,282,557 Shares, including (i) any Shares that, as of the date of stockholder approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Impinj, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, as amended (the “2000 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2000 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2000 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 17,252,664 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

-5-


(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

-6-


(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company

 

-7-


or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-8-


Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death, Disability, or Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(v) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Company terminating Participant for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Participant shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to Participant of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if Participant’s service to the Company is suspended by the Company pending an investigation of whether Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all Participant’s rights under any

 

-9-


Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and Participant shall have no right to exercise any Option. This Section 6(f)(v) shall apply with equal effect to vested Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person other than an officer, Director or Consultant, in that the Company shall have the right to repurchase such Shares from the Participant upon the following terms: (1) the repurchase is made within ninety (90) days of termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination; (2) consideration for the repurchase consists of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness; and (3) the repurchase right terminates upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider for Cause shall be made at the Participant’s original cost for the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine. Nothing in this Section 6(f)(v) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

-10-


(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-11-


9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-12-


12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of

 

-13-


the proceeding paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

-14-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

-15-


16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-16-


22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than one hundred and eighty (180) days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-17-

Exhibit 10.5

IMPINJ, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  

                                                              

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

                                                              

Exercise Price per Share:

  $   

                                                              

Total Number of Shares Granted:  

                                                              

Total Exercise Price :   $   

                                                              

Type of Option:

  —        Incentive Stock Option
  —        Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:

 

                                                          

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[VESTING SCHEDULE]

Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, in the event Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause, this Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, in the event Participant’s staus as a Service Provider is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Participant’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period.

In no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-2-


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

 

-3-


(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-4-


9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS

 

-5-


CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT       IMPINJ, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Print Name

 

     

 

 

      Title
Residence Address      

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103-3414

Attention:                     

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,          , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

    Accepted by:

PARTICIPANT

    IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature

    By

 

   

 

Print Name

    Print Name
   

 

    Title

Address:

    Address:

 

   

 

   

 

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

 

:

        
COMPANY   :            IMPINJ, INC.      
SECURITY   :            COMMON STOCK      
AMOUNT   :         
DATE   :         

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.6

IMPINJ, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant:                                                                                                             

Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                                

Exercise Price per Share:                $                                                                       

Total Number of Shares Granted:                                                                          

Total Exercise Price:                        $                                                                       

Type of Option:                                —    Incentive Stock Option

                                                           —     Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:                                                                                               

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[VESTING SCHEDULE]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, in the event Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause, this Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, in the event Participant’s status as a Service Provider is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Participant’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period.

In no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of

 

-2-


Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-3-


Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the

 

-4-


Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

 

-5-


10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-6-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103-3414

Attention:                     

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,          , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated                      ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-3-


(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

   

Accepted by:

IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT   :     
COMPANY   :      IMPINJ, INC.
SECURITY   :      COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT   :     
DATE   :     

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the


Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

IMPINJ, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between                      (the “Purchaser”) and Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                      ,          .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number                      ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated                      ,          by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase                      of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(c) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or


her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(d) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(e) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(f) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the

 

-2-


Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a

 

-3-


Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT     IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    
Dated:                       ,             

 

-5-


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                      , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Impinj, Inc.                      shares of the Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Impinj, Inc. and the undersigned dated                      ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                      ,                Signature:  

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                     ,         

Corporate Secretary

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103-3414

Dear                      :

As Escrow Agent for both Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to


Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

-2-


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

 

PURCHASER     IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-3-


ESCROW AGENT  

 

 
Corporate Secretary  
Dated:  

 

 

 

-4-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

  TAXPAYER       SPOUSE
NAME:  

 

     

 

ADDRESS:  

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

TAX ID NO.:  

 

     

 

TAXABLE YEAR:        

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                      ,          .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $                      .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                      .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                       ,             

 

    Taxpayer


The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                       ,             

 

    Spouse of Taxpayer

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.12

IMPINJ, INC.

AMENDED & RESTATED DIORIO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended & Restated Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 19, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Chris Diorio, Ph.D. (“ Executive ”) and sets forth the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Term.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an employment agreement dated March 16, 2007 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive wish to restate the terms of Executive’s employment and replace in its entirety the Prior Employment Agreement, in order to come into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and any final regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Executive agree that the Prior Employment Agreement is restated and replaced in its entirety as follows:

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Technology Officer of the Company. Executive will continue to render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The period of Executive’s employment is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

(b) Board Membership . During the Employment Term, Executive will serve as a member of the Board, subject to any required Board and/or stockholder approval.

(c) Obligations . Executive will continue to perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board; the Board recognizes and approves that Executive is and will remain a part-time Associate Professor at the University of Washington (the “ University ”) and may receive direct remuneration and benefits from the University. Executive will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization other than the University, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s obligations to the Company as described above.

2. At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “ at-will ” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without Cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . The Company will continue to pay Executive a monthly salary of $22,916.67, which is equivalent to an annual salary of $275,000, as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will continue to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and will be subject to the usual, required withholdings. Executive’s salary will continue to be subject to review, and upward adjustments may be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Performance Bonus . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive a performance bonus during each year of employment with the Company upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board in its sole discretion, which such objectives will be established after consultation with Executive within sixty (60) days of the anniversary of June 1 (the “ Performance Bonus ”). The Company shall pay any performance bonus payable hereunder within sixty (60) days of the end of each bonus period.

(c) Equity . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time (“ Awards ”). The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such Awards and the terms of any such Award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

4. Employee Benefits . Executive will continue to be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, and flexible-spending account plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. During the Employment Term, Executive may obtain benefits from the University rather than from the Company; however, if such University benefits should cease either as a result of actions by the Executive or by the University, the Executive may participate in the employee benefits plan offered by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

-2-


5. Vacation . Executive will continue to be entitled to paid vacation of five weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Vacation accrues as follows: 7.69 hours per pay period, subject to the Company’s policies with respect to maximum accrual of vacation.

6. Expenses . The Company will continue to reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Apart from a Change of Control . If prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholdings, (B) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Awards as to 25% of the then unvested portion of any such Award, (C) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage, (D) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and (E) an extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred by the shorter of one (1) year or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason within Twelve Months Following a Change of Control . If within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive ‘s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8 and in lieu of any benefits set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 7, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholdings and payment equal to 50% of Executive’s annual Base Salary in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and Section 8(d) below and subject to the usual, required withholdings, (B) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Awards as to 100% of the then unvested portion of any such Award, (C) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under COBRA, for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for

 

-3-


such continued coverage, (D) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and (E) an extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred by the shorter of one (1) year or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.

(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason as provided above), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or Disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding Awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned, including such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

8. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The continued payment of salary set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 7 shall be contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 8(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 7, or (iii) such time as required by this Section 8(d).

(b) Noncompete . Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 7(a) or (b) (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that

 

-4-


competes with Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or is a customer of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that that nothing in this Section 8(b) will prevent Executive from owning as a passive investment less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of a publicly-held corporation if such shares are actively traded on a national stock exchange or similar market or medium. Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments pursuant to Section 7(a) or (b) will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of (i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and (ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his Award agreement (without taking into effect the one-year extended post-termination exercise period set forth in Section 7(a) or (b)) to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

(c) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 7(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 11. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 11, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 7(a) or (b) will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of (i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and (ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his Award agreement to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable upon separation that is payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Payments ”) under Section 409A will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “ specified employee ” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, then, if required, the Payments, which are otherwise due to Executive on or within the 6 month period following Executive’s termination will accrue, to the extent required, during such 6 month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment or the date of Executive’s death, if earlier. All subsequent Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(iii) Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(iv) Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute a Payment for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

-5-


(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

(f) Section 280G . In the event that the severance or benefits provided in this Agreement constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 8(f), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be payable either: (i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits hereunder, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 8(f) shall be made in writing by the public accountants designated by the Company. If the amount of the aggregate payments or property transferred to Executive must be reduced under this Section 8(f), then the reduction in payments and/or benefits shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments, if any; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of Awards other than stock options, if any; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits, if any, paid to Executive.

9. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is limited to (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony, (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company, (iii) Executive’s intentional misconduct that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business, (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company or of any contractual obligation that Executive has to the Company, in either case where the breach has a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business, (v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Company’s Board of Directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties or (vi) Executive’s death or Disability. However, prior to any termination of Executive’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) above, the Company shall give written notice to Executive of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, Executive shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days in which to cure the specified default in Executive’s performance.

 

-6-


(b) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” of the Company is defined as:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“ Person ”) acquires ownership of the common stock of the Company that, together with the common stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that: (1) any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the common stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (2) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%)of the total fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 9(b), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(c) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be

 

-7-


expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Executive shall not be considered disabled unless Executive furnishes proof in such form or manner, and at such times, as the Company may require.

(d) Good Reason . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s Base Salary; (ii) the assignment to Executive of any duties, or the reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which results in a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or the removal of Executive from such position and responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that , neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change in Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change in Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services (for purposes of this Agreement, the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location less than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location). Executive will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(e) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

10. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to maintain his obligations under the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement dated February 6, 2001 (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”).

11. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor

 

-8-


of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34 th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, Washington 98103

Attn : Secretary

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Arbitration .

16. Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes and his receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to him by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes, supplemented by the Washington Code of Civil Procedure (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, claims of harassment,

 

-9-


discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with him.

(a) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that the neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence. Executive agrees that the decision of the arbitrator will be in writing.

(b) Remedy . Except as provided by this Agreement and by the Rules, including any provisional relief offered therein, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(c) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(d) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial . Finally Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration . This Agreement, together with any Company equity plans and equity agreements and the Proprietary Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including the Prior Employment Agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

-10-


18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

19. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

22. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

Company:

 

Impinj, Inc.

  Chris Diorio  

By:

 

/s/ Evan Fein

    By:  

/s/ Chris Diorio

 

Evan Fein

     

Vice President, Finance and Administration

     

Dated: 12/23,2008

  Dated:   30 Dec, 2008  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DIORIO’S EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.13

FIRST AMENDMENT TO DIORIO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Chris Diorio, Ph.D. (the “ Executive ”) and Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ” and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”) on February 20, 2009.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into a employment offer letter, dated March 16, 2007 (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive amended the Prior Agreement on December 19, 2008 (the “ Amended & Restated Diorio Employment Agreement ”), bringing certain terms into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the final regulations and other official guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree to further amend the Amended & Restated Diorio Employment Agreement, as follows:

1. Section 8(a) of the Amended & Restated Diorio Employment Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows:

“(a) The continued payment of salary set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 7 shall be contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 8(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 7, or (iii) such time as required by this Section 8(d).”

2. Section 9(d) of the Amended & Restated Diorio Employment Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows:

Good Reason . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation that is effective within two (2) years following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s Base Salary; (ii) the assignment to Executive of any duties, or the reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which


results in a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or the removal of Executive from such position and responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that , neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change in Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change in Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services (for purposes of this Agreement, the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location less than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location). Executive will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth above.

 

COMPANY     IMPINJ, INC.
   

/s/ Mark S. Gunning

    By:   Mark S. Gunning
    Title:   CFO
EXECUTIVE     CHRIS DIORIO, PH.D.
   

/s/ Chris Diorio

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.14

IMPINJ, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Eric Q. Brodersen (“ Executive ”) and Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and sets forth the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Term (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

  a. Position and Duties . Executive will serve as Chief Marketing Officer and Senior Vice President of Business Development of the Company and will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The duties and responsibilities of Executive shall include the duties and responsibilities for Executive’s corporate offices and positions as set forth in Company’s bylaws from time to time in effect and such other duties and responsibilities as Company’s Chief Executive Officer may from time to time reasonably assign to Executive, in all cases to be consistent with Executive’s corporate offices and positions. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

 

  b. Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board of Directors. Executive will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s obligations to the Company as described above.

 

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “ at-will ” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.


3. Start Date . Executive will commence employment on April 7, 2014 (the “ Start Date ”).

 

4. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and will be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review, and adjustments may be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

  b. Performance Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive additional annual bonus compensation according to certain milestones and company performance metrics to be established by the Company and otherwise applicable to the Company’s executive team (the “ Performance Bonus ”). Performance Bonus compensation shall target fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary at one hundred percent (100%) achievement of the established milestones and performance metrics, and otherwise will be subject to the Company’s annual Executive Bonus Plan. Performance Bonus compensation may be lower than fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary if the performance targets are not met. The amount of the actual Performance Bonus paid to Executive for 2014 shall be pro-rated for the number of days Executive is employed with the Company in 2014. The Company shall pay any actual Performance Bonus within sixty (60) days of the end of each bonus period, and in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned. Executive’s target Performance Bonus will be subject to review, and adjustments may be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

  c. Equity .

 

  i) Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Executive will be granted an option to purchase 1,600,000 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion (the “ Option A ”). The Option A will be immediately exercisable as to all shares and will vest as follows: 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the Option A shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the Start Date, and 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the Option A shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, so long as Executive remains an employee of the Company, so that all shares subject to the Option A shall have vested after 48 months following the Start Date.

 

  ii)

Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Executive will be granted an additional option to purchase 800,000 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant as determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion (the “ Option B ” and together with


  Option A, the “ Options ”). The Option B will be immediately exercisable as to all shares. The Option B will become eligible to vest contingent on achievement (as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion) by the one-year anniversary of the Start Date of the performance objectives to be agreed upon within the first thirty (30) days following the Start Date, and subject to Executive remaining an employee of the Company as of the date(s) the Company determines whether the performance objectives have been achieved. If the Option B becomes eligible to vest, it will vest as follows: 1/4 th of the total number of shares subject to the Option B shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the Start Date, and 1/48 th of the total number of shares subject to the Option B shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, so long as Executive remains an employee of the Company, so that all shares subject to the Option B shall have vested after 48 months following the Start Date.

 

  iii) The Options will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the standard Stock Option Agreement (except as contemplated by this Agreement), and further subject to applicable federal and state securities laws. In the event Executive elects to exercise either or both of the Options as to some or all of the shares prior to the date such shares are vested, such unvested shares will be subject to the right of the Company to repurchase the shares at the original purchase price for such shares, which repurchase right will lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule described above.

 

  d. Change of Control Incentive Bonus . Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, Executive will be entitled to receive a bonus (the “ Change of Control Incentive Bonus ”) equal to 0.5% of the net proceeds received by the holders of the Company’s preferred stock in a Liquidation Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time) (the “ Proceeds ”). The Change of Control Incentive Bonus will be subject to the same terms and conditions that apply to the change of control-based incentive arrangements currently in place for certain members of the Company’s executive team (the “ Change of Control Incentive Plan ”), including that the Change of Control Incentive Bonus will be reduced by (i) the value of any proceeds Executive receives in the Liquidation Transaction for the shares of Company capital stock or Company options to purchase shares of Company capital stock held by such Executive and (ii) any retention amount Executive has received notice as of the closing date of the Liquidation Transaction that Executive will receive following the Liquidation Transaction from the acquiring party(ies). Subject to the Change of Control Incentive Plan, Executive must be employed with the Company on the date of the Liquidation Transaction to receive any Change of Control Incentive Bonus; provided, however, that Executive will continue to remain eligible for the Change of Control Incentive Bonus if a Liquidation Transaction occurs within 30 days of the date of (x) the Company termination of Executive’s employment for reasons other than Cause, death, or Disability or (y) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason, in each case, unless such termination is in connection with a Liquidation Transaction.

 

  e.

Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general


  applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, life insurance, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

  f. Paid Time Off . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to paid time off under the Company’s Open Paid-Time Off (PTO) policy, which provides for mutually and reasonably agreed upon paid time off and is subject to change at the discretion of the Company.

 

5. Severance .

 

  a. Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Apart from Change of Control . If prior to a Change of Control or after six (6) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 6, Executive will be entitled to:

 

  (1) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholding,

 

  (2) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage; provided, however, that if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot make the COBRA reimbursements without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to six (6) payments, and

 

  (3) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, which amount shall be subject to the usual, required withholding, and


  (4) extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred to the one-year anniversary of Executive’s termination date or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A (as defined below).

 

  b. Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change of Control . If within six (6) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 6, Executive will be entitled to:

 

  (1) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholding,

 

  (2) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage; provided, however, that if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot make the COBRA reimbursements without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to six (6) payments,

 

  (3) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, which amount shall be subject to subject to the usual, required withholding,

 

  (4) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Equity Awards as to fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested portion of any such Equity Award, and

 

  (5) extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred to the one-year anniversary of Executive’s termination date or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.


  c. Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or Disability, then

 

  i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, and

 

  ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned, including such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee).

 

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

 

  a. Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The continued payment of salary set forth in Section 5(a) shall be contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release of claims agreement upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than 120 days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 6(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later,

 

  i) the Release Deadline,

 

  ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 5, or

 

  iii) such time as required by Section 6(d)(ii).

 

  b.

Noncompete . Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6(a) (to the


  extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm,. corporation or business that competes with Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or is a customer of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) provided, however. that that nothing in this Section 6(b) will prevent Executive from owning as a passive investment less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of a publicly-held corporation if such shares are actively traded on a national stock exchange or similar market or medium. Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments and post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 5 will immediately cease and Executive will be able to exercise his vested stock options to acquire Company common stock through the longer of:

 

  i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and

 

  ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his option agreement (without taking into effect the one-year extended post-termination exercise period set forth in Section 5) to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

 

  c. Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 9. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 9, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 5 will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of

 

  i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and

 

  ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his award agreement to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

 

  d. Section 409A .

 

  i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable upon separation that is payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Payments ”) under Section 409A will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

  ii)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, then, if required, the Payments, which are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s termination will accrue, to the extent required, during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following


  the date of Executive’s termination of employment or the date of Executive’s death, if earlier. All subsequent Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 

  iii) Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

  iv) Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute a Payment for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

  vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

  e. No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

  f. Section 280G . In the event that the Change of Control Incentive Bonus (provided for in Section 4(d) and/or the severance benefits (provided for in Section 5) constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 6(f), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be payable either:

 

  i) in full or

 

  ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits hereunder, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.


Unless the Company and Executive agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 6(f) shall be made in writing by the public accountants designated by the Company. If the amount of the aggregate payments or property transferred to Executive must be reduced under this Section 6(f), then the reduction in payments and/or benefits shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments, if any; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards, if any; and (3) reduction of other benefits, if any, paid to Executive.

 

7. Definitions .

 

  a. Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as:

 

  i) Executive’s conviction of a felony;

 

  ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company;

 

  iii) Executive’s intentional misconduct that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business;

 

  iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company or of any contractual obligation that Executive has to the Company, in either case where the breach has a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business,

 

  v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Company’s Board of Directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties, or

 

  vi) Executive’s death or Disability.

However, prior to any termination of Executive’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) above, the Company shall give written notice to Executive of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, Executive shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days in which to cure the specified default in Executive’s performance.

 

  b. Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” of the Company is defined as:

 

  i) a change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“ Person ”) acquires ownership of the common stock of the Company that, together with the common stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control; or


  ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that: (1) any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the common stock of the Company possessing 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (2) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

 

  iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 7(b), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

  c. Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  d. Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Executive shall not be considered disabled unless Executive furnishes proof in such form or manner, and at such times, as the Company may require.


  e. Good Reason . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation that is effective within two (2) years following the occurrence of any Company cure period (discussed below) one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

  i) a material reduction of Executive’s Base Salary (for purposes of this Agreement, the reduction of Base Salary by less than 10% from Executive’s then present Base Salary shall not be considered a material reduction), provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other senior executives by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a material reduction;

 

  ii) the assignment to Executive of any duties, or the reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which results in a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or the removal of Executive from such position and responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services (for purposes of this Agreement, the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from Executive’s then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

Executive will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing the. Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

  f. Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two times:

 

  i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or

 

  ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.


8. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to maintain his obligations under the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit A , dated on even date herewith (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”).

 

9. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (a) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (b) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

10. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any-successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive, to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

11. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) 1 day after being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (c) 4 days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, Washington 98103

Attn: Secretary

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

12. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.


13. Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes and his receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to him by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes, supplemented by the Washington Code of Civil Procedure (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with him.

 

  a. Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that the neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence. Executive agrees that the decision of the arbitrator will be in writing.

 

  b. Remedy . Except as provided by this Agreement and by the Rules, including any provisional relief offered therein, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

  c. Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.


  d. Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

14. Integration . This Agreement, together with any Company equity plans and equity agreements, the Change of Control Incentive Plan, and the Proprietary Information Agreement, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

15. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

16. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

17. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

18. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws’ provisions).

 

19. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

Impinj, Inc.     Eric Q. Brodersen
By:  

/s/ William T. Colleran

    By:  

/s/ Eric Q. Brodersen

William T. Colleran, Ph.D.     Executive
President and Chief Executive Officer    


Exhibit A

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement Impinj, Inc.

In exchange for my becoming employed by Impinj, Inc. or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), and for any cash and equity compensation for my services, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Confidentiality Obligation . I understand and agree that all Proprietary Information (as defined in Section 6 shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees, including all trade secrets, patents, copyrights and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may acquire in such Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly use or disclose, both during my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company and for a period of five (5) years after its termination (irrespective of the reason for such termination), any Proprietary Information I obtain or create during the period of my employment or consulting relationship, whether or not during working hours, except to the extent authorized by the Company, until such Proprietary Information becomes generally known. I agree not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. Upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship or upon an earlier request by the Company, I will return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Proprietary Information in my possession or control, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof. This agreement and my obligations under it are independent of my continued service with the Company and I promise to keep all Confidential Information secret after the termination, for any reason, of my employment from the Company .

 

2. Ownership of Physical Property . All documents, apparatus, equipment and other physical property in any form, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information, furnished to me by the Company or produced by me or others in connection with my employment or consulting relationship shall be and remain the sole property of the Company. I shall return to the Company all such documents, materials and property as and when requested by the Company, except only (i) my personal copies of records relating to my compensation; (ii) if applicable, my personal copies of any materials evidencing shares of the Company’s capital stock purchased by me and options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock granted to me; (iii) my copy of this Agreement and (iv) my personal property and personal documents I bring with me to the Company and any personal correspondence and personal materials that I accumulate and keep at my office during my employment (my “Personal Documents”). Even if the Company does not so request, I shall return all such documents, materials and property upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship, and, except for my Personal Documents, I will not take with me any such documents, material or property or any reproduction thereof upon such termination. In the event of the termination of the Relationship, I agree to sign and deliver the “ Termination Certification ” attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 ; however, my failure to sign and deliver the Termination Certificate shall in no way diminish my continuing obligations under this Agreement.


3. Assignment of Inventions .

 

  a. Without further compensation, I hereby agree to promptly disclose to the Company, all Inventions (as defined below) which I may solely or jointly develop or reduce to practice during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company which (i) pertain to any line of business activity of the Company, (ii) are aided by the use of time, material or facilities of the Company, whether or not during working hours or (iii) relate to any of my work during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, whether or not during normal working hours (“Company Inventions”). During the term of my employment or consultancy, all Company Inventions that I conceive, reduce to practice, develop or have developed (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees to the maximum extent permitted by law (and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall be deemed “works made for hire”), and the Company and its assignees shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights that I may have or acquire in such Company Inventions.

 

  b. I attach hereto as Exhibit A , a complete list of all Inventions, if any, made by me prior to my employment or consulting relationship with the Company that are relevant to the Company’s business, and I represent and warrant that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no such Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement. If in the course of my employment or consultancy (as the case may be) with the Company, I use or incorporate into a product or process an Invention not covered by Section 4(a) of this Agreement in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual, worldwide license of my interest to use and sublicense such Invention without restriction of any kind.

NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 :

Any assignment of Inventions required by this Agreement does not apply to an Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (b) the Invention results from any work performed by the employee for the Company.

 

4. Further Assistance; Power of Attorney . I agree to perform, during and after my employment or consulting relationship, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in Section 4 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in fact, to execute and file on my behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by my subsequent incapacity.


  5. Inventions . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know-how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable. This includes, but is not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.

 

  6. Proprietary Information . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proprietary Information ” means information or physical material not generally known or available outside the Company or information or physical material entrusted to the Company by third parties. This includes, but is not limited to, Inventions, confidential knowledge, copyrights, product ideas, techniques, processes, formulas, object codes, mask works and/or any other information of any type relating to documentation, laboratory notebooks, data, schematics, algorithms, flow charts, mechanisms, research, manufacture, improvements, assembly, installation, marketing, forecasts, sales, pricing, customers, the salaries, duties, qualifications, performance levels and terms of compensation of other employees, and cost or other financial data concerning any of the foregoing for the Company and its operations. Proprietary Information may be contained in material such as drawings, samples, procedures, specifications, reports, studies, customer or supplier lists, budgets, cost or price lists, compilations or computer programs, or may be in the nature of unwritten knowledge or know-how.

 

  7. No Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of or consultant to the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my becoming an employee or consultant of the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I agree not to enter into any written or oral agreement that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  8. No Interference . I certify that, to the best of my information and belief, I am not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement.

 

  9. Effects of Agreement . This Agreement (a) shall survive for a period of five (5) years beyond the termination of my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company, (b) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of the Company and (c) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

 

  10. Injunctive Relief . I acknowledge that violation of this Agreement by me may cause irreparable injury to the Company, and I agree that the Company will be entitled to seek extraordinary relief in court, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.


11. Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes any oral, written or other communications or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may be amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement only to the extent unenforceable, and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

12. Acknowledgment . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

 

Impinj, Inc.     Eric Q. Brodersen
By:  

/s/ William T. Colleran

    By:  

/ s/ Eric Q. Brodersen

William T. Colleran, Ph.D.      
President and Chief Executive Officer      
Dated:   April 1, 2014     Date:   April 1, 2014


Exhibit A-1

Impinj, Inc.

c/o William T. Colleran, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others or which have become known to me prior to my employment by the Company. I represent that such list is complete.

2. I propose to bring to my employment or consultancy the following materials and documents of a former employer:

 

  x No materials or documents.

 

  ¨ See below:

 

Eric Q. Brodersen
By:  

/s/ Eric Q. Brodersen

Dated:   April 1, 2014


Exhibit A-2

Termination Certification

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, laboratory notebooks, flow charts, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or copies or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to Impinj, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “ Company ”).

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how. designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.

I further agree that for one (1) year from the date of this Certificate, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. Further, I shall not at any time use any Confidential Information of the Company to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing Company products or services or to solicit or influence or attempt to influence any client, customer or other person either directly or indirectly, to direct his or its purchase of products and/or services to any person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity in competition with the business of the Company.

 

Eric Q. Brodersen
By:  

 

Dated:  

Exhibit 10.15

FIRST AMENDMENT TO BRODERSEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Eric Brodersen (the “ Executive ”) and Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ” and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”) on February 9, 2015.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into an employment agreement, dated April 1, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend the Prior Agreement to provide for 100% acceleration in certain circumstances upon a change of control, among other things.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree to amend the Prior Agreement, as follows:

1. Section 5(b)(4) of the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows (with deletions struck through and insertions italicized and underlined):

“(4) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Equity Awards as to fifty percent (50%) one hundred percent (100%)  of the then unvested portion of any such Equity Award, and”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth above.

 

COMPANY     IMPINJ, INC.
   

/s/ Chris Diorio

    By:   Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
    Title:   CEO
EXECUTIVE     ERIC BRODERSEN
   

/s/ Eric Brodersen

Exhibit 10.16

IMPINJ, INC.

FEIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Evan Fein (“ Executive ”) and sets forth the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Term (as defined below).

RECITALS

1. The Company and Executive have previously entered into an employment offer letter agreement dated as of October 13, 2000 with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

2. The Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to govern the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s continued employment with the Company during the Employment Term and to replace in its entirety the Prior Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Executive agree that the Prior Agreement is replaced in its entirety as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as Sr. Vice President of Finance and Administration of the Company and will report to the Company’s Executive. The duties and responsibilities of Executive shall include the duties and responsibilities for Executive’s corporate offices and positions as set forth in Company’s bylaws from time to time in effect and such other duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer may from time to time reasonably assign to Executive, in all cases to be consistent with Executive’s corporate offices and positions. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice. Executive will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties acknowledge and agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “ at-will ” employment and may be terminated by the Company at any time with or without cause or notice, subject to the provisions of Section 7 below and that Executive is


free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. The Company requests that in the event of Executive’s resignation, Executive give the Company at least two (2) weeks notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive a monthly salary equal to the monthly salary which the Company had paid Executive immediately prior to the Effective Date (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review, and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Performance Bonus . In the event that the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board approves Executive’s participation in an annual bonus compensation plan, Executive shall receive additional annual bonus compensation according to the milestones and performance metrics as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Performance Bonus ”). Executive’s Performance Bonus, including the underlying milestones and performance metrics, shall be subject to review, and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal review practices.

(c) Equity . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time (“ Awards ”). The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such Awards and the terms of any such Award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability and flexible-spending account plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of two weeks per year plus one day for each year of service to the Company in accordance with the Company’s current vacation policy, which policy may change from time to time, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Vacation accrues as follows: five days per calendar quarter, subject to the Company’s policies with respect to maximum accrual of vacation.

6. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


7. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Apart from Change of Control . If prior to a Change of Control or after six (6) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholdings, (B) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage, (C) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board and (D) an extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred by the shorter of one (1) year or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change of Control. If within six (6) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholdings, (B) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under COBRA, for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage, (C) such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, (D) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Awards as to fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested portion of any such Award and (E) an extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred by the shorter of one (1) year or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason as provided above), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or Disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding Awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned, including such portion of that year’s

 

-3-


Performance Bonus, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

8. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The continued payment of salary set forth in subsection (a) of Section 7 shall be contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than one hundred twenty (120) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 8(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 7, or (iii) such time as required by Section 8(d).

(b) Noncompete . Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 7(a) (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that competes with Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or is a customer of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company); for a period of one year following the date of termination; provided, however, that that nothing in this Section 8(b) will prevent Executive from owning as a passive investment less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of a publicly-held corporation if such shares are actively traded on a national stock exchange or similar market or medium. Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments pursuant to Section 7(a) will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of (i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and (ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his Award agreement (without taking into effect the extended post-termination exercise period set forth in Section 7(a)) to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

 

-4-


(c) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 7(a) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 11. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 11, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 7(a) will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of (i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such solicitation, and (ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his Award agreement to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable upon separation that is payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Payments ”) under Section 409A will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, then, if required, the Payments, which are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six month period following Executive’s termination will accrue, to the extent required, during such six month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six months and one day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment or the date of Executive’s death, if earlier. All subsequent Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(iii) Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(iv) Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute a Payment for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

-5-


(f) Section 280G . In the event that the severance or benefits provided in this Agreement constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 8(f), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be payable either: (i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits hereunder, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 8(f) shall be made in writing by the public accountants designated by the Company. If the amount of the aggregate payments or property transferred to Executive must be reduced under this Section 8(f), then the reduction in payments and/or benefits shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments, if any; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of Awards other than stock options, if any; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits, if any, paid to Executive.

9. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony, (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company, (iii) Executive’s intentional misconduct that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business, (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company or of any contractual obligation that Executive has to the Company, in either case where the breach has a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business, (v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties or (vi) Executive’s death or Disability. However, prior to any termination of Executive’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) above, the Company shall give written notice to Executive of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, Executive shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days in which to cure the specified default in Executive’s performance.

(b) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” of the Company is defined as:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“ Person ”) acquires ownership of the common stock of the Company that, together with the common stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

 

-6-


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that: (1) any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the common stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (2) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 9(b), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(c) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Executive shall not be considered disabled unless Executive furnishes proof in such form or manner, and at such times, as the Company may require.

(d) Good Reason . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation within two (2) years following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s Base Salary (for purposes of this Agreement, the reduction of Base Salary by less than 10% from Executive’s then present Base Salary shall not be considered a material reduction), provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other senior executives by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a material reduction; (ii) the assignment to Executive

 

-7-


of any duties, or the reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which results in a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or the removal of Executive from such position and responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services (for purposes of this Agreement, the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location less than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location). Executive will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(e) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

10. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to maintain his obligations under the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement dated December 13, 2000 (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”).

11. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

-8-


13. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34 th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, Washington 98103

Attn : Secretary

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes and his receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to him by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes, supplemented by the Washington Code of Civil Procedure (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with him.

(a) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that the neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by

 

-9-


the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence. Executive agrees that the decision of the arbitrator will be in writing.

(b) Remedy . Except as provided by this Agreement and by the Rules, including any provisional relief offered therein, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(c) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(d) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

16. Integration . This Agreement, together with any Company equity plans and equity agreements and the Proprietary Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including the Prior Agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

17. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

18. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

19. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

-10-


20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

21. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

IMPINJ, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ William Colleran

    Date: 12/23/09
Title:   President    
EXECUTIVE:    

/s/ Evan Fein

    Date: 12/23/09

Evan Fein

   

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FEIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT TO FEIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Evan Fein (the “ Executive ”) and Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ” and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”) on February 9, 2015.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into an employment offer letter, dated October 13, 2000 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive amended the Prior Agreement on December 23, 2009 (the “ Amended & Restated Fein Employment Agreement ”), to govern the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s continued employment with the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend the Amended & Restated Fein Employment Agreement to provide for 100% acceleration in certain circumstances upon a change of control, among other things.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree to further amend the Amended & Restated Fein Employment Agreement, as follows:

1. Section 7(b)(D) of the Amended & Restated Fein Employment Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows (with deletions struck through and insertions italicized and underlined)::

“(D) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Awards as to fifty percent (50%) one hundred percent (100%)  of the then unvested portion of any such Award and”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth above.

 

COMPANY     IMPINJ, INC.
   

/s/ Chris Diorio

    By:   Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
    Title:   CEO
EXECUTIVE     EVAN FEIN
   

/s/ Evan Fein

Exhibit 10.18

IMPINJ, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of 4/13/2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Walter X. Palhetas (“ Executive ”) and Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and sets forth the terms and conditions with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Term (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

  a. Position and Duties . Executive will serve as Senior Vice President of Global Sales of the Company and will report to the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer. The duties and responsibilities of Executive shall include the duties and responsibilities for Executive’s corporate offices and positions as set forth in Company’s bylaws from time to time in effect and such other duties and responsibilities as Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer may from time to time reasonably assign to Executive, in all cases to be consistent with Executive’s corporate offices and positions. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

 

  b. Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board of Directors. Executive will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s obligations to the Company as described above.

 

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “ at-will ” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.


3. Start Date . Executive will commence employment on April 14, 2015 (the “ Start Date ”).

 

4. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and will be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review, and adjustments may be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

  b. Incentive Compensation . Executive will have a quarterly incentive pay target of 100% of base salary that may be earned through fulfillment of the Company’s revenue quota. All incentive compensation payments, if any, will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s incentive pay plan, which will be provided separately.

 

  c. Equity .

 

  i) Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Executive will be granted an option to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Company common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. The option will be immediately exercisable as to all shares and will vest as follows: 1/4 th of the total number of shares shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the Start Date, and 1/48 th of the total number of shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, so long as Executive remains an employee of the Company, so that all shares subject to the option shall have vested after 48 months following the Start Date.

 

  ii) The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the standard Stock Option Agreement (except as contemplated by this Agreement), and further subject to applicable federal and state securities laws. In the event Executive elects to exercise either or both of the Options as to some or all of the shares prior to the date such shares are vested, such unvested shares will be subject to the right of the Company to repurchase the shares at the original purchase price for such shares, which repurchase right will lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule described above.

 

  d. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, life insurance, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.


  e. Paid Time Off . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to paid time off under the Company’s Open Paid-Time Off (PTO) policy, which provides for mutually and reasonably agreed upon paid time off and is subject to change at the discretion of the Company.

 

5. Severance .

 

  a. Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Apart from Change of Control . If prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 6, Executive will be entitled to:

 

  (1) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate plus an average of the prior four, six (6) month periods of incentive compensation, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholding,

 

  (2) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage; provided, however, that if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot make the COBRA reimbursements without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to six (6) payments, and

 

  (3) such portion of that year’s Incentive Compensation, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, which amount shall be subject to the usual, required withholding, and

 

  (4) extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred to the one-year anniversary of Executive’s termination date or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A (as defined below).


  b. Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change of Control . If within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 6, Executive will be entitled to:

 

  (1) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate plus an average of the prior four, six (6) month periods of incentive compensation, as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and subject to the usual, required withholding,

 

  (2) reimbursement of Executive’s expenses in continuing group health insurance coverage for himself and his eligible covered dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for up to six (6) months, provided Executive makes a timely election for and continues to be eligible for such continued coverage; provided, however, that if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot make the COBRA reimbursements without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to six (6) payments,

 

  (3) such portion of that year’s Incentive Compensation, if applicable, as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, which amount shall be subject to the usual, required withholding, and

 

  (4) accelerated vesting of all outstanding Equity Awards as to one-hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested portion of any such Equity Award, and

 

  (5) extension of the period during which any vested stock options granted to Executive may be exercised by Executive or by any transferee to whom such stock options may have been transferred to the one-year anniversary of Executive’s termination date or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.


  c. Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or Disability, then

 

  i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, and

 

  ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned, including such portion of that year’s Performance Bonus as Executive shall have earned (if any) as of the date of such termination, as determined in good faith by the Board or the Compensation Committee).

 

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

 

  a. Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The continued payment of salary set forth in Section 5(a) shall be contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release of claims agreement upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than 120 days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 6(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later,

 

  i) the Release Deadline,

 

  ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 5, or

 

  iii) such time as required by Section 6(d)(ii).

 

  b.

Noncompete . Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6(a) (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any


  ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that competes with Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or is a customer of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) provided, however, that that nothing in this Section 6(b) will prevent Executive from owning as a passive investment less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of a publicly-held corporation if such shares are actively traded on a national stock exchange or similar market or medium. Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments and post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 5 will immediately cease and Executive will be able to exercise his vested stock options to acquire Company common stock through the longer of:

 

  i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and

 

  ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his option agreement (without taking into effect the one-year extended post-termination exercise period set forth in Section 5) to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

 

  c. Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 9. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 9, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 5 will immediately cease and Executive will have the longer of

 

  i) thirty (30) days following the commencement of such competition, and

 

  ii) such period of time as originally set forth in his award agreement to exercise any stock options or other similar rights to acquire Company common stock.

 

  d. Section 409A .

 

  i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable upon separation that is payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Payments ”) under Section 409A will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

  ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, then, if required, the Payments, which are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s termination will accrue, to the extent required, during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment or the date of Executive’s death, if earlier. All subsequent Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.


  iii) Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-l(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

  iv) Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-l(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute a Payment for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

  vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

  e. No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

  f. Section 280G . In the event that the Change of Control Incentive Bonus (provided for in Section 4(d) and/or the severance benefits (provided for in Section 5) constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 6(f), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be payable either:

 

  i) in full or

 

  ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits hereunder, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Unless the Company and Executive agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 6(f) shall be made in writing by the public accountants designated by the Company. If the amount of the aggregate payments or property transferred to Executive must be reduced under this Section 6(f), then the reduction in payments and/or benefits shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments, if any; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards, if any; and (3) reduction of other benefits, if any, paid to Executive.


7. Definitions .

 

  a. Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as:

 

  i) Executive’s conviction of a felony;

 

  ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company;

 

  iii) Executive’s intentional misconduct that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business;

 

  iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company or of any contractual obligation that Executive has to the Company, in either case where the breach has a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business,

 

  v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Company’s Board of Directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties, or

 

  vi) Executive’s death or Disability.

However, prior to any termination of Executive’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) above, the Company shall give written notice to Executive of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, Executive shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days in which to cure the specified default in Executive’s performance.

 

  b. Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” of the Company is defined as:

 

  i) a change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“ Person ”) acquires ownership of the common stock of the Company that, together with the common stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the common stock of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

 

  ii)

A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that: (1) any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the common stock of the Company possessing 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (2) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this


  subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person shall not be considered a Change of Control; or

 

  iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 7(b), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

  c. Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  d. Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Executive shall not be considered disabled unless Executive furnishes proof in such form or manner, and at such times, as the Company may require.

 

  e. Good Reason . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation that is effective within two (2) years following the occurrence of any Company cure period (discussed below) one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

  i) a material reduction of Executive’s Base Salary (for purposes of this Agreement, the reduction of Base Salary by less than 10% from Executive’s then present Base Salary shall not be considered a material reduction), provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other senior executives by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a material reduction;


  ii) the assignment to Executive of any duties, or the reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which results in a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or the removal of Executive from such position and responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services (for purposes of this Agreement, the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from Executive’s then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

Executive will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

  f. Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two times:

 

  i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(l) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or

 

  ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 40l(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

8. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to maintain his obligations under the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit A , dated on even date herewith (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”).

 

9. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (a) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (b) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.


10. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

11. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) 1 day after being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (c) 4 days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Impinj, Inc.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, Washington 98103

Attn: Secretary

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

12. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

13.

Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes and his receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to him by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes, supplemented by the Washington Code of Civil Procedure (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate,


  and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with him.

 

  a. Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that the neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence. Executive agrees that the decision of the arbitrator will be in writing.

 

  b. Remedy . Except as provided by this Agreement and by the Rules, including any provisional relief offered therein, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

  c. Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 

  d. Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.


14. Integration . This Agreement, together with any Company equity plans and equity agreements, the Change of Control Incentive Plan, and the Proprietary Information Agreement, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

15. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

16. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

17. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

18. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws’ provisions).

 

19. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

Impinj, Inc.     Walter X. Palhetas
By:  

/s/ Eric Brodersen

    By:  

/s/ Walter X. Palhetas

  Eric Brodersen       Executive
  President and Chief Operating Officer      

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PALHETAS’S EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

Impinj, Inc.

In exchange for my becoming employed by Impinj, Inc. or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), and for any cash and equity compensation for my services, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Confidentiality Obligation . I understand and agree that all Proprietary Information (as defined in Section 6 shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees, including all trade secrets, patents, copyrights and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may acquire in such Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly use or disclose, both during my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company and for a period of five (5) years after its termination (irrespective of the reason for such termination), any Proprietary Information I obtain or create during the period of my employment or consulting relationship, whether or not during working hours, except to the extent authorized by the Company, until such Proprietary Information becomes generally known. I agree not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. Upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship or upon an earlier request by the Company, I will return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Proprietary Information in my possession or control, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof. This agreement and my obligations under it are independent of my continued service with the Company and I promise to keep all Confidential Information secret after the termination, for any reason, of my employment from the Company .

 

2. Ownership of Physical Property . All documents, apparatus, equipment and other physical property in any form, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information, furnished to me by the Company or produced by me or others in connection with my employment or consulting relationship shall be and remain the sole property of the Company. I shall return to the Company all such documents, materials and property as and when requested by the Company, except only (i) my personal copies of records relating to my compensation; (ii) if applicable, my personal copies of any materials evidencing shares of the Company’s capital stock purchased by me and options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock granted to me; (iii) my copy of this Agreement and (iv) my personal property and personal documents I bring with me to the Company and any personal correspondence and personal materials that I accumulate and keep at my office during my employment (my “Personal Documents”). Even if the Company does not so request, I shall return all such documents, materials and property upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship, and, except for my Personal Documents, I will not take with me any such documents, material or property or any reproduction thereof upon such termination. In the event of the termination of the Relationship, I agree to sign and deliver the “ Termination Certification ” attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 ; however, my failure to sign and deliver the Termination Certificate shall in no way diminish my continuing obligations under this Agreement.


3. Assignment of Inventions .

 

  a. Without further compensation, I hereby agree to promptly disclose to the Company, all Inventions (as defined below) which I may solely or jointly develop or reduce to practice during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company which (i) pertain to any line of business activity of the Company, (ii) are aided by the use of time, material or facilities of the Company, whether or not during working hours or (iii) relate to any of my work during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, whether or not during normal working hours (“Company Inventions”). During the term of my employment or consultancy, all Company Inventions that I conceive, reduce to practice, develop or have developed (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees to the maximum extent permitted by law (and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall be deemed “works made for hire”), and the Company and its assignees shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights that I may have or acquire in such Company Inventions.

 

  b. I attach hereto as Exhibit A , a complete list of all Inventions, if any, made by me prior to my employment or consulting relationship with the Company that are relevant to the Company’s business, and I represent and warrant that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no such Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement. If in the course of my employment or consultancy (as the case may be) with the Company, I use or incorporate into a product or process an Invention not covered by Section 4(a) of this Agreement in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual, worldwide license of my interest to use and sublicense such Invention without restriction of any kind.

NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 :

Any assignment of Inventions required by this Agreement does not apply to an Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (b) the Invention results from any work performed by the employee for the Company.

 

4. Further Assistance; Power of Attorney . I agree to perform, during and after my employment or consulting relationship, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in Section 4 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in fact, to execute and file on my behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by my subsequent incapacity.


5. Inventions . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know-how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable. This includes, but is not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.

 

6. Proprietary Information . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proprietary Information ” means information or physical material not generally known or available outside the Company or information or physical material entrusted to the Company by third parties. This includes, but is not limited to, Inventions, confidential knowledge, copyrights, product ideas, techniques, processes, formulas, object codes, mask works and/or any other information of any type relating to documentation, laboratory notebooks, data, schematics, algorithms, flow charts, mechanisms, research, manufacture, improvements, assembly, installation, marketing, forecasts, sales, pricing, customers, the salaries, duties, qualifications, performance levels and terms of compensation of other employees, and cost or other financial data concerning any of the foregoing for the Company and its operations. Proprietary Information may be contained in material such as drawings, samples, procedures, specifications, reports, studies, customer or supplier lists, budgets, cost or price lists, compilations or computer programs, or may be in the nature of unwritten knowledge or know-how.

 

7. No Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of or consultant to the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my becoming an employee or consultant of the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I agree not to enter into any written or oral agreement that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8. No Interference . I certify that, to the best of my information and belief, I am not a party to any other agreement that will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement.

 

9. Effects of Agreement . This Agreement (a) shall survive for a period of five (5) years beyond the termination of my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company, (b) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of the Company and (c) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

 

10. Injunctive Relief . I acknowledge that violation of this Agreement by me may cause irreparable injury to the Company, and I agree that the Company will be entitled to seek extraordinary relief in court, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.


11. Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes any oral, written or other communications or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may be amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement only to the extent unenforceable, and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

12. Acknowledgment . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

 

Impinj, Inc.     Walter X. Palhetas
By:  

/s/ Eric Brodersen

    By:  

/s/ Walter X. Palhetas

  Eric Brodersen       Executive
  President and Chief Operating Officer      


Exhibit A-1

Impinj, Inc.

c/o Eric Brodersen

President and Chief Operating Officer

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others or which have become known to me prior to my employment by the Company. I represent that such list is complete.

None

 

2. I propose to bring to my employment or consultancy the following materials and documents of a former employer:

 

  x No materials or documents.

 

  ¨ See below:

N/A

 

Walter X. Palhetas
By:  

/s/ Walter X. Palhetas

Dated: 4/13/2015, 2015


Exhibit A-2

Termination Certification

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, laboratory notebooks, flow charts, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or copies or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to Impinj, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “ Company ”).

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.

I further agree that for one (1) year from the date of this Certificate, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. Further, I shall not at any time use any Confidential Information of the Company to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing Company products or services or to solicit or influence or attempt to influence any client, customer or other person either directly or indirectly, to direct his or its purchase of products and/or services to any person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity in competition with the business of the Company.

 

Walter X. Palhetas
By:  

 

Dated:                     

Exhibit 10.19

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 26, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), amends and restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of December 5, 2011 (as subsequently amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Agreement ”) and provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower, and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with the terms of the applicable Loan Documents.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Term A Loan .

(a) Availability . Bank has previously made a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) (the “Term A Loan”). As of the Effective Date the outstanding principal amount of the Term A Loan is Six Million Two Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Two Dollars and Twenty Four Cents ($6,222,222.24).

(b) Repayment . The Term A Loan shall continue to be payable in (i) equal payments of principal in an amount equal to Two Hundred Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Two Dollars and Twenty Two Cents ($222,222.22) plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest on the last day of each month. All unpaid principal and interest on the Term A Loan shall be due on the Term A Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment . At Borrower’s option, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term A Loan advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written

 

1

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term A Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term A Loan through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term A Loan; (iii) the Term A Loan Prepayment Fee; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement; provided however, the Term A Loan Prepayment Fee shall not be payable if Borrower refinances the Term A Loan with another division of Bank.

2.1.3 Term B Loan .

(a) Availability . On the Effective Date, Bank shall make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) (the “Term B Loan”, and together with the Term A Loan, the “Term Loans”), which shall be used to refinance the Obligations under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement.

(b) Repayment . The Term B Loan shall be interest only through the end of the Term B Loan Interest Only Period with interest payable on the first day of each month. Any amount of the Term B Loan that is outstanding as of the last day of the Term B Loan Interest Only Period shall be payable in (i) twenty six (26) equal payments of principal plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest beginning on February 1, 2015 and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter. All unpaid principal and interest on the Term B Loan shall be due on the Term B Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment . At Borrower’s option, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term B Loan advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term B Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term B Loan through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term B Loan; (iii) the Term B Loan Prepayment Fee; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement; provided however, the Term B Loan Prepayment Fee shall not be payable if Borrower refinances the Term B Loan with another division of Bank.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

(ii) Term A Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Term A Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (i) two and one quarter percent (2.25%) above the Prime Rate during the Term A Loan Interest Only Period and (ii) one and one quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate after expiration of the Term A Loan Interest Only Period which interest shall, in either case, be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

 

2


(iii) Term B Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Term B Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (i) three and one quarter percent (3.25%) above the Prime Rate during the Term B Loan Interest Only Period and (ii) two and three quarters percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate after expiration of the Term B Loan Interest Only Period which interest shall, in either case, be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. In addition, Bank shall be entitled to charge Borrower a “float” charge in an amount equal to two (2) Business Days interest, at the interest rate applicable to the Advances whether or not any Advances are outstanding, on all Payments received by Bank. The float charge for each month shall be payable on the last day of the month. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Revolving Line Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) on the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof;

(b) Term A Loan Prepayment Fee . The Term A Loan Prepayment Fee when due pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.2(c);

(c) Term B Loan Prepayment Fee . The Term B Loan Prepayment Fee when due pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.3(c);

 

3


(d) Term B Loan Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) on the Effective Date;

(e) Unused Fee . A fee (the “ Unused Fee ”), payable quarterly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to one fifth of one percent (0.20%) per annum of the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Line taking into account all outstanding Credit Extensions thereunder, as determined by Bank. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Section notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder;

(f) Collateral Monitoring Fee . For each month where a Streamline Period was not in effect at all times during such month, a monthly collateral monitoring fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500), payable in arrears on the last day of each month (prorated for any partial month at the beginning and upon termination of this Agreement); and

(g) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) as of the Effective Date) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments .

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) At any time when a Streamline Period is not in effect, Bank shall apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Revolving Line. At any time when a Streamline Period is in effect, Bank shall credit such collected funds to a depository account of Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank), the order and method of such application to be in the sole discretion of Bank. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement

2.6 Mandatory Prepayment . If Borrower receives a notice of redemption election from the requisite stockholders of Borrower pursuant to the terms of its certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Charter”), which requires Borrower to repurchase capital stock of such stockholders pursuant to the terms of its Charter and if Borrower is legally permitted to repurchase such capital stock under applicable law, then Borrower shall notify Bank of such redemption notice not less than twenty (20) days prior to the required date of repurchase of such capital stock pursuant to the terms of the Charter, and at Bank’s written election, Bank may require that Borrower be required to prepay all or a portion of the outstanding Obligations under this Agreement five (5) Business Days prior to the required date of repurchase of such capital stock pursuant to the terms of the Charter.”

 

4


3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(c) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(d) satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(e) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Intentionally Omitted .

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

5


3.5 Procedures for Borrowing .

(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of

 

6


the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

7


The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable; Inventory .

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

(c) For any item of Inventory consisting of Eligible Inventory in any Transaction Report, such Inventory (i) consists of (A) finished goods, in good, new, and salable condition, which is not perishable, returned, consigned, obsolete, not sellable, damaged, or defective, and is not comprised of demonstrative or custom inventory, packaging or shipping materials, or supplies or (B) raw materials or works in process; (ii) meets all applicable governmental standards; (iii) has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (iv) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; and (v) is located at the locations identified by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate where it maintains Inventory or such other locations as updated from time to time by written notice to Bank and for which an effective landlord waiver or bailee agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank is in place.

 

8


5.4 Litigation . Except as otherwise disclosed to Bank, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used. in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except, in each case, where the failure to file such returns or reports, or to pay such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from

 

9


participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Bank:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, (i) aged listings of foreign and domestic accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date), (ii) a report of deferred revenue (if requested) and (iii) perpetual inventory reports for the Inventory valued on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost or market (in accordance with GAAP) or such other inventory reports as are requested by Bank in its good faith business judgment (the “ Borrowing Base Reports ”);

 

10


(b) Transaction Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Transaction Report signed by a Responsible Officer;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

(e) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (or qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

(f) Other Statements . Within ten (10) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(g) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more;

(h) Projections . As soon as available, but no later than fifteen (15) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, board approved financial projections.

(i) 409A Valuation . Within thirty (30) days of completion, any 409A valuation report with respect to Borrower.

(j) Other Financial information . Such other budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required material tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of’ its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

11


6.5 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent. During the continuance of an Event of Default, proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property (or the purchase of other property otherwise useful in the Borrower’s business); provided that any such replaced or repaired property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest.

6.6 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain its primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts with Bank and maintain all its and all its Subsidiaries investment accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such or (ii) Borrower’s account numbers L/C 621649-44 and L/C 621650-41 held at Comerica Bank to secure certain letters of credit in the original face amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) (collectively, the deposit accounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) shall be referred to as the “Excluded Accounts”).

6.7 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of not less than (i) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) from March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2014 and (ii) negative One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) from July 31, 2014 and thereafter, in any case stepping up as of the last day of each quarter, beginning December 31, 2014, by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for Net Loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower.

(b) Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of (I) unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement) plus net Accounts receivable to (II) all Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness owed to Bank from credit cards) owing from Borrower to Bank of not less than (i) 1.15 to 1.00 on the last day of each calendar quarter and (ii) 1.00:1.00 on the last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter.

 

12


6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

 

13


6.12 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall require that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . During the existence of an Event of Default, Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be

 

14


deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.13 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.12(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from Accounts to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will maintain all proceeds of Accounts in an account maintained with Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.14 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in Key Person where the Company’s Board of Directors does not replace such Key Person with a replacement reasonably acceptable to Bank within ninety (90) days of such change or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than

 

15


Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee (other than with respect to Borrower’s warehouse in Penang, Malaysia), and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except with respect to transactions otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof; (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; and (iv) subject to the notice and mandatory payment provisions of Section 2.6 hereof, Borrower may repurchase capital stock pursuant to the terms of its Charter; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

16


7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Tranche A Term Maturity Date or the Tranche B Term Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12 or 6.13 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

17


8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); or (b) any default by Borrower or Guarantor , the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business.

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any

 

18


decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and in the case of clause (a) or clause (b) such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without

 

19


charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

20


9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

IMPINJ, INC.

701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Attn: Evan Fein, CFO

Fax:

Email:

If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

901 5th Avenue, Suite 3900

Seattle, WA 98164

Attn: Nathan Sackett

Fax:

Email:

 

21


11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code

 

22


of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies, The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant)

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement,

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party Against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

23


12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties

 

24


to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement

12.16 Effect of Amendment and Restatement . Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

12.17 Termination of Mezzanine Loan Documents and EX-IM Loan Documents . Bank and Borrower hereby agree that upon execution hereof and funding of the Term B Loan to repay all Obligations under the Mezzanine Loan Documents (and repayment of any other Obligations under the Mezzanine Loan Documents and the EX-IM Loan Documents), the Mezzanine Loan Documents and EX-IM Loan Documents shall be deemed terminated and Bank and Borrower shall have no further obligations thereunder.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings;

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Applicable Margin ” is (i) two percent (2.00%) at all times when a Streamline Period is in effect and (ii) two and one half percent (2.50%) at all times when a Streamline Period is not in effect.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base (subject to any caps contained in the definition of the Eligible Accounts) minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

25


Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is (i) eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts plus (ii) the lesser of (a) forty percent (40%) of Eligible Inventory or (b) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), all as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may, upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice, decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect such Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory.

Borrowing Base Report ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Charter ” is defined in Section 2.6.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of

 

26


California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, the Term Loans or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300461279, maintained with Bank.

 

27


Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency,

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date and upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Borrower, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent.

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States other than (i) *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (f) below, do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate and (ii) Eligible foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States other than accounts where the account debtor is *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (e)(i) above, do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate;

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise – sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

 

28

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

(i) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(j) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in -which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(k) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(l) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(m) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(n) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or statutory trust;

(o) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (1) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(p) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(q) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(r) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(s) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor (but only to the extent the chargeback is determined invalid and subsequently collected by Borrower);

(t) Accounts that constitute Deferred Revenue offsets;

 

29


(u) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(v) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” means Accounts for which the Account Debtor has a principal place of business in a country that complies with EX-IM’s county limitation schedule and which are otherwise Eligible Accounts; provided, however, the aggregate value of such Accounts shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Accounts.

Eligible Inventory ” means, at any time, the aggregate of Borrower’s Inventory that (a) consists of (A) finished goods, in good, new, and salable condition, which is not perishable, returned, consigned, obsolete, not sellable, damaged, or defective, and is not comprised of demonstrative or custom inventory, packaging or shipping materials, or supplies or (B) raw materials or works in process; (b) meets all applicable governmental standards; (c) has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (d) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (e) is located at Borrower’s main location, at 716 North 34th Street, Suite 100A, Seattle WA 98103, such other locations identified by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate or such other locations as updated from time to time by written notice to Bank and for which an effective landlord waiver or bailee agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank is in place; and (f) is otherwise acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Excluded Accounts ” is defined in Section 6.6.

EX-IM ” means the Export-Import Bank of the United States of America.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

February 2011 Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock delivered by Borrower to Bank on February 1, 2011.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

30


Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source, object or programming code and software;

 

31


(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all published and unpublished works of authorship (including, without limitation, databases and compilations of information);

(f) any and all internet domain names (including any right related to the registration thereof), trade names, brand names, d/b/a’s, logos, symbols, and trade dress;

(g) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(h) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

July 2012 Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock delivered by borrower to Bank on the July 13, 2012.

Key Person ” means each of (i) Evan Fein, CFO and (ii) William Colleran – CEO.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Mezzanine Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Borrower and Bank dated as of March 25, 2011.

 

32


Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c),

Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

New Capital ” means, without duplication, New Equity and New Subordinated Debt.

New Equity ” means net cash proceeds received by Borrower after the Effective Date from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities.

New Subordinated Debt ” means Subordinated Debt proceeds received by Borrower after the Effective Date.

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Original Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock delivered by Borrower to Bank on June 2, 2010.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Bank (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Credit Extensions or, if the balance of the Credit Extensions has been reduced to zero, for credit to its deposit accounts.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

33


(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a), (c) and (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest and Investments consisting of the Excluded Accounts;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of; and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

34


(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(i) Investments in an amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any calendar year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

 

35


(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens in favor of Comerica Bank in Borrower’s account numbers L/C 621649-44 and L/C 621650-41 held at such financial institution to secure certain letters of credit in the original face amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000); and

(k) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with (i) the Excluded Accounts and (ii) Borrower’s other deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that in the case of accounts described in clause (ii) above, Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street journal, provided however, if such rate becomes unavailable, there after the “Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

 

36


Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 31, 2015.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Streamline Period ” means any period of time where (i) Borrower’s cash held at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement plus (ii) the Availability Amount was greater than or equal to Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000), provided, that if the Availability Amount is less than Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) at any time after the Effective Date, then any existing Streamline Period shall immediately end and a new Streamline Period shall not begin until (i) Borrower’s cash held at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement plus (ii) the Availability Amount shall be greater than or equal to Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default any Streamline Period shall immediately end and a new Streamline Period may not begin until (i) such Event of Default has been cured to Bank’s satisfaction and (i) Borrower’s cash held at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement plus (ii) the Availability Amount shall be greater than or equal to Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days thereafter.

Subordinated Debt ” is Indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, without duplication, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from consolidated total assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities, plus (c) Subordinated Debt.

Term A Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2

Term A Loan Maturity Date ” is July 1, 2016.

 

37


Term A Loan Prepayment Fee ” means a fee equal to (i) One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000) if the Term A Loan is prepaid on or prior to July 13, 2014 and (iii) Eighty Thousand Dollars ($80,000) if the Term A Loan is prepaid after July 13, 2014 but on or prior to July 13, 2015.

Term B Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

Term B Loan Interest Only Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through January 31, 2015.

Term B Loan Maturity Date ” is March 26, 2017.

Term B Loan Prepayment Fee ” means a fee equal to (i) Eighty Thousand Dollars ($80,000) if the Term B Loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) if the Term B Loan is prepaid after the first anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrant ” means, collectively, the Original Warrant, the February 2011 Warrant and the July 2012 Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By   /s/ Evan Fein
Name:   Evan Fein
Title:   CFO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By   /s/ Nathan Sackett
Name:   Nathan Sackett
Title:   VP

[ Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ]


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 29th day of September, 2014, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) modify the financial covenants and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.7(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Tangible Net Worth . Tangible Net Worth of not less than Zero Dollars ($0.00), measured monthly beginning with the month ending September 30, 2014 and, stepping up as of the last day of each quarter, beginning on December 31, 2014, by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for Net Loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower.”

 


2.2 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are added or amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

First Amendment Effective Date ” is September 29, 2014.

New Equity ” means net cash proceeds received by Borrower after the First Amendment Effective Date from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities.

New Subordinated Debt ” means Subordinated Debt proceeds received by Borrower after the First Amendment Effective Date.

Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, without duplication, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from consolidated total assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities, plus (c) Warrant Liability, plus (d) Subordinated Debt.

Warrant Liability ” means Borrower’s liability in connection with warrants to purchase equity securities issued by Borrower, determined in accordance with GAAP.

2.3 Schedule 1 to the Compliance Certificate is hereby replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendments .

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the First Amendment Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorpni7ation, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of updated Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK     BORROWER

Silicon Valley Bank

    Impinj, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Nathan Sackett

    By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:

 

Nathan Sackett

    Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:

 

VP

    Title:  

CFO

 


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 4 day of February, 2015, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend additional credit, (ii) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (iii) modify the financial covenants and (iv) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 2.1.2 (Term A Loan) . Section 2.1.2 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“2.1.2 Term Loan

(a) Availability . On the Second Amendment Effective Date, Bank shall make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Five

 


Hundred Thousand Dollars ($10,500,000) (the “Term Loan”), the proceeds of which shall be used to (i) refinance all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank under the Term A Loan and Term B Loan outstanding as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and then (ii) as working capital and to fund its general business requirements.

(b) Repayment . The Term Loan shall be “interest only” from the Second Amendment Effective Date through August 4, 2015 (the “Interest Only Period”), with interest due and payable in accordance with Section 2.3(e) hereof. Any amount of the Term Loan outstanding on August 4, 2015 shall be payable in (i) thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment”), beginning on September 1, 2015, and continuing on the last day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Once repaid, the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(c) Prepayment .

(i) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Term Loan is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (a) all outstanding principal with respect to the Term Loan, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (b) the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, and (c) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loan.

(ii) Voluntary Prepayment . So long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan, provided Borrower (a) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of such prepayment (i) all outstanding principal with respect to the Term Loan, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, and (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loan.”

2.2 Section 2.1.3 (Term B Loan) . Section 2.1.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2.3 Section 2.3 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions) . Section 2.3(a) is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

 

2


(ii) Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) two and one half of one percent (2.50%) above the Prime Rate during the Interest Only Period and (b) two percent (2.00%) above the Prime Rate after expiration of the Interest Only Period which interest shall, in either case, be pay able monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.”

2.4 Section 2.4 (Fees) . Section 2.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2.4. Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Revolving Line Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(b) Term Loan Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to Thirty Six Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($36,750) on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(c) Term Loan Prepayment Fee . The Term loan Prepayment Fee, if and when due hereunder;

(d) Unused Fee . A fee (the “Unused Fee”), payable quarterly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to one fifth of one percent (0.20%) per annum of the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Line taking into account all outstanding Credit Extensions thereunder, as determined by Bank. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Section notwithstanding an) termination of the Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder;

(e) Collateral Monitoring Fee . For each month where a Streamline Period was not in effect at all times during such month, a monthly collateral monitoring fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500), payable in arrears on the last day of each month (prorated for any partial month at the beginning and upon termination of this Agreement); and

(f) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) as of the Effective Date) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.”

2.5 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts) . Section 6.6(b) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any

 

3


Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such (the “Excluded Accounts”).”

2.6 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.7 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.7 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at all times beginning on December 31, 2014 and stepping up as of the last day of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2015, by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for net loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower.

(b) Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of (I) unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement) plus net Accounts receivable to (II) all Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness owed to Bank from credit cards and outstanding letters of credit) owing from Borrower to Bank of not less than (i) 1.20 to 1.00 on the last day of each calendar quarter and (ii) 1.00:1.00 on the last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter.”

2.7 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are hereby added or amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

New Equity ” means net cash proceeds received by Borrower after the Second Amendment Effective Date from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities.

New Subordinated Debt ” means Subordinated Debt proceeds received by Borrower after the Second Amendment Effective Date.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 31, 2016.

Second Amendment Effective Date ” is February 4, 2015 or such later date as all conditions precedent to the effectiveness thereof have been met.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is August 1, 2018.

 

4


Term Loan Prepayment Fee ” means a fee equal to (i) two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is on or prior to the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date and (ii) one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is after the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

2.8 Section 13 (Definitions ). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are hereby deleted from the Agreement in their entireties:

“Term A Loan” , “Term A Loan Maturity Date”, “Term A Loan Prepayment Fee”, “Term B Loan”, “Term B Loan Interest Only Period”, “Term B Loan Maturity Date”, “Term B Loan Prepayment Fee”.

2.9 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsections (e) and (f) of the defined term “Eligible Accounts” set forth in Section 13.1 are hereby amended and restated in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States other than (i) *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (f) below, do not exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) in the aggregate and (ii) Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States other than accounts where the account debtor is *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (e)(i) above, do not exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) in the aggregate;”

2.10 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 13.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;”

2.11 Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.12 Exhibit D of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

***   Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


2.13 Schedule 1 to the Compliance Certificate is hereby replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendments .

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement., as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance b} Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

6


4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and deliver} to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of updated Borrowing Resolutions, and (iii) Borrower’s payment of all fees then due and owing and all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment.

[Balance of Page intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK     BORROWER

Silicon Valley Bank

    Impinj, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Nathan Sackett

    By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:

 

Nathan Sackett

    Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:

 

VP

    Title:  

CFO

 


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property or (ii) or more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any Subsidiary that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:        SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:  

                     

FROM:  IMPINJ, INC.     

The undersigned authorized officer of Impinj, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this dale except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

   FYE within 180 days    Yes    No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No

Transaction Report, A/R & A/P Agings, Inventory Report, Deferred Revenue Report (if requested)

   Monthly within 30 days   

Yes    No

Annual Projections    15 days after FYE    Yes    No

409A Report

   Within 30 days of completion    Yes    No

 


Financial Covenant

  

Required

   Actual   

Complies

Maintain at all times

        

Minimum Tangible Net Worth

   See Section 6.7(a)*    $                Yes    No

Minimum Liquidity (end of quarter)

   1.20: 1.00            :1.0    Yes    No

Minimum Liquidity (last day of the first 2 months of each calendar quarter)

   1.00: 1.00            :1.0    Yes    No

 

* stepping up as of the last day of each quarter, beginning March 31, 2015, by an amount equal to (without duplication) (i) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for Net Loss), plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 
 
 
 
BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

 
Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:        Yes        No
 

 

2


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                      

Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.7(a))

Required:            A Tangible Net Worth of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) from December 31, 2014 and thereafter, in any case stepping up as of the last day of each quarter, beginning March 31, 2015, by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for net loss), plus (Y) filly percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                
B.    Aggregate value of goodwill of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                
C.    Aggregate value of intangible assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                
D.    Aggregate value of obligations owing to Borrower from officers or Affiliates    $                
E.    Aggregate value of any reserves not already deducted from consolidated total assets    $                
F.    Total Liabilities    $                
G.    Warrant Liability    $                
H.    Aggregate value of Subordinated Debt    $                
I.    Tangible Net Worth (line A minus line B minus line C minus line D minus line E minus line F plus line G plus line H)    $                

Is line I equal to or greater than the amount required above?

                  No, not in compliance                                                                                        Yes, in compliance

 


Liquidity Ratio (Section 6.7(b))

Required:            A ratio of (I) unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement) plus net Accounts receivable to (II) all Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness owed to Bank from credit cards and outstanding letters of credit) owing from Borrower to Bank of not less than (i) 1.20 to 1.00 on the last day of each calendar quarter and (ii) 1.00:1.00 on the last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter.

Actual (quarter end):

 

A.      Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement    $                
B.      Aggregate value of net Accounts receivable of Borrower    $                
C.      Liquidity (line A plus line B)    $                
D.      Aggregate value of all Indebtedness owing from Borrov.er to Bank    $                
E.      Liquidity Ratio (line C divided by line D)              :1.00   

Is line E equal to or greater than or equal to the amount required above as of the end of the quarter.

                  No, not in compliance                                                                                        Yes, in compliance

Actual (last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter):

 

A.      Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement    $                
B.      Aggregate value of net Accounts receivable of Borrower    $                
C.      Liquidity (line A plus line B)    $                
D.      Aggregate value of all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank    $                
E.      Liquidity Ratio (line C divided by line D              :1.00   

Is line E equal to or greater than or equal to the amount required as of the end of each month.

                  No, not in compliance                                                                                        Yes, in compliance

 

2


EXHIBIT E

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER : IMPINJ, INC.    D ATE : February 4, 2015
B ANK : Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 &poke. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, chose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

Evan Fein

  

CFO

  

/s/ Evan Fein

   x

Chris Diorio

  

CEO

  

/s/ Chris Diorio

   ¨

Eric Brodersen

  

COO/President

  

/s/ Eric Brodersen

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

3


R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above a resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

CFO

If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the         CEO          of the of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above,

            [print title]

as of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

/s/ Chris Diorio

Name:  

Chris Diorio

Title:  

CEO

 

4


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 17th day of April, 2015, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014 and that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 4, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank and Borrower have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loan) . Section 2.1.2(b) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Repayment . The Term Loan shall be “interest only” from the Second Amendment Effective Date through August 4, 2015 (the “Interest Only Period”), with interest due and payable in accordance with Section 2.3(e) hereof. Any amount of the Term Loan outstanding on August 4, 2015 shall be payable in (i) thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment”), beginning on September 1, 2015, and

 


continuing on the first day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Once repaid, the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.”

2.2 Section 2.3 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions) . The first sentence of Section 2.3(e) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(i) Interest with respect to the Advances is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and (ii) interest with respect to the Term Loans is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall, in either case, be computed on the basis of a Three Hundred Sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.”

3. Limitation of Amendment .

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 above is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

2


4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto.

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK               BORROWER
Silicon Valley Bank               Impinj, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Nathan Sackett

              By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:  

Nathan Sackett

              Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

VP

              Title:  

CFO

 


FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 25th day of September, 2015, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 4, 2015 and that certain Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 17, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank and Borrower have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates). Subsection (h) of Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(h) Projections . As soon as available, but no later than fifteen (15) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, an annual operating plan approved by Borrower’s board of directors.”

2.2 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.7 hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.7 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of not less than One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) at all times stepping up as of the last day of each quarter by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for net loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the required Tangible Net Worth will not step up in accordance with the above in

 


connection with Borrower’s receipt of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s Subordinated Debt securities in September, 2015.

(b) Liquidity Ratio . A ratio of (I) unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement) plus net Accounts receivable plus the lesser of (a) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory or (b) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), to (II) all Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness owed to Bank from credit cards and outstanding letters of credit) owing from Borrower to Bank of not less than (i) 1.20 to 1.00 on the last day of each calendar quarter and (ii) 1.00 to 1.00 on the last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter.”

2.3 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are hereby added or amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Borrowing Base ” is (i) eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts plus (ii) the lesser of (a) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory or (b) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), all as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may, upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice, decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect such Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory.

Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” is September 25, 2015.

New Equity ” means net cash proceeds received by Borrower after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities.

New Subordinated Debt ” means Subordinated Debt proceeds received by Borrower after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

2.4 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsections (e) and (f) of the defined term “Eligible Accounts” set forth in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement hereby are amended and restated in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States other than (i) *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (f) below, do not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate and (ii) Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States other than accounts where the account debtor is *** or in each case, any of their affiliates that have been approved in writing by Bank and only to the extent the value of such Accounts, together with the Accounts described in subsection (e)(i) above, do not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate;”

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


2.5 Section 13 (Definitions) . The defined terms “Permitted Investments” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended by amending and restating subsections (h) and (i) in their entirety and adding new subsection (j) to read as follows:

“(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(i) Investments by Borrower in Impinj UK Ltd. in an amount not to exceed £250,000 per month; and

(j) Investments in an amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any calendar year.”

2.6 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;”

2.7 Section 13 (Definitions) . The defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating subjections (j) and (k) and adding the following new clause (l) to read as follows:

“(j) Intentionally Omitted;

(k) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with (i) the Excluded Accounts and (ii) Borrower’s other deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that in the case of accounts described in clause (ii) above, Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and

(l) Liens on the Collateral securing Subordinated Debt.”

2.8 Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 above is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date or thereafter remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of updated Borrowing Resolutions in the form attached hereto, (iii) a Subordination Agreement granted in favor of Bank from SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (iv) Borrower’s payment to Bank of (a) an amendment fee in the amount of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) and (b) all fees then due and owing and all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK               BORROWER
SILICON VALLEY BANK               IMPINJ, INC.
By:   /s/ Eric Jacobson               By:   /s/ Evan Fein
Name:    

Eric Jacobson

              Name:    

Evan Fein

Title:  

Managing Director

              Title:  

CFO

[ Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ]

 


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                                
FROM:    IMPINJ, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Impinj, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending              with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

   FYE within 180 days    Yes    No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No

Transaction Report, A/R & A/P Agings, Inventory Report, Deferred Revenue Report (if requested)

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No

Annual Projections

   15 days after FYE    Yes    No

409A Report

   Within 30 days of completion    Yes    No

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

   Actual    Complies

Maintain at all times

        

Minimum Tangible Net Worth

   See Section 6.7(a)*    $                Yes    No

Minimum Liquidity (end of quarter)

   1.20 : 1.00            :1.0    Yes    No

Minimum Liquidity (last day of the first 2 months of each calendar quarter)

   1.00 : 1.00            :1.0    Yes    No

 

* stepping up as of the last day of each quarter by an amount equal to (without duplication) (i) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for Net Loss), plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the required Tangible Net Worth will not step up in accordance with the above in connection with Borrower’s receipt of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s Subordinated Debt securities in September, 2015.

 

1


The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By:                                                                                                                  

Name:                                                                                                            

Title:                                                                                                              

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:                                                                                               
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:                                                                                                             
Verified:                                                                                                       
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:                                                                                                             
Compliance Status:         Yes     No
 

 

2


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.7(a))

Required:             A Tangible Net Worth of not less than One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000), stepping up as of the last day of each quarter by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for net loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the required Tangible Net Worth will not step up in accordance with the above in connection with Borrower’s receipt of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s Subordinated Debt securities in September, 2015.

Actual:

 

A.

   Aggregate value of total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                

B.

   Aggregate value of goodwill of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                

C.

   Aggregate value of intangible assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $                

D.

   Aggregate value of obligations owing to Borrower from officers or Affiliates    $                

E.

   Aggregate value of any reserves not already deducted from consolidated total assets    $                

F.

   Total Liabilities    $                

G.

   Warrant Liability    $                

H.

   Aggregate value of Subordinated Debt    $                

I.

   Tangible Net Worth (line A minus line B minus line C minus line D minus line E minus line F plus line G plus line H)    $                

Is line I equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

             No, not in compliance                 Yes, in compliance

 

1


Liquidity Ratio (Section 6.7(b))

Required:         A ratio of (I) unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement) plus net Accounts receivable plus the lesser of (a) 50% of Eligible Inventory or (b) $4,000,000 to (II) all Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness owed to Bank from credit cards and outstanding letters of credit) owing from Borrower to Bank of not less than (i) 1.20 to 1.00 on the last day of each calendar quarter and (ii) 1.00:1.00 on the last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter.

Actual (quarter end):

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement      $                    
B.    Aggregate value of net Accounts receivable of Borrower      $                    
C.    The lesser of (a) 50% of Eligible Inventory or (b) $4,000,000      $                    
D.    Liquidity (line A plus line B plus line C)      $                    
E.    Aggregate value of all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank      $                    
F.    Liquidity Ratio (line D divided by line E)               :1.00   

Is line F equal to or greater than or equal to the amount required above as of the end of the quarter.

                  No, not in compliance                                                                                        Yes, in compliance

Actual (last day of the first two (2) months of each calendar quarter):

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank Affiliates subject to a Control Agreement      $                    
B.    Aggregate value of net Accounts receivable of Borrower      $                    
C.    The lesser of (a) 50% of Eligible Inventory or (b) $4,000,000   
D.    Liquidity (line A plus line B plus line C)      $                    
E.    Aggregate value of all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank      $                    
F.    Liquidity Ratio (line D divided by line E)               :1.00   

Is line F equal to or greater than or equal to the amount required as of the end of each month.

                  No, not in compliance                                                                                        Yes, in compliance

 

2


BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    IMPINJ, INC.    D ATE : September  25 , 2015
B ANK :              Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

Evan Fein

  

CFO

  

/s/ Evan Fein

   x

Yukio Morikubo

  

General Counsel

  

/s/ Yukio Morikubo

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

 

1


Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

CFO

 

* If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the General Counsel of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

              [print title]

 

By:  

/s/ Yukio Morikubo

Name:  

Yukio Morikubo

Title:  

General Counsel

 


FIFTH AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 24th day of March, 2016, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 4, 2015, that certain Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 17, 2015 and that certain Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 25, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank and Borrower have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendment to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 6.11 (Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries). Section 6.11 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (except as otherwise approved by Bank, in advance, in writing), (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above; provided, however, notwithstanding the above, until such time as Bank, in its sole discretion, determines that such entity is material, Impinj Japan LLC


and/or any other Subsidiary approved in writing by Bank shall not be required to take any of the steps outlined in (a) through (c) above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.”

3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 above is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date or thereafter remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.


5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of updated Borrowing Resolutions in the form attached hereto and (iii) Borrower’s payment to Bank of all fees then due and owing and all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK     BORROWER
SILICON VALLEY BANK     IMPINJ, INC.
By: /s/ James Caron     By: /s/ Evan Fein
Name:  

James Caron

    Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

VP

    Title:  

CFO

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    IMPINJ, INC.    D ATE : March 24, 2016
B ANK :    Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

    Chris Diorio

 

    CEO

 

     /s/ Chris Diorio

  x

    Evan Fein

 

    CFO

 

     /s/ Evan Fein

  x

    Eric Brodersen

 

    President & COO

 

     /s/ Eric Brodersen

  ¨

 

 

 

 

 

  ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

 

1


Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

CFO

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

  I, the   Secretary   of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as   
    [print title]     

of the date set forth above.

    

 

By:  

/s/ Yukio Morikubo

Name:  

Yukio Morikubo

Title:  

Secretary & General Counsel

 

2


SIXTH AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of May 27, 2016, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), whose address is 400 Fairview Ave. N. Suite 1200, Seattle, WA 98109.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 4, 2015, that certain Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 17, 2015, that certain Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 25, 2015, and that certain Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 24, 2016 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank and Borrower have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendment to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.1 (Revolving Advances) . New Section 2.1.1(c) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(c) Letters of Credit Sublimit .

(i) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued, after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) may not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(ii) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith,


to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guaranteed by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, (excluding, in each case, Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(iii) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.”

2.2 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loan) . Sections 2.1.2(a) and 2.1.2(b) of the Loan Agreement hereby are amended and restated in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Availability . On the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, Bank shall make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($10,500,000) (the “Term Loan”), the proceeds of which shall be used to refinance all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank outstanding as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (excluding Indebtedness under the Revolving Line and with respect to Bank Services) and for working capital and to fund its general business requirements.

(b) Repayment . No principal payments with respect to the Term Loan shall be required from the Sixth Amendment Effective Date through May 31, 2016 (the “Interest-Only Period”), provided that accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in accordance with Section 2.3(e) hereof. Any amount of the Term Loan outstanding on May 31, 2016, shall be payable in (i) thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (each a “Term Loan Payment”), beginning on June 1, 2017, and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Once repaid, the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.”

2.3 Section 2.1.3 (Equipment Advances) . New Section 2.1.3 hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

2.1.3 Equipment Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased (i) no earlier than one hundred eighty (180) days before the Sixth Amendment Effective Date with respect the initial Equipment Advance and (ii) within one hundred twenty (120) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each subsequent Equipment Advance. All Eligible Equipment must have been new when purchased by Borrower, except for such Eligible Equipment that is disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower, and that Bank in its sole discretion has agreed to finance, prior to being financed by Bank. No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other


Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. Each Equipment Advance must be in increments of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line. After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . Each Equipment Advance shall immediately amortize and be payable in thirty-six (36) equal payments of principal and interest beginning on the first (1st) day of each month following such Equipment Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Equipment Advance shall be due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period ending beyond the Equipment Maturity Date with respect to such Financed Equipment (an “ Event of Loss ”), then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of an Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied pro rata to prepay all remaining scheduled payment amounts owing for such Equipment Advance.

(d) Voluntary Prepayment . So long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Advances, provided Borrower (a) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Equipment Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of such prepayment (i) all outstanding principal with respect to the Equipment Line, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) the Equipment Advance Prepayment Fee, if any, with respect to each Equipment Advance prepaid, and (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Equipment Line.

(e) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Equipment Line is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (a) all outstanding principal with respect to the Equipment Line, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (b) the Equipment Advance Prepayment Fee, if any, with respect to each Equipment Advance prepaid, and (c) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Equipment Line.”

2.4 Section 2.2 (Overadvances) . Section 2.2 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances, plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.”


2.5 Section 2.3(a) (Interest Rates) . Section 2.3(a) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Interest Rates .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) one and three quarters percentage points (1.75%) above the Prime Rate at all times when a Streamline Period is in effect and (b) two and one quarter percentage points (2.25%) above the Prime Rate at all times when a Streamline Period is not in effect, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

(ii) Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) two and one quarter percentage points (2.25%) above the Prime Rate during the Interest-Only Period and (b) one and three quarters percentage points (1.75%) above the Prime Rate after expiration of the Interest-Only Period, which interest shall, in either case, be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.

(iii) Equipment Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Equipment Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and three quarters percentage points (1.75%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(e) below.”

2.6 Section 2.3 (Interest Rate) . The first sentence of Section 2.3(e) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(e) Interest with respect to the Advances is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and (ii) interest with respect to the Term Loan and the Equipment Advances is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall, in either case, be computed on the basis of a Three Hundred Sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.”

2.7 Section 2.4 (Fees) . New Section 2.4(g) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(g) Revolving Line Renewal Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2016 or (ii) early termination of the Revolving Line.”

2.8 Section 3.5 (Procedures for Borrowing) . New Section 3.5(b) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(b) Equipment Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Equipment Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one (1) Business Day before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form, must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee, and shall include a copy of the invoice for the Equipment being financed. If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Equipment Advance, Bank shall disburse such Equipment Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.”

2.9 Section 5.2 (Collateral) . The following new paragraph hereby is added to the end of Section 5.2 to read as follows:

“All Financed Equipment is new, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, has agreed to finance.”


2.10 Section 5.10 (Use of Proceeds) . Section 5.10 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.”

2.11 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.7(a) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of not less than Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) at all times stepping up as of the last day of each quarter by an amount equal to (without duplication) (X) fifty percent (50%) of Net Income (with no reduction for net loss), plus (Y) fifty percent (50%) of any New Capital received by Borrower.”

2.12 Section 7.1 (Dispositions) . Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out or obsolete Equipment that does not constitute Financed Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States.”

2.13 Section 8.1 (Payment Default) . Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date or the Equipment Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period).”

2.14 Section 10 (Notices). Borrower’s address for notices in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“400 Fairview Ave. N. Suite 1200

Seattle, WA 98109”

2.15 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 hereby are added or amended and restated in their entirety and replaced with the following, as appropriate:

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base (subject to any caps contained in the definition of the Eligible


Accounts) minus (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) in each case issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date minus (c) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Borrowing Base ” is (i) eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts (excluding Euro Billed Eligible Foreign Accounts) plus (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the Dollar Equivalent of Euro Billed Eligible Foreign Accounts plus (iii) the lesser of (a) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory or (b) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), all as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may, upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice, decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect such Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Equipment Advance, the Term Loan, Letter of Credit or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Sixth Amendment Effective Date through May 26, 2017.

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at 400 N. Fairview Ave. N. Suite 1200, Seattle, WA 98109 or such other locations outside the United States and as to which Borrower has provided Bank prior written notice, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) general purpose equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein and (b) Other Equipment.

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.3(a).

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” means Accounts for which the Account Debtor has a principal place of business in a country that complies with EX-IM’s county limitation schedule and which are otherwise Eligible Accounts; provided, however, (i) the aggregate value of such Accounts shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Accounts and (ii) all such Eligible Foreign Accounts, other than up to the Dollar Equivalent of Two Million Euro (€2,000,000) of Euro Billed Eligible Foreign Accounts must be billed and payable in Dollars.

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Equipment Advance, the date that is thirty six (36) months after the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance, but no later than May 1, 2020.

Equipment Advance Prepayment Fee ” means a fee payable with respect to each Equipment Advance equal to (i) two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Equipment Advance prepaid if the prepayment is on or prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance and (ii) one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Equipment Advance prepaid if the prepayment is after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance.

Euros , ” “ euros ” and “ ” each mean the official currency of the European Union, as adopted by the European Council at its meeting in Madrid, Spain on December 15 and 16, 1995.

Euro Billed Eligible Foreign Accounts ” means Eligible Foreign Accounts billed and/or payable in Euros with a face amount not greater than the Dollar Equivalent of Two Million Euro (€2,000,000).


Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

Interest-Only Period ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(c)(ii).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means a sublimit under the Revolving Line for the issuance of Letters of Credit with a face amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate.

New Equity ” means net cash proceeds received by Borrower after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities.

New Subordinated Debt ” means Subordinated Debt proceeds received by Borrower after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as third-party computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is December 31, 2017.

Sixth Amendment Effective Date ” is May 27, 2016.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is May 1, 2020.

Term Loan Prepayment Fee ” means a fee equal to (i) two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is on or prior to the first anniversary of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date and (ii) one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is after the first anniversary of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.

2.16 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;”

2.17 Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 above is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.


3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date or thereafter remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of updated Borrowing Resolutions in the form attached hereto, (iii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement duly executed by SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC (iv) the due execution and delivery to Bank of a Landlord Waiver for 400 Fairview Ave. N. Suite 1200, Seattle, WA 98109 and (v) Borrower’s payment to Bank of (a) a Term Loan fee in the amount of Twenty-One Thousand Dollars ($21,000), (b) the Equipment Line facility fee in the amount of Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000) and (c) all fees then due and owing and all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK       BORROWER   
SILICON VALLEY BANK       IMPINJ, INC.   
By:   

/s/ Mark Peterson

      By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

  
Name:   

Mark Peterson

      Name:  

Evan Fein

  
Title:   

MD

      Title:  

CFO

  

[ Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement ]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:  
FROM:   IMPINJ, INC.     

The undersigned authorized officer of Impinj, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

   FYE within 180 days    Yes     No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes     No

Transaction Report, A/R & A/P Agings, Inventory Report, Deferred Revenue Report (if requested)

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No

Annual Projections

   15 days after FYE    Yes     No

409A Report

   Within 30 days of completion    Yes     No

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain at all times

        

Minimum Tangible Net Worth

   See Section 6.7(a)    $            Yes     No

Minimum Liquidity (end of quarter)

   1.20 : 1.00            :1.0    Yes     No

Minimum Liquidity (last day of the first 2 months of each calendar quarter)

   1.00 : 1.00            :1.0    Yes     No

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 

1


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.       BANK USE ONLY   
         Received by:   

 

  
By:   

 

         AUTHORIZED SIGNER   
Name:   

 

      Date:   

 

  
Title:   

 

           
         Verified:   

 

  
            AUTHORIZED SIGNER   
         Date:   

 

  
         Compliance Status:         Yes       No   

 

2


BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :   IMPINJ, INC.    D ATE : May     , 2016
B ANK :   SILICON VALLEY BANK   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

      

Title

       

Signature

       

Authorized to
Add or Remove

Signatories

Evan Fein

    

CFO

     

/s/ Evan Fein

      x

Ryan Schafer

    

Controller

     

/s/ Ryan Schafer

      ¨

Chris Diorio

    

CEO

     

/s/ Chris Diorio

      ¨

Eric Brodersen

    

COO

     

/s/ Eric Brodersen

      ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

 

3


Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Contracts . Enter into interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, foreign exchange agreements (including any spot or futures foreign exchange contracts) or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

/s/ Yukio Morikubo

Name:  

Yukio Morikubo

Title:  

General Counsel & Secretary

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                  of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as

                 [print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

MEZZANINE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS MEZZANINE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of September 25, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) among SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (the “ Lender ”), and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), and provides the terms on which Lender shall lend to Borrower, and Borrower shall repay Lender. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP, provided, however , that (x) any obligations of a Person under a lease (whether existing now or entered into in the future) that is not (or would not be) a capital lease obligation under GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date shall not be treated as a capital lease obligation solely as a result of the adoption of changes in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Lender the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with the terms of the applicable Loan Documents. The Term Loan shall be evidenced by the Note executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender, in the total principal amount of the Loan.

2.1.1 Term Loan .

(a) Availability. On the Effective Date, Lender shall make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the “ Term Loan ).

(b) Repayment . Interest shall be due and payable on the first day of each month as provided under Section 2.2(c). Principal payments on the Term Loan shall commence on the first day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) full month following the Effective Date, and shall continue on the first day of each subsequent month until the Term Loan Maturity Date. Each principal payment shall be in a principal amount equal to $138,888.88, provided that all outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loan shall be due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment . Subject to the terms of any subordination agreement with a Senior Lender, including the SVB Subordination Agreement, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all or any portion of the Term Loan advanced by Lender under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Lender of its election to prepay the Term Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment (or such shorter notice period as permitted by the Lender), and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the portion of the Term Loan so prepaid through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the portion of the Term Loan so prepaid; and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement.

2.2 Payment of Interest on the Term Loan.

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to eighteen percent (18.0%).

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate

 

1


EXECUTION VERSION

 

that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Lender otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Lender Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Lender.

(c) Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of the Term Loan shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if the Term Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on the Term Loan.

2.3 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender:

(a) Term Loan Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee in an amount equal to one and a half percent (1.5%) of the Term Loan is due on the Effective Date; and

(b) Lender Expenses . All Lender Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) as of the Effective Date, and incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.4 Payments; Application of Payments. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

2.5 Mandatory Prepayment . If Borrower receives a notice of redemption election from the requisite stockholders of Borrower pursuant to the terms of its certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “ Charter ”), which requires Borrower to repurchase capital stock of such stockholders pursuant to the terms of its Charter and if Borrower is legally permitted to repurchase such capital stock under applicable law, then Borrower shall notify Lender of such redemption notice not less than twenty (20) days prior to the required date of repurchase of such capital stock pursuant to the terms of the Charter, and at Lender’s written election, Lender may require that Borrower be required to prepay all or a portion of the outstanding Obligations under this Agreement five (5) Business Days prior to the required date of repurchase of such capital stock pursuant to the terms of the Charter. Following notice to Lender of the receipt of a redemption notice by Borrower, Borrower shall provide Lender with such additional information relating to the redemption notice as Lender may reasonably request.

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Extension of Term Loan . Lender’s obligation to make the Term Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(c) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the insurance policies required by Section 6.4 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Lender;

 

2


EXECUTION VERSION

 

(d) no event has occurred that in Lender’s sole judgment, has resulted in a material adverse effect to Borrower’s business, assets, financial condition, operations, results of operations and prospects;

(e) a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that (i) the representations and warranties of Borrower are accurate in all material respects and (ii) no Event of Default exists; and

(f) payment of the fees and Lender Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Lender, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Lender, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall, subject to Section 6.5, at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement and Liens granted by Borrower to Bank pursuant to the SVB Loan Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

If this Agreement is terminated, Lender’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), Lender shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Lender’s interest or rights hereunder.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is a corporation incorporated under that laws of the state of Delaware; (c) Borrower’s chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office) is set forth in Section 10 (or is as otherwise notified by Borrower from time to time in writing); and (d) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction. If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of such occurrence and provide Lender with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full

 

3


EXECUTION VERSION

 

force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default, or require consent of any third party that has not already been obtained, under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound, including, but not limited to, any agreements underlying any Permitted Senior Indebtedness. Each of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law). Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. As of the Effective Date, Borrower has no deposit accounts or investment accounts other than the deposit accounts and investment accounts disclosed on Schedule A , or of which Borrower has given Lender notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Lender a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

As of the Effective Date, the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule A . None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in Schedule A or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

As of the Effective Date, Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on Schedule A . Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

As of the Effective Date, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Litigation . Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Lender fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Lender.

5.5 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company”

 

4


EXECUTION VERSION

 

or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except, in each case, where the failure to file such returns or reports, or to pay such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Term Loan solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Lender that any projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from any projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5


EXECUTION VERSION

 

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Lender in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Lender.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Lender:

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such fiscal quarter certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Lender (the “ Quarterly Financial Statements ”);

(b) Quarterly Compliance Certificate . Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter and together with the Quarterly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such fiscal quarter, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Lender shall reasonably request;

(c) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (or qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion;

(d) Event of Default . When any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, in accordance with Section 10, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer specifying such event, notice or other action within ten (10) days of its occurrence.

(e) Other Statements . Within ten (10) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(f) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more;

(g) Projections . As soon as available, but no later than the earlier of thirty (30) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or the date on which the same are delivered to holders of Permitted Senior Indebtedness, a board approved annual operating plan.

(h) Other Financial Information . Such other budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Lender.

6.3 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required material tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.4 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Lender may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Lender. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Lender as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Lender. All liability

 

6


EXECUTION VERSION

 

policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Lender as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Lender at least twenty (20) days’ notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.4 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Lender, Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.4, and take any action under the policies Lender deems prudent. During the continuance of an Event of Default, proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Lender’s option, be payable to Lender on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property (or the purchase of other property otherwise useful in the Borrower’s business); provided that any such replaced or repaired property shall be deemed Collateral in which Lender has been granted a first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement).

6.5 Operating Accounts . Provide Lender five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any financial institution. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, cause the applicable financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Lender’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Lender. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Lender by Borrower as such (collectively, the “Excluded Accounts” ).

6.6 Financial Covenants . Maintain as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Minimum Revenue . Borrower’s consolidated revenue as determined in accordance with GAAP of not less than 80% of the board approved plan, measured quarterly on a year-to-date basis.

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Lender in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Lender’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Lender within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such steps as Lender reasonably request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Lender to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Lender, without expense to Lender, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Lender, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

7


EXECUTION VERSION

 

6.10 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary, other than an Excluded Subsidiary, or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary, other than an Excluded Subsidiary, after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Lender a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender (including being sufficient to grant Lender a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Lender appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and (c) provide to Lender all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Lender which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall be a Loan Document.

6.11 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Lender’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Lender, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Lender’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (e) other Transfers that do not exceed $100,000 per fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in Key Person where the Company’s Board of Directors does not replace such Key Person within ninety (90) days of such change or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Lender the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Lender a description of the material terms of the transaction) .

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to Lender: (1) change its jurisdiction of organization, (2) change its organizational structure or type, (3) change its legal name, or (4) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

8


EXECUTION VERSION

 

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority (subject only to (i) Section 6.5 and (ii) Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement) security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Lender) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Lender, except with respect to transactions otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and clauses (c) and (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.5 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its outstanding convertible securities into other equity securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in shares of common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; and (iv) subject to the notice and mandatory payment provisions of Section 2.5 hereof, Borrower may repurchase capital stock pursuant to the terms of its Charter; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with the Lender to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Lender.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of the Term Loan for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on the Term Loan on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations under this Agreement within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the three (3) Business Day cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default;

 

9


EXECUTION VERSION

 

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default. Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit with a financial institution, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.4 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs.

8.5 Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days;

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), including the Permitted Senior Indebtedness (other than any default with respect to a financial covenant or ratio unless such default results in an acceleration of the applicable Indebtedness); or (b) any default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business (other than any default with respect to a financial covenant or ratio unless such default results in an acceleration of the applicable Indebtedness).

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay;

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Lender or to induce Lender to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

10


EXECUTION VERSION

 

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and in the case of clause (a) or clause (b) such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

9 LENDER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Subject to the terms of any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement, while an Event of Default occurs and continues Lender may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Lender);

(b) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Lender considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Lender’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(c) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Lender requests and make it available as Lender designates. Lender may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Lender a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Lender’s rights or remedies;

(d) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Lender is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Lender’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Lender’s benefit;

(e) deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(f) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(g) exercise all rights and remedies available to Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

11


EXECUTION VERSION

 

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Lender determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Lender or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full. Lender’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Lender’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.4 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Lender may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Lender are Lender Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Lender will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Lender obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Lender are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. If Lender, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of cash therefor.

9.5 Lender’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Lender complies with reasonable practices and the Code regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Lender, Lender shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Lender’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Lender has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Lender’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Lender from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Lender on which Borrower is liable.

 

12


EXECUTION VERSION

 

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Lender or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

  IMPINJ, INC.
  701 N. 34th Street, Suite 300
  Seattle, WA 98103
  Attn: Evan Fein, CFO
  Fax:
  Email:

If to Lender:

  SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC
  155 108 th Avenue, NE, Suite 400
  Bellevue, Washington 98004
  Attn: John Stanton and Theresa Gillespie
  Fax:
  Email: 

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Washington law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in King County, Washington; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Lender. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

 

13


EXECUTION VERSION

 

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Lender’s discretion). Lender may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under it without Borrower’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that Borrower’s prior written consent shall not be required for any assignment to (i) any of Lender’s Affiliates or for estate planning purposes, and (ii) any third party if, at the time of such assignment, Peter van Oppen is no longer Chairman of Borrower’s board of directors.

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender and its agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Lender (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Lender Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Lender and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.6 Reserved.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Lender shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Lender shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Lender’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Lender, collectively, “Lender Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Term Loans (provided, however, Lender shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) as otherwise required in connection with

 

14


EXECUTION VERSION

 

Lender’s audit; (e) as Lender considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Lender so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Lender with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein or are otherwise under a duty of confidentiality to Borrower or Lender. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Lender’s possession when disclosed to Lender, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Lender; or (ii) disclosed to Lender by a third party if Lender does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Lender arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement

12.16 Subordination . The Obligations evidenced by this Agreement are hereby expressly subordinated to the obligations of Borrower under the SVB Loan Agreement pursuant to the terms set forth in that that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ SVB Subordination Agreement ”) by and among, Lender, Silicon Valley Bank and Borrower. Lender hereby agrees to execute and deliver subordination agreements or intercreditor agreements requested from time to time by holders of Permitted Senior Indebtedness (whether in favor of Silicon Valley Bank or whether in favor of other Persons holding Permitted Senior Indebtedness), provided that such subordination or intercreditor agreements shall be on terms that are consistent with the terms contained in the SVB Subordination Agreement and are in a form that is reasonably acceptable to Lender. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the rights of Lender under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the SVB Subordination Agreement or any other subordination or intercreditor agreement entered into by Lender in favor of holders of Permitted Senior Indebtedness.

 

15


EXECUTION VERSION

 

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement is defined in the preamble hereof.

Lender is defined in the preamble hereof.

Lender Expenses are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Borrower is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are closed in the State of Washington.

Cash Equivalents means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Charter is defined in Section 2.5.

Code is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of Washington; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Washington, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

16


EXECUTION VERSION

 

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Lender pursuant to which Lender obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Default Rate is defined in Section 2.2(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Effective Date is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Excluded Accounts ” is defined in Section 6.5.

Excluded Subsidiary is any payroll Subsidiary funded solely to fulfill payroll obligations.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

17


EXECUTION VERSION

 

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central Lender or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other Bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source, object or programming code and software;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all published and unpublished works of authorship (including, without limitation, databases and compilations of information);

(f) any and all internet domain names (including any right related to the registration thereof), trade names, brand names, d/b/a’s, logos, symbols, and trade dress;

(g) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(h) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

18


EXECUTION VERSION

 

Investment is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person means each of (i) Even Fein, CFO and (ii) Chris Diorio, CEO.

Lien is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, any guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Lender in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Lender’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Note means that certain promissory note substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Obligations are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lender Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Lender now or later under this Agreement or other the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin.

Operating Documents are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Permitted Indebtedness is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) other Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule A ;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a), (c) and (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Permitted Senior Indebtedness;

(h) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

 

19


EXECUTION VERSION

 

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule A and;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s board approved cash management investment policy, as amended from time to time;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Lender has a perfected security interest to the extent required by Section 6.5 and Investments consisting of the Excluded Accounts;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the Bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(i) Investments in an amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any calendar year.

Permitted Liens are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule A or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens and Liens securing capital lease obligations (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the

 

20


EXECUTION VERSION

 

aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Lender a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.3 and 8.7;

(j) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(k) Liens securing Permitted Senior Indebtedness and Liens securing obligations other than the Permitted Senior Indebtedness up to a maximum of Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) owing by Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank and granted pursuant to the SVB Loan Agreement.; and

(l) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with (i) the Excluded Accounts and (ii) Borrower’s other deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that in the case of accounts described in clause (ii) above, Lender has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts to the extent required by Section 6.5.

Permitted Senior Indebtedness means Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Twenty-Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($25,500,000), as may be amended, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time, which amount shall include the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding at any time after the Effective Date under the SVB Loan Agreement, as amended, or any extension or refinancing thereof.

Quarterly Financial Statements is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Registered Organization is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

21


EXECUTION VERSION

 

Responsible Officer is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.

SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Senior Lender means any lender providing Permitted Senior Indebtedness.

Subordinated Debt is Indebtedness incurred by Borrower expressly subordinated to Borrower’s Obligations (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement entered into between Lender and the other creditor in form and substance satisfactory to Lender).

Subsidiary is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

SVB Loan Agreement means that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2014, by and between Borrower and Silicon Valley Bank, as may be amended, restated, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

SVB Subordination Agreement is defined in Section 12.16.

Term Loan Maturity Date is October 1, 2020.

Term Loan is defined in Section 2.1.1.

Trademarks means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

IMPINJ, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

Name:  

Evan Fein

Title:  

CFO

LENDER:

SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ John Stanton

Name:  

John Stanton

Title:  

Member/Manager

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property, or (ii) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any Subsidiary that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in any Accounts or other property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lenders’ security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property. If at any time, Borrower shall create, allow, incur or suffer any Liens on any of its Intellectual Property in favor of any party other than the Lenders (other than as contemplated under item (h) of the definition of Permitted Liens), then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property subject to such Liens.


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:       SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC    Date:                              
FROM: IMPINJ, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Impinj, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender (the “ Agreement ”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                 with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Lender.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and (ii) for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

   Required    Complies

Quarterly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Quarterly within 45 days    Yes    No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

   FYE within 180 days    Yes    No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No

Annual Operating Plan

   30 days after FYE    Yes    No

 

Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies  

Maintain at all times

        

Minimum Revenue

     See Section 6.6       $                      Yes    No   

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

                

 

                

 

                

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.   
By:   

 

  
Name:   

 

  
Title:   

 

  

 

1


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    IMPINJ, INC.    D ATE :     September     , 2015
L ENDER :          SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached to Exhibit C-1 hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. Attached to Exhibit C-2 hereto are true, correct and complete copies of resolutions duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Lender may rely on them until Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

5. The following persons are on and as of the date hereof, duly elected officers of the Borrower holding the office(s) set opposite their respective names, and that the signatures set opposite their respective names are the true signatures of said officers:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

* If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                          of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

                      [print title]

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2


Exhibit C-1

 

 

3


Exhibit C-2

Mezzanine Loan Financing

WHEREAS , there has been submitted to the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company the terms and conditions of a proposed secured loan facility (the “ Mezzanine Loan Facility ”) with SG Enterprises II, LLC (the “ Lender ”) relating to a secured mezzanine term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000; and this Board has reviewed the terms and conditions of the proposed Mezzanine Loan Facility.

WHEREAS , on the basis of the Board’s review of the terms and conditions of the proposed Mezzanine Loan Facility, the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Company that the Mezzanine Loan Facility be entered into with the Lender in accordance with the terms and conditions presented to the Board.

RESOLVED : That it is in the best interest of the Company and the stockholders of the Company to negotiate and enter into a mezzanine loan and security agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Mezzanine Loan Agreement ”), with Lender.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That the officers of this Company and any designee of such officers (collectively, the “ Authorized Officers ”), be, and each of them hereby is, individually authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Company, the Mezzanine Loan Agreement and all other documents and agreements required to be executed pursuant to the terms of the Mezzanine Loan Agreement (together with the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, such documents and agreements shall be referred to herein as the “ Mezzanine Credit Documents ”), including, without limitation, any promissory notes, security agreements, pledge agreements, guaranties, account control agreements, and other collateral security documents, and all such other documents which are deemed to be necessary and advisable in order to carry out the terms and the conditions of the Mezzanine Credit Documents, and that the terms and conditions of the Mezzanine Credit Documents are hereby approved, with such changes as may be approved by any Authorized Officer, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of any Mezzanine Credit Documents by any such Authorized Officer.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That the Authorized Officers be, and each of them hereby is, individually authorized and empowered to grant liens on all of the Company’s property (other than intellectual property, unless a court of competent jurisdiction holds that a security interest in intellectual property is necessary to have a security interest in any proceeds arising out of, or relating to, any such intellectual property), including, without limitation, equipment, fixtures, inventory, chattel paper, instruments, deposit accounts, investment accounts, investment property, contract rights, cash, payment intangibles, accounts and other rights of payment, all other property and general intangibles, all proceeds from the sale or licensing of intellectual property and all proceeds of the foregoing and take such further action to maintain and perfect such liens and otherwise necessary to effect the purposes of the Mezzanine Credit Documents and to execute any and all certificates, financing statements and any other document in connection therewith.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That the Authorized Officers, or any individuals designated by the Authorized Officers whose names are provided in writing to the Lender, be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and empowered to borrow up to $5,000,000 pursuant to the terms of the Mezzanine Credit Documents.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That, in order to fully carry out the intent and effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions, the Authorized Officers be, and each of them hereby is, individually authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company from time to time to take all such additional actions and to execute and deliver such additional certificates, instruments, notices, financing statements, or other documents, as any Authorized Officer, may deem necessary, advisable or proper in order to carry out and perform the obligations of the Company under the Mezzanine Credit Documents, in the forms executed on behalf of the Company pursuant to these resolutions, or under any other instrument or document executed pursuant to or in connection with such agreement and from time to time to amend or modify any of the Mezzanine Credit Documents in such manner and form, as any Authorized Officer shall approve, such Authorized Officer’s approval to be conclusively evidenced by the performance of any such action or the execution and delivery of any such certificate, instrument, notice or document.

 

4


RESOLVED FURTHER : That any form resolutions proposed by Mezzanine Lender having substantially the same effect as the foregoing be, and hereby are, adopted and approved and shall be attached to these resolutions and inserted in the minute book of the Company.

Omnibus Resolutions

RESOLVED : That the Authorized Officers be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and empowered to take any and all such further action, to execute and deliver any and all such further agreements, instruments, documents and certificates and to pay such expenses, in the name and on behalf of the Company or such Authorized Officer, as any such Authorized Officer may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the purposes and intent of the resolutions hereby adopted, the taking of such actions, the execution and delivery of such agreements, instruments, documents and certificates and the payment of such expenses by any such Authorized Officer to be conclusive evidence of his or her authorization hereunder and the approval thereof.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That any and all actions taken by the Authorized Officers to carry out the purposes and intent of the foregoing resolutions prior to their adoption are approved, ratified and confirmed.

RESOLVED FURTHER : That the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Company are each hereby severally authorized and empowered to certify to the passage of the foregoing resolutions.

 

5


EXHIBIT D

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$5,000,000    September     , 2015

The undersigned (“ Borrower ”) promises to pay to the order of SG ENTERPRISES II, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Lender ”), at its office at [                    ], or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), with interest thereon from the date hereof until maturity, whether scheduled or accelerated, at a fixed rate per annum equal to 18.0% in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

This Promissory Note (the “ Note ”) is the Note referred to in that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 25, 2015, between Borrower and Lender (as the same has been and may be amended, restated and supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), and is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. Each capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the happening of certain stated events. Principal of and interest on this Note shall be payable as provided in the Loan Agreement.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
IMPINJ, INC.
By:    
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.21

OFFICE LEASE

dated as of December 10, 2014

between

400 FAIRVIEW LLC,

as Landlord

and

IMPINJ, INC.,

as Tenant


OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE is made as of this 10 th day of December, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between 400 FAIRVIEW LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and IMPINJ, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). This Lease shall be binding on the parties upon execution and delivery of the signed Lease by both parties. Landlord is authorized to insert the date of Landlord’s execution in the blank above and if no date is inserted, the date of this Lease shall be the date Landlord’s signature was notarized.

LEASE SUMMARY

The Project

 

(a)     Project Name:    400 Fairview
(b)    Building Address:    400 Fairview Avenue North
      Seattle, WA 98109
(c)    Building Rentable Area:    321,932 square feet (estimated) of office space and 17,102 square feet (estimated) of retail space

The Premises

 

(a)     Location:    A portion of the loading dock level (the “ Storage Premises ”) and all of Floors 11 and 12 (collectively, the “ Initial Premises ”)
(b)    Initial Premises Rentable Area:    51,662 square feet (estimated)
(c)    Suite Number:    1200
(d)    Expansion Space:    Approximately 8,000 to 12,000 feet on a floor and location to be selected by Landlord

Term

 

(a)     Initial Term:    Ten (10) years
(b)    Estimated Commencement Date:    January 1, 2016
(c)    Extension Options:    Two (2) options for five (5) years each

Base Rent

 

Month(s)

  

Annual Rate Per Square Foot of Premises Rentable Area

1 to 12    Thirty-six and 50/100 Dollars ($36.50)
13 to 24    Thirty-seven and 60/100 Dollars ($37.60)
25 to 36    Thirty-eight and 72/100 Dollars ($38.72)
37 to 48    Thirty-nine and 88/100 Dollars ($39.88)
49 to 60    Forty-one and 09/100 Dollars ($41.08)
61 to 72    Forty-two and 31/100 Dollars ($42.31)
73 to 84    Forty-three and 58/100 Dollars ($43.58)
85 to 96    Forty-four and 89/100 Dollars ($44.89)
97 to 108    Forty-six and 24/100 Dollars ($46.24)
109 to 120    Forty-seven and 62/100 Dollars ($47.62)

 

ii


Allowance

Seventy-five and 00/100 Dollars ($75.00) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Initial Premises

Security Deposit/Letter of Credit

$900,000 plus the amount of the Additional Advance under Exhibit C and subject to reduction as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3

Prepaid Rent

 

(a)     Prepaid Rent:    $202,845.62
(b)    Applied to Month:    Month in which the Commencement Date occurs.

Parking

1.5 Parking Passes for every 1,000 square feet of Premises Rentable Area, subject to adjustment under Section 7

Brokers

 

(a)     Tenant’s Broker:    Jones Lang LaSalle (Steve Schwartz)
(b)    Landlord’s Broker:    Jones Lang LaSalle (Trevor Clark and Allison Fadden)

Initial Addresses for Notices

 

Landlord:

400 Fairview LLC

221 Yale Avenue N, Suite 400

Seattle, WA 98109

 

with a copy to:

 

Skanska USA Commercial Development Inc.

Empire State Building

350 Fifth Avenue, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10118, USA

Attn: General Counsel

 

Prior to the Commencement Date with a copy to:

 

Davis Wright Tremaine LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200

Seattle, WA 98101-3045

Attn: Lisa Peterson

  

Tenant:

IMPINJ, Inc.

701 N. 34TH Street

Seattle, WA 98103

 

Prior to the Commencement Date with a copy to:

 

Real Property Law Group, PLLC

1326 5th Avenue., Suite 654

Seattle WA, 98101

Attn: Vince DePillis

 

  /s/ LP

        

  /s/ EF

Landlord Initials          Tenant Initials

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.  

PREMISES

     1   
2.  

TERM

     6   
3.  

RENT

     10   
4.  

LEASE SECURITY

     18   
5.  

BUSINESS PURPOSE AND USE

     20   
6.  

TENANT’S TAXES

     23   
7.  

PARKING

     23   
8.  

SERVICES, REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

     24   
9.  

INSURANCE

     30   
10.  

DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

     32   
11.  

CONDEMNATION

     34   
12.  

INDEMNITY AND WAIVER

     34   
13.  

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASE AND SUCCESSION

     36   
14.  

TENANT DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     40   
15.  

SURRENDER OF POSSESSION

     43   
16.  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     44   
17.  

SUBORDINATION

     44   
18.  

NOTICES

     46   
19.  

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

     46   
20.  

SIGNS

     47   
21.  

DELAYS

     48   
22.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     49   

List of Exhibits :

 

Exhibit A    Floor Plans
Exhibit B    Property Legal Description
Exhibit C    Tenant Improvement Work Letter
Exhibit D    Confirmation Certificate
Exhibit E    Sample Lease Termination Calculation
Exhibit F    Exterior Signage Concept

 

iv


SCHEDULE OF DEFINED TERMS

 

 

   

Section No.

   Page No.  

Acceptance Notice

  Section 1.1.3      3   

ADA

  Section 5.5      19   

Additional Rent

  Section 3.4      14   

Adjusted EBITDA

  Section 4.3      16   

Allowance

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Alterations

  Section 8.4      23   

Antenna

  Section 8.9      24   

Arbiter

  Section 3.2.3      9   

Architect

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Availability Notice

  Section 1.1.3      3   

Base Building

  Section 1.3      5   

Base Parking Allocation

  Section 7      19   

Base Rent

  Section 3.1      8   

Building Hours

  Section 8.1.1      20   

Building Rentable Area

  Section 3.3.1      10   

Building

  Section 1.1      1   

Building Services

  Section 8.1      20   

Building Standard Materials

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

CAD

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Commencement Date

  Section 2.1      5   

Common Areas

  Section 1.2      4   

Construction Contract

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Construction Drawings

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Contractor

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Controllable Operating Costs

  Section 3.3.6      13   

Covered Parties

  Section 22.1      40   

day

  Section 22.11      41   

Default Rate

  Section 3.6      14   

Delivery Deadline

  Section 2.1.2      6   

Determination Period

  Section 3.2.3      9   

Early Termination Date

  Section 2.4      8   

Early Termination Right

  Section 2.4      8   

Election Notice

  Section 2.2      7   

environmental condition

  Section 19.3      39   

Environmental Laws

  Section 19.1      38   

Event of Default

  Section 14.1      33   

Executive Order

  Section 22.1      40   

 

v


Expansion Space Allowance

  Section 1.1.2      2   

Expansion Space Commencement Date

  Section 1.1.2      2   

Expansion Space Delivery Condition

  Section 1.1.2      2   

Expansion Space

  Section 1.1.2      1   

Extension Option

  Section 2.2      7   

Extension Period

  Section 2.2      7   

FF&E

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Force Majeure Causes

  Section 21      40   

Garage

  Section 7      19   

Green Standards

  Section 5.2      18   

Hazardous Materials

  Section 19.1      38   

HVAC

  Section 8.1.1      20   

including

  Section 22.9      41   

Indemnitee

  Section 12.1.1      28   

Indemnitees

  Section 12.1.1      28   

Initial Tenant

  Section 1.1.3      3   

Initial Term

  Section 2.3      7   

Interim Tenant

  Section 1.1.2      1   

Landlord

  Lease Summary      ii   

Landlord’s Contractor

  Section 2.1      5   

Laws

  Section 5.4      18   

Letter of Credit

  Section 4.2      15   

Line Problems

  Section 8.8      24   

Lines

  Section 8.8      23   

List

  Section 22.1      40   

Major Encumbrance

  Section 17.1      37   

Market Rent

  Section 3.2.1      8   

OFAC

  Section 22.1      40   

Offer Space Commencement Date

  Section 1.1.3      3   

Offer Space

  Section 1.1.3      3   

Operating Costs

  Section 3.3.2      10   

Ownership Parties

  Section 22.18      42   

Parking Passes

  Section 7      19   

Permitted Capital Items

  Section 3.3.2(f)      11   

Permitted Materials

  Section 5.1      17   

Permitted Transfer

  Section 13.3      30   

Permitted Transferee

  Section 13.3      30   

person

  Section 22.9      41   

Premises Rentable Area

  Section 3.3.1      10   

 

vi


Premises

  Section 1.1      1   

Prepaid Rent

  Section 4.6      17   

Property

  Section 1.1      1   

Qualifying Improvements

  Section 1.1.2      2   

Real Property Taxes

  Section 3.3.2(g)      11   

Reconciliation Statement

  Section 3.3.5      12   

Reduced Deposit

  Section 4.3      16   

Rent

  Section 3.4      14   

Rentable Area

  Section 3.3.1      10   

Required Condition

  Section 2.1      6   

Right of First Opportunity

  Section 1.1.3      3   

Sales Tax Deferral

  Section 3.7      14   

Security Deposit

  Section 4.1      15   

Senior Party

  Section 17.1      37   

Service Failure

  Section 8.1.7      22   

SNDA

  Section 17.1      37   

Space Plan

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 1      1   

Tenant Delay

  Exhibit C, Paragraph 11      7   

Tenant Improvements

  Section 1.5      5   

Tenant

  Lease Summary      ii   

Tenant Parties

  Section 12.1.1      29   

Tenant’s Share

  Section 3.3.1      10   

Term

  Section 2.3      7   

Termination Fee

  Section 2.4      8   

Termination Notice

  Section 2.4      8   

Transfer

  Section 13.1      29   

 

vii


OFFICE LEASE

1. PREMISES

1.1 Premises. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions herein, the premises described as the Initial Premises in the Lease Summary and generally shown on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit A (together with any space hereafter added to the Initial Premises, the “ Premises ”). The Premises will be part of a building (the “ Building ”) that Landlord is constructing upon the real property situated in the City of Seattle, County of King, State of Washington, legally described in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Property ”). Each increment of space included in the Premises shall be measured by Landlord in accordance with the standard described in Section 3.3.1 below. If changes are made during construction that affect the area calculations, Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies of updated area calculations prepared by its architect so that Tenant may verify the Premises Rentable Area. Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, may retain a qualified architect to review and verify Landlord’s calculations and Landlord shall direct its architect to review its calculations with Tenant’s architect. If Tenant’s architect believes that it has found errors, Tenant shall provide a full and complete copy of the architect’s calculations and worksheets to Landlord and shall provide an explanation of the claimed errors with references to the relevant BOMA standard. The two (2) architects and the parties shall then meet to resolve any discrepancies.

1.1.1 Right of First Notice. Until such time as Landlord has identified the Expansion Space under Section 1.1.2 below, if Landlord delivers a term sheet to a third party exclusively covering space on the tenth (10th) floor of the Building, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing. This Section shall not apply if Landlord delivers a term sheet to a third party that covers space on the tenth (10th) floor as well as space on another floor. Tenant shall have three (3) business days to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant has elected to lease the portion of the tenth (10th) floor described in Landlord’s notice on such terms as Landlord and Tenant may agree upon in writing within the time frame described below. If Tenant does not deliver such written notice within three (3) business days, Tenant shall have no further rights under this Section 1.1.1 until the later of (a) one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of Landlord’s notice, or (b) the date on which Landlord finalizes a lease with a third party if negotiations of the lease started during such one hundred twenty (120) day period. If Tenant leases any space on the tenth (10th) floor under this Section, the square footage of space so leased shall be deducted from the Expansion Space under Section 1.1.2 below. If Tenant notifies Landlord that it elects to lease space under this Section and the parties have not executed an amendment to this Lease within fifteen (15) days after the date of Landlord’s notice, this Section shall be of no further force or effect. The amendment to add any space under this Section shall include a calculation of the Termination Fee payable under Section 2.4 with respect to such space. The term of the Lease for any space leased under this Section 1.1.1 shall be coterminous with the Term for the balance of Initial Premises.

1.1.2 Expansion . Effective no later than the first day of the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term, Tenant shall lease additional space consisting of between eight and twelve thousand square feet of Rentable Area (the “ Expansion Space ”). Landlord shall select the Expansion Space which shall consist of contiguous area on any single floor in the Building reaching from the Building core to the exterior windows, with access to the elevator lobby,


emergency stairs, and common area restrooms. Landlord may lease the Expansion Space to a third party (the “ Interim Tenant ”) provided that the lease with the Interim Tenant requires the Interim Tenant to vacate the Expansion Space prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date. If Landlord does not lease the Expansion Space to an Interim Tenant, Tenant may elect to lease the Expansion Space prior to the first day of the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term by giving Landlord written notice of such election.

(a) Delivery Condition . If the Expansion Space has been occupied by an Interim Tenant, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant vacant, clean, free of all personal property, free of damage except for ordinary wear and tear, and legally able to be occupied. If the Expansion Space has been improved, but not occupied, the Expansion Space shall be delivered to Tenant with the “Qualifying Improvements” (as defined in Section 1.1(b) below) substantially complete and in undamaged condition, and legally able to be occupied. If the Expansion Space has not been improved, it shall be delivered to Tenant in the “Required Condition” as defined in Section 2.1 . The required delivery condition as set forth in the foregoing three sentences is referred to herein as the “ Expansion Space Delivery Condition ”.

(b) Improvements . If Landlord elects to construct tenant improvements in the Expansion Space, the tenant improvements in the Expansion Space shall (i) utilize Building Standard Materials (as defined in Exhibit C) , (ii) include building standard and fully operable mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, and (iii) be configured in a flexible, open floor plan with an appropriate number of interior conference rooms for a space of that size (all of the foregoing being collectively, the “ Qualifying Improvements ”). Landlord shall deliver a space plan and finish board to Tenant showing the Qualifying Improvements and Tenant shall have ten (10) days to review and comment thereon. Tenant’s approval of the space plan and finish board shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed to have been given unless Tenant notifies Landlord in writing stating reasonable grounds for disapproval within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers the space plan and finish board to Tenant. If Tenant does not approve the space plan and finish board the parties’ architects shall meet to discuss the objections and Landlord may submit a modified plan for approval, and the parties shall act reasonably and in good faith to resolve all differences provided that the Landlord is not required to make any changes that increase the cost of construction of the Qualifying Improvements or are not consistent with the definition of Qualifying Improvements.

(c) Expansion Space Commencement Date. If Landlord has not constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space or leased the Expansion Space to an Interim Tenant, Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Space to Tenant on or about the first day of the 33rd month of the Term. The date on which the Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant with the appropriate Expansion Space Delivery Condition fully satisfied is referred to herein as the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ”. The Expansion Space shall become a part of the Premises for all purposes on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, except as set forth below.

(d) Rent Commencement Date. (i) If Landlord has constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space and the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs prior to the first day of the 37th month of the Term, Tenant shall begin paying Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs on the Expansion Space Commencement Date. (ii)

 

2


If Landlord has not constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space and the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs prior to the first day of the 37 th month of the Term, Tenant shall begin paying Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs on the 120 th day following the Expansion Space Commencement Date or the date on which Tenant begins business operations in the Expansion Space (if earlier). If Landlord has satisfied the Expansion Space Delivery Condition, Tenant shall begin paying Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs on the Expansion Space no later the first day of the 37 th month of the Term or the date on which Tenant begins business operations in the Expansion Space (if earlier).

(e) Allowance . Landlord shall pay an allowance under one of the following provisions, as applicable (the “ Expansion Space Allowance ”). The Expansion Space Allowance shall be disbursed following the Expansion Space Commencement Date in the same manner and subject to the same conditions as provided for the disbursement of the Allowance for the Initial Premises under Exhibit C except that Tenant shall have two (2) years from the Expansion Space Commencement Date to use the Allowance. The Expansion Space Allowance may be used for the same items as the initial Allowance.

(i) If Landlord has constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space, and the Expansion Space has not been occupied by an Interim Tenant, the Expansion Space Allowance shall be equal to Ten Dollars ($10.00) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Expansion Space and Tenant shall make any necessary alterations to the Expansion Space under the terms and conditions of Section 8.4 below.

(ii) If Landlord has constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space, and the Expansion Space has been occupied by an Interim Tenant, the Expansion Space Allowance shall be equal to Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Expansion Space and Tenant shall make any necessary alterations to the Expansion Space under the terms and conditions of Section 8.4 below.

(iii) If Landlord has not constructed Qualifying Improvements in the Expansion Space, the Expansion Space Allowance shall be equal to Fifty-two and 50/100 Dollars ($52.50) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Expansion Space and Tenant shall construct improvements in the Expansion Space under the terms and conditions of Exhibit C attached hereto.

1.1.3 Right of First Opportunity . Tenant shall have the right (the “ Right of First Opportunity ”) to lease the entirety of either Floor 10 or Floor 14 (the first of such floors to become available to lease shall be the “ Offer Space ”) on the following terms and conditions. If Landlord elects in its sole discretion to market either floor included in the Offer Space for lease on less than a full floor basis, the Right of First Opportunity shall apply separately to each increment of space on the first such floor to become available to lease. Floor 10 and Floor 14 are currently available for lease and Tenant has elected not to include either floor in the Initial Premises. The Right of First Opportunity shall take effect when the Offer Space has been leased to a third party (together with its successors, assigns and subtenants, the “ Initial Tenant ”) and again becomes available to lease on a direct basis from Landlord. Thereafter, when Landlord determines that either Floor 10 or Floor 14 as identified by Landlord will be available for leasing to a new tenant, Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant (the “ Availability Notice ”). The

 

3


Availability Notice shall identify the Offer Space that is then available for lease. After the first eighteen (18) months of the Term, the Availability Notice shall include the rent schedule applicable to the Offer Space as well as any incentives or allowances Landlord is offering which shall reflect Landlord’s opinion of the Market Rent (as defined in Section 3.2 ). Tenant may exercise its Right of First Opportunity for all of the Offer Space described in the Availability Notice by delivering irrevocable written notice (an “ Acceptance Notice ”) to Landlord no later than ten (10) days after delivery of the Availability Notice to Tenant. If the Offer Space described in the Availability Notice is less than a full floor, Tenant may elect to lease the partial floor described in the Availability Notice and the Right of First Offer shall remain in effect for the balance of that floor. Time is of the essence of this provision and late notice shall not be effective. If Tenant delivers an Acceptance Notice, then Landlord shall prepare and the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease reflecting the inclusion of the Offer Space as part of the Premises effective as of the date on which possession of the Offer Space is tendered to Tenant (the “ Offer Space Commencement Date ”). Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted to include the Rentable Area of the Offer Space effective as of the Offer Space Commencement Date. All of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the Offer Space except as provided herein. Tenant will lease the Offer Space in its then-current as-is condition and Landlord shall not be required to make improvements to or contribute funds toward any improvements in the Offer Space, except as provided herein.

(a) Economic Terms for Offer Space – First 18 Months . If Tenant’s Acceptance Notice is delivered during the first eighteen (18) months of the Term, (i) if the Offer Space is the 10th Floor the Base Rent applicable to the Offer Space throughout the Term shall be equal to the per square foot Base Rent rate then in effect on the balance of the Initial Premises, (ii) if the Offer Space is the 14th Floor, the Base Rent applicable to the Offer Space throughout the Term shall be equal to the per square foot Base Rent rate then in effect on the balance of the Initial Premises plus One and 50/100 Dollars ($1.50) per square foot (such increment being added at each rent adjustment for the balance of the Term), (iii) Landlord will pay (x) a tenant improvement allowance for the Offer Space equal to the Allowance on the Initial Premises, and (y) a brokerage commission to the Tenant’s broker identified in the Lease summary, each of which shall be multiplied by a fraction equal to the number of days remaining in the Initial Term when Tenant begins paying Base Rent on the Offer Space divided by 3650, and (iv) Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of beneficial occupancy (i.e. possession without the obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s share of Operating Costs) for each month remaining in the Initial Term when Tenant begins paying Base Rent on the Offer Space. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and the allowance shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of Exhibit C.

(b) Economic Terms for Offer Space – Subsequent to First 18 Months. If Tenant’s Acceptance Notice is delivered after the first eighteen (18) months of the Term, the Base Rent and any concessions or allowances payable with respect to the Offer Space shall be the amounts set forth in the Availability Notice accepted by Tenant except as provided below. Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the terms set forth in the Availability Notice unless the Acceptance Notice requests that Base Rent for the Available Space be determined in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 3.2 , as modified herein. If Tenant elects to have Base Rent for the Available Space determined in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 3.2 , Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to agree on Base Rent in writing

 

4


within the thirty (30) calendar day period commencing upon Landlord’s receipt of the Acceptance Notice. Landlord shall not be required to pay any brokerage fee or commission to Tenant’s Broker identified in the Lease Summary with respect to the Offer Space under this clause (b) . The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and the allowance, if any, shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of Exhibit C.

(c) Waiver. If Tenant does not deliver an Acceptance Notice within ten (10) days after delivery of the Availability Notice, Landlord may lease the Offer Space to any third party without providing any additional notice to Tenant and the Right of First Opportunity shall be of no further force and effect except as provided above if the Availability Notice is for a partial floor. Tenant may not sublease the Offer Space from the Initial Tenant or any of its successors or subtenants and Landlord shall have no obligation to consent to such a sublease.

(d) Limitations. Landlord may extend or renew the Lease with the Initial Tenant or may execute a new lease with the Initial Tenant without offering the Offer Space to Tenant. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide an Availability Notice and Tenant’s Right of First Opportunity shall be void during any period when a default is outstanding under this Lease. Tenant’s Right of First Opportunity shall be void and of no further force and effect if more than two (2) Events of Default (as defined in Section 14.1 ) occur under this Lease. During the last two (2) years of the Term, Tenant may not exercise the Right of First Opportunity unless Tenant has the right to and simultaneously exercises an Extension Option under Section 2.2 . If Tenant exercises the Right of First Opportunity and an Event of Default by Tenant occurs prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Offer Space, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Tenant, to nullify Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, in which event Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Offer Space.

(e) Personal Right. The Right of First Opportunity is personal to the Tenant originally named herein and any transferee who has assumed all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease under a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 13.2 ) and may not be exercised by or for the benefit of any other party.

(f) Termination. The Right of First Opportunity shall terminate if Tenant exercises its early termination right under Section 2.4 below.

1.2 Common Areas. So long as Tenant occupies the Premises and is not in default under the terms of this Lease, Tenant, its invitees, customers and employees shall have the nonexclusive right to use all areas of the Building and Property designated by Landlord from time to time for common use such as the public parking areas, loading areas, patios and walkways, landscaped areas, public lobbies, restrooms and corridors (the “ Common Areas ”) in common with Landlord, other Building tenants, and their respective invitees, customers and employees. The use of the Common Areas shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and any reasonable rules and regulations Landlord may promulgate from time to time.

1.3 Initial Building. Landlord shall construct the Building including those items shown as Landlord’s Work on the chart attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 in accordance with the permits received from the City of Seattle, subject to such changes and modifications as Landlord may make from time to time during the course of construction (the “ Base Building ”). The

 

5


internal stair shall be located in the area depicted on Exhibit A . Prior to the date of this Lease, Landlord has completed certain work in connection with Tenant’s proposed stair opening, including preparation of a design. Landlord shall arrange for the design and construction of the opening required to accommodate Tenant’s internal stair in accordance with the design prepared by Landlord’s engineer. Any costs incurred by Landlord to complete the design and construction of the stair will be paid in advance by Tenant or deducted from the Allowance under Exhibit C . Landlord shall not make any changes during the course of construction of the Base Building which (a) materially and adversely affect the vision and functional uses of the retail and restaurant areas proposed for the “Market Hall” area on the ground floor of the Building or the tenant event space, (b) reduce the amount and accessibility of the parking below that required by code, or (c) reduce the quality of the mechanical systems. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the occupancy by any tenant of the Building, the date on which any tenant will occupy its space or the use to which any other tenant will put its space.

1.4 Reserved Rights. After initial construction of the Base Building, Landlord may in its discretion increase, decrease, or change the Common Areas from time to time, provided that such changes do not materially and adversely affect the access to or use of the Premises and provided that Landlord may not materially reduce or eliminate (but may relocate) the “tenant event space” or reduce the area devoted to retail uses in the ground floor to less than 50% of the retail rentable area on the ground floor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to retain a tenant event space if the event space is not being used by Tenant for meetings large enough to require the event space at least once a month. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to install, use, maintain, repair, relocate and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, meters and other equipment to serve the Premises and other parts of the Building. In exercising its rights under this Section or other comparable provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall not permanently, materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to change the size, layout and dimensions of the Building or any part thereof. Landlord may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed.

1.5 Improvements Within the Premises. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to make or to contribute any sum of money toward the cost of any alterations or improvements to the Premises. Initial construction of the improvements in the Premises not provided as part of the Base Building constructed by Landlord under Section 1.3 (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) shall be governed by Exhibit C attached hereto. Except for any work required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for any changes or alterations to the Premises required in order to accommodate Tenant’s use. Landlord agrees that Tenant may install an internal stair to connect the two floors of the Premises.

2. TERM

2.1 Initial Term. The “ Commencement Date ” shall be the later of (a) January 1, 2016, or (b) two hundred sixty (260) days after either (i) if Tenant contracts with Skanska USA Building Inc. (“ Landlord’s Contractor ”) to construct the Tenant Improvements, the date on which Landlord’s Contractor determines that it can begin work on the Tenant Improvements; or

 

6


(ii) if Tenant does not contract with Landlord’s Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements, the date on which Landlord notifies Tenant that the Premises are ready for Tenant’s contractor to start construction of Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Commencement Date occur before (i) the Base Building work on each floor of the Premises (except for any elements thereof that cannot be completed until the Tenant Improvements are completed) has been substantially completed (as that term is used in the construction industry) with only minor punch-list or corrective work remaining that will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises; (ii) the elevators serving the Premises are in working order, (iii) Landlord has obtained a temporary certificate of occupancy for the Base Building and all other material permits and authorizations required for the occupancy and use of the Base Building (excluding any spaces intended to be occupied by tenants), (iv) all services and utilities that Landlord is required to provide under the terms of this Lease are available to the Premises and all Base Building systems are operational (subject to normal punch list items and final balancing of mechanical systems that do not materially impact Tenant’s operations within the Premises); and (v) Tenant has access to and use of the parking required under Section 7 below (all of the foregoing being the “ Required Condition ”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that this Lease is binding upon execution hereof notwithstanding the later Commencement Date.

2.1.1 Beneficial Occupancy . If Tenant enters the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be bound by all terms and conditions of this Lease except that the Term and the obligation to pay Base Rent shall not begin until the Commencement Date. If the Premises are ready for occupancy prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have beneficial occupancy of the Premises and may commence business operations in the Premises and from that date until the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be required to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and the parking charges under Section 7 below.

2.1.2 Delivery Estimate . Landlord estimates that the Premises will be ready for Tenant construction of Tenant Improvements to start (a) on or about June 16, 2015, if Tenant does not use Landlord’s Contractor, or (b) on or about April 17, 2015, if Tenant uses Landlord’s Contractor. “Ready for construction of Tenant Improvements” means that construction of the Base Building has progressed to the point that construction of the Tenant Improvements by Landlord’s Contractor or by Tenant’s contractor can proceed while Landlord’s Contractor completes the Base Building. In addition, if Tenant does not use Landlord’s Contractor then the following items shall have been substantially completed by Landlord’s Contractor in order for the Premises to be ready for construction of Tenant Improvements: (i) a temporary or permanent roof or other means and methods to control weather is in place and work on the exterior enclosure is in progress; (ii) temporary or permanent stair access to the Premises that complies with OSHA and other governmental requirements for construction is in place; (iii) shell and core electrical and mechanical equipment have been installed to the Premises, but not fully energized, and services have been stubbed out to the Premises and are available for Tenant to tie in when the temporary certificate of occupancy for the shell and core has been approved by the City of Seattle; (iv) hoisting mechanism is in place for Tenant’s use in accordance with Landlord and Contractor’s site rules; and (v) temporary power is available for use by Tenant’s contractor if permanent power is not available. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not guaranteed that construction of Tenant Improvements can begin by these dates. If the Premises are not ready for construction of Tenant Improvements to start by these estimated dates, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except as provided below.

 

7


(a) If the Premises are not ready for construction of Tenant Improvements by the date that is thirty (30) days after the applicable estimated date provided above plus the length of any delay for reasons of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure Causes (the “ Delivery Deadline ” ), then Tenant as its sole and exclusive remedy for such delay shall be entitled to a credit against the first sums of Base Rent coming due under this Lease in an amount equal to one (1) day of Base Rent for every one (1) day between the Delivery Deadline and the date on which the Premises are ready for construction of Tenant Improvements provided that such rent credit shall not apply if Tenant commences business in the Premises by November 30, 2015. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rent credit unless Tenant is required to pay penalty rent or damages or forego bonus payments under its written agreements with its existing landlord and the company which will be taking Tenant’s prior premises and provides a true and correct copy of such agreements to Landlord. In no event shall the total rent credit for delay in delivery exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000).

(b) In addition, if the Premises are not ready for construction of Tenant Improvements by November 1, 2015, then, notwithstanding that Landlord has not breached any obligation to Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party; provided that Tenant may not terminate this Lease if the Premises are not ready for construction of Tenant Improvements because of Tenant Delay; and provided further that Landlord may nullify Tenant’s termination of this Lease if Landlord causes the Premises to be ready for construction of Tenant Improvements within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of termination.

2.1.3 Confirmation of Dates. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D or any other reasonable form requested by Landlord confirming the date on which the Premises are ready for construction of Tenant Improvements, Commencement Date and certain other information pertaining to this Lease.

2.2 Options to Extend. Tenant shall have the right (each an “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term for two (2) consecutive periods of five (5) years (each an “ Extension Period ”) on the following terms and conditions. If Tenant wishes to exercise an Extension Option it shall give Landlord written notice (the “ Election Notice ”) no later than twelve (12) months prior to commencement of the Extension Period. Time is of the essence and late notice shall not be effective. The Election Notice shall be irrevocable.

2.2.1 Size of Premises During Extension . Tenant may elect to extend for less than all of the Premises provided that the Premises during each Extension Period shall consist of contiguous full floors and the Rentable Area of the Premises during the Extension Period may not be less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises at the end of the Initial Term. The Election Notice must specify which floors will be included in the Premises during the Extension Period and if the Election Notice does not so specify then the Term will be extended for the entire Premises. If Tenant does not extend the Term for the entire Premises, Tenant must vacate and surrender possession of the balance of the Premises in the condition required under Section 15.1 by the last day of the Initial Term or the first Extension Period (as applicable) and if it does not vacate in a timely manner, the terms of Sections 15.1 and 15.2 will apply to the space.

 

8


2.2.2 Conditions . If (a) a default is outstanding at the time the Extension Option is exercised and/or at the time the Extension Period is to commence; or (b) two (2) or more Events of Default have occurred during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding delivery of the Election Notice, even if the Event of Default was subsequently cured, Landlord shall not be required to give effect to Tenant’s Election Notice. If the above conditions are satisfied with respect to the exercise of the Extension Option or if Landlord elects in its discretion to recognize the Election Notice even though the conditions are not satisfied, then the Term shall be extended on the same legal terms and conditions contained in this Lease except that Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be determined under Section 3.2 below and the Extension Option thus exercised may not be exercised again. Tenant may not exercise the second Extension Option unless the first Extension Option was validly exercised.

2.3 Term. For the purposes of this Lease, the word “ Term ” shall mean the initial period specified in the Lease Summary (the “ Initial Term ”) commencing on the Commencement Date and, if Tenant validly exercises an Extension Option, shall include the Extension Period. For purpose of calculating the Term and the dates for rental adjustments, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first year (or twelve (12) month period) of the Term shall include the partial month in which the Commencement Date occurs and the next twelve (12) full calendar months so that the rent adjustments occur on the first day of a calendar month and the Term ends on the last day of a calendar month. Thereafter, each year (or twelve (12) month period) shall mean the succeeding twelve (12) month period.

2.4 Early Termination Option. Provided that (a) Tenant has not leased any Offer Space, (b) no Event of Default is outstanding at the time of the Termination Notice, and (c) no portion of the Premises has been subleased for a term extending beyond the Early Termination Date, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease in its entirety effective as of December 31, 2022 (the “ Early Termination Date ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Early Termination Right ”). In order to exercise the Early Termination Right, by no later than December 31, 2021, Tenant must (i) deliver to Landlord an irrevocable written notice clearly exercising the Early Termination Right (the “ Termination Notice ”), and (ii) pay Landlord a fee in the amount calculated pursuant to Exhibit E (the “ Termination Fee ”), and (iii) if the Additional Advance is advanced under Exhibit C , pay Landlord the entire outstanding balance of the Additional Advance including all principal and interest accrued through the payment date. Upon request from Tenant any time after November 1, 2021, Landlord will provide an estimated calculation of the Termination Fee. Tenant shall pay the amount set forth in such estimate when it delivers the Termination Notice and when the actual amount of the Termination Fee is calculated, any overpayment shall be credited or refunded back to Tenant or Tenant shall make an additional payment, as applicable. Time is of the essence of this provision and neither late notice nor late payment shall be effective. If Tenant does not deliver a Termination Notice and the Termination Fee by the above deadline, Tenant’s Early Termination Right shall immediately terminate and shall be of no further force or effect. Tenant acknowledges that this provision was specifically negotiated by the parties and is a material term of this Lease and Tenant hereby waives all equitable claims and defenses that might extend the period within which Tenant may exercise the Early Termination Right or pay the Termination Fee. If Tenant does not pay all

 

9


sums due under this Lease in a timely manner any time after delivering a Termination Notice, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, have the right to void the Termination Notice and the Early Termination Right shall not take effect. If Tenant exercises its Early Termination Right, the Extension Options and the Right of First Opportunity shall immediately terminate and shall be of no further force and effect.

3. RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent specified in the Lease Summary (“ Base Rent ”). Annual Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, on or before the first day of each month of the Term beginning on the Commencement Date. The monthly installment of Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in that partial month.

3.2 Base Rent for Offer Space and Extension Periods . If Tenant leases any Offer Space and objects to the Base Rent set out in the Availability Notice, Base Rent for the Offer Space for the remainder of the then-current Term shall be the Market Rent for the Offer Space. If Tenant exercises an Extension Option, Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be the Market Rent for the Premises during the Extension Period.

3.2.1 Market Rent ” means the prevailing market rental rate, including any periodic increases, that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in an arm’s length bona fide negotiation for a direct lease of space of comparable quality, design and permitted use, located in the South Lake Union submarket in Seattle, Washington, and having an amount of space comparable to the amount then leased by Tenant, a comparable term, and taking into consideration all other relevant factors including the extent of service provided or to be provided, the means of reimbursing Landlord for operating costs, and the time the particular rate under consideration became or is to become effective. Comparable transactions in which the rent for a renewal was discounted to a rate below the fair market rate shall be adjusted to reflect the fair market rate before the discount was applied. Transactions in which the renewal or expansion rent was established more than a year before the first day of the Extension Period or the date of the Acceptance Notice (as applicable) shall not be considered in establishing Market Rent. Sublease and expansion transactions shall not be considered in establishing Market Rent. Landlord cannot be compelled to pay any concessions or allowances to Tenant but market rate quantifiable cash concessions and allowances for renewals of second generation space may be considered in establishing Market Rent. For purposes of determining comparable quality and design, the Premises shall be considered in its then “as is” condition, it being the intent of Landlord and Tenant that the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be the same as for comparable premises with improvements that have been customized for the occupant. Market Rent shall include annual increases, if and to the extent commensurate with then market conditions.

3.2.2 If Tenant exercises an Extension Option, each party shall provide to the other party its written opinion of Market Rent approximately ten (10) months before the first day of the Extension Period. If Landlord and Tenant do not come to a mutually agreed upon Base Rent within thirty (30) days after the parties exchange such written opinions, Market Rent shall be determined as provided in Section 3.2.3 below.

 

10


3.2.3 Within ten (10) days after expiration of the thirty (30) day negotiating period, each party, at its own cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate broker with substantial experience in office leasing in the South Lake Union submarket or an appraiser with at least ten (10) years full-time commercial real estate experience in Seattle, Washington, to determine Market Rent. Each party shall advise the other in writing of the name and address of the advising party’s representative within said ten (10) day period. If a party does not appoint a representative within ten (10) days after the other party has given written notice of the name of its representative, the single representative appointed shall be the sole representative and shall set the Market Rent. If each party appoints a representative, the two representatives shall meet promptly and attempt to establish Market Rent (including annual increases). If the two representatives are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the second representative has been appointed (the “ Determination Period ”), Market Rent shall be determined using the following procedures.

(a) The two representatives shall attempt to select a third broker or appraiser (the “ Arbiter ”) who meets the qualifications provided herein within ten (10) days after the last day of the Determination Period. If the two representatives are unable to agree on the Arbiter within such ten (10) day period, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving five (5) days’ notice to the other party, may apply to the then presiding judge of the Superior Court of King County for the selection of a third broker or appraiser meeting the qualifications stated herein. In any event, the Arbiter, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party. Within ten (10) days after the appointment of the Arbiter, each party or its representative shall submit its final schedule of Market Rent (including annual increases if any) to the Arbiter who shall provide a copy to the other party only after both submissions are received. If Landlord elects not to pay concessions or allowances in a lump sum, the value of market rate concessions and allowances shall be factored into the Market Rent and each party’s proposal shall identify their proposed concessions and the method of factoring the concessions into the schedule of Market Rent. Each party may submit supporting evidence that it deems relevant to the fair market rent analysis, but excluding any prior negotiations with the other party. The Arbiter shall consider all written materials submitted and may, in the presence of both parties, request additional information be submitted in writing but shall not hold a hearing or take oral testimony.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the Arbiter, he or she shall set the Market Rent for the Extension Period or the Offer Space, as applicable. The Arbiter shall select the proposed rent schedule that most closely approximates his or her determination of Market Rent. The Arbiter shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the proposed rent schedule. The rent schedule he or she chooses as most closely approximating his or her determination of Market Rent shall be final and binding upon the parties.

(c) Each of the parties shall bear all of the costs and expenses of its representative together with one-half (1/2) of the costs of the Arbiter. If Base Rent has not been finalized prior to the first day of the Extension Period or by the date on which the Offer Space is

 

11


delivered to Tenant, until Base Rent is determined Tenant will pay Base Rent at the rate then in effect for the Premises until Base Rent is determined. The amount of the new Base Rent and all other charges payable hereunder for the Extension Period will be applied retroactively to the beginning of the Extension Period, and any adjustment will be made with the next installment of Base Rent due, after Base Rent is determined. Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after the determination of the Market Rent, execute an amendment to this Lease, documenting the new termination date and the Base Rent for the Extension Period (or Offer Space if applicable).

3.3 Operating Costs. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs on a monthly basis in estimated payments on or before the first of each month. Operating Costs shall be prorated for partial calendar years.

3.3.1 Calculation of Tenant’s Share . “ Tenant’s Share ” shall be computed by dividing the Premises Rentable Area by the Building Rentable Area, as modified from time to time. As used in this Lease, the term “ Rentable Area ” shall mean the square footage of space calculated using the “Office Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement” Legacy Method A adopted by BOMA International (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 – 2010). Notwithstanding the estimates shown in the Lease Summary, Landlord shall calculate the “ Premises Rentable Area ” and “ Building Rentable Area ” and the Tenant’s Share upon completion of construction and shall provide the calculations to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises Rentable Area includes an allocation of Common Areas and that the allocation and Tenant’s Share may change from time to time. Tenant’s Share shall be increased or decreased based on the Rentable Area of the Premises from time to time. The Premises are part of a mixed use building and Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, equitably allocate responsibility for payment of specific expenses among individual tenants or categories of tenants benefited by such expenses and may designate separate Common Areas or cost pools for retail, office and restaurant users, which may affect the amount of Operating Costs paid by Tenant.

3.3.2 Operating Costs Definition . “ Operating Costs ” shall mean all costs, expenses and other charges incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Property, the Building and the Premises, and performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, including but not limited to:

(a) All supplies, materials, and rental equipment used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building and the Property in a manner commensurate with the operation of a Class A office project in Seattle, Washington;

(b) Costs of water, sewer, trash, recycling, power, gas and electricity, and of heating, cooling, lighting, and ventilating the Building, except that if electric service to the Premises is measured by submeter or checkmeter and paid by Tenant based on the meter readings, Operating Costs shall include only the cost of electrical service to the Common Areas of the Building and to Building systems;

(c) Costs of maintenance, repair, depreciation and replacement of machinery, tools and equipment (if owned by Landlord) and for rent paid for such machinery, tools and equipment (if rented) used in connection with the operation, repair or maintenance of

 

12


the Building or the Property; provided that any replacements of a capital nature shall be amortized over the useful life of the applicable replacement item and the annual amortization amount (together with interest equal to the Prime Rate as published by the Wall Street Journal as of the last day the month in which the first payment of such cost was made by Landlord plus two and one half percent [2.5%]) shall be included in Operating Costs for each calendar year within the Term;

(d) All premiums and deductibles on insurance policies including but not limited to liability, property damage (including flood, earthquake and terrorism), automobile, rental loss and any other policies of insurance maintained by Landlord, in its discretion, with respect to the Property, Building or any insurable interest therein or Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith;

(e) Costs of janitorial and courtesy patrol services, landscaping services, repairs and general maintenance;

(f) Cost of any capital improvements or replacements (i) made or installed for purposes of saving labor or otherwise reducing Operating Costs or to comply with state or city energy requirements applicable to the Building, (ii) required by applicable Laws, or (iii) incurred to replace items that Landlord repairs or maintains (all capital improvements under this subparagraph are referred to as “ Permitted Capital Items ”). Permitted Capital Items shall not include replacement of the foundation, structural elements of the Building, the roof structure, or portions of the exterior enclosure of the Building other than glass. Permitted Capital Items shall be amortized over the useful life of such improvements, as determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the Permitted Capital Item and the annual amortization amount (together with interest equal to the Prime Rate as published by the Wall Street Journal as of the last day the month in which the first payment of such cost was made by Landlord plus two and one half percent [2.5%]) shall be included in Operating Costs for each calendar year within the Term;

(g) Real and personal property taxes, assessments, local improvement or special benefit district charges and other governmental charges, special and general, known and unknown, foreseen and unforeseen, of every kind and nature whatsoever (i) attributable to or levied or assessed against the Property or the Building, or any portion thereof, or interest therein; (ii) attributable to or levied upon Landlord’s personal property located in, or used in connection with the Building; (iii) surcharges and all local improvement or special benefit and other assessments levied with respect to the Property, and all other property of Landlord used in connection with the operation of the Building; (iv) any taxes levied or assessed in lieu of, in whole or in part, or in addition to any real or personal property taxes in effect and applied to Landlord upon the date hereof including, but not limited to, leasehold taxes, business and occupation taxes and taxes or license fees upon or measured by the leasing of the Building or the rents or other income collected therefrom; (v) any and all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with any proceeding or action to contest in whole or in part, formally or informally, the imposition, collection or validity of any of the foregoing taxes, assessments, charges or fees (collectively, “ Real Property Taxes ”). If under any applicable Law any Real Property Taxes may be paid in installments at the option of the taxpayer, then Landlord shall include within Real Property Taxes for any calendar year only

 

13


those installments (including interest, if any) which would become due by exercise of such option. Real Property Taxes shall not include (A) transfer, inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the Property, or (B) federal income taxes computed upon the basis of the Landlord’s net income;

(h) To the extent directly related to services provided to the Building, compensation (including wages and benefits) of employees and contractors engaged in the operation and maintenance of the Property and/or the Building; employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied against Landlord on those wages and salaries, and the cost of disability, accidental death, medical and hospitalization insurance and pension, retirement or other employee fringe benefits;

(i) Accounting, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and/or the Building, excluding professional fees arising from disputes with tenants, or arising out of or in connection with the original construction of the Building; and provided further that any refund of fees previously included in Operating Costs shall be deducted from Operating Costs in the year received;

(j) Cost of replacing lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts used in the Building or Premises, other than those for which the cost is billed directly to a tenant; and

(k) A property management fee, not to exceed 3% of gross rents which may be payable to Landlord or a third-party property manager, and any expenses associated with operating and maintaining an on-site management office (including fair market rental value for any rentable space devoted to such use).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Costs shall not include: costs of operating the Garage such as a garage attendant or fees to a garage operator (but utilities, repairs, maintenance and taxes shall be included in Operating Costs); expenses for which Landlord is reimbursed outside of Operating Costs; expenses incurred in leasing or procuring tenants (including, without limitation, marketing costs, lease commissions, legal expenses, and expenses of renovating space for tenants); legal expenses arising out of disputes with tenants or the enforcement of the provisions of any lease of space in the Building; interest or amortization payments on any mortgage or other loan secured by the Property; rent under any ground or underlying lease; costs of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to any particular tenant or group of tenants, and not available to all tenants as part of Basic Services; costs of capital improvements and depreciation and amortization (except as otherwise provided in Subsections 3.3.2(c) and (f)  above); amounts paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord except to the extent that the cost of the subject services, supplies or materials do not exceed the cost that would have been provided by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis for a comparable level and quality of service; costs of design or construction of the Base Building or repairs of design or construction defects therein (provided that no repairs shall be considered design or construction defects after the first seven (7) years of the Initial Term); except for any commercially reasonable deductible or self insured retention, the cost of repairs or other work (including rebuilding) occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty or condemnation; interest and penalties for late payment of taxes; expenses for which the Landlord is or will be reimbursed by another source including (without limitation) amounts reimbursed pursuant to a warranty or insurance; contributions for political or charitable

 

14


or other special interest purposes, including (without limitation) lobbying; structural repairs and replacements; the costs of initial stock of tools and equipment for the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building; or costs that duplicative of any other charges included in Operating Costs.

3.3.3 Adjustment . For purposes of calculating Operating Costs for any period in which the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied or if all tenants do not receive the same services, an adjustment may be made in computing Operating Costs for such period so that Operating Costs are computed as though the Building had been one hundred percent (100%) occupied and all tenants provided with the same services during such period so that Tenant pays the amount it would have paid had the Building been so occupied. This adjustment shall apply only to Operating Costs that vary with occupancy or service level. The foregoing adjustment shall not apply to Taxes.

3.3.4 Estimates . Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for the first partial calendar year. Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement showing the actual Operating Costs incurred during the prior calendar year and an estimate of Operating Costs for the then current calendar year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, monthly in advance, one-twelfth (1/12) of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for each calendar year. Landlord may from time to time during any calendar year update its estimate of Operating Costs (and its estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs) based on anticipated changes in costs and expenses in which case Tenant shall make its estimated payments in accordance with the revised estimate.

3.3.5 Reconciliation . Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Costs for that calendar year (the “ Reconciliation Statement ”). If the actual Operating Costs exceed the estimated amount paid by Tenant with respect to such calendar year, then Tenant shall pay Landlord the additional amount due to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Reconciliation Statement and, if actual Operating Costs are less than the estimated Operating Costs for that calendar year, then Landlord shall credit against future Additional Rent, the amount of any overpayment by Tenant. Landlord’s determination of Operating Costs for any calendar year shall be deemed final and binding on Tenant unless Tenant timely exercises its rights under Section 3.3.7 below with respect to that Reconciliation Statement.

3.3.6 Cap On Controllable Operating Costs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s Share of Controllable Operating Costs during the Initial Term and each Extension Period shall not increase by more than five percent (5%) per year on a cumulative, compounding basis over the then-expired portion of the Initial Term or the applicable Extension Period (with the cap resetting on the first day of each Extension Period). “ Controllable Operating Costs ” shall mean expenses for which Landlord, acting individually, has the ability to control the timing and the price paid through bidding or other procedures. Controllable Operating Costs shall not include Real Property Taxes or any other taxes and assessments, government imposed charges, utility charges, insurance premiums or deductibles, payments that do not recur each year (such as, but not limited to, snow and ice removal), the cost of any contract the price of which is dependent on union labor, management fees that are stated as a percentage of revenue, or amortization of capital items permitted hereunder.

 

15


3.3.7 Tenant’s Inspection and Audit Rights . If Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant (but not any subtenant or assignee except for a Permitted Transferee who has assumed all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease), at its sole cost and expense may audit Landlord’s records relating to Operating Costs for the year covered by any Reconciliation Statement. The audit shall be limited solely to confirming that the Operating Costs charged to Tenant are consistent with the terms of this Lease. The audit must be performed by a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and no portion of the auditor’s compensation shall be based directly or indirectly upon a percentage of the savings found or the results of the audit. Tenant must deliver written notice to Landlord of the dispute within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Reconciliation Statement. The audit shall take place during regular business hours at a time reasonably acceptable to Landlord at the office where Landlord or its property manager maintains the applicable records, but the Landlord shall promptly on request furnish the auditor with electronic copies of any records requested by the auditor (provided that the auditor agrees to destroy such electronic records upon completion of the audit). Tenant’s objection to Landlord’s determination of Operating Costs shall be deemed withdrawn unless Tenant completes the audit within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date Tenant delivers its dispute notice to Landlord, provided that such period shall be extended on a day for day basis if Landlord delays in providing access to the records necessary to complete the audit. Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to meet with Tenant’s auditor to explain its calculation of Operating Costs. If Tenant’s auditor believes that it has found errors or overcharges, Tenant shall provide a full and complete copy of the audit to Landlord and shall advise Landlord in writing of the claimed errors and overcharges with specific reference to the relevant Lease provisions disqualifying such expenses. If Landlord and the auditor do not agree on proper treatment of the contested costs, Landlord shall engage its own auditor to review the findings of Tenant’s auditor and Landlord’s books and records. The two (2) auditors and the parties shall then meet to resolve any difference between the audits. If the parties have not reached agreement within two (2) weeks thereafter, then the auditors shall together select a third auditor (who is not affiliated with and who does not perform services for either party or their affiliates) to whom they shall each promptly submit their explanations of the basis of their opinion. Within two (2) weeks after receipt of such explanations, the third auditor shall determine the final treatment of the contested items which shall be binding on both parties. The cost of the third auditor shall be split between the parties. The auditor shall not have the authority to review any other items of Operating Costs. If the final audit results show that the amount Landlord charged Tenant was greater than the amount Tenant is obligated to pay, Landlord will credit the overpayment to the next Rent due under this Lease or shall refund the excess to Tenant if this Lease has terminated. If the audit shows that the amount Landlord charged Tenant for Operating Costs was less than the amount Tenant is obligated to pay, Tenant will pay to Landlord the difference between the amount Tenant paid and the amount determined in the audit within thirty (30) days after it receives the final audit results. Pending resolution of any audit under this Section, Tenant will continue to pay to Landlord the estimated amounts of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs as billed by Landlord. Tenant and Tenant’s auditors and accountants will keep all information obtained in any audit strictly confidential and may only use such information for the limited purpose this Section describes and for Tenant’s own account.

 

16


3.4 Rent. As used in this Lease, the term “ Additional Rent ,” shall mean Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs under Section 3.3 and any other sums described in this Lease as Additional Rent. The term “ Rent ” as used in this Lease shall include all amounts to be paid hereunder by Tenant whether or not those sums are designated as Base Rent or Additional Rent. Failure by Tenant to pay any sum due under this Lease shall entitle Landlord to pursue any or all remedies specified in this Lease, as well as those remedies specified in RCW Chapter 59.12 or otherwise allowed by law or in equity.

3.5 Place of Payment. Except as otherwise specified in this Lease, all Rent shall be paid to Landlord on or before the first day of each calendar month at the address set forth in the Lease Summary to which payments are to be made (as the same may be changed by written notice from Landlord to Tenant). Landlord may designate any other manner or method of paying Rent in its reasonable discretion provided that Landlord must provide written notice of any changes to Tenant. All Rent payments shall be made without deduction, setoff, prior notice or demand by Landlord, except as expressly provided in this Lease. Landlord may accept and apply any payment made by Tenant to any sums then due under this Lease and shall not be bound by any notations or instructions contained on any payment, check, draft, or other order to pay, or on vouchers, letters, memoranda, or statements attached to or accompanying such payment. Landlord’s acceptance of any partial payment of Rent shall not waive Landlord’s rights with regard to the remaining portion of the Rent that is due, regardless of any endorsement or other statement on any instrument delivered in payment of Rent or any writing delivered in connection therewith and Landlord’s acceptance of a partial payment of Rent shall not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the full amount of the Rent that is due.

3.6 Late Charges; Interest. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any Rent due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, and the exact amount of the costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent within five (5) days after such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such late payment or the sum of $250.00, whichever is greater. A $50.00 charge will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord for each returned check and if more than two checks are returned for nonpayment, Landlord may require Tenant to thereafter pay sums due hereunder by wire transfer or by certified or cashier’s check. In addition, for any sum not paid within five (5) days after the due date, Tenant shall pay Landlord interest on the unpaid balance at an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal or another comparable publication selected by Landlord plus eight percent (8%) (the “ Default Rate ”) from the due date until paid in full. If the Default Rate is higher than the maximum commercial interest rate permitted by applicable Law, the Default Rate shall be decreased to the maximum commercial interest rate permitted by applicable Law. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs an expense on behalf of Tenant or as a result of any Tenant default, such sums shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of Landlord’s expenditure until Tenant has repaid the amount to Landlord.

3.7 Sales Tax Deferral.

3.7.1 Application . Retail sales tax otherwise applicable to portions of construction of the Tenant Improvements may be eligible for deferral pursuant to RCW 82.63 (the “ Sales Tax Deferral ”) as a result of uses of the Premises intended by Tenant. If Tenant elects to seek the Sales Tax Deferral, Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant’s

 

17


application for the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall, as part of such application, state that the economic benefit of such Sales Tax Deferral shall accrue solely to Tenant. If the retail sales tax for the eligible work is deferred, and if, for any reason, any part of the retail sales tax so deferred is subsequently required to be repaid, Tenant shall promptly pay the same, together with any interest, penalties, or other charges that are or become due in connection therewith. Tenant shall prepare and file the annual surveys required by the Washington Department of Revenue’s regulations, including reporting the nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises and the extent to which such use does not qualify for the Sales Tax Deferral. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of all such reports and other documents exchanged with the Washington Department of Revenue regarding the Sales Tax Deferral. Tenant shall pay any tax resulting from any non-qualifying use.

3.7.2 Challenges . Landlord will reasonably cooperate with and assist Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in any challenges or audits to the Sales Tax Deferral benefit. In any contest regarding the Sales Tax Deferral benefit, Tenant shall be the sole contact with the Washington Department of Revenue. Tenant shall have the right to contest or review any proceedings regarding the Sales Tax Deferral benefit, which may be instituted either during or after the Term of this Lease. Landlord will, within a reasonable time after receipt of Tenant’s written request, execute all reasonably necessary instruments in connection with any such protest, appeal or other proceedings. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all written documents pertaining to any such challenge, audit, contest, appeal, or other proceedings. Tenant shall be entitled to any resulting refund obtained by reason of any such proceeding or otherwise, whether obtained during or after the expiration of the Term and whether obtained by Landlord or Tenant. All of Landlord’s acts, and the acts of Landlord’s consultants, attorneys and agents, under this section for the purpose of preserving for Tenant the Sales Tax Deferral shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any such costs, including, without limitation, reimbursement to Landlord for the time spent by their direct employees for such purpose.

3.7.3 Limited Landlord Obligation. Landlord shall have no obligations whatsoever to undertake any actions to establish or maintain the Sales Tax Deferral other than the reasonable cooperation obligations set forth in this Section 3.7 . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not warranted that the Sales Tax Deferral will be available and this Lease shall be binding even if the Tenant does not receive the Sales Tax Deferral.

4. LEASE SECURITY

4.1 Security Deposit. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum set forth as the Security Deposit in the Lease Summary as security for the full and faithful performance of this Lease by Tenant (the “ Security Deposit ”). Tenant shall pay the Security Deposit to Landlord in two separate increments each of which shall be for one half of the Security Deposit. The first half of the Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of this Lease and the second half of the Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord before construction begins on the Tenant Improvements under Exhibit C . If Tenant does not deliver the full Security Deposit to Landlord when due, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect to delay construction of the Tenant Improvements until the full Security Deposit has been received (in which case any delay in completion shall be Tenant Delay) or Landlord may withhold the unpaid amount from the Allowance until the full Security Deposit has been received.

 

18


4.2 Letter of Credit . Tenant may elect to post an irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in lieu of a cash security deposit provided that (a) the Letter of Credit must be issued by Silicon Valley Bank or another financial institution reasonably approved in advance by Landlord, (b) the Letter of Credit must be on a form reasonably approved in advance by Landlord, (c) draw requests must be presentable electronically or at an office in the greater Seattle Metropolitan area, (d) the Letter of Credit must have a final expiration date no earlier than sixty (60) days after the last day of the Term and if not for a fixed term must automatically renew each year unless at least sixty (60) days prior to its expiration date the issuing bank notifies Landlord in writing that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed, and (e) the only condition to payment of a draw on the Letter of Credit shall be presentation of a draw request stating that Landlord is entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit. Tenant must reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Letter of Credit. Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit in whole or in part upon the occurrence of any default by Tenant under this Lease, without notice to Tenant.

4.3 Reduction Based on Adjusted EBITDA . If Tenant’s audited financial statements demonstrate that Tenant’s Adjusted EBITDA in each of any three consecutive fiscal years commencing on or after fiscal year 2013 are greater than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total of annualized Base Rent and Operating Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease in each of the three fiscal years, then the amount of the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit, as applicable, shall be reduced to an amount equal to Base Rent and estimated Operating Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease for the final month of the Term (the “ Reduced Deposit ”). As used herein, “ Adjusted EBITDA ” means a calculation from audited financials prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied representing earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation & amortization, where (a) earnings is the net income (loss) on the income statement, (b) Interest is the interest income (expense) on the income statement, (c) taxes is the income tax expense on the income statement, and (d) depreciation & amortization is the depreciation and amortization of intangible assets on the cash flow statement. In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, stock-based compensation shown on the cash flow statement shall not be treated as an expense or otherwise deducted in the calculation. If the foregoing condition is met then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in the amount of the Reduced Deposit or a new Letter of Credit in the amount of the Reduced Deposit and upon receipt thereof Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant or shall cancel the Letter of Credit pursuant to the issuing bank’s cancellation procedures.

4.4 Annual Reductions . Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease and has not been in default more than once in any twelve (12) month period at any time during the Term, the amount of the Security Deposit (or the Letter of Credit, as applicable) may be reduced on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by the sum of Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) plus the amount of all principal payments made by Tenant toward the Additional Advance during the prior year. If the foregoing conditions have been satisfied, Landlord shall either (a) if the deposit is a cash deposit, apply the annual reduction against Rent, or (b) execute an amendment to the Letter of Credit in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and the issuing bank reducing the amount of the Letter of Credit. In no event shall the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit be reduced below the amount of the Reduced Deposit.

 

19


4.5 Use of Deposit . If Tenant defaults under any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit (or draw on the Letter of Credit as applicable) to be applied to the unpaid Rent, for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied or Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount or shall provide a new letter of credit for the required amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep Tenant’s Security Deposit or any Letter of Credit proceeds separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit proceeds. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs its obligations under this Lease, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within a reasonable period of time after the expiration of the Term and final determination of any sums due hereunder.

4.6 Prepaid Rent. Contemporaneously with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum set forth as Prepaid Rent in the Lease Summary (the “ Prepaid Rent ”), which shall be applied to Base Rent for the month(s) specified in the Lease Summary. If Tenant defaults under the terms of this Lease prior to the application of the Prepaid Rent, such sums shall not be applied as prepaid rent but shall be held and added to the Security Deposit.

5. BUSINESS PURPOSE AND USE

5.1 Permitted Uses. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use consistent with a Class A office building including ancillary use for a research and development lab and quality assurance testing relating to radio-frequency identification technologies, shipping & receiving and any other lawful office-related purpose in keeping with the class and character of a first class downtown office building, and for no other business or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. The Storage Premises shall be used for storage purposes only. The foregoing does not permit manufacturing or general laboratory use including medical laboratory uses. Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole risk, store and use the materials listed below, and substitutes for the listed materials (reasonably approved by Landlord), to the extent the listed materials becomes obsolete (the “ Permitted Materials ”) in the research and development lab and quality assurance testing portions of the Premises.

Solvents :

Acetone – maximum of 2 1-Qt. containers

Flux Remover: maximum of 6 10-oz. containers

Isopropyl Alcohol: maximum of 6 16-oz. containers

 

20


Adhesives :

RTV Silicon: maximum of 2 11-oz. containers

General purpose Epoxy: maximum of 2 1-oz. containers

Silver Epoxy: maximum of 3 2-oz. containers

Thermal Adhesive: maximum of 2 1-oz. containers

Other :

Thermal Compound: maximum of 2 8-oz. containers

Freeze Mist: maximum of 6 12-oz. containers

Compressed Air: 80 psi (1 small compressor)

Vacuum Air: (3 small vacuum pumps)

Static Mats on the floor in the lab work space

Liquid Nitrogen

Dry Nitrogen

All Permitted Materials must be kept in an approved chemical locker when not in use. Tenant may use Permitted Materials in the Premises only if Tenant (a) provides adequate ventilation so that indoor air quality is not affected, (b) retains a licensed fire protection engineer approved by Landlord to prepare any necessary safety plans and procedures and abides by such plans and procedures throughout the Term, (c) installs and maintains any fire protection systems or equipment deemed necessary by Landlord’s environmental consultant, and (d) complies with all applicable Laws, including all requirements of the City of Seattle Fire Department, and best industry practices with respect to the storage, use and disposal of the Permitted Materials. Tenant may not use any Permitted Materials if such use would impact any other occupant of the Building. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any manuals, policies and procedures established by Tenant with respect to the use, storage and disposal of Permitted Materials. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all Indemnitees harmless from all loss, damage, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the storage, use and disposal of the Permitted Materials in the Premises, including but not limited to claims of property damage, personal injury and adverse health effects. Tenant may not store or use any other hazardous materials or use any processes that present a risk of injury to persons or property or require enhanced fire protection equipment or procedures.

5.2 Sustainability. Tenant acknowledges that the Building will be developed and operated in a sustainable and resource efficient manner. Tenant shall comply with all of Landlord’s sustainability practices and procedures as the same may change from time to time. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has designed the Building to qualify for and intends to seek LEED Gold certification and may apply for any other third-party rating system concerning the environmental compliance or sustainability of the Building or the Premises as the same may change from time to time (collectively, “ Green Standards ”). Provided it can be done without material adverse operational or fiscal impact to Tenant, (i) Tenant shall use reasonable business efforts to comply with all requirements imposed on the Building from time to time as a result of or in connection with any applicable Green Standard, and (ii) shall use reasonable efforts to avoid any action that could cause the Building to lose its certification or status under any applicable Green Standard. Tenant shall operate windows and use window coverings as directed by Landlord to minimize heat gain or loss in the Building. Landlord shall be responsible for any reporting required under any certification or rating system and the cost shall be included in

 

21


Operating Costs. Tenant shall accurately respond to all requests from Landlord with respect to Tenant’s sustainability practices and as required to comply with or report on the Green Standards or for Landlord to compile reports for any governmental agency or certifying body. Tenant shall comply with all Landlord requirements regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage and recyclable materials. Landlord may refuse to collect or accept from Tenant any waste that is not separated and sorted, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that these requirements are a material term of this Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any damages, penalties or additional costs incurred by Landlord if Tenant fails to comply with the terms of this Section after reasonable notice that Landlord believes that Tenant has breached this Section and has failed to cure such breach.

5.3 Prohibited Uses. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, nor bring or keep anything in the Premises, which will: (a) increase the existing rate of or affect any policy of fire or other insurance upon the Building and/or Property or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering any part thereof or any of its contents; or (b) obstruct or interfere in any way with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or unreasonably annoy any of them. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purposes. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, or allow odors reasonably objectionable to other tenants to be released from the Premises, nor shall Tenant commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall not place upon or install in windows or other openings in the Premises any signs, symbols, window coverings, or other material without written approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not place any object or barrier within, or otherwise obstruct, any of the Common Areas.

5.4 Compliance With Laws. Tenant shall at all times comply with all laws, ordinances and any regulations promulgated by any governmental authority (“ Laws ”) having jurisdiction over the Building and/or the Premises and with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, to the extent that such matters relate to the manner and method of Tenant’s use, construction, or operations within the Premises or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Building in compliance with all applicable Laws to the extent such matters relate to the Building generally as opposed to the operation of Tenant’s business or its use or improvement of the Premises. Landlord warrants that the Base Building will comply with Laws in effect and as applied to the Base Building at the time of permitting. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, the finding of any competent administrative body, or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant (whether or not Landlord is a party thereto) that Tenant is in violation of any Applicable Law or any such requirement, order or directive now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises shall be conclusive of such violation as between Landlord and Tenant, without prejudice to Landlord’s right to allege such a violation in the absence of such a judgment, finding or admission. If Landlord is required to institute a transportation management plan or to maintain carpooling or public transit programs or commute trip reduction programs or any similar requirement, Tenant shall cooperate in the implementation and use of these programs by and among Tenant and Tenant’s employees at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall fully participate in the transportation management plan which, among other matters,

 

22


requires Tenant to provide an emergency ride home to certain employees who commute during morning rush hour and a transit subsidy to employees who work a minimum of twenty (20) hours a week and commute during morning rush hour at least three times a week.

5.5 Americans With Disabilities Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall, at its cost, comply with The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as the same may be amended from time to time and all regulations issued thereunder and all similar state or local laws (collectively, the “ADA”) within the Premises. Landlord shall comply with the ADA with respect to the Base Building and the Common Areas. If, as a result of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or any alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant, any additions, alterations or improvements shall be required in any other part of the Building to comply with any requirements of the ADA, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand, as Additional Rent, for all costs incurred by Landlord to effect such compliance.

5.6 Odors and Noise. Tenant shall design its improvements and operate its business so that odors, emissions, fumes and unreasonable amount of noise from the Premises are not detectible outside the Premises. If Landlord determines that Tenant is violating this clause, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall undertake mitigating measures to bring its operations into compliance. The type and adequacy of such mitigating measures shall be determined by Landlord acting reasonably and communicated to Tenant by written notice.

6. TENANT’S TAXES

Tenant shall pay before delinquency all license fees, public charges, property taxes and assessments on the furniture, fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations, equipment and other property owned or being used by Tenant at any time situated on or installed in the Premises. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord. Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes and assessments or license fees levied, assessed or imposed by law or ordinance, by reason of the use of the Premises for the specific purposes set forth in this Lease and/or the operation of Tenant’s business within the Premises.

7. PARKING

The Building includes a subsurface parking garage (the “ Garage ”). Tenant shall purchase parking passes (the “ Parking Passes ”) equal to the number of parking passes set forth in the Lease Summary (the “ Base Parking Allocation ” ). No later than the later of (a) July 1, 2016, or (b) 180 days following the Commencement Date, Tenant may reduce the Base Parking Allocation by written notice to Landlord to a ratio of Parking Passes per 1,000 feet of Rentable Area in the Premises deemed sufficient by Tenant. Parking Passes in excess of the Base Parking Allocation may be available from time to time on a month to month basis and Landlord shall maintain a waiting list for parking in the Garage. Tenant’s Base Parking Allocation includes Tenant’s share (based on parking allocations in the Garage) of any carpool spaces, charging station parking spaces and spaces reserved for fuel efficient or low emission vehicles. Tenant shall pay the monthly fee for each Parking Pass at the rate established by Landlord from time to time for the applicable type of permit for comparable users, plus any tax or assessment imposed by any governmental authority in connection with such parking privileges. All parking fees shall

 

23


be payable in advance on the first day of the month together with the payment of Base Rent. Each Parking Pass shall entitle the holder to park a single vehicle to park in the Garage. Landlord shall have exclusive control over the day-to-day operations of the Garage; provided that Landlord shall not oversell the parking to such an extent as to materially impair availability for Parking Pass holders. if the holders of its Parking Passes cannot find any parking in the Garage Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of the date and time of the problem so that Landlord may effectively manage the Garage. Landlord may designate spaces for short term parking and carpools and may create charging station parking spaces and spaces reserved for fuel efficient or low emission vehicles. Unless the Lease Summary specifies that Tenant is entitled to reserved parking and Tenant pays an additional reserved parking fee, no specific spaces in the Garage shall be assigned to Tenant. Landlord may make, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations relating to parking and Tenant shall abide by such rules and regulations and shall cause its employees and invitees to abide by such rules and regulations. Landlord may use any reasonable means of identifying and controlling vehicles authorized to be parked in the Garage. Landlord may designate areas within the Garage for short term or guest parking only and Landlord may change such designations from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to alter the configuration of parking spaces and driveways in the Garage. Landlord may make all or a portion of the parking spaces reserved or institute other measures, including but not limited to valet, assisted or tandem parking, that Landlord determines are necessary or desirable to meet parking requirements. Landlord may operate the Garage or, in its discretion, may arrange for the Garage to be operated by a third party and the operator shall be entitled to exercise any rights granted to Landlord under this Section. Upon request, Tenant will execute and deliver a parking agreement with the operator of the Garage on the operator’s standard form of agreement. If Landlord hires a third party to operate the Garage then Landlord may direct that the monthly parking fees must be paid to such operator at such place as the operator may direct but the parking fees shall be considered Additional Rent hereunder. Tenant shall participate in all programs run by Landlord or any governmental agency to reduce commute trips and to encourage its employees to use public transportation.

8. SERVICES, REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Building Services. So long as Tenant is occupying the Premises, Landlord shall provide the following services throughout the Term (“ Building Services ”) in a manner consistent with a Class A office building and in accordance with any applicable Green Standard.

8.1.1 HVAC . Landlord shall furnish heating, ventilation and cooling (“ HVAC ”) to the Premises 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are reasonably considered by Landlord to be standard for a customary density and office layout for the Building or as may be limited or controlled in time or amount by applicable Laws or the Green Standards. HVAC service shall be subject to periodic maintenance, repair or other minor interruptions in service for safety or health reasons. HVAC and lighting shall be provided as part of Operating Costs from 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (excluding holidays regularly observed by comparable office buildings in the market) and on Saturday from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (“ Building Hours ”). HVAC and lighting will be available outside of Building Hours through the Building’s automated web-based controls system. If Tenant requires HVAC or lighting during hours or on days not included in Building Hours, Tenant may activate such services through the Building’s web-based controls system. If Tenant

 

24


activates such services Tenant shall pay Landlord its customary hourly charge for providing after-hours services which shall be based on Landlord’s reasonably estimated costs of providing such services including Landlord’s reasonable allocation of the costs for electricity, natural gas, water, sewer, water treatment, labor, metering, filtration, equipment depreciation, wear and tear and repairs and maintenance to provide such services. Landlord shall invoice Tenant on a monthly basis for the prior month’s consumption and the payment shall be due on the first day of the following month. If Tenant’s layout or particular use of the Premises requires modifications to the Building’s HVAC system provided as part of the Base Building as described in Exhibit C-1 , or requires a supplemental HVAC system to enable the Building’s HVAC system to maintain the Premises at the appropriate temperature, Tenant shall be responsible for the full cost of such modifications and/or supplemental HVAC system. All changes to the Building’s HVAC system shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and shall be designed and installed by Landlord’s designated contractors. If Tenant installs any equipment in the Premises (including server rooms or data centers) or uses a layout or density that requires additional HVAC above and beyond the level Landlord determines is standard for office users in the Building, Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s own expense, to install supplemental HVAC equipment to service the Premises. Tenant shall operate, maintain, repair and replace when necessary any supplemental HVAC equipment installed in the Building to serve the Premises.

8.1.2 Access . Subject to Landlord’s customary access control procedures, Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises and Common Areas 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week. Landlord shall provide nonattended passenger elevator service 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week, in common with all other tenants. Use of the freight elevator must be scheduled with Landlord in advance and will be restricted during hours when it will be used for primary access to the roof top retail premises. The Elevators may be operated on a controlled access basis except during Building Hours. All elevator service shall be subject to periodic maintenance, repair or interruptions in service for safety and health reasons. Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, may install, operate and maintain its own security and card access system for the Premises provided that (a) such system must be coordinated with the access control system for the Building, and (b) Tenant must provide Landlord with access cards for the Premises, and (c) the work to install the system shall be performed by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements subject to Exhibit C or as an Alteration subject to Section 8.4 . Tenant must maintain any such system in good working order at all times and must remove the system on Lease termination.

8.1.3 Electricity . As part of the Building infrastructure, Landlord shall provide electrical service to operate Building systems and transformed power to the Premises for an available connected load of up to 4.0 watts per square foot for Tenant’s equipment and 1.0 watts per square foot for lighting 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. Operating Costs include electrical power for normal office lighting and customary quantities of office equipment (including desktop computers, copiers, and fax machines) provided that Tenant’s demand load does not exceed 1.5 watts per square foot for equipment and 0.9 watts per square foot for lighting. Additional electrical capacity (up to an additional 3.0 watts per square foot) may be made available to the Premises if Tenant installs additional equipment including but not limited to a buss plug and transformer in the Premises, at Tenant’s expense. Landlord may require installation of new equipment, meters or supplemental HVAC. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord for electricity consumed by Tenant’s supplemental HVAC equipment or other equipment that individually or collectively draws more power than

 

25


that set forth above. Tenant’s electrical usage shall be based on estimates by qualified engineers based on rated capacity of such equipment or Landlord may require Tenant to install meters to measure such usage at Tenant’s expense. If Tenant’s electrical usage, as reasonably determined by Landlord, exceeds the foregoing standard or exceeds the consumption level allowed under any Green Standard, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for such excess usage and shall implement measures to reduce consumption to levels that satisfy the Green Standards and are consistent with Building standards.

8.1.4 Water . Landlord shall furnish water at designated supply points shown on Landlord’s plans, including cold water for Common Area drinking fountains, if any, and hot and cold water in Building standard bathrooms. Hot water in any other areas within the Premises shall be provided by Tenant

8.1.5 Janitorial Service . Landlord shall furnish Building standard janitorial service to the Premises and Common Areas five (5) days per week (excluding holidays). If any Tenant Improvements are not consistent in quality and quantity with improvements customarily installed by Landlord for other tenants in the Building or require special cleaning or if Tenant’s use of the Premises requires janitorial service in excess of the service provided as part of Operating Costs, Tenant shall pay any additional cleaning and janitorial cost upon demand as Additional Rent.

8.1.6 Property Management Services. Landlord shall provide directly or shall retain an experienced property manager to provide property management services consistent with the level of service provided in comparable class A office buildings in the general area.

8.1.7 Interruption of Services . If any Building equipment or machinery ceases to function properly for any cause within Landlord’s control, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to repair the same promptly. Landlord shall have no liability and Tenant shall not be entitled any damages or rent abatement for any interruption of Building Services (a “ Service Failure ” ) except as expressly set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Service Failure occurs and the means of correcting the Service Failure is solely within Landlord’s control, and (a) the Service Failure materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises or any portion thereof to such a degree that Tenant is unable to use, and actually ceases use of, the affected portion of the Premises, and (b) Tenant has given Landlord written notice describing the Service Failure and identifying the portion of the Premises rendered unusable by such Service Failure, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such interruption, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent in proportion to the area of the Premises affected if the interruption or failure continues for a continuous period of more than three (3) consecutive business days after Tenant’s written notice to Landlord. The Base Rent abatement shall continue until the earlier to occur of (i) the restoration of the utility or service, or (ii) the date on which such Service Failure no longer prevents Tenant from engaging in the Permitted Use in such portion of the Premises. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rent abatement if the Service Failure is the result of any act or omission by Tenant or if the means of correcting the Service Failure is outside Landlord’s control or is caused by Force Majeure Causes.

 

26


8.1.8 Excess Service . Landlord may charge Tenant separately for Building Services provided to Tenant in excess of the service level generally provided to Building tenants as part of Operating Costs.

8.2 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance. Landlord shall repair and maintain in good working order and condition, consistent with Class A office standards, all parts of the Building (excluding the items for which Tenant is responsible under Section 8.3 below or for which any other tenant is responsible under the terms of its lease), including without limitation: (a) the structural portions of the Building; (b) the exterior walls, including glass and glazing and sealing thereof; (c) the roof structure and roof membrane; (d) the HVAC system for the Building (including all components and HVAC distribution equipment within the Premises) and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and access control systems for the Building (but not those elements thereof installed by or on behalf of Tenant or exclusively serving the Premises), elevators, fire stairwells (but not stairwells installed by Tenant) and Building life safety systems; and (e) Common Areas. Landlord shall obtain and enforce industry standard warranties and service contracts. All costs incurred under this Section shall be Operating Costs except as expressly excluded in Section 3.3; provided that if a cost is incurred to correct damage caused by a negligent or intentionally wrongful act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in Section 11.1 ), to the extent the damage is not covered by insurance, Landlord may charge Tenant for such cost and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such cost upon demand.

8.3 Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance. Tenant shall maintain the Premises at all times in good condition and repair in a manner consistent with tenant spaces in other class A office buildings and shall make all repairs, replacements or additions of any kind whatsoever to the Premises, the Tenant Improvements, and all personal property located within the Premises and to all trade fixtures, furnishings, personal property and carpet located within the Premises to satisfy such obligation. Tenant shall follow a program of regular maintenance and repair of the Premises to minimize deterioration by ordinary wear and tear. Tenant’s obligation includes without limitation maintenance and repair of any supplemental HVAC equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant and exclusively serving the Premises.

8.4 Premises Alterations. Following completion of the initial Tenant Improvements, except for purely cosmetic work such as paint and carpet, Tenant shall not make any additional improvements or alterations to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written approval. Any Alterations by Tenant shall be done in conformity with plans and specifications approved by Landlord and shall be performed by a licensed contractor approved by Landlord. If at the time the Alterations are made a Security Deposit or Letter of Credit is required under Article 4 , upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall post a bond or other security satisfactory to Landlord to protect Landlord against liens arising from work performed for Tenant. All work performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials suitable for a building subject to the Green Standards. In performing any Alterations (including purely cosmetic work such as paint and carpet), Tenant and its contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Landlord’s rules and procedures governing construction in the Building, including insurance requirements. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with hard copies and electronic copies of updated “as built” plans in a format approved by Landlord. All improvements and Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises shall become a part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 15 below.

 

27


8.5 Liens. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any lien shall be filed for work or materials furnished to Tenant, then Tenant shall, at its expense, within ten (10) days after it receives notice of the filing either (a) discharge or bond over the lien, or (b) provide Landlord adequate security for the lien and take steps to contest the lien in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement provided that Tenant must pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Tenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord may discharge the lien, and the amount paid, as well as Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand.

8.6 Utilities. Tenant shall be responsible for payment for all utilities which are separately metered or billed to the Premises. To the extent utilities are separately metered or billed to the Premises, Tenant shall pay such utility charges directly to the utility companies. To the extent any utilities are shared with other tenants of the Building, Tenant shall pay its allocable share of such utility charges, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or at Landlord’s option, as an Operating Cost.

8.7 Disclaimer of Warranties. Tenant acknowledges that except as specifically provided herein neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Building or with respect to the suitability of the Premises or the Building for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall obtain and keep in force all licenses and permits necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business. Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall not be enlarged by reason of conditions imposed upon Tenant pursuant to any such licenses or permits. Except as specifically provided herein, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be contingent in any way upon the availability, affordability or conditions of any such licenses or permits, and the Commencement Date shall not be delayed by reason of the unavailability or conditions of any such licenses or permits.

8.8 Telecommunications. Tenant is solely responsible for installing and maintaining telecommunications or computer wires, cables and related devices in or serving the Premises (collectively the “ Lines ”) from the point the Lines exit the main telecommunications closet for the floor on which the Premises are located. Only providers approved in advance by Landlord shall be permitted access to the telecommunications closet on the floor on which the Premises are located, to the risers in the Building or to the demarcation room serving the Building and all work in those areas shall be coordinated by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost of such work on demand. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use Tenant’s Lines, provided work related thereto shall be considered an Alteration subject to the terms of Section 7.4 above. Tenant shall not interfere with the use of any other Lines in the Building. If Tenant uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent emission of such excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation. As a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove

 

28


existing Lines located in or serving the Premises, to the extent practically feasible without demolishing walls. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party) located in or serving the Premises (a) upon termination of this Lease; or (b) during the Term if the Lines are installed in violation of this Lease, have been abandoned, violate any applicable Laws, or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition, but only to the extent practically feasible without demolishing walls. Tenant shall complete such removal in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable Laws within three (3) days after written notice. Any Lines not required to be removed pursuant to this Section shall, at Landlord’s option, become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord). Neither Landlord nor its employees, property manager or affiliates has made any representation with respect to any Lines and shall not have any liability for damages arising from Tenant’s use of any Lines or any Line Problems. “ Line Problems ” means (i) eavesdropping or wiretapping by unauthorized parties; or (ii) failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; or (iii) shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, or disconnections in service; or (iv) loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants in the Building; or (v) failure of the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment; or (vi) other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause. Under no circumstances shall any Line Problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant, result in abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

8.9 Roof Top Equipment. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to use a portion of the roof of the Building (such portion to be no greater than Tenant’s Share of the available space on the roof for tenant operated equipment) to install, maintain, repair, and replace satellite dishes or antenna and related equipment (the “ Antenna ”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant may also install, maintain, remove and replace cables or lines within the Building outside the Premises (at locations designated by Landlord) to connect any Antenna to the Premises. Tenant may use the Antenna only for Tenant’s general business purposes and may not grant any other party any right to use the Antenna for any purpose whatsoever. The Antenna may not be used for providing cellular phone service or commercial broadcasts. The Antenna may not interfere with the operation of any equipment used by Landlord or its service providers, or any equipment used by other occupants of the Building that is in place prior to the placement of the Antenna. If any interference occurs Landlord may immediately revoke Tenant’s right to use the Antenna determined to be causing such interference. The design, appearance, size, location and method of installation of the Antenna, and the use thereof shall be subject to all applicable Laws and Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned provided that all terms and conditions of this Section have been satisfied. Tenant shall ensure that installation and maintenance of the Antenna do not void or limit any warranty Landlord may have on the roof or roof membrane. Tenant shall provide Landlord with full plans and specifications for any Antenna for Landlord’s approval prior to installation thereof including details regarding Tenant’s proposed method of installation. Tenant shall ensure that the Antenna is designed, installed and operated in a manner that complies with all Laws and in a manner that is compatible with the design of the Building and other equipment located on the roof of the Building and including appropriate screening as may be required by Law or by Landlord to protect the integrity of the Building design. Prior to commencement of any work under this Section, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord all necessary governmental permits.

 

29


Landlord makes no representation or warranty concerning (i) the use of the roof by Tenant, or (ii) the safety thereof, or (iii) that the installation of the Antenna will be permitted under applicable Laws, or (iv) that such use or Antenna will function as intended. If Tenant’s use of the roof or the Antenna ceases to be permitted under applicable Laws, Tenant’s rights under this Section shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. Upon termination of Tenant’s rights under this Section or upon Lease termination, Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall promptly remove the Antenna and all related improvements, wiring, plumbing, and equipment from the Building and shall restore the Building to its condition existing prior to such installation. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not represented or warranted that Tenant will have unlimited access to riser space or other space outside the Premises to accommodate Tenant’s needs. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any claims, liabilities, suits, losses, loss of rents, liens, damages, penalties, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and court costs, demands, causes of action, or judgments, directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of or in connection with any use by Tenant of the roof and in connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance, use or removal of any improvement, including any Antenna and related equipment in the Building, except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. If Landlord needs to do any work on the roof, Tenant shall relocate its Antenna as directed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost.

9. INSURANCE

9.1 Use; Rate. Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted any activity, or place any equipment in or about the Premises or the Building which will in any way increase the rate of fire insurance or other insurance on the Building beyond normal office use. If any increase in the rate of fire insurance or other insurance is stated by any insurance company or by the applicable Insurance rating bureau to be due to any activity or equipment of Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, such statement shall be conclusive evidence that the increase in such rate is due to such activity or equipment and, as a result thereof, Tenant shall be liable for the amount of such increase. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such amount upon written demand from Landlord and such sum shall be considered additional rent payable hereunder. In no event shall Tenant do anything that invalidates any insurance coverage maintained by Landlord.

9.2 Tenant’s Insurance. Commencing on the date Tenant first accesses the Property for any purpose and throughout the Term, Tenant shall obtain and maintain (1) commercial general liability insurance (written on an occurrence basis) including contractual liability coverage under which this Lease qualifies as an insured contract, premises and operations coverage, broad form property damage coverage and independent contractors coverage, personal injury and products and completed operations, (2) all-risk or special form cause of loss or cause of loss special form property insurance, (3) business interruption insurance (in an amount no less than the Base Rent and Additional Rent then in effect during any year), (4) commercial automobile liability insurance (covering any automobiles owned or operated by Tenant, if any), (5) worker’s compensation insurance, and (6) employer’s liability insurance. Such commercial general liability insurance shall be in an amount (which may include umbrella or excess liability insurance) of no less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence with a Five Million Dollar ($5,000,000) annual aggregate per location. Such all-risk or special form cause of loss property insurance shall be in an amount not less than that required

 

30


to replace (without coinsurance) all of the Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C , all Alterations and all other contents of the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s trade fixtures, decorations, furnishings, equipment and personal property) including coverage for any damage caused by water leaking from Tenant’s equipment (including icemakers, coffee makers and water fountains) or pipes. Such commercial automobile liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident. Such worker’s compensation insurance shall carry minimum limits as defined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located (as the same may be amended from time to time). Such employer’s liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) for each accident, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease-policy limit, and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease-each employee.

9.3 Additional Insurance Requirements. All insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Article shall: (1) be issued by a company that is licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located and that has a rating equal to or exceeding A:VII from the then current Best’s Key Rating Guide; (2) in the case of the commercial general liability insurance, name Landlord, the property manager and/or managing agent of the Building and each Senior Party (as defined in Section 15.1) and any other party reasonably designated by Landlord, as additional insureds; (3) in the case of the all-risk or special form cause of loss property insurance and business interruption insurance require that such policy shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the insured may have waived its right of action against any party prior to the occurrence of a loss; (4) be reasonably acceptable in form and content to Landlord; (5) be primary and noncontributory with respect to the Landlord and the additional insureds; (6) contain an endorsement, prohibiting cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance or material reduction in coverage without the insurer first providing Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten [10] days prior written notice for nonpayment of premiums) of such proposed action; and (7) not contain any deductible provision that is not commercially reasonable. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts of commercial general liability insurance, if and to the extent inflation or other market factors have rendered the prior applicable insurance limit inadequate; provided that Landlord shall not make such adjustments more frequently than once every five (5) years unless required to do so by a lender. Tenant shall deliver a certificate of all such insurance and receipts evidencing payment therefor (and, upon request, copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements and declarations) to Landlord no later than the date on which Tenant first accesses the Property for any purpose and at such other times as Landlord may request. Until Landlord receives the insurance certificate, Landlord may deny Tenant access to the Building including access under Exhibit C and any delay in completion as a result thereof shall be a Tenant Delay.

9.4 Failure to Provide Coverage. If Tenant fails to procure and maintain insurance as required by this Lease, Landlord solely to protect its own interests may obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the premium cost thereof upon demand and as Additional Rent, with interest at the Default Rate from the date of payment by Landlord to the date of repayment by Tenant.

 

31


9.5 Limits. The limits of any insurance to be maintained by Tenant hereunder shall in no way limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant is advised to obtain any additional coverage Tenant deems necessary to desirable to protect its interests.

9.6 Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall insure the Building against loss due to fire and other casualties in the form and with coverage reasonably determined by Landlord. Such insurance need not cover (a) Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment or other personal property of Tenant on the Premises, or (b) any portion of the Tenant Improvements. Throughout the Term, Landlord shall maintain commercial general liability insurance (written on an occurrence basis) covering the common areas of the Building. Landlord may also carry rent insurance and any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or its lenders may require from time to time, in form, amounts and for insurance risks and with any such deductibles as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Any insurance provided for in this Section may be affected by a policy or policies of blanket insurance, covering additional items or locations or insureds. Landlord may elect to self-insure all or any part of such required insurance coverage. All costs and all commercially reasonable deductibles or self insured retentions relating to Landlord’s insurance shall be included in Operating Costs. Tenant shall have no rights in any policy or policies maintained by Landlord and shall not, by reason of payment by Tenant of Tenant’s Share of the premium for such insurance be entitled to be a named or additional insured thereunder. Landlord’s insurance is solely to protect Landlord’s interests and Landlord is not required to carry any coverage for the benefit of Tenant.

9.7 Waiver of Subrogation. Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord and the holder of any mortgage from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for damage to property for which Landlord is or may otherwise be held liable to the extent Tenant either is required to maintain property insurance pursuant to this Article with respect to the property so damaged, or receives insurance proceeds on account thereof. Landlord hereby waives and releases Tenant from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for damage to property for which Tenant is or may be otherwise held liable to the extent Landlord either is required to maintain property insurance pursuant to this Article with respect to the property so damaged, or receives insurance proceeds on account thereof. In either case, any deductible amount paid by either party shall be viewed as included in the insurance requirements or recovery—i.e. may not be recovered from the other party under an indemnification claim, but in the case of Landlord, may be included in the Operating Costs to the extent permitted by the applicable Section of this Lease. In the case of the all-risk or special form cause of loss property insurance, both parties shall secure waiver of subrogation endorsements from their respective insurance carriers as to the other party.

10. DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

10.1 Total Destruction. In the event of total destruction of the Building, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such total destruction.

10.2 Partial Destruction. If the Building is partially damaged by fire or other perils and Landlord reasonably concludes that the Building can be repaired, reconstructed or restored within ninety (90) days from the date of such casualty, and if Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of repairs for which it is responsible, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration and this

 

32


Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If the Building is partially damaged by fire or other perils and Landlord reasonably concludes that the Building cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within ninety (90) days from the date of such casualty, or that Landlord will not receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of repairs for which it is responsible, Landlord may elect to restore the Building or to terminate this Lease. If Landlord elects to keep this Lease in effect and to complete the repairs for which it is responsible, Landlord shall commence such work as soon as reasonably possible following receipt of insurance proceeds and any necessary permits and shall prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention as soon as reasonably possible after the extent of the damage is determined. If Landlord elects not to restore the Building, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date Tenant is required to vacate the Premises as set forth in Landlord’s notice to Tenant.

10.3 Effect of Termination. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord except for items which have therefore accrued and are then unpaid or which survive termination.

10.4 Rent Abatement. In the event of damage to the Premises such that a portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable or to the Building such that access to the Premises is not possible, Base Rent and Operating Costs shall be abated proportionately based on the square footage that is untenantable from the date of such damage until Landlord’s restoration is complete; provided that there shall be no abatement if such damage is the result of Tenant’s or its agent’s, contractor’s or employee’s negligence or intentional wrongdoing or if rent loss insurance proceeds are not available. Except for such rent abatement, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss in the use of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration. Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Article.

10.5 Delay in Restoration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if as of the date that is nine (9) months after the receipt of insurance proceeds and necessary permits Landlord has not completed the restoration for which it is responsible and use of or access to the Premises continues to be materially impacted, Tenant may terminate this Lease, whereupon Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and Tenant shall be released from its obligations under this Lease effective as of the date of such election or the date Tenant surrenders possession, if later. If damage is due to any cause other than fire or other peril paid in full by Landlord’s insurance or if Landlord’s lender will not permit the insurance proceeds to be used for restoration, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease.

10.6 Restoration Obligation. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore following any casualty, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or restore those portions of the Premises which Tenant is obligated to insure. Tenant shall repair and restore all Tenant Improvements and Alterations so as to restore the Premises to their condition prior to the casualty event and Landlord shall disburse insurance proceeds received from Tenant’s insurer for that purpose.

 

33


10.7 Damage at End of Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, if any material damage occurs as a result of any casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord shall not have any obligation to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises and either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice within sixty (60) days after such date of damage or destruction.

10.8 Waivers. Tenant waives the provisions of any statutes or court decisions which relate to the abatement of rent or termination of leases when leased property is damaged or destroyed and agrees that such events shall be exclusively governed by the terms of this Lease.

11. Condemnation .

If the whole of the Property, Building or the Premises shall be taken by virtue of any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of the condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, whichever is later. If a portion of the Common Areas required for Tenant’s reasonable use of the Premises shall be taken under the power of eminent domain then this Lease shall not terminate unless Landlord is unable to provide alternate facilities within a reasonable period of time. Base Rent and Operating Costs shall be apportioned as of the date of the termination. In case of a taking of a part of the Premises or a part of the Property not required for the reasonable use of the Premises, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the Base Rent and Operating Costs shall be proportionally reduced based upon the reduction in Premises Rentable Area, effective on the date of the partial taking. No award, settlement in lieu of an award, for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned between the parties. Tenant waives any right to participate in the eminent domain proceeding and assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in any award or settlement in lieu of an award which may be made in the taking or condemnation proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make a claim in a separate proceeding against the condemning authority for the taking of Tenant’s personal property and/or moving costs so long as such claim in no way affects the award to be received by Landlord. A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed to be a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Section.

12. INDEMNITY AND WAIVER

12.1 Indemnity.

12.1.1 Tenant Responsibility . Subject to Section 12.1.2 and the waiver of subrogation in Section 9.11 above, Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and its property manager and lenders and each of their affiliates and each of their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents, contractors and each of their respective successors and assigns (individually an “ Indemnitee ” and collectively, “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (including costs and fees associated with any lawsuit or appeal), to the extent arising by reason of any injury or claim of injury to person or property, of any nature and howsoever caused, occurring within the Premises or arising out of the acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, contractors, sublessees, licensees and assignees and each of their invitees and employees

 

34


(individually a “ Tenant Party ” and collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”), or any violation of any governmental or insurance requirements by Tenant or any Tenant Party; provided , however , that Tenant shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnitee for the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.1.2 Landlord Responsibility. Subject to the waiver of subrogation in Section 9.11 above, Landlord agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (including costs and fees associated with any lawsuit or appeal), to the extent arising by reason of any injury or claim of injury to person or property arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its property manager or either of their employees; provided , however , that Landlord shall not be required to indemnify Tenant for any matter that is subject to the Tenant’s indemnity under Section 12.1.1.

12.1.3 Concurrent Negligence . If and to the extent RCW 4.24.115 is applied to this Lease, the indemnities herein shall be limited so that (i) neither party is indemnifying the other against liability arising out of the sole negligence of the indemnified party or its agents or employees; and (ii) Tenant will indemnify the Landlord Parties to the maximum extent permitted under RCW 4.24.115.

12.1.4 Waiver of Immunity . Solely for the purpose of effectuating the parties’ indemnification obligations under this Lease, and not for the benefit of any third parties (including but not limited to employees of Tenant), each party specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be granted it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 of the Revised Code of Washington. Furthermore, the indemnification obligations under this Lease shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or for any third party under Worker Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts or other employee benefit acts. This waiver has been specifically negotiated by the parties and each party has had the opportunity to, and has been encouraged, to consult with independent counsel regarding this waiver.

12.2 Waiver of Claims. All property kept, stored or maintained on the Premises shall be so kept, stored or maintained at the sole risk of Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord, for damages to persons or property sustained by Tenant or by any other person or firm resulting from the Building or the Premises or any equipment located therein becoming out of repair, or through the acts or omissions of any persons present in the Building (including the Common Areas) or renting or occupying any part of the Building (including the Common Areas), or for loss or damage to any property resulting from burst, stopped or leaking sprinklers, sewers, pipes, conduits, or plumbing fixtures, or for interruption of any utility services, or from any failure of or defect in any electric line, circuit, or facility, or any other type of improvement or service on or furnished to the Premises or the Common Areas or resulting from any accident in, on, or about the Premises or the Common Areas. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for business losses or consequential damages.

 

35


13. ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASE AND SUCCESSION

13.1 Consent Required. Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest under this Lease, sublet, license, grant any concession, or otherwise give permission to any other person to use or occupy all or any part of the Premises (each a “ Transfer ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a direct sublease or an assignment of all of Tenant’s rights under this Lease provided that Tenant is not in default beyond applicable cure periods at the time Tenant requests such consent. No subtenant shall be permitted to further sublease or assign its sublease and Landlord may give or deny consent to any such transaction in its sole discretion. In agreeing to act reasonably, Landlord may act in a manner consistent with other institutional owners of class A office properties and may consider the financial terms of the Transfer and the impact of the Transfer on Landlord’s own leasing efforts and the value of the Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and without limitation on any other factors that Landlord may consider, Landlord may consider whether (a) the proposed transferee’s tangible net worth and credit standing, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, is comparable to the tangible net worth and credit standing of tenants then being considered by Landlord as direct tenants for comparable amounts of space or is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (b) the number of years of business experience or the business reputation of the proposed transferee is comparable to that of tenants then being considered by Landlord as direct tenants, (c) a default by Tenant beyond applicable cure periods is outstanding under this Lease, (d) the proposed transferee or an affiliate thereof is or has been, within the six month period prior to the date Tenant requests Landlord’s consent, in discussions with Landlord regarding a direct lease, or (e) the proposed transferee is a governmental agency or proposes to change the use of the Premises to a use that is inconsistent with the character of the Building as a class A office project and/or is not consistent with Landlord’s existing or desired tenant mix for the Building.

13.2 Ownership Transactions. Except for Permitted Transfers (defined below), unless Tenant is a corporation that is publicly traded on a reputable United States stock exchange, the sale, assignment, transfer, sublease or disposition, whether for value, by operation of law, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions or within any twelve (12) month period, of: (a) fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued and outstanding stock of Tenant, or (b) fifty percent (50%) of the total interest of Tenant, if Tenant is a partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company or any other type of legal entity, shall constitute a Transfer subject to Section 12.1 . Any change in ownership of Tenant’s parent of the type described above shall also constitute a Transfer of this Lease.

13.3 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the following Transfers shall not require advance consent from Landlord: (a) issuance of shares in in Tenant in a public offering; (b) issuance of shares in Tenant in a private venture funding; (c) merger or consolidation of tenant with another entity; (d) assignment of the Lease in connection with a sale of substantially all of Tenant’s assets; (e) a sublease of the entire Premises or an assignment of its entire interest in this Lease to a corporation or other type of legal entity that directly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant; (f) direct or indirect purchase of shares by any person or entity which immediately prior to such purchase is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of Tenant; and (g) transfer of shares in Tenant incident to a death or for estate planning purposes (each of the foregoing is referred to as a “ Permitted

 

36


Transfer ” and the transferee under any Permitted Transfer is a “ Permitted Transferee ”) but only if immediately following the events enumerated above, the Permitted Transferee can demonstrate that it satisfies the Adjusted EBITDA test in Section 4.3 (the “ EBITDA Hurdle ”). Tenant may not engage in a Permitted Transfer if an Event of Default is outstanding under this Lease unless the default is cured simultaneously with the closing on the Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of any Permitted Transfer prior to the effective date thereof and the notice shall include documentation demonstrating that the Transfer qualifies as a Permitted Transfer. If Tenant engages in a Permitted Transfer under clause (e) above, such Transfer shall be a Permitted Transfer only so long as the Transferee continues to be an entity that directly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant. Following any Permitted Transfer which results in a sublease of the Premises, an assignment of the Lease, or a change in the name of Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all relevant transaction documents evidencing the identity of the parties and the assumption of liabilities, redacted if necessary to reserve confidential information. No Permitted Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its liability under this Lease and Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the payment of all Base Rent, Operating Costs and Additional Rent and the performance of all covenants and conditions of this Lease applicable to Tenant. If a Transfer would be a Permitted Transfer but for failure to meet the EBITDA Hurdle, Landlord shall nevertheless be required to review such Transfer under the provisions of Section 13.1 .

13.4 Landlord’s Rights. Tenant shall pay all expenses incurred by Landlord, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, in connection with its review and handling of any request for consent to a Transfer. Tenant shall pay a deposit equal to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) at the time Tenant requests consent. If Landlord’s costs exceed the deposit, Tenant shall pay the balance upon demand and if the costs are less than the deposit, Landlord shall credit the excess to the next payment of Rent falling due. If Tenant requests consent to a Transfer and the Transfer when combined with all prior Transfers will cover more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by written notice within twenty (20) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent, to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises to which the proposed Transfer applies, provided that Tenant may render Landlord’s notice of termination void by withdrawing its request for consent by written notice to Landlord within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of termination. Landlord may condition its consent to any proposed Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) on such conditions as Landlord may require including receipt of an additional security deposit or lease guaranty, construction of improvements reasonably deemed necessary or appropriate by Landlord by reason of the Transfer, changes to the floor plan of the subleased space to ensure that the subleased premises consist of a leasable increment of space, and reaffirmation of any guaranty by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations.

13.5 General Conditions. Following any Transfer including a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall remain primarily liable hereunder unless released in writing by Landlord. In the event of any assignment, the assignee shall agree in writing to perform and be bound by all of the covenants of this Lease required to be performed by Tenant. Each Transfer (excluding Permitted Transfers under Subsections 13.3(a), (b), (f) or (g)) shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing reasonably approved by Landlord and an executed original of such instrument shall be delivered to Landlord before the transferee occupies any portion of the Premises. Consent to any Transfer shall not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent Transfer. Tenant shall not be

 

37


entitled to receive monetary damages based upon a claim that Landlord wrongfully withheld its consent to a proposed Transfer and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an arbitration action under Section 13.10 . Any Transfer in violation of this Article shall, at Landlord’s option, be void. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent from any other person shall not waive any provision of this Article and shall not constitute consent. If Tenant’s assignee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing remedies against the transferee. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or modifications of this Lease by Tenant’s assignee, without notifying Tenant or obtaining its consent. Such action shall not relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease.

13.6 Excess Payments. If Tenant enters into any Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) and receives any consideration which is explicitly, directly and solely applicable to the Transfer, in excess of the pro-rata portion of Base Rent and Operating Costs applicable to the space subject to the transaction, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of such excess consideration. Excess consideration shall be determined after deducting the reasonable costs and expenses actually paid by Tenant for broker fees, legal fees and tenant improvement costs, if any, in connection with the transaction. Tenant’s costs shall be prorated over the term of the sublease or assignment and the excess consideration shall be calculated and paid on a monthly basis. Landlord shall be entitled to the full amount of any consideration paid by the assignee or subtenant during any period when Tenant is in default under this Lease.

13.7 Succession. Subject to the limitations on assignment and subletting set forth above, all the terms and provisions of this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

13.8 No Leasehold Financing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not encumber, pledge or mortgage the whole or any part of the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest or title to the Premises (including any leasehold improvements, alterations, or additions thereto), nor shall this Lease or any interest thereunder be assignable or transferable by operation of law or by any process or proceeding of any court or otherwise without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant obtains a debt facility which requires a grant of a security interest in all assets of Tenant, Landlord shall grant its consent to such security interest as it applies to Tenant’s personal property in the Premises, but not Tenant’s leasehold interest or any leasehold improvements, fixtures, alterations, additions, or improvements in the Premises. Landlord will execute a commercially reasonably form of consent provided that Tenant must pay all out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord including its legal fees and any fees payable to Landlord’s lender, if any.

13.9 No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender or termination of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof shall not work a merger, but, at Landlord’s sole option, shall either terminate all existing subleases or subtenancies or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all such subleases or subtenancies.

13.10 Dispute Resolution. Certain disputes arising out of or in connection with this Section 13 shall be resolved by binding arbitration conducted in accordance with this Section. The arbitrator’s jurisdiction shall be limited to (i) deciding whether an issue is subject to this

 

38


arbitration clause, and (ii) determining either that (a) the Transfer in question qualifies as a Permitted Transfer, or (b) the requirements for Landlord to act reasonably with respect to a proposed Transfer were satisfied and it would unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to the proposed Transfer. No other matters shall be subject to arbitration under this provision and any award determining any other matter may be set aside.

13.10.1 Administration and Rules. Any dispute subject to arbitration shall be instituted within sixty (60) days after the date on which Tenant submits a proposed Transfer to Landlord for its approval or notifies Landlord that a Permitted Transfer has been completed or is proposed. Arbitration may be commenced only after a party gives written notice to the other party describing the matter to be submitted to arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in Seattle, Washington, shall be arbitrated by the applicable arbitrator selected pursuant to the following paragraph and shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration rules modified as set forth below. The parties knowingly and voluntarily waive their rights to have disputes within the above described scope of arbitrable issues adjudicated by a judge or jury. The arbitrator shall make its decision and award according to the terms and provisions of this Lease and the applicable law, and shall briefly set forth the basis for the decision with reference to the language of this Lease and the applicable law.

13.10.2 Arbitrator. Unless the parties otherwise agree within five (5) business days of the filing of a notice of arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association, based on criteria which it deems relevant in light of the matter at issue. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer who has not less than 10 years of experience arbitrating landlord / tenant matters, and shall have no past relationship with either party, individually or through an entity with which the arbitrator is or has been associated. The arbitrator appointed as provided above shall hear and determine all matters subject to arbitration under this provision (subject to replacement with the next specified arbitrator in case of unavailability).

13.10.3 Procedure. The arbitration shall be concluded within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator and the parties shall use diligence and commercially reasonable efforts to complete the arbitration in a timely manner, however, a delay in completing the arbitration within such time shall not void the arbitration process nor cause the arbitration to be discontinued. There shall be no discovery except at the discretion of arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall be based on briefs and documentary evidence submitted by the parties, any discovery, and a hearing at a time mutually acceptable to the parties and the arbitrator.

13.10.4 Failure to Cooperate. If a party fails to timely pay its share of the arbitration expense or deposit or otherwise materially or unreasonably fails to cooperate (including failure to appear at the time scheduled by the arbitrator), and fails to cure such default within one business day of notice from the other party, the other party may pay such cost, and the arbitrator shall render its decision based on the materials submitted and the language of this Lease and applicable law.

13.10.5 Award and Relief Authorized. The arbitrator shall have no authority to issue orders for payment of money damages and shall be limited to orders in the nature of declaratory judgment, and orders for equitable remedies, including specific performance, except that the arbitrator may award attorneys’ fees and arbitration fees and costs to the substantially prevailing party as provided in Section 22.13 .

 

39


13.10.6 Judicial Enforcement of Award. Judgment upon the arbitrator’s award/decision may be entered in King County Superior Court. Provided that award/decision is within the scope of the arbitrator’s authority, the award and the judgment based thereon shall be final, binding and nonappealable.

14. TENANT DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

14.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant (an “ Event of Default ”) :

14.1.1 Rent. Failure by Tenant to make any payment required as and when due provided , however , that with respect to the first late payment in any calendar year only, the late payment shall not be an Event of Default unless the payment is not received within five (5) days after delivery of written demand;

14.1.2 Insolvency. Tenant or any guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due or the making by Tenant or any guarantor of any general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of a petition in bankruptcy, including reorganization or arrangement, unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or the guarantor, the petition is dismissed within ninety (90) days; or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises, or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease;

14.1.3 Guarantors. Any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder ceases to exist as an ongoing business with assets comparable to the guarantor’s assets at the time the guaranty is signed, unless within ten (10) days after written demand, Tenant provides a substitute guaranty from an entity approved by Landlord in its discretion or if any person who guaranties Tenant’s obligations dies or becomes incapacitated and Tenant fails to provide an affirmation of the guaranty by such person’s estate or a new guaranty from a person or entity approved by Landlord in its discretion;

14.1.4 Estoppels/SNDAs. Failure to deliver any subordination or attornment agreement or estoppel certificate within 5 business days after notice that such document was not received within the time period specified below; and

14.1.5 Nonmonetary Obligations. Failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, other than those covered above, where that failure shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days after Landlord gives written notice to Tenant of that failure or if such failure is not reasonably capable of being cured within such twenty (20) day period, then failure of Tenant to commence the cure within such period and diligently pursue the cure to completion within sixty (60) days thereafter.

 

40


14.2 Remedies.

14.2.1 Termination . If any Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right, with or without notice or demand except as required by Applicable Law, immediately to terminate this Lease, and Tenant’s right to possession in which case Tenant shall promptly surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender possession Landlord at any time thereafter may recover possession of the Premises or any part thereof and expel and remove Tenant and any other person occupying the Premises, by any lawful means, and repossess and enjoy the Premises without prejudice to any of the remedies that Landlord may have under this Lease or at law or in equity by reason of Tenant’s default or of such termination.

14.2.2 Continuation After Default. If any Event of Default occurs, this Lease shall continue in effect so long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 13.2.1 above, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due. Landlord, without terminating this Lease, may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a landlord under any applicable Laws. Landlord may enter the Premises and relet it, or any part of it, to third parties for Tenant’s account, and any rent received in excess of the Rent due hereunder shall belong to Landlord. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, legal fees, expenses of cleaning and redecorating or remodeling the Premises. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent and other sums due under this Lease on the dates the Rent is due, less the actual rent Landlord receives from any reletting. Acts of maintenance, preservation or efforts to lease the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute an election to terminate Tenant’s right to possession.

14.2.3 Right to Cure Defaults. If Tenant fails (a) to pay any sum of money required to be paid by Tenant hereunder other than Base Rent or Operating Costs, or (b) to perform any act required to be performed by Tenant hereunder, and if such failure continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated, and without waiving any rights hereunder or releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, make any such payment or perform any such act as provided by this Lease. All sums so paid by Landlord and all costs relating thereto (including attorneys’ fees), together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, from the date of such payment by the Landlord, shall be Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, and Landlord shall have the same rights or remedies with respect thereto as in the case of default in the payment of Base Rent.

14.3 Damages Upon Termination. Should Landlord terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available at equity or under applicable Laws. Upon such termination, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled under applicable Laws, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (a) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent and other amounts which had been earned at the time of termination; (b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

 

41


and (d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom including but not limited to the expense of recovering possession of the Premises, renovation or alteration of the Premises, and other costs of reletting, Landlord’s legal fees, brokerage commissions and tenant improvements costs and allowances paid in connection with this Lease (all prorated over the remaining Term. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in (a) and (b) shall be computed with interest at the Default Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in (c) shall be computed by reference to competent appraisal evidence and using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

14.4 Computation of Rent for Purposes of Default. For purposes of computing unpaid Rent which would have accrued and become payable under this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.3 , unpaid Rent shall consist of the aggregate of (a) the total Base Rent for the balance of the Term; plus (b) any other amounts which Tenant has agreed to pay or which Tenant owes to Landlord for the balance of the Term, including parking charges and Landlord’s good faith estimate of Additional Rent.

14.5 Remedies Cumulative. The rights and remedies provided to Landlord under this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, including, but not limited to, suits for injunctive relief and specific performance. The exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord for any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

14.6 No Waiver. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of a covenant, term or condition hereof or Landlord’s failure to declare any default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such default or such covenant, term or condition or any subsequent breach thereof. The subsequent acceptance of any Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding default by Tenant, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such default at the time of Landlord’s acceptance of the Rent.

14.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. Landlord and Tenant waive their rights to trial by jury of any cause of action, claim, counterclaim or cross-complaint in any action, proceeding and/or hearing brought by either Landlord against Tenant or Tenant against Landlord on any matter whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage, or the enforcement of any remedy under any law, statute, or regulation, emergency or otherwise, now or hereafter in effect.

 

42


15. SURRENDER OF POSSESSION

15.1 Lease Termination. At the expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition required by this Lease. Prior to surrender: (a) Tenant shall remove all Alterations, Tenant Improvements and cabling designated by Landlord to be removed pursuant to the following paragraph and shall restore the Premises and the Building to the condition existing immediately prior to the installation of such Alterations, Tenant Improvements or cabling; (b) Tenant shall remove all personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises and all of its signs from the Building; and (c) Tenant shall repair all damage caused by the installation or removal of any such Alterations, Tenant Improvements, cabling, personal property, signage or trade fixtures. Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in good condition, subject to reasonable wear and tear (consistent with Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease) and damage by casualty that is not required to be repaired by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

If Tenant’s cover letter requesting Landlord’s approval of Alterations or Tenant Improvements includes a conspicuous written request (using all bold font or all capital letters) that Landlord determine which elements of the proposed Alterations or Tenant Improvements will be subject to removal and restoration, Landlord’s notice of approval will identify which portions of the approved Alterations or Tenant Improvements are subject to removal and restoration on the termination of this Lease (“ Required Restoration Items ”) provided that Required Restoration Items may only include items that are not consistent with a customary class A office build out. Provided that Tenant constructs Tenant Improvements consistent with the plans reviewed by Landlord prior to Lease execution, with regard to the initial Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s restoration obligation shall consist of the following: (i) removal of all cabling (except as provided below), equipment (including supplementary cooling and environmental control equipment), cabinetry and partitions comprising the research and development lab and quality assurance testing area, and (ii) removal of the interior stairway in the Premises and replacing the floor slab in the stairway opening. Tenant shall leave all such areas in broom clean condition, but shall not be obligated to repaint, replace finish materials, reconfigure partitions, or reconfigure MEPT systems. With respect to any other Tenant Improvements or Alterations, Required Restoration Items may also include any cafeteria, any data center or server rooms that are larger than those customarily located within general office space in a class A downtown office building, high density storage areas, locker rooms, tenant stairs and associated openings, and fitness centers and the areas impacted by such removal shall be restored to a condition consistent with an open floor plan office. Landlord may at any time waive the duty to remove any Required Restoration Items in which case Tenant shall leave the Required Restoration Items in place at surrender. Any Alterations made without Landlord approval are deemed to be Required Restoration Items. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove cabling, to the extent if removal would not be practical without removing wallboard or other permanent improvements, except that any cabling in the ceiling area or other areas required by code must be removed.

15.2 Holding Over. This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Term. Any holding over by Tenant without the express written consent of Landlord shall not constitute the renewal or extension of this Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the Premises. If Tenant holds over without the express written consent of Landlord, the monthly Base Rent payments to be paid by Tenant shall be increased to an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the then applicable Base Rent rate; provided , however , payment of such Base Rent by Tenant shall not be deemed to extend or renew the Term. If Landlord consents in writing to permit Tenant to occupy the Premises beyond the expiration of the Term, that

 

43


occupancy shall be construed to be a month-to-month tenancy upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease except that Base Rent during the hold over period shall be the amount stated in Landlord’s consent to the hold over. During any hold over period, Tenant shall pay all other sums due hereunder including Additional Rent and parking charges.

15.3 Failure to Surrender. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises in the condition required by Section 15.1 upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from loss and liability resulting from that failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by or damages or penalties payable to any succeeding tenant.

16. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Tenant shall designate a person at the Premises with whom Landlord may coordinate entry and access. Landlord reserves, and shall at any and all times have, the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, to post notices of nonresponsibility, to repair or maintain the Premises and any portion of the Building that Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, without abatement of Rent. At any time when Tenant is in default hereunder, during the last year of the Term or at any time when Tenant requests consent to a Transfer, Landlord or its property manager or broker may enter the Premises to show the Premises to prospective tenants. Except in emergencies or for regularly scheduled purposes (such as janitorial) Landlord shall give reasonable advance notice to Tenant’s designated representative (which may be email or telephonic notice) before entering the Premises. Tenant waives any claim for damages, injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by Landlord’s exercise of its rights pursuant to this Article or any comparable provision in this Lease. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key, security card or other access device with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and files, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open the doors to or in the Premises in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to the Premises without liability to Tenant. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of these means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

17. SUBORDINATION

17.1 Lease Subordinate to Mortgages. Landlord represents that there is no lien of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground lease (“ Major Encumbrance ” ) in effect against the Property, the Building and/or the Premises as of the Effective Date. Upon request from Landlord or any ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust (“ Senior Party ”), Tenant, within ten (10) days of presentation, shall subordinate its interest under this Lease to any Major Encumbrance and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, on condition that such subordination shall be effectuated by execution and delivery of a commercially reasonable subordination agreement (“ SNDA ” ) which grants to Tenant the right not to be disturbed in its tenancy in the event of a foreclosure or ground lease termination, and requires the Senior Party to perform the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease arising after

 

44


the Senior Party takes title to and possession of the Property (subject to customary carevouts). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Senior Party may at its sole election subordinate or cause to be subordinated its Major Encumbrance to this Lease. In the event of the foreclosure or lease termination by voluntary agreement or otherwise, or the commencement of any judicial action seeking such foreclosure or termination, Tenant will attorn to and recognize the Senior Party or any purchaser in foreclosure as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease. Upon request by such successor in interest, Tenant will execute and deliver a reasonable instrument confirming such attornment, and Senior Party’s assumption of obligations under the Lease arising thereafter (subject to any carveouts contained in the SNDA).

17.2 Estoppel Certificates. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of presentation, execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel certificate requested by Landlord from time to time certifying, if such be true: (a) that Tenant is in occupancy; (b) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or if there have been modifications, that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect, and stating the modifications; (c) the dates to which the Rent and other charges shall have been paid, (d) that there are no Rent offsets or claims; (e) that there exists no breach or default on the part of either Tenant or Landlord under this Lease; and (f) the answers to such other factual matters as may be reasonably requested by the addressee thereof.

17.3 Default of Landlord. Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and any Senior Party, or if such failure is not reasonably capable of being cured within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord has failed to commence the cure and diligently pursue the cure to completion. In no event shall Landlord be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage. Tenant waives all rights to terminate this Lease or to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to offset against Rent, or exercise any right of self-help granted under any Applicable Law now or hereafter in effect except that, if Tenant obtains a final judgment which Landlord fails to pay within thirty (30) days after the judgment becomes final, Tenant may offset the amount of such judgment against Base Rent payable to the entity against whom Tenant obtained the judgment. No such offset right may be asserted against any successor or assign of the entity against whom Tenant obtained the judgment.

17.4 Mortgagee Protection. In the event of any uncured default on the part of Landlord, Tenant shall not exercise any right to abate or offset rent or claim constructive eviction under this Lease unless Tenant has given each Senior Party, whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant, at least sixty (60) days’ notice. During the sixty (60) day period, the Senior Party shall be entitled to commence to cure the default. If the default is not capable of being cured with due diligence within the sixty (60) day period, the Tenant shall not exercise any remedy if the Senior Party shall have commenced to cure the default within the sixty (60) day period and shall pursue the cure with due diligence thereafter. If the default is one which is not capable of cure by the Senior Party within the sixty (60) day period because the Senior Party is not in possession of the Building or Property, the sixty (60) day period shall be extended to include the time needed to obtain possession of the Premises by the Senior Party by power of sale, judicial foreclosure, or other legal action required to recover possession.

 

45


18. NOTICES

Any notice required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing with copies directed as indicated herein and shall be hand-delivered (by a party or by messenger) or by overnight courier or given by United States mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Any notice given by mail shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of (a) receipt or refusal of delivery; or (b) three (3) days after such notice was deposited in the United States mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and properly addressed to the party. Any notice hand-delivered or sent by courier shall be deemed given when delivered or refused. As of the Commencement Date, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as specified in the Lease Summary. Each party may change its notice address by notice given in accordance with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, legal notices and service of process may be given in accordance with applicable law for service of process.

19. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

19.1 Presence and Use of Hazardous Materials. Except for Permitted Materials used in compliance with Section 5.1 , Tenant shall not cause, or permit any Tenant Party to cause, any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, treated, disposed, released or used on, under or about the Premises or the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use and store small quantities of routine office and janitorial supplies as necessary to conduct its business activities on the Premises; provided , however , that with respect to any such Hazardous Materials (including all Permitted Materials): (a) upon request Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the specific types and quantities of Hazardous Materials that Tenant uses and a description of how Tenant uses such Hazardous Materials, and (b) Tenant shall comply with all applicable Environmental Laws relating to their use, storage and disposal. “ Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, compound, substance, material, mixture, controlled substance, object, condition, waste, living organism or combination thereof which is now or may be in the future, (i) listed, defined, characterized or regulated as “hazardous,” “extremely hazardous,” “dangerous,” “toxic,” or as a “pollutant” due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, explosivity, toxicity, carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, phytotoxicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects on human health or the environment, or (ii) subject to notification, investigation, removal, remediation, closure, monitoring, response actions or other similar requirements under applicable Environmental Laws. Hazardous Materials shall include without limitation, petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos, radon and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state and local environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, regulations, common law, standards, judgments, injunctions, ordinances, rules, codes, orders, decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, demands or requirements of any governmental agency, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or may become applicable to Tenant, the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any investigation, claim, notice of violation or enforcement proceeding made or instituted against Tenant, the Premises or the Property concerning a Hazardous Material (including all Permitted Materials) or any alleged violation by Tenant or any Tenant Party of any Environmental Law.

 

46


19.2 Default and Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless the Indemnitees from and against any and all claims, causes of action, damages, penalties, obligations, demands, judgments, awards, settlements, deficiencies, suits, proceedings, fines, taxes, costs, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation, the fees and disbursements of attorneys and consultants) of any kind or nature, whether or not accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, which are assessed against or incurred by any Indemnitee by reason of or arising out of or in connection with (a) Tenant’s and/or any Tenant Party’s breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Section or in Section 5.1 or (b) any actual or alleged presence, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including all Permitted Materials) by Tenant or any Tenant Party on, under or about the Premises, the Property or other nearby property during the Term. This indemnity shall include, without limitation, (i) the cost of any required or necessary notification, inspection, repair, removal, remediation, detoxification or other response action, and the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary prior to or following the termination of this Lease, (ii) any diminution in the value of the Premises, the Building or the Property, and (iii) any increased marketing costs for the Premises or the Building. Neither the written consent by Landlord to the presence of Hazardous Materials (including Permitted Materials) on, under or about the Premises, nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from Tenant’s indemnification obligation. Tenant’s indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease.

19.3 Inspections. Landlord and its designees may, from time to time, enter and inspect the Premises and conduct any tests and investigations necessary or desirable to determine Tenant’s compliance with this Article. If such tests indicate the presence of any environmental condition that Landlord reasonably believes was caused by Tenant or first occurred during the Term, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of conducting such tests. The phrase “ environmental condition ” shall mean any adverse condition relating to any Hazardous Materials (including Permitted Materials) or the environment, including surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, land, surface or subsurface strata or the ambient air and includes air, land and water pollutants, noise, vibration, light and odors. In the event of any such environmental condition, Tenant shall promptly take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same or shall, at Landlord’s election and without relieving Tenant of its primary liability and obligation hereunder and under applicable Laws, reimburse Landlord or its designee, upon demand, for the cost to Landlord or its designee of performing rectifying work.

20. SIGNS

20.1 Initial Signage. Landlord shall provide the following signs in Building standard format (a) Tenant’s initial identifying information on the Building directory, and (b) Tenant’s name on the Building entry sign and shall deduct the cost from the Allowance. Revisions to such directory information and signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. For each whole floor included in the Premises, Tenant may install custom signage with its logo in the elevator lobby. For each floor on which Tenant leases at least half of the floor, Tenant may install prominent lobby signage approved by Landlord. If Tenant expands in the Building, for each floor on which on which Tenant leases less than half of the floor, Landlord shall provide Building standard lobby directory signage.

 

47


In addition, so long as Tenant leases and occupies the entire Initial Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, to install signage on north side of the Building provided that the signage may not distract from or interfere with visibility of the ground floor retail signage. For purposes of the foregoing, Tenant shall not be deemed to occupy any space that has been sublet unless the sublessee qualifies as a Permitted Transferee. The right to exterior signage is personal to the Tenant originally named herein and any Permitted Transferee who has assumed all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease whose name is acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion and may not be used by or for the benefit of any other party. All exterior signage shall be contingent on receipt of permits and approvals from the City of Seattle.

20.2 Additional Signage. Except as provided in Section 20.1 , Tenant shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord install, paint, display, inscribe, place, affix or otherwise attach any sign, fixture, advertising material, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside of the Premises or on any part of the inside of the Premises which is visible from the outside of the Premises or on or about any other portion of the Building. If Landlord consents to the installation of any sign (including the signage under Section 20.1 ) or other advertising material, the location, size, design, color and other physical aspects thereof shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be in accordance with any sign program applicable to the Building. Landlord has approved the signage conceptually shown on Exhibit F attached hereto provided that Tenant must obtain Landlord’s approval of the actual plans and specification prior to installation of such signage. In addition to any other requirements of this Section, the installation of any sign or other advertising material by or for Tenant must comply with all applicable Laws and any covenants, conditions or restrictions affecting the Property, if any. With respect to any permitted sign installed by or for Tenant, Tenant shall maintain such sign or other advertising material in good condition and repair and shall remove such sign or other advertising material on the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and restore any damage caused by the installation or removal thereof (including restoration of discolored surfaces to match adjacent areas and patching of holes). The cost of any sign or advertising material and all costs associated with the installation, maintenance and removal thereof shall be paid for solely by Tenant. If Tenant fails to properly maintain or remove any sign or other advertising material, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. Any cost incurred by Landlord in connection with such maintenance or removal shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days following notice from Landlord. Landlord may remove any unpermitted sign or advertising material without notice to Tenant, and the cost of such removal shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days following notice from Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage, loss or expense resulting from Landlord’s removal of any sign or advertising material in accordance with this Section. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Landlord may remove any signage as and when necessary to perform repairs and maintenance.

21. DELAYS

If either party is delayed in the performance of any covenant of this Lease (excluding Tenant’s obligation to make any payment of Rent) because of any Force Majeure Causes, performance of that covenant shall be excused for the period of such delay. Force Majeure Causes shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent or the length of the Term. Force Majeure

 

48


Causes that delay completion of the Base Building shall not extend the date of Tenant’s right to terminate under Section 2.1.2 . The term “ Force Majeure Causes ” shall mean and include: acts of the other party, earthquakes, floods, weather and the elements, war, riot, labor disputes (excluding disputes with such party’s own employees), governmental actions or inaction (including permitting time), inability to procure or general shortage of labor or materials in the normal channels of trade, delay in transportation, delay in inspections, and any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party so obligated, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing.

22. MISCELLANEOUS

22.1 USA Patriot Act Disclosures. Pursuant to United States Presidential Executive Order 13224 signed on September 24, 2001, and entitled “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism” (“ Executive Order ”), Landlord is required to ensure that it does not transact business with persons or entities determined to have committed, or to pose a risk of committing or supporting, terrorist acts and those identified on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (“ List ”), generated by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Tenant represents to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly owns ten percent (10%) or greater equity interest in it nor any of its officers or directors or managing member (collectively the “ Covered Parties ”) is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the U.S. Treasury (including those named on the List) or under the Executive Order or other governmental action, and (ii) that throughout the Term, Tenant and each of the Covered Parties shall comply with the Executive Order. If Landlord determines that Tenant or any Covered Person is on the List and Tenant cannot remedy such situation within thirty (30) days following notice from Landlord (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary in order to remedy such situation, provided that Tenant promptly commences and thereafter diligently prosecutes its efforts to remedy the situation), Landlord reserves the right to declare such failure as default hereunder and/or take all other actions necessary to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order. The provisions of this paragraph will survive termination of this Lease.

22.2 Financial Statements. If Tenant is not a publicly traded company whose financial statements are readily available, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of Landlord’s written request, furnish Landlord with Tenant’s most recent financial statements, dated no earlier than one (1) year before such request, certified as accurate by Tenant, or, if available, audited financial statements prepared by an independent certified public accountant with copies of the auditor’s statement, reflecting Tenant’s then current financial condition, in Tenant’s customary form. If the financial statements are not available to the general public, Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to keep such financial statements confidential; provided , however , Landlord may disclose such information to its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, and other consultants and advisors to the extent such persons need to know such information and to any actual or prospective partners or members, investors, purchasers, and lenders provided such parties are first informed of the confidential nature of such information and bound by a duty of confidentiality. In addition, the financial statements may be divulged by Landlord if required by law or in any administrative or judicial proceeding in which Landlord is required to divulge such information.

 

49


22.3 Contingency. Intentionally omitted.

22.4 Building Development. Tenant acknowledges that some portion of the Building or Common Areas may be under construction after the Term commences. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any loss or damage relating to such construction or lack of construction except as provided in Section 2.1.2 above.

22.5 Headings. The headings used in this Lease are for convenience only. They shall not be construed to limit or to extend the meaning of any part of this Lease.

22.6 Amendments. Any amendments or additions to this Lease shall be in writing by the parties hereto, and neither Tenant nor Landlord shall be bound by any verbal or implied agreements.

22.7 Time of the Essence. Time is expressly declared to be of the essence of this Lease.

22.8 Entire Agreement/No Recording. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and no other agreement, statement or promise made by any party hereto, or to any employee, officer or agent of any party hereto shall be binding or valid. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of this Lease may be recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord.

22.9 Language. The word “ person ” whenever used shall include individuals, firms, associations and corporations and any other legal entity, as applicable. The word “ including ” shall mean “including but not limited to.” The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning, and shall not be construed strictly for or against Landlord or Tenant. In any instance in which Landlord has agreed to act reasonably under this Lease, Landlord is agreeing to act in a manner consistent with the standards followed by large institutional owners of commercial real estate and may consider its own subjective interests, including the impact of the requested action on the value of the Building or on Landlord’s income. Except where a different standard is specifically stated, Landlord may act or refuse to act in its sole and subjective discretion.

22.10 Invalidity. If any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof.

22.11 Computation of Time. Unless business day is specified, the word “ day ” means “calendar day”, and the computation of time shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays for purposes of determining time periods under this Lease. Business days shall mean Monday through Friday of each week, excluding national holidays or other holidays designated by Landlord that are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located. Where a time period is stated as a number of days or months following a certain event, the day on which the triggering event occurs shall not be included when calculating the time period.

 

50


22.12 Applicable Law. This Lease shall be interpreted and construed under and pursuant to the laws of the State of Washington.

22.13 Attorneys’ Fees. If either party requires the services of an attorney in connection with enforcing the terms of this Lease or if suit is brought for the recovery of any Rent due under this Lease for the breach of any covenant or condition of this Lease, or for the restitution of the Premises to Landlord, and/or eviction of Tenant during the Term or after the expiration thereof, the prevailing party will be entitled to a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees, witness fees, and other court costs, both at trial and on appeal. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant any legal fees incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding affecting Tenant or any Guarantor.

22.14 Broker’s Commission. Tenant represents and warrants that it has incurred no liabilities or claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the negotiation and/or execution of this Lease and that it has not dealt with or has any knowledge of any real estate broker/agent or salesperson in connection with this Lease except for those identified in the Lease Summary whose commission will be paid for by Landlord in accordance with a separate written agreement between Landlord and the brokers. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against, any other claim for a commission in connection with this Lease arising out of a relationship with Tenant.

22.15 Substitution of Premises. Intentionally omitted.

22.16 Advertising. Except as an identifying address for the Premises, Tenant shall not use photographs, drawings, or other renderings of the Building or the Landlord’s logo or trade name, or any other proprietary name, mark or symbol of Landlord without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent.

22.17 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. If Landlord sells, conveys or transfers its interest in the Property, and the successor assumes all of Landlord’s future obligations hereunder in writing, Landlord shall automatically be released from any future liability to Tenant under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s successor in interest for performance of Landlord’s covenants. If Tenant provides any security to secure Tenant’s performance of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or credit such security to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability for the return of such security.

22.18 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. None of the direct or indirect members, managers, partners, shareholders, directors or officers of Landlord (collectively, the “ Ownership Parties ”) shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord to enforce Landlord’s obligations hereunder and shall not seek any damages against any of the Ownership Parties because of any breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Landlord’s liability under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Building and the proceeds of any applicable liability insurance coverage carried by or for Landlord and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or the property or assets of any of the Ownership Parties in seeking either to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment against Landlord. Any judgment taken against any Ownership Party may be vacated and set aside at any time and no writ of execution may be levied against the assets of any Ownership Party. These covenants and agreements are enforceable by Landlord and also by any Ownership Party.

 

51


22.19 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed by the parties in counterparts, and each counterpart Lease shall be deemed to be an original hereof.

22.20 Quiet Enjoyment. Subject to the provisions of this Lease and conditioned upon performance of all of the provisions to be performed by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall secure to Tenant during the Term the quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises.

22.21 Authority. Each party hereto warrants that it has the authority to enter into this Lease and that the signatories hereto have the authority to bind Landlord and Tenant, respectively.

22.22 Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees to abide by and adhere to any rules and regulations for the Building, and all amendments thereto, which may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord which do not materially change the provisions of this Lease.

22.23 Lease Summary and Exhibits. The Lease Summary and all Exhibits to this Lease are incorporated herein by reference.

22.24 Survival. Those provisions of this Lease which, in order to be given full effect, require performance by either Landlord or Tenant following the termination of this Lease shall survive termination of this Lease, including all indemnities and remedies contained herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Office Lease is executed on the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:
400 FAIRVIEW LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Lisa Picard

Name:

  Lisa Picard

Title:

  Manager
TENANT:
IMPINJ, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Evan Fein

Name:

  Evan Fein

Title:

  CFO

 

52


LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON    )   
   ) ss.   
COUNTY OF KING    )   

On this 10 th day of December, 2014, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Lisa Picard, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the Manager of 400 Fairview LLC, to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO     

/s/ Marlene S. Bailey

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing

at Seattle, WA

My commission expires: 4/18/2016

 

Marlene Bailey

     

[ Type or Print Notary Name ]

 

53


TENANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON    )   
   ) ss.   
COUNTY OF KING    )   

On this 9 th day of December, 2014, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Evan Fein, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the CFO of IMPINJ, INC. , to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO     

/s/ Stacy L. Jones

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing

at Seattle, WA

My commission expires: 3/17/18

 

Stacy L. Jones

 

[ Type or Print Notary Name ]

 

54


Exhibit A

FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-2


LOGO

 

A-3


LOGO

 

A-4


Exhibit B

PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION

LOTS 1 THROUGH 5, BLOCK 4, FAIRVIEW HOMESTEAD ASSOCIATION, FOR THE BENEFIT OF MECHANICS AND LABORERS, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE(S) 119, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND LOT 12, BLOCK 4, SORENSON’S ADDITION TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE(S) 218, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE EAST MARGIN OF FAIRVIEW AVENUE NORTH, SAID POINT BEING THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 5, BLOCK 4, FAIRVIEW HOMESTEAD ASSOCIATION, FOR THE BENEFIT OF MECHANICS AND LABORERS, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE(S) 119, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND BEARING NORTH 00°54’01” EAST A DISTANCE OF 30.00 FEET FROM THE CENTERLINE OF HARRISON STREET; THENCE NORTH 00°54’01” EAST ALONG SAID EAST MARGIN A DISTANCE OF 360.00 FEET TO THE SOUTH MARGIN OF REPUBLICAN STREET; THENCE SOUTH 89°06’14” EAST ALONG SAID MARGIN A DISTANCE OF 119.67 FEET TO THE WEST MARGIN OF AN ALLEY; THENCE SOUTH 00°53’23” WEST ALONG SAID MARGIN A DISTANCE OF 360.00 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 5; THENCE NORTH 89°06’15” WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5 A DISTANCE OF 119.75 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

EXCEPT THAT PORTION THEREOF CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE BY WARRANTY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 20090318001278.

SUBJECT TO ALL MATTERS OF RECORD FROM TIME TO TIME

 

B-1


Exhibit C

TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK LETTER

TENANT BUILDS

1. Work Letter Definitions. Capitalized Terms used in this Work Letter and not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Lease. The following terms, as used in this Exhibit C and elsewhere in the Lease, shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Allowance ” has the meaning given in Paragraph 3 below.

(b) “ Architect ” means an architect or space planner selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) “ Building Standard Materials ” means materials that are consistent in terms of quantity and quality with the standards established by Landlord for interior improvements in the Building from time to time. All Tenant Improvements must be equal to or better than the Building Standard Materials.

(d) “ CAD ” means a computer assisted design format reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

(e) “ Construction Contract ” means the contract between the Tenant and the Contractor.

(f) “ Construction Drawings ” has the meaning given in Paragraph 5 below.

(g) “ Contractor ” means the contractor selected by Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements and approved by Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor must be bondable and have experience with green building techniques and requirements.

(h) “ FF&E ” means Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment including workstations, demountable partitions, office equipment, telecommunications equipment and cabling.

(i) “ Space Plan ” has the meaning given in Paragraph 4 below.

2. Architect. Tenant shall retain the Architect and shall cause the Architect to design the Tenant Improvements, to complete the Space Plan and the Construction Drawings and to obtain all required building or other permits to allow construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises. Tenant or Architect, on Tenant’s behalf, shall retain the consultants designated by Landlord to design and engineer any changes to the Building’s structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety, sprinkler, and HVAC systems included in the Tenant Improvements. Tenant and Architect are solely responsible for ensuring that the Tenant Improvements comply with all applicable Laws and are consistent with existing conditions in the

 

C-1


Premises and the Base Building and comply with any applicable fire-safety and insurance requirements. Landlord shall provide Tenant and its Architect with draft plans for the Base Building and will direct Landlord’s architect to coordinate with the Architect in connection with preparation of the Space Plan and Construction Drawings. All fees payable to Landlord’s architect to coordinate with Architect shall be deducted from the Allowance.

3. Payment for Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant’s Responsibility . Tenant shall pay for all costs designing, permitting and constructing the Tenant Improvements except that Landlord shall contribute the amount of the Allowance as provided below. Landlord shall not be required to advance any of Landlord’s funds to pay the cost of Tenant Improvements except as provided below. If any lien is filed against the Property or the Premises relating to the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may require Tenant to suspend or terminate construction of the Tenant Improvements until such lien is resolved, by bond or payment. Landlord may elect to disburse the Allowance directly to the Contractor, subcontractors, architects or engineers.

(b) Reimbursement and Compensation for Landlord Expenses . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the design and review of the Space Plan and Construction Drawings and for coordination and oversight of Tenant’s construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant retains Landlord’s Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall not charge Tenant any administrative or oversight fee in connection with the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant does not retain Landlord’s Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administrative and oversight fee equal to two percent (2%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord may obtain any reimbursement or payment required hereunder by deducting such amount from the Allowance.

(c) Cost of the Tenant Improvements . The cost of the Tenant Improvements shall include all out of pocket costs associated with the design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, building permit fees, payments to Architect and any other engineering or design consultants for services, premiums for insurance and bonds, permit costs, inspection fees, labor and materials, and sales tax (“collectively, the “ Tenant Improvement Costs ”). Prior to commencing work on the Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Tenant, both acting reasonably, shall prepare an agreed estimate of the Tenant Improvement Costs. If the Tenant Improvement Costs are reasonably anticipated to exceed the Allowance, Landlord may withhold authorization for work to proceed until Tenant has furnished Landlord with reasonable evidence that Tenant has made suitable provision to pay all of the Tenant Improvements Costs in excess of the Allowance and to discharge any liens that may arise therefrom.

(d) Allowance . After Tenant has paid all costs of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Allowance, Landlord shall pay to or on behalf of Tenant an improvement allowance in the amount set forth in the Lease Summary (the “ Allowance ”) to reimburse Tenant for a portion of the costs incurred by Tenant in connection with its initial Tenant Improvements to the Premises. In addition to the Allowance, if not paid prior to execution of this Lease, Landlord shall pay a space planning allowance in the amount of Ten Thousand Two Hundred

 

C-2


Seventy-five Dollars ($10,275) to Weaver Architects for work on test fits and initial space planning. Tenant must spend the Allowance and request disbursement within one (1) year after the Commencement Date. The Allowance may only be spent on Tenant Improvement Costs; provided , however , if the entire Allowance is not used on Tenant Improvement Costs and Tenant Improvements have been completed in all of the Initial Premises, Tenant may use up to Seven and 00/100 Dollars ($7.00) per square foot of the Initial Premises of the remaining Allowance to install cabling and to purchase and install FF&E. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the Allowance, all additional costs shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

(e) Disbursement . The Allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant or its contractor in multiple draws (but not more frequently than once a month) based on work completed and expenses incurred prior to the date of a draw request. Each disbursement shall be equal to the total costs incurred to date for which the supporting documentation described below has been submitted multiplied by a percentage equal to the Allowance divided by the total anticipated cost of the Tenant Improvements, less a five percent (5%) retainage.

Each disbursement will be processed and paid to Tenant or its Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers within thirty (30) days after all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) completion of Tenant Improvements to be paid for by the draw proceeds substantially in accordance with the plans approved by Landlord, (b) Landlord’s receipt of invoices for the costs and expenses for which payment is sought, including such appropriate back-up documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, (c) Landlord’s receipt of conditional lien releases from all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers with respect to the work to be paid for from the draw request, and (d) Landlord’s receipt of final lien releases from all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers with respect to the work covered by the prior draw request.

The final draw request including the retainage shall not be disbursed until all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) completion of Tenant Improvements in the entire Initial Premises substantially in accordance with the plans approved by Landlord, (ii) Landlord’s receipt of invoices for all costs and expenses for which reimbursement is sought, including such appropriate backup documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, (iii) Landlord’s receipt of final lien releases from all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers, and (iv) Landlord’s receipt of as-built plans for the improvements, the O&M manual, and a copy of Tenant’s certificate of occupancy or other evidence that the City of Seattle has signed off on all construction and has authorized Tenant to occupy the Premises

(f) Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the pendency of any of the following: (i) Landlord has received written notice of any unpaid claims relating to any portion of the work or materials in connection therewith, other than claims which will be paid in full from such disbursement, (ii) there is an unbonded lien outstanding against the Property or the Premises or Tenant’s interest therein as a result of the work performed by Tenant, (iii) the conditions to the advance of the Allowance are not satisfied, or (iv) there is an Event of Default by Tenant then outstanding under this Lease.

 

C-3


(g) Additional TI Costs . If Tenant uses the entire Allowance on Tenant Improvement Costs then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, provide an additional cash allowance (the “ Additional Advance ”) in the amount of up to Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Premises, to be amortized and repaid over the Initial Term of the Lease on a straight-line basis, together with interest at a rate of ten percent (10.00%) per annum. If Tenant elects to use the Additional Advance, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and the parties shall execute at Landlord’s option, an amendment to this Lease to memorialize the new rent schedule including the amortization of the Additional Advance or a promissory note in the amount of the Additional Advance. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse the Additional Advance until such amendment or promissory note is executed and delivered. The Additional Advance may only be used for Tenant Improvements in the Initial Premises and may not be used for FF&E or later Alterations. The Additional Advance may be prepaid at any time, in which case the parties shall execute such documentation as is reasonably required to evidence and reflect such prepayment.

4. Completion of Plans.

(a) Space Plan . Tenant shall cause the Architect to develop a space plan showing the layout of the Tenant Improvements with a designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and a general description of the equipment to be contained therein (the “ Space Plan ”). Landlord shall, review, comment on and return the Space Plan to Tenant. Landlord’s failure to respond to the Space Plan shall not constitute approval by Landlord of the design or specifications shown thereon. After the Space Plan is approved by Landlord, Tenant shall cause Architect to complete the Construction Drawings pursuant to the following paragraph. If the Space Plan is returned to Tenant with corrections or comments, Tenant shall cause Architect to revise the Space Plan, taking into account Landlord’s reasonable corrections and comments, and shall resubmit a revised Space Plan to Landlord. The same procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Space Plan.

(b) Construction Drawings . Tenant shall cause Architect to prepare a final and complete set of plans (including architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing) and specifications describing all finishes in a form which is sufficiently detailed to submit for permits, and serve as the basis for a contractor to complete the Tenant Improvements (the “ Construction Drawings ”). The Construction Drawings shall be consistent with and a logical extension of the Space Plan approved by Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of full size prints of the Construction Drawings. Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord the Construction Drawings in an electronic format acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall review, comment on, and return the Construction Drawings to Tenant. Landlord’s failure to respond to the Construction Drawings shall not constitute approval by Landlord of the design or specifications shown thereon. If the Construction Drawings are returned to Tenant with comments or corrections, Architect shall revise the Construction Drawings, taking into account Landlord’s reasonable comments and corrections and shall resubmit revised plans to Landlord for review. The same procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Construction Drawings. When the Construction Drawings are approved by Landlord and Tenant, the parties shall each acknowledge their approval by signing or initialing each sheet of one copy of Construction Drawings. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a sufficient number of copies to allow Landlord to price the Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall submit the approved Construction Drawings to the City of Seattle for permitting.

 

C-4


(c) Tenant Modifications . If necessary, Tenant shall cause Architect to update the Construction Drawings to address any reasonable comments or concerns raised by Landlord during the review and permitting process, to obtain permits and to correct any omissions or inconsistencies identified during the bidding or construction process. Tenant shall not modify the Tenant Improvements specified in the approved Construction Drawings without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 5 below. If Tenant desires to or is required by any governmental authority to change or revise the Tenant Improvements specified by the approved Construction Drawings, Tenant shall submit such change in writing for Landlord’s approval, which shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 5 below. Any request for a change shall be accompanied by plans, specifications and details as may be required to fully identify and quantify such changes. If Landlord approves such changes, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a revised set of Construction Drawings incorporating the changes. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such changes and the time needed to prepare revised plans and institute the changes shall be Tenant Delay. The actual cost of any approved changes shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, unless the Allowance is sufficient to pay such costs.

5. Landlord’s Responsibilities; Standard for Approvals. Landlord shall not be required to provide any services in connection with the Tenant Improvements except as described in this Work Letter. Except as provided herein, any equipment or work provided by Landlord for or at the request of Tenant shall be at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall respond to each submission of plans or any requested change to previously approved plans within ten (10) calendar days. In any instance in which Landlord’s approval of any plans or changes is required, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld except that Landlord reserves the right to approve in its sole discretion any elements of the Space Plan, Construction Drawings or modifications thereto that (a) affect the structural portions of the Building or its electrical, plumbing, mechanical, HVAC, security, communications and life safety systems; (b) affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (c) are visible from outside the Premises; (d) do not comply with applicable Laws, (e) trigger any requirement for upgrades or code compliance in any other part of the Building, or (f) are not consistent with the Green Standards. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s review and approval of the Space Plan and Construction Drawings are solely for the benefit of Landlord and to protect the interests of Landlord in the Building and the Premises, and Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor in any way or to any extent responsible for, the correctness or accuracy of the Space Plan or Construction Drawings or of the compliance of the Space Plan or Construction Drawings with applicable Laws or of the conformance or compatibility of the Space Plan or Construction Drawings with existing conditions or the base Building.

6. Completion of Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall be designed, constructed, installed or provided by Tenant in accordance with this Exhibit and the construction rules, regulations and procedures adopted by Landlord from time to time with respect to construction in the Building. Tenant shall be solely responsible for bidding the Tenant Improvement work. Landlord’s Contractor shall be included on Tenant’s bid list for the Tenant Improvements.

 

C-5


(a) Existing Conditions . Prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require and be solely responsible for ensuring that its Contractor or the Architect, and its engineers and contractors verify all readily apparent existing conditions in the Building, insofar as they are relevant to, or may affect, construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the completeness of all plans for the Tenant Improvements and for conformity of the plans with the Base Building and applicable Laws. Notwithstanding that the Construction Drawings may be reviewed or approved by Landlord and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s agents or representatives, Landlord shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and Landlord specifically reserves the right to require Tenant to make at any time and from time to time during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, any changes to the Space Plan and/or the Construction Drawings necessary (i) to obtain any permit, (ii) to comply with all applicable Laws, (iii) to achieve the compatibility, as reasonably determined by Landlord, with the Base Building, (iv) to avoid impairing or voiding any third-party warranties, (v) to respond to existing conditions, or (vi) to comply with the terms of this Lease.

(b) Contract . Tenant shall enter into a commercially reasonable form of Construction Contract with Contractor for construction of the Tenant Improvements containing industry standard warranties and remedies. Tenant shall not agree to any substantial change orders without Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall be subject to the standards set forth in Paragraph 5 above). Prior to entering into the Construction Contract, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a list of proposed subcontractors by trade together with a draft of the Construction Contract. Landlord may require Tenant to contract with Landlord’s base building subcontractors for any mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety, structural, and HVAC work in the Premises. Landlord shall review and approve or provide comments on the draft Construction Contract, subcontracts and the list of proposed subcontractors, within a 10 days’ time after Landlord’s receipt thereof but silence shall not be deemed to be approval. Neither Tenant nor Contractor shall use subcontractors other than those on the list approved by Landlord without Landlord’s consent.

(c) Construction Meetings . Prior to commencing work in the Premises, Tenant shall schedule a meeting with Landlord and its architect, Contractor and Architect to review in detail the scope of work, schedule, and procedures and other details to ensure that the work may proceed without material disturbance to Landlord or other tenants working on improvements in their premises. Thereafter, the same representatives shall meet as needed to plan and discuss progress. Landlord shall be entitled to participate in the regularly scheduled meetings with Tenant’s construction team.

(d) Access . Landlord shall provide Tenant with access and entry to the Premises only after Tenant has provided (i) proof of all insurance required hereunder by Tenant and the Contractor and its subcontractors, (ii) copies of all permits necessary for construction of the Tenant Improvements, and (iii) copies of the final Construction Drawings and the executed Construction Contract. Landlord may immediately suspend Tenant’s right of access at any time if a default occurs under the Lease. Upon and following any entry into the Premises by Tenant prior to the commencement of the Term, Tenant shall perform all of the obligations of Tenant applicable under the Lease during the Term except for the obligation to pay Rent which shall

 

C-6


commence as stated in the Lease. In addition to the indemnity obligations of Tenant under the Lease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and protect Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, proceedings, losses, costs, damages, fines, penalties, causes of action, liabilities, injuries or expenses arising out of or related to claims of injury to or death of persons or damage to property occurring or resulting directly or indirectly from the presence in the Premises or the Building of Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, or representatives or the activities of Tenant or its contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, or representatives in or about the Premises or Building during the construction period, such indemnity to include, without limitation, the obligation to provide all costs of defense against any such claims. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

(d) Site Rules . Tenant shall ensure that all the provisions and conditions contained or imposed in this Exhibit C are observed and performed by all designers, contractors and trades engaged by Tenant. All contractors, subcontractors and materialmen shall be subject to prior approval by Landlord and shall be subject to the administrative supervision of Landlord and any construction rules or regulations imposed by Landlord. All Tenant Improvements shall be handled in such a manner so as not to interfere with or delay any other work occurring in the Building. All contractors, subcontractors and materialmen shall take all necessary steps to insure, so far as may be possible, the progress of the work without interruption on account of strikes, work stoppage or similar causes for delay. If Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors do not promptly cause any pickets to be withdrawn and any other disruptions to the operations of the Building promptly to cease, or if Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has in good faith concluded that picketing or other disruptive activities are an imminent threat, Tenant shall immediately cause the withdrawal from the job of all its contractors, subcontractors or materialmen involved in the dispute.

(e) Insurance . Tenant shall cause Tenant’s contractor and all subcontractors to maintain all insurance required by Landlord for contractors working in the Building.

(f) Security . Tenant shall be entirely responsible for the security of the Premises during construction and Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage suffered by Tenant.

(g) Fire Safety During Construction . Safeguards shall be implemented to provide reasonable safety to life and property from fire during construction, alteration and demolition operations. These safeguards shall comply with all applicable fire codes.

7. Landlord’s Access. Landlord shall have the right to observe the construction of the Tenant Improvements and to inspect the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall notify Landlord of all construction meetings relating to the Tenant Improvements and Landlord has the right, but not the obligation, to attend all such meetings. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of all minutes taken at such meetings. Tenant shall cause any party performing any part of the Tenant Improvements to cooperate fully and promptly with Landlord. If Tenant fails to comply with Landlord’s requests for cooperation then Landlord may require Tenant to cease work in the Premises. Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall not waive any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. If Landlord disapproves any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Tenant Improvements shall be promptly corrected by Tenant at no expense to Landlord.

 

C-7


8. Designation of Construction Representatives. Tenant hereby designates             as its representative in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon the decisions and agreements made by such representative as binding upon Tenant. Landlord hereby appoints Cathy Dempsey to act on its behalf and represent its interests with respect to all matters requiring Landlord action in this Work Letter. Either party may change its construction representative hereunder upon delivery of at least five (5) days prior written notice thereof to the other party. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no other person claiming to act on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord’s construction representative is authorized to approve plans and make decisions regarding construction but is not authorized to amend or modify the Lease or to increase the amount of the Allowance or contribute any additional Landlord funds toward the cost of the Tenant Improvements. No consent, authorization or other action shall bind Landlord unless in writing and signed by Landlord’s construction representative. If Tenant complies with any request or direction presented to it by anyone else claiming to act on behalf of Landlord, such compliance shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and responsibility and shall not in any way alter or diminish the obligations and requirements created and imposed by this Exhibit and Landlord shall have the right to enforce compliance with this Exhibit without suffering any waiver, dilution or mitigation of any of its rights hereunder.

9. Obligation to Provide As-Built Plans. Within thirty (30) days after completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause Architect to provide Landlord with a complete set of reproducible plans and specifications reflecting the actual conditions of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s Work as constructed in the Premises, together with an electronic copy of such plans in the CAD format. Tenant shall also cause Contractor to provide a complete O&M manual for the Tenant Improvements to Landlord.

10. Schedule. Tenant acknowledges that if Tenant does not retain Landlord’s Contractor as the Contractor, Tenant is solely responsible for completing its Tenant Improvements in a timely manner and that Landlord’s only obligations are those set forth in this Work Letter and in the Lease and that Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that design and construction of the Tenant Improvements progresses on schedule. If Tenant retains Landlord’s Contractor as the Contractor, the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be substantially complete when Tenant would be legally permitted to occupy the Premises but for the need to complete installation of Tenant’s FF&E, but in any event no later than the date on which Tenant takes occupancy and begins operations in the Premises. Substantial completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, balancing decoration, and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. No part of the FF&E shall be considered in determining whether the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete. If substantial completion of the base Building or the Tenant Improvements is delayed as a result of any of the following causes, such delay shall be considered a “ Tenant Delay :

(a) Tenant’s failure to submit Construction Drawings to Landlord by December 31, 2014;

 

C-8


(b) Tenant’s failure to obtain any required permits to allow construction of the Tenant Improvements on or before April 17, 2015;

(c) Changes requested by Tenant after approval of the Construction Drawings by Landlord and changes required due to deficiencies in the Construction Drawings;

(d) Any delays in starting construction due to Tenant’s disapproval of any contractor’s or subcontractor’s bids or the need to revise bids or Construction Drawings to reduce costs or Tenant’s failure to pay any sum when due hereunder;

(e) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations which have a long lead time or that take longer to install or complete than Building Standard Materials;

(f) Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under the Lease or this Exhibit;

(g) An Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or the existence of any event or condition which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default;

(h) Any changes to the base Building required by the Construction Drawings; or

(i) Delays caused by any acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents or employees.

If any Tenant Delay occurs, the date of substantial completion shall be the date on which substantial completion would have occurred but for the Tenant Delay. Tenant acknowledges that the length of any Tenant Delay is to be measured by the duration of the delay in substantial completion caused by the event or conduct constituting Tenant Delay, which may exceed the duration of such event or conduct due to the necessity of rescheduling work or other causes.

11.Reasonable Cooperation. Landlord may permit Tenant to construct portions of the Tenant Improvements at the same time as Landlord is constructing portions of the Base Building. If Landlord permits such early access, Tenant shall cooperate fully and promptly with Landlord.

 

C-9


Exhibit C-1

LANDLORD’S WORK

“Base Building”

400 Fairview LLC

 

BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK

HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

LEED Certification

   LEED Gold    X    Optional

GARAGE

Bicycle Storage

   Card access to chain-link fenced area (3 sides chain link 1 GWB). Parking for 128 bicycles.    X    —  

Locker Rooms

   Fully finished men’s and women’s locker rooms including sinks, showers, and sauna    X    —  

Garage Elevators

   Two (2) MRL passenger elevators; Manufacturer standard finishes. 3500# elevator capacity, 200fpm    X    —  

Garage Elevator Lobbies

   Glazed aluminum entrance doors. Concrete floors. Painted GWB walls.    X    —  
Parking Ratio (Subject to City of Seattle approval)   

Office Ratio: 1.3/1000 rsf

Retail Ratio: 2.0/1000 rsf

   X
Office: 417 stalls
Retail: 45 stalls
   —  

GROUND FLOOR

Secured Level 1 Office Elevator Lobby    Mix of wood, stone, tile, GWB and/or metal    X    —  
Passenger Elevators    (5) 3500# MRL high-rise passenger elevators. 500 fpm. Custom elevator finishes. Destination dispatch. Provide elevator doors, frames, plus call buttons and lanterns. Landlord to install fire/smoke doors if required by code. Provide card readers in all passenger elevator cabs.    X    —  
Landlord Service Elevator / Tenant Swing Elevator    (1) 4500# MRL high-rise ‘swing’ elevator. 350 fpm. Standard elevator finishes    X    —  
Mail room    Located on Level One    X    —  
Fully finished restrooms       X    —  

Floors

   Polished concrete    X    —  

Walls

   Ceramic tile wainscot/GWB    X    —  

 

C-1


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK

Ceilings

   ACT    X    —  

Toilet partitions

   Painted, floor mounted    X    —  

Accessories

   Stainless steel    X    —  

Countertops

   Solid Surface    X    —  

Mirrors

   Full width    X    —  
Exit Stairs       X    —  

Stairs

   Metal Stairs—treads concrete filled    X    —  

Walls

   Painted GWB    X    —  

Lighting

   To meet code    X    —  
Core doors and hardware    Painted wood doors & hollow metal frames    X    —  
Card Readers    Card readers at South Vestibule Entry Door, West Vestibule Entry Door, Office Elev. Lobby Entry Door. All other areas doors to non-public areas will have card reader compatible frames and hardware    X
Card reader or
compatible
frames &
hardware
   X
Card readers into
nonpublic
areas
Loading Dock    One (1) 35’ loading dock off alley w/ access to service elevator. Trash & recycling compactor located in loading area.    X    —  
Alley Loading Berths    Four (4) 25’ loading berths located in-line adjacent to alley.    X    —  
OFFICE TENANT FLOORS         
Tenant Floor Elevator Lobbies    Full floor tenant will build out lobby finishes       X
Floor to Floor Heights    12-0”    X    —  
Exit Stairs    Metal Stairs—treads concrete filled    X    —  
Perimeter Walls & Ceilings    Provide perimeter walls complete with required framing, vapor barrier insulation and fire-safing. Perimeter gyp board—fire taped—and window sills installed. Concrete core walls and columns do not require stud framing—finish will be “as cast” with removal of form fins    X    —  

 

C-2


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK
Core walls    Core stud walls will receive drywall to structure and rated walls will be fire-taped if required by code. Concrete core walls will be left as exposed concrete—finish will be “as cast” with removal of form fins    X    —  
Cast Concrete Ceiling Finish    As cast with removal of form “fins”. Ceilings (underside of floor deck above) may be left as cast concrete unless otherwise required by code. All permanent building elements will be held as tight as possible to the structural ceiling above to allow the Tenant’s installation of an acoustical ceiling at 9’-0”. Ceiling heights in the side core at DOAS unit locations will be 8’-6”    X    —  
Lighting    At all shell & core rooms, garage and stairwells    X    —  
   At all Tenant spaces       X
Elevator doors finish Office Elevators    Satin steel finish doors and frames    X
Primed only
   X
Painted
Fully finished restrooms    Fixture quantities will be per code requirements.    X
Core restrooms
per original
design
   —  

Doors

   Restroom door orientation to be ingress=push and egress=pull.    X    —  

Floors

   Ceramic tile    X    —  

Walls

   Ceramic tile wainscot/GWB painted    X    —  

Ceilings

   ACT    X    —  

Toilet partitions

   Painted steel, floor mounted    X    —  

Accessories

   Stainless steel    X    —  

Countertops

   Solid Surface    X    —  

Mirrors

   Full width at counter top    X    —  

Janitor Hose bibb

   Under sink. Landlord to provide hose bib in men’s restroom on any floors without dedicated janitor closet    X    —  
Non-concrete areas    Fire tape per code at non-perimeter walls    X    —  

 

C-3


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK
Columns / shear walls    Concrete core walls and columns will be left as exposed concrete. Finish will be “as cast’ with removal of form fins    X    —  
Perimeter framing / drywall    Exterior sills / walls    Fire taped   
Aluminum Sill    At perimeter windows    X   
Electrical & telephone rooms   

Provide at each floor with:

- Walls taped and primed.

- Concrete walls unfinished.

- Concrete floors sealed.

- Hollow metal doors and hollow metal frames primed both sides

   X    X
Paint hollow
metal doors and
frames
Interior shades/blinds    Tenant will furnish and install mechoshade type window coverings, as needed. Final spec and color to be approved by LL.    --    X
GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE      
Code required signage       X
for Shell & Core
   X
For TI
Interior way-finding    Lobby directory, retail market hall, & parking garage    X
for Shell & Core
   —  
Exterior building identity signage and wayfinding       X
for Shell & Core
   --
STRUCTURAL         
Floor loading    Perimeter & field: 50 psf live, 20 psf dead. See structural drawings load maps for more specific load designations.    X    —  
MECHANICAL & PLUMBING SYSTEMS      
Rooftop & central plant equipment       X    —  
Energy management system (DDC)       X
for Shell & Core
   —  
HVAC System          —  

 

C-4


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK

Base Building Office Cooling Infrastructure Design Loads

  

Equipment Load-2.5 W/5F @ 85% Diversity

Lighting load = 0.9 W/SF

People = 142/SF

Level 2 - 49 Tons

Level 3 - 57 Tons

Level 4 - 37 Tons

Level 5 - 37 Tons

Level 6 - 42 Tons

Level 7 - 42 Tons

Level 8 - 42 Tons

Level 9 - 42 Tons

Level 10 - 42 Tons

Level 11 - 42 Tons

Level 12 - 42 Tons

Level 13 - 37 Tons

   X    X
Supplemental
Cooling
(if any)

Vertical distribution (hydronic)

   Vertical risers for heating, chilled, and condenser water from central plant. Single set of piping stubbed out at ea. floor with shut-off. Heating and chilled water to flrs 2-13    X   

Horizontal distribution (hydronic)

   Heating and chilled beam piping mains including chilled beam pump and mixing valves distributed on Floors 2-13 per shell & core plans    X
Main only
   X
All other piping

Dedicated outside air system

   Ceiling mounted air handling units with heat recovery delivering 100% outside air. Outside air system provides core restroom exhaust and has capcity for tenant general exhaust or additional tenant restroom    X   

HVAC horizontal ductwork

      X
Backbone only
   X
TI air
distribution

HVAC Controls

   Current design consistent of current state of the art (2013), BACNET compatible with web interface, limitless users, fully programmable, scalable system.    X    X
Control valves to
connect
to LL
installed
HVAC
controls
system

Hydronic chilled Beams

   10’ chilled beams provided based on 284 USF/beam Chilled beam provided is Barcol 450    X   
Plumbing    Waste and vent and vent risers available at gridlines 3 & 10. Water riser available at restroom core. Tenant shall provide domestic hot water heaters as required.    X    X
Hot
water
heaters
for non-
care
bathrooms
if
needed

 

C-5


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM         
Baseline: Electrical Busway with Hydronic Heating    To support floors 2 through 13 a 2400A tenant bus    X
2400A
  
Power Backbone   

Provided for Tenant use:

- 480/277 volt busway

- Level 2: Bus plugs are 175A, transformer is 112.5 kVA

- Levels 3-12: Bus plugs are 110A, transformer is 75 kVA

- Level 13: Bus plugs are 70A, and transformer is 45 kVA

   X   
Transformed power for tenant plug load   

Demand Load: 1.5 w/sf

Infrastructure: 4.0 w/sf

   X   
Power for lighting    Demand .9 w/sf infrastructure: 1.0 w/sf    X
Per Code
  
Additional capacity at riser (not transformed)    670A spare Capacity on Office Busway; 550kW capacity available on Office Riser, to be allocated across all tenants. Spare capacity can be accessed from any office floor.    X
Vertical Pathway
Only
   X
Bus Plugs,
Transformers
Lighting at Common Areas   

Provide the following:

Common area lighting and related controls, including: Level 1 common lobbies, rooms and corridors; loading dock berths, platform and corridors; restrooms, electrical rooms; stairs, elevators, terraces, and exterior. Restrooms and stairwells to be controlled by occupancy sensors. Exit signs as required at common areas and at garage.

   X   
Lighting at Office Floors   

Provide the following:

Code required emergency and exit lighting for Shell and Core.

   X
For S&C
   X
For TI per LL
Spec
Branch circuit power distribution per floor for lighting and plug load   

Level 2-13: Bus plug, transformer and electrical panel are provided in the main electrical room (south) including a feeder to a panel in the north electrical room.

Level 2-12: 2 panels are provided, one in each electrical room. Each panel has provisions for a second, identical, adjacent panel to be provided by tenant if desired.

Level 13: Only 1 panel is provided in the south electrical room

      X

 

C-6


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK
Fire alarm system and control panels per code   

Provide the following:

- Base building fire alarm system complete and approved by inspection agency.

- Code required fire alarm panel and connection of the main system to a 24 hour monitoring service.

- Provide all fire alarm devices for shell & core condition

- Fire panel with adequate capacity for tie-in of future Tenant’s devices.

Tenant’s fire alarm devices, distribution and connection to the Shell & Core fire alarm panel are the Tenant’s responsibility as part of the Tenant’s Work.

   X
for Shell & Core
   X
for TI
Metering       X
for Shell & Core
   X
for TI
Digital Lighting Control       X
for Shell & Core
   X
for TI
Telecoms/data systems       X
Vertical
Pathway Only
   X
for TI
LIFE SAFETY/SECURITY         
Sprinkler System    Mains and branch lines installed through or below bottom of floor framing. Upturned quick response heads providing required coverage to obtain shell TCO and meeting NFPA 13 requirements. Tenant is responsible for modifications to the fire sprinkler system to meet the code requirements for Tenant improvements.    X
for Shell & Core
   X
for TI
Emergency generator    As part of Shell & core, additional capacity for Tenant use is available, however tenant’s use of emergency generator power will be load shed if and when the fire pump is operating with emergency power. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord for any and all connections to Landlords emergency generator which will be further described in the lease    X
for Shell & Core
   X
To the extent

extra
capacity
is
available

Monitored access system for building entrances, stairwells, elevator cabs, and parking entry    Provide conduit, pathway, and door locking hardware at all stairwells (stairwell side only)    X    —  

 

C-7


BUILDING

COMPONENT

  

DESCRIPTION

   LANDLORD’S
WORK
   TENANT’S
WORK
OTHER         
Landscaping    Site, podium terraces, rooftop terraces    X    --
ADA    Per code at time of building permit    X
for Shell & Core
   X
for TI
IT Pathway and vaults    Provide the following:       —  
   Shared Garage Level communications/demark room.    X    —  
   Major telecommunication providers will have access to the building.    X    —  

 

C-8


Exhibit D

CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE

This Confirmation of Lease is made as of             , 20            , by             , a             (“ Landlord ”), and             , a             (“ Tenant ”), who agree as follows:

1. Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated             , 201    , in which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the premises described in the Lease (“ Premises ”). All capitalized terms herein are as defined in the Lease.

2. Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agreed to and do hereby confirm the following matters as of the date hereof:

 

  a. Commencement Date:             , 20            ;

 

  b. Termination Date:             , 20            ;

 

  c. The initial monthly Base Rent under the Lease, subject to adjustments as provided in the Lease, is $            .00. Base Rent and Operating Cost payments will commence on             , 20            ;

 

  d. Premises Rentable Area:             ;

 

  e. Building Rentable Area:             :

 

  f. Tenant’s Share:             ;

 

  g. Date on which the Premises were ready for construction of Tenant Improvements:             .

3. Tenant confirms that it has accepted possession of the Premises as provided in the Lease and the improvements required to be furnished by Landlord under the Lease have been completed to Tenant’s satisfaction (subject to any punch list items of which Tenant has notified Landlord in writing in accordance with the Lease and a copy of which is attached hereto).

 

Landlord:     Tenant:
By:         By:    

Its:

        Its:    

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

TERMINATION FEE CALCULATION

 

I. Assuming that Tenant does not lease any space under Section 1.1.1 of the Lease, the Termination Fee shall be equal to the sum of each item (A-H) included in the table below and further described in the associated schedule below:

Early Termination Fee Table:

 

Termination Fee Item

   Unamortized
Cost of TI’s
or Allowance
@ 8.5%
   Unamortized Cost
of Brokerage
Commissions @
8.5%
   Four (4) Months
Base Rent
Following Lease
Termination
   Four (4) Months
Operating Costs
Following Lease
Termination

Initial Premises

   A: $1,521,820    B: $291,682    C: $772,991    D

Expansion Space

   E    F    G    H

Early Termination Fee Schedule:

 

  A. Initial Premises: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of the Allowance ($75.00 per square foot of Rentable Area) at 8.5% over the 10 year Term equaling $1,521,820.

 

  B. Initial Premises: The unamortized cost (as of the end of month 84) of brokerage commissions at 8.5% over the 10 year Term equaling $291,682.

 

  C. Initial Premises: The four (4) months of scheduled Base Rent in months 85-89 ($44.89 per square foot of Rentable Area) equaling $772,991.

 

  D. Initial Premises: The four (4) months of Operating Costs at the rate payable in months 85-89 of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

 

  E. Expansion Space: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of the Expansion Space Allowance paid by Landlord in connection with the Expansion Space, amortized with 8.5% annual interest over the period from the Expansion Space Commencement Date to the end of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

 

  F. Expansion Space: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of the brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with the Expansion Space, amortized with 8.5% annual interest over the period from the Expansion Space Commencement Date to the end of the Initial Term. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, brokerage commissions on the Expansion Space shall be Nine and 88/100 Dollars ($9.88) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Expansion Space, which shall be proportionately increased if Tenant leases the Expansion Space prior to month 37. (amount not yet known)

 

E-1


  G. Expansion Space: The four (4) months Base Rent on the Expansion Space at the rate payable in months 85-89 of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

 

  H. Expanded Premises: Four (4) months of Operating Costs at the rate payable in months 85-89 of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

For Example, if the Initial Premises contains 51,662 square feet of Rentable Area, and if the Expansion Premises contains 12,000 square feet of Rentable Area, and if the scheduled Operating Costs are $12.50 per square foot in Months 85-89, and if Expansion Space Commencement Date is the first day of Month 37 of the Initial Term, then the Termination Fee would be calculated as follows:

Example Termination Fee Table:

 

Termination Fee Item

   Unamortized
Cost of TI’s
or Allowance
@ 8.5%
    Unamortized Cost
of Brokerage
Commissions @
8.5%
    Four (4) Months
Base Rent
Following Lease
Termination
    Four (4) Months
Operating Costs
Following Lease
Termination
 

Initial Premises

   $ 1,521,820      $ 291,682      $ 772,991      $ 215,258

Expansion Space

   $ 247,441 **    $ 46,566 ***    $ 179,560 ****    $ 50,000   

Subtotals:

   $ 1,769,221      $ 338,248      $ 952,541      $ 265,258   
        
 
 
Total Example
Termination
Fee:
  
  
  
  $ 3,325,308   

 

* The product of 51,662 rentable square feet (Initial Premises) multiplied by annual Operating Costs of $12.50 per square foot of Rentable Area, divided by 3 (i.e. four months Operating Costs).
** The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of $630,000 ($52.50 multiplied by 12,000 square feet of Rentable Area)
*** The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of $118,560 ($9.88 multiplied by 12,000 square feet of Rentable Area)
**** The product of 12,000 square feet of Rentable Area multiplied by $44.89, divided by 3 (ie. four months of Expansion Space Rent).
**** The product of 12,000 square feet of Rentable Area (Expansion Space) multiplied by annual Operating Costs of $12.50 rentable square foot, divided by 3 (i.e. four months Operating Costs).

 

E-2


II. If Tenant leases any space under Section 1.1.1 of the Lease, the Termination Fee shall also include the elements (A to H) relating to the space so leased subject to amortization as provided above.

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

EXTERIOR SIGNAGE CONCEPT

 

LOGO

 

E-4

Exhibit 10.21A

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of July 31 , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), between IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) and 400 FAIRVIEW LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). If the blank for the Effective Date is not completed, the Effective Date shall be the date on which Landlord’s signature is notarized.

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of December 10, 2014 (the “ Lease ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the Lease.

B. Tenant has utilized the entire Allowance and has elected to draw on the Additional Advance and the parties have agreed to omit the Storage Premises from the Lease, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Storage Premises. The Storage Premises shall be excluded from the Premises and Tenant shall have no rights or obligations with respect to the Storage Premises. All references in the Lease to the Storage Premises (including page A-2 of Exhibit A are hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect.

2. Square Footage . The Initial Premises shall consist of Floors 11 and 12 of the Building which are estimated to contain 51,375 square feet of Rentable Area. Landlord reserves all rights under the Lease to remeasure or confirm the Premises Rentable Area, the Building Rentable Area and Tenant’s Share as set forth in Sections 1.1 and 3.3.1 of the Lease. Until such remeasurement or confirmation occurs, all amounts due under the Lease based on square footage of the Initial Premises (including but not limited to the Allowance, the Additional Advance, and brokers fees) and the Tenant’s Share shall be calculated using the square footage set forth in this paragraph.

3. Additional Advance . The total amount of the Additional Advance pursuant to Section 3(h) of Exhibit C shall be Seven Hundred Seventy Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-five and 00/100 Dollars ($770,625.00). The Additional Advance shall be repaid in the form of additional Rent, with interest at the rate of 10% per annum pursuant to the amortization schedule attached as Exhibit A the “ Additional TI Rent ”). The Additional TI Rent shall be payable beginning on the Commencement Date monthly in advance together with the payment of Base Rent and shall be included in the definition of “Rent” for all purposes under the Lease. Tenant retains the right to prepay the Additional Advance at any time, as provided in Section 3(h) of Exhibit C of Lease. The amount of such prepayment shall be the amount set forth in the amortization schedule attached as Exhibit A.

4. Conflict . If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment and of the Lease, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.


5. Authority . Each party represents and warrants that the person signing this Amendment on behalf of such party is authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and that this Amendment will thereby become binding upon such party.

6. Miscellaneous . Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and are hereby expressly ratified and confirmed. This Amendment reflects the entire agreement of the parties with respect to amending the terms of the Lease and this Amendment supersedes all prior discussions and understandings regarding the amendment of the Lease. With respect to the subject matter hereof, neither party will be bound by any understanding, agreement, promise, representation or stipulation, express or implied, not specified herein.

7. Broker’s Commission; Costs . Landlord shall not be required to pay any commission or fees to Tenant’s broker in connection with this Amendment and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities for any commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent based on dealings with Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear their own costs and expenses with respect to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Amendment.

8. Representation . Tenant acknowledges that it has been represented, or has had sufficient opportunity to obtain representation of counsel with respect to this Amendment. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has read and understood the terms hereof and the consequences of executing this Amendment and that, except as expressly set forth herein, no representations have been made to Tenant to induce the execution of this Amendment. Tenant further waives any right it may have to require the provisions of this Amendment to be construed against the party who drafted it.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD       400 FAIRVIEW LLC
      By  

/s/ Lisa Picard

      Name:    

Lisa Picard

      Title:  

Manager

TENANT       IMPINJ, INC.
      By  

/s/ Evan Fein

      Name:  

Evan Fein

      Title:  

CFO

 

2


Landlord Notary

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON,

 

COUNTY OF KING,

 

                             )

                             ) ss.

                             )

On this 31st day of July, 2015, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Lisa Picard , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the Manager of 400 FAIRVIEW LLC to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

  LOGO  
   

/s/ Marlene Bailey

   

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Seattle WA                                                                                      

    My appointment expires 4/18/2016                                                                 
    Print Name Marlene Bailey                                                                             
   
   
   

 

3


Tenant Notary

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON,

 

COUNTY OF KING,

 

                             )

                             ) ss.

                             )

On this 31st day of July, 2015, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Evan Fein , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the CFO [title] of IMPINJ, INC., to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO   

/s/ Stacy Jones

  

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Seattle                                                                                 

   My appointment expires 3/17/18                                                             
   Print Name Stacy Jones                                                                         
  

 

4


EXHIBIT A

AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE

 

$15.00    $/SF    10.00%   Interest
51,375    RSF    10   Term (years)
         
770,625    TI Loan $    120   Term (month)
770,625    Principal     

 

Term

(Months)

   Estimated
Dates
   Principal
Balance
     Monthly
Interest
Rate
    Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment
    Principal
Balance
After
Payment
     Annual     Year

1

   Jan-16      770,625         0.83     6,422         (10,184     766,863        

2

   Feb-16      766,863         0.83     6,391         (10,184     763,070        

3

   Mar-16      763,070         0.83     6,359         (10,184     759,245        

4

   Apr-16      759,245         0.83     6,327         (10,184     755,388        

5

   May-16      755,388         0.83     6,295         (10,184     751,499        

6

   Jun-16      751,499         0.83     6,262         (10,184     747,578        

7

   Jul-16      747,578         0.83     6,230         (10,184     743,623        

8

   Aug-16      743,623         0.83     6,197         (10,184     739,636        

9

   Sep-16      739,636         0.83     6,164         (10,184     735,616        

10

   Oct-16      735,616         0.83     6,130         (10,184     731,563        

11

   Nov-16      731,563         0.83     6,096         (10,184     727,475        

12

   Dec-16      727,475         0.83     6,062         (10,184     723,353         (122,206.39   1

13

   Jan-17      723,353         0.83     6,028         (10,184     719,198        

14

   Feb-17      719,198         0.83     5,993         (10,184     715,007        

15

   Mar-17      715,007         0.83     5,958         (10,184     710,781        

16

   Apr-17      710,781         0.83     5,923         (10,184     706,521        

17

   May-17      706,521         0.83     5,888         (10,184     702,225        

18

   Jun-17      702,225         0.83     5,852         (10,184     697,893        

19

   Jul-17      697,893         0.83     5,816         (10,184     693,525        

20

   Aug-17      693,525         0.83     5,779         (10,184     689,120        

21

   Sep-17      689,120         0.83     5,743         (10,184     684,679        

22

   Oct-17      684,679         0.83     5,706         (10,184     680,201        

23

   Nov-17      680,201         0.83     5,668         (10,184     675,685        

24

   Dec-17      675,685         0.83     5,631         (10,184     671,132         (122,206.39   2

25

   Jan-18      671,132         0.83     5,593         (10,184     666,541        

26

   Feb-18      666,541         0.83     5,555         (10,184     661,911        

27

   Mar-18      661,911         0.83     5,516         (10,184     657,244        

28

   Apr-18      657,244         0.83     5,477         (10,184     652,537        

29

   May-18      652,537         0.83     5,438         (10,184     647,791        

30

   Jun-18      647,791         0.83     5,398         (10,184     643,005        

31

   Jul-18      643,005         0.83     5,358         (10,184     638,180        

32

   Aug-18      638,180         0.83     5,318         (10,184     633,314        

33

   Sep-18      633,314         0.83     5,278         (10,184     628,408        

34

   Oct-18      628,408         0.83     5,237         (10,184     623,460        


Term

(Months)

   Estimated
Dates
   Principal
Balance
     Monthly
Interest
Rate
    Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment
    Principal
Balance
After
Payment
     Annual     Year

35

   Nov-18      623,460         0.83     5,196         (10,184     618,472        

36

   Dec-18      618,472         0.83     5,154         (10,184     613,442         (122,206.39   3

37

   Jan-19      613,442         0.83     5,112         (10,184     608,370        

38

   Feb-19      608,370         0.83     5,070         (10,184     603,256        

39

   Mar-19      603,256         0.83     5,027         (10,184     598,099        

40

   Apr-19      598,099         0.83     4,984         (10,184     592,900        

41

   May-19      592,900         0.83     4,941         (10,184     587,657        

42

   Jun-19      587,657         0.83     4,897         (10,184     582,370        

43

   Jul-19      582,370         0.83     4,853         (10,184     577,039        

44

   Aug-19      577,039         0.83     4,809         (10,184     571,664        

45

   Sep-19      571,664         0.83     4,764         (10,184     566,244        

46

   Oct-19      566,244         0.83     4,719         (10,184     560,779        

47

   Nov-19      560,779         0.83     4,673         (10,184     555,268        

48

   Dec-19      555,268         0.83     4,627         (10,184     549,712         (122,206.39   4

49

   Jan-20      549,712         0.83     4,581         (10,184     544,109        

50

   Feb-20      544,109         0.83     4,534         (10,184     538,459        

51

   Mar-20      538,459         0.83     4,487         (10,184     532,762        

52

   Apr-20      532,762         0.83     4,440         (10,184     527,018        

53

   May-20      527,018         0.83     4,392         (10,184     521,226        

54

   Jul-20      521,226         0.83     4,344         (10,184     515,386        

55

   Aug-20      515,386         0.83     4,295         (10,184     509,497        

56

   Aug-20      509,497         0.83     4,246         (10,184     503,559        

57

   Oct-20      503,559         0.83     4,196         (10,184     497,571        

58

   Oct-20      497,571         0.83     4,146         (10,184     491,534        

59

   Nov-20      491,534         0.83     4,096         (10,184     485,446        

60

   Dec-20      485,446         0.83     4,045         (10,184     479,307         (122,206.39   5

61

   Jan-21      479,307         0.83     3,994         (10,184     473,118        

62

   Feb-21      473,118         0.83     3,943         (10,184     466,877        

63

   Mar-21      466,877         0.83     3,891         (10,184     460,583        

64

   Apr-21      460,583         0.83     3,838         (10,184     454,238        

65

   May-21      454,238         0.83     3,785         (10,184     447,839        

66

   Jun-21      447,839         0.83     3,732         (10,184     441,387        

67

   Jul-21      441,387         0.83     3,678         (10,184     434,882        

68

   Aug-21      434,882         0.83     3,624         (10,184     428,322        

69

   Sep-21      428,322         0.83     3,569         (10,184     421,707        

70

   Oct-21      421,707         0.83     3,514         (10,184     415,038        

71

   Nov-21      415,038         0.83     3,459         (10,184     408,312        

72

   Dec-21      408,312         0.83     3,403         (10,184     401,531         (122,206.39   6

73

   Jan-22      401,531         0.83     3,346         (10,184     394,693        

74

   Feb-22      394,693         0.83     3,289         (10,184     387,799        

75

   Mar-22      387,799         0.83     3,232         (10,184     380,846        

76

   Apr-22      380,846         0.83     3,174         (10,184     373,836        

77

   May-22      373,836         0.83     3,115         (10,184     366,768        

78

   Jun-22      366,768         0.83     3,056         (10,184     359,640        

79

   Jul-22      359,640         0.83     2,997         (10,184     352,453        

 

6


Term

(Months)

   Estimated
Dates
   Principal
Balance
     Monthly
Interest
Rate
    Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment
    Principal
Balance
After
Payment
     Annual     Year

80

   Aug-22      352,453         0.83     2,937         (10,184     345,207        

81

   Sep-22      345,207         0.83     2,877         (10,184     337,899        

82

   Oct-22      337,899         0.83     2,816         (10,184     330,531        

83

   Nov-22      330,531         0.83     2,754         (10,184     323,102        

84

   Dec-22      323,102         0.83     2,693         (10,184     315,611         (122,206.39   7

85

   Jan-23      315,611         0.83     2,630         (10,184     308,057        

86

   Feb-23      308,057         0.83     2,567         (10,184     300,440        

87

   Mar-23      300,440         0.83     2,504         (10,184     292,760        

88

   Apr-23      292,760         0.83     2,440         (10,184     285,016        

89

   May-23      285,016         0.83     2,375         (10,184     277,207        

90

   Jun-23      277,207         0.83     2,310         (10,184     269,333        

91

   Jul-23      269,333         0.83     2,244         (10,184     261,394        

92

   Aug-23      261,394         0.83     2,178         (10,184     253,388        

93

   Sep-23      253,388         0.83     2,112         (10,184     245,316        

94

   Oct-23      245,316         0.83     2,044         (10,184     237,176        

95

   Nov-23      237,176         0.83     1,976         (10,184     228,969        

96

   Dec-23      228,969         0.83     1,908         (10,184     220,693         (122,206.39   8

97

   Jan-24      220,693         0.83     1,839         (10,184     212,348        

98

   Feb-24      212,348         0.83     1,770         (10,184     203,934        

99

   Mar-24      203,934         0.83     1,699         (10,184     195,450        

100

   Apr-24      195,450         0.83     1,629         (10,184     186,894        

101

   May-24      186,894         0.83     1,557         (10,184     178,268        

102

   Jun-24      178,268         0.83     1,486         (10,184     169,570        

103

   Jul-24      169,570         0.83     1,413         (10,184     160,799        

104

   Aug-24      160,799         0.83     1,340         (10,184     151,955        

105

   Sep-24      151,955         0.83     1,266         (10,184     143,038        

106

   Oct-24      143,038         0.83     1,192         (10,184     134,046        

107

   Nov-24      134,046         0.83     1,117         (10,184     124,979        

108

   Dec-24      124,979         0.83     1,041         (10,184     115,836         (122,206.39   9

109

   Jan-25      115,836         0.83     965         (10,184     106,618        

110

   Feb-25      106,618         0.83     888         (10,184     97,323        

111

   Mar-25      97,323         0.83     811         (10,184     87,950        

112

   Apr-25      87,950         0.83     733         (10,184     78,499        

113

   May-25      78,499         0.83     654         (10,184     68,969        

114

   Jun-25      68,969         0.83     575         (10,184     59,360        

115

   Jul-25      59,360         0.83     495         (10,184     49,671        

116

   Aug-25      49,671         0.83     414         (10,184     39,901        

117

   Sep-25      39,901         0.83     333         (10,184     30,049        

118

   Oct-25      30,049         0.83     250         (10,184     20,116        

119

   Nov-25      20,116         0.83     168         (10,184     10,100        

120

   Dec-25      10,100         0.83     84         (10,184     0         (122,206.39   10

 

7

Exhibit 10.21B

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of March 4, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) and T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). If the blank for the Effective Date is not completed, the Effective Date shall be the date on which Landlord’s signature is notarized.

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of December 10, 2014 (as previously amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated July 31, 2015, the “ Lease ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the Lease.

B. Landlord finalized its area calculations for the Building and the parties have agreed to memorialize the square footage, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Square Footage . The Building has been remeasured by Landlord following completion and the Rentable Area of the Initial Premises is 52,304 square feet and the initial Tenant’s Share is 16.0%.

2. Additional Advance . Section 3 of the First Amendment to Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The total amount of the Additional Advance pursuant to Section 3(h) of Exhibit C shall be Seven Hundred Eighty-four Thousand Five Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars ($784,560.00). The Additional Advance shall be repaid in the form of additional Rent, with interest at the rate of 10% per annum pursuant to the amortization schedule attached as Exhibit A the “ Additional TI Rent ”). The Additional TI Rent shall be payable beginning on the Commencement Date monthly in advance together with the payment of Base Rent and shall be included in the definition of “Rent” for all purposes under the Lease. Tenant retains the right to prepay the Additional Advance at any time, as provided in Section 3(h) of Exhibit C of Lease. The amount of such prepayment shall be the amount set forth in the amortization schedule attached as Exhibit A .

3. Conflict . If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment and of the Lease, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

4. Authority . Each party represents and warrants that the person signing this Amendment on behalf of such party is authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and that this Amendment will thereby become binding upon such party.

5. Miscellaneous . Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and are hereby expressly ratified and confirmed. This Amendment reflects the entire agreement of the parties with respect to amending the terms of the Lease and this Amendment supersedes all prior discussions and understandings regarding the amendment of the Lease. With respect to the subject matter hereof, neither party will be bound by any understanding, agreement, promise, representation or stipulation, express or implied, not specified herein.


6. Representation . Tenant acknowledges that it has been represented, or has had sufficient opportunity to obtain representation of counsel with respect to this Amendment. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has read and understood the terms hereof and the consequences of executing this Amendment and that, except as expressly set forth herein, no representations have been made to Tenant to induce the execution of this Amendment. Tenant further waives any right it may have to require the provisions of this Amendment to be construed against the party who drafted it.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD     T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC
    By:   SCD 400 FAIRVIEW MANAGER LLC
    Its:   agent
     

By /s/ Lisa Picard

      Lisa Picard
      Manager

 

TENANT     IMPINJ, INC.
    By   /s/ Evan Fein
    Name:  

Evan Fein

    Title:  

CFO

 

2


Landlord Notary

STATE OF WASHINGTON         )

                                                         ) ss.

COUNTY OF KING                      )

On this 28 day of March, 2016, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Lisa Picard, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the Manager of SCD 400 Fairview Manager LLC, the agent for T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC, to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO   

/s/ Marlene Bailey                                                  

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Seattle WA                                         

My appointment expires 4/18/16                         

Print Name Marlene Bailey                                 

 

3


Tenant Notary

STATE OF WASHINGTON                )

                                                                ) ss.

COUNTY OF KING                             )

On this 22 day of March, 2016, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Evan Fein , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the CFO [title] of IMPINJ, INC. , to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO   

/s/ Stacy L Jones                                                   

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Seattle                                                  

My appointment expires 3/17/18                         

Print Name Stacy L Jones                                 

 

4


EXHIBIT A

AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE

 

  $15.00       $/SF      10.00%       Interest
  52,304       RSF      10       Term (years)

 

 

          
  $784,560       Additional Allowance      120       Term (month)

 

 

          

 

    Estimated
Dates
    Principal     Monthly     Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment of
Additional TI
Rent
    Balance      Annual     Year  

1

    Sep-15        784,560.00        0.83     6,538.00         (10,368.02     780,729.98        

2

    Oct-15        780,729.98        0.83     6,506.08         (10,368.02     776,868.05        

3

    Nov-15        776,868.05        0.83     6,473.90         (10,368.02     772,973.93        

4

    Dec-15        772,973.93        0.83     6,441.45         (10,368.02     769,047.36        

5

    Jan-16        769,047.36        0.83     6,408.73         (10,368.02     765,088.07        

6

    Feb-16        765,088.07        0.83     6,375.73         (10,368.02     761,095.79        

7

    Mar-16        761,095.79        0.83     6,342.46         (10,368.02     757,070.23        

8

    Apr-16        757,070.23        0.83     6,308.92         (10,368.02     753,011.13        

9

    May-16        753,011.13        0.83     6,275.09         (10,368.02     748,918.21        

10

    Jun-16        748,918.21        0.83     6,240.99         (10,368.02     744,791.17        

11

    Jul-16        744,791.17        0.83     6,206.59         (10,368.02     740,629.75        

12

    Aug-16        740,629.75        0.83     6,171.91         (10,368.02     736,433.65         (124,416.22     1   

13

    Sep-16        736,433.65        0.83     6,136.95         (10,368.02     732,202.57        

14

    Oct-16        732,202.57        0.83     6,101.69         (10,368.02     727,936.24        

15

    Nov-16        727,936.24        0.83     6,066.14         (10,368.02     723,634.36        

16

    Dec-16        723,634.36        0.83     6,030.29         (10,368.02     719,296.63        

17

    Jan-17        719,296.63        0.83     5,994.14         (10,368.02     714,922.75        

18

    Feb-17        714,922.75        0.83     5,957.69         (10,368.02     710,512.42        

19

    Mar-17        710,512.42        0.83     5,920.94         (10,368.02     706,065.34        

20

    Apr-17        706,065.34        0.83     5,883.88         (10,368.02     701,581.20        

21

    May-17        701,581.20        0.83     5,846.51         (10,368.02     697,059.69        

22

    Jun-17        697,059.69        0.83     5,808.83         (10,368.02     692,500.50        

23

    Jul-17        692,500.50        0.83     5,770.84         (10,368.02     687,903.32        

24

    Aug-17        687,903.32        0.83     5,732.53         (10,368.02     683,267.83         (124,416.22     2   

25

    Sep-17        683,267.83        0.83     5,693.90         (10,368.02     678,593.71        

26

    Oct-17        678,593.71        0.83     5,654.95         (10,368.02     673,880.64        

27

    Nov-17        673,880.64        0.83     5,615.67         (10,368.02     669,128.30        

28

    Dec-17        669,128.30        0.83     5,576.07         (10,368.02     664,336.35        

29

    Jan-18        664,336.35        0.83     5,536.14         (10,368.02     659,504.47        

30

    Feb-18        659,504.47        0.83     5,495.87         (10,368.02     654,632.32        

31

    Mar-18        654,632.32        0.83     5,455.27         (10,368.02     649,719.57        

32

    Apr-18        649,719.57        0.83     5,414.33         (10,368.02     644,765.88        

33

    May-18        644,765.88        0.83     5,373.05         (10,368.02     639,770.91        

34

    Jun-18        639,770.91        0.83     5,331.42         (10,368.02     634,734.32        


    Estimated
Dates
    Principal     Monthly     Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment of
Additional TI
Rent
    Balance      Annual     Year  

35

    Jul-18        634,734.32        0.83     5,289.45         (10,368.02     629,655.75        

36

    Aug-18        629,655.75        0.83     5,247.13         (10,368.02     624,534.86         (124,416.22     3   

37

    Sep-18        624,534.86        0.83     5,204.46         (10,368.02     619,371.30        

38

    Oct-18        619,371.30        0.83     5,161.43         (10,368.02     614,164.71        

39

    Nov-18        614,164.71        0.83     5,118.04         (10,368.02     608,914.73        

40

    Dec-18        608,914.73        0.83     5,074.29         (10,368.02     603,621.00        

41

    Jan-19        603,621.00        0.83     5,030.18         (10,368.02     598,283.16        

42

    Feb-19        598,283.16        0.83     4,985.69         (10,368.02     592,900.84        

43

    Mar-19        592,900.84        0.83     4,940.84         (10,368.02     587,473.66        

44

    Apr-19        587,473.66        0.83     4,895.61         (10,368.02     582,001.25        

45

    May-19        582,001.25        0.83     4,850.01         (10,368.02     576,483.25        

46

    Jun-19        576,483.25        0.83     4,804.03         (10,368.02     570,919.26        

47

    Jul-19        570,919.26        0.83     4,757.66         (10,368.02     565,308.90        

48

    Aug-19        565,308.90        0.83     4,710.91         (10,368.02     559,651.79         (124,416.22     4   

49

    Sep-19        559,651.79        0.83     4,663.76         (10,368.02     553,947.53        

50

    Oct-19        553,947.53        0.83     4,616.23         (10,368.02     548,195.74        

51

    Nov-19        548,195.74        0.83     4,568.30         (10,368.02     542,396.02        

52

    Dec-19        542,396.02        0.83     4,519.97         (10,368.02     536,547.97        

53

    Jan-20        536,547.97        0.83     4,471.23         (10,368.02     530,651.19        

54

    Mar-20        530,651.19        0.83     4,422.09         (10,368.02     524,705.26        

55

    Apr-20        524,705.26        0.83     4,372.54         (10,368.02     518,709.79        

56

    May-20        518,709.79        0.83     4,322.58         (10,368.02     512,664.35        

57

    Jun-20        512,664.35        0.83     4,272.20         (10,368.02     506,568.54        

58

    Jun-20        506,568.54        0.83     4,221.40         (10,368.02     500,421.92        

59

    Jul-20        500,421.92        0.83     4,170.18         (10,368.02     494,224.09        

60

    Aug-20        494,224.09        0.83     4,118.53         (10,368.02     487,974.60         (124,416.22     5   

61

    Sep-20        487,974.60        0.83     4,066.46         (10,368.02     481,673.04        

62

    Oct-20        481,673.04        0.83     4,013.94         (10,368.02     475,318.96        

63

    Nov-20        475,318.96        0.83     3,960.99         (10,368.02     468,911.94        

64

    Dec-20        468,911.94        0.83     3,907.60         (10,368.02     462,451.52        

65

    Jan-21        462,451.52        0.83     3,853.76         (10,368.02     455,937.26        

66

    Feb-21        455,937.26        0.83     3,799.48         (10,368.02     449,368.72        

67

    Mar-21        449,368.72        0.83     3,744.74         (10,368.02     442,745.44        

68

    Apr-21        442,745.44        0.83     3,689.55         (10,368.02     436,066.97        

69

    May-21        436,066.97        0.83     3,633.89         (10,368.02     429,332.84        

70

    Jun-21        429,332.84        0.83     3,577.77         (10,368.02     422,542.60        

71

    Jul-21        422,542.60        0.83     3,521.19         (10,368.02     415,695.77        

72

    Aug-21        415,695.77        0.83     3,464.13         (10,368.02     408,791.88         (124,416.22     6   

73

    Sep-21        408,791.88        0.83     3,406.60         (10,368.02     401,830.46        

74

    Oct-21        401,830.46        0.83     3,348.59         (10,368.02     394,811.03        

75

    Nov-21        394,811.03        0.83     3,290.09         (10,368.02     387,733.11        

76

    Dec-21        387,733.11        0.83     3,231.11         (10,368.02     380,596.20        

77

    Jan-22        380,596.20        0.83     3,171.63         (10,368.02     373,399.81        

78

    Feb-22        373,399.81        0.83     3,111.67         (10,368.02     366,143.46        

79

    Mar-22        366,143.46        0.83     3,051.20         (10,368.02     358,826.64        

 

6


    Estimated
Dates
    Principal     Monthly     Monthly
Interest
     Monthly
Payment of
Additional TI
Rent
    Balance      Annual     Year  

80

    Apr-22        358,826.64        0.83     2,990.22         (10,368.02     351,448.84        

81

    May-22        351,448.84        0.83     2,928.74         (10,368.02     344,009.56        

82

    Jun-22        344,009.56        0.83     2,866.75         (10,368.02     336,508.29        

83

    Jul-22        336,508.29        0.83     2,804.24         (10,368.02     328,944.51        

84

    Aug-22        328,944.51        0.83     2,741.20         (10,368.02     321,317.69         (124,416.22     7   

85

    Sep-22        321,317.69        0.83     2,677.65         (10,368.02     313,627.32        

86

    Oct-22        313,627.32        0.83     2,613.56         (10,368.02     305,872.87        

87

    Nov-22        305,872.87        0.83     2,548.94         (10,368.02     298,053.79        

88

    Dec-22        298,053.79        0.83     2,483.78         (10,368.02     290,169.55        

89

    Jan-23        290,169.55        0.83     2,418.08         (10,368.02     282,219.61        

90

    Feb-23        282,219.61        0.83     2,351.83         (10,368.02     274,203.43        

91

    Mar-23        274,203.43        0.83     2,285.03         (10,368.02     266,120.44        

92

    Apr-23        266,120.44        0.83     2,217.67         (10,368.02     257,970.09        

93

    May-23        257,970.09        0.83     2,149.75         (10,368.02     249,751.82        

94

    Jun-23        249,751.82        0.83     2,081.27         (10,368.02     241,465.07        

95

    Jul-23        241,465.07        0.83     2,012.21         (10,368.02     233,109.26        

96

    Aug-23        233,109.26        0.83     1,942.58         (10,368.02     224,683.82         (124,416.22     8   

97

    Sep-23        224,683.82        0.83     1,872.37         (10,368.02     216,188.16        

98

    Oct-23        216,188.16        0.83     1,801.57         (10,368.02     207,621.71        

99

    Nov-23        207,621.71        0.83     1,730.18         (10,368.02     198,983.88        

100

    Dec-23        198,983.88        0.83     1,658.20         (10,368.02     190,274.06        

101

    Jan-24        190,274.06        0.83     1,585.62         (10,368.02     181,491.66        

102

    Feb-24        181,491.66        0.83     1,512.43         (10,368.02     172,636.07        

103

    Mar-24        172,636.07        0.83     1,438.63         (10,368.02     163,706.68        

104

    Apr-24        163,706.68        0.83     1,364.22         (10,368.02     154,702.89        

105

    May-24        154,702.89        0.83     1,289.19         (10,368.02     145,624.06        

106

    Jun-24        145,624.06        0.83     1,213.53         (10,368.02     136,469.58        

107

    Jul-24        136,469.58        0.83     1,137.25         (10,368.02     127,238.81        

108

    Aug-24        127,238.81        0.83     1,060.32         (10,368.02     117,931.11         (124,416.22     9   

109

    Sep-24        117,931.11        0.83     982.76         (10,368.02     108,545.85        

110

    Oct-24        108,545.85        0.83     904.55         (10,368.02     99,082.38        

111

    Nov-24        99,082.38        0.83     825.69         (10,368.02     89,540.05        

112

    Dec-24        89,540.05        0.83     746.17         (10,368.02     79,918.20        

113

    Jan-25        79,918.20        0.83     665.98         (10,368.02     70,216.17        

114

    Feb-25        70,216.17        0.83     585.13         (10,368.02     60,433.28        

115

    Mar-25        60,433.28        0.83     503.61         (10,368.02     50,568.88        

116

    Apr-25        50,568.88        0.83     421.41         (10,368.02     40,622.26        

117

    May-25        40,622.26        0.83     338.52         (10,368.02     30,592.76        

118

    Jun-25        30,592.76        0.83     254.94         (10,368.02     20,479.69        

119

    Jul-25        20,479.69        0.83     170.66         (10,368.02     10,282.33        

120

    Aug-25        10,282.33        0.83     85.69         (10,368.02     0.00         (124,416.22     10   

 

7

Exhibit 10.21C

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of March 28 , 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) and T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). If the blank for the Effective Date is not completed, the Effective Date shall be the date on which Landlord’s signature is notarized.

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of December 10, 2014 (as previously amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated July 31, 2015, and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated March  4 , 2016, the “ Lease ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the Lease.

B. The parties have agreed to add to the Premises all of the Rentable Area on Floor 14 in the Building dedicated to office uses (“ Floor 14 ”), as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Floor 14 . Promptly following execution of this Amendment, Landlord shall deliver possession of Floor 14 to Tenant in its current “as is” condition and thereafter Floor 14 shall be considered part of the Premises for all purposes under the Lease except as set forth herein. The parties agree that (a) Floor 14 contains 17,458 square feet of Rentable Area, (b) the total Premises Rentable Area shall be 69,762, and (c) Tenant’s Share shall be 21.33%. Section 2.1.2 of the Lease shall not apply to Floor 14.

2. Delivery Condition and Landlord’s Work . Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to the best of its knowledge the improvements described as “Landlord’s Work” on Exhibit C-1 to the Lease are complete on Floor 14 to the extent applicable to Floor 14.

(a) Landlord will ensure that the tolerance for concrete floors on Floor 14 on delivery shall be moderately flat (Ff flatness = 25) measured in accordance with ACI 117 and ASTM E 1155.

(b) In addition to the Landlord’s Work under Exhibit C-1 to the Lease, Landlord shall ensure that the floor dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) units will achieve a NC-50 rating or lower within the Premises.

(c) Subject to Landlord and Mbar approval of the plans and specifications, Tenant will have the right to modify the multi-tenant corridor glazing as part of its Tenant Improvement work.

(d) Landlord and Tenant, and/or Tenant’s Contractor, shall jointly perform a physical inspection of Floor 14 within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, and shall prepare a punchlist of deficiencies (if any) in Landlord’s Work related to Floor 14. Landlord shall promptly remedy any deficiencies in Landlord’s Work to the extent applicable at Landlord’s cost.

(e) The foregoing shall not apply to the “chilled beams” described on page C-3 of Exhibit C-1 , which shall be dealt with as provided in Section 6(e) below.

 

1


3. Expansion; ROFO. Sections 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 of the Lease are deleted in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect. From and after the Effective Date, the Offer Space shall consist only of Floor 10 and Section 1.1.3 is amended to delete all references to Floor 14.

4. Term. The Term of the Lease is extended for an additional year and will terminate on December 31, 2026. Tenant shall retain the Extension Options in the Lease.

5. Rent.

(a) Floor 14. Tenant shall begin to pay Base Rent on August 1, 2016, for 8,729 square feet of Rentable Area on Floor 14 and on February 1, 2017, for the remaining 8,729 square feet of Rentable Area on Floor 14. Base Rent for Floor 14 shall be paid at the same rate then applicable to the Initial Premises (i.e. the annual rate per square foot will be $36.50 on August 1, 2016, and will adjust to $37.60 for the entire Premises on January 1, 2017, except as provided in the prior sentence for the rent start date on a portion of Floor 14). Tenant may use and occupy all of the space on Floor 14 as soon as it obtains a certificate of occupancy and the Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs shall be increased to the percentage set forth above on the date of such occupancy, but in no event later than August 1, 2016.

(b) Additional Year. The Annual Rate of Base Rent payable from January 1, 2026, through December 31, 2026, shall be Forty-nine and 05/100 Dollars ($49.05) per square foot of Premises Rentable Area.

6. Tenant Improvements on Floor 14. All Tenant Improvements on Floor 14 shall be completed by Tenant in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit C to the Lease except that the terms of this paragraph shall supersede any contradictory terms in Exhibit C . Except as provided in this Amendment, Landlord shall not be required to make any alterations or improvements to Floor 14 or to contribute any other funds to the cost of alterations or improvements to Floor 14.

(a) Floor 14 Allowance. The allowance for Floor 14 shall be One Million Three Hundred Thirty-one Thousand One Hundred Seventy-two and 50/100 Dollars ($1,331,172.50) (the “ Floor 14 Allowance ”). The Floor 14 Allowance may only be applied to Tenant Improvement Costs associated with Floor 14 except that up to One Hundred Twenty-two Thousand Two Hundred Five Dollars ($122,205) from the Floor 14 Allowance can be applied to the cost of data cabling and installation of FF&E on Floor 14. For purposes of Exhibit C , the Floor 14 Allowance shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the original Allowance, except as provided herein.

(b) Additional Allowance. In addition to the Floor 14 Allowance, as consideration for the extension of the Term provided in Section 4 above, Landlord shall provide an additional allowance of Three Hundred Ninety-two Thousand Two Hundred Eighty and 00/100 Dollars ($392,280.00) (the “ Extension Allowance ”). At Tenant’s written request, the Extension Allowance shall be disbursed to Tenant in cash within forty-five (45) days after Landlord’s receipt of such request, provided that the cash disbursement shall not exceed the amount of the Tenant Improvement Costs paid by Tenant prior to the Effective Date of this Amendment in excess of Ninety Dollars ($90.00) per square foot of Rentable Area in the Premises (excluding Floor 14). The portion of the Extension Allowance remaining after the disbursement described in the prior sentence, if any, shall be applied to the Tenant Improvement Costs on Floor 14 and disbursed in the same manner as the Floor 14 Allowance.

(c) Overage Advance. If Tenant has paid for all Tenant Improvements in the Initial Premises and on Floor 14 and no liens have been filed against the Building arising out of any work in the Premises, any portion of the Extension Allowance that has not been used to pay for Tenant Improvements

 

2


on Floor 14 shall be disbursed to Tenant to reimburse Tenant for costs in excess of the original Allowance that were paid by Tenant for Tenant Improvements prior to the Effective Date of this Amendment.

(d) Additional TI Costs . If Tenant uses the entire Floor 14 Allowance on Tenant Improvement Costs (and to the extent permitted herein, cabling and FF&E) then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, provide an additional cash allowance (the “ Floor 14 Additional Advance ”) in the amount of up to Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per square foot of Rentable Area on Floor 14, to be amortized and repaid over the period from August 1, 2016, to December 31, 2026, on a straight-line basis, together with interest at a rate of ten percent (10.00%) per annum. If Tenant elects to use the Floor 14 Additional Advance, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and the parties shall execute at Landlord’s option, an amendment to this Lease to memorialize the new rent schedule including the amortization schedule for the Additional Advance. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse the Additional Advance until such amendment is executed and delivered. The Additional Advance may only be used for Tenant Improvements on Floor 14 and may not be used for FF&E or later Alterations. The Additional Advance may be prepaid at any time, in which case the parties shall execute such documentation as is reasonably required to evidence and reflect such prepayment.

(e) Landlord Fee. The project management fee payable to Landlord shall be one and one half percent (1.5%) of the Tenant Improvement Costs for Floor 14.

(f) Chilled Beam Allowance. Instead of supplying the 10’ chilled beams described on page C-3 of Exhibit C-1 to the Lease, Landlord shall provide an allowance equal to Eighty Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty-six Dollars ($80,726.00) (the “ Beam Allowance ”). Contractor shall order the beams specified in the Construction Drawings. Landlord shall pay up to the amount of the Beam Allowance directly to the supplier of such beams within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s request. Any portion of the Beam Allowance remaining after such payment shall be added to the Floor 14 Allowance. Any deficiency between the Beam Allowance and the actual cost of purchasing the beams shall be a Tenant Improvement Cost for Floor 14. All other costs of procuring, delivering and installing the beams may be included in the Tenant Improvement Costs for Floor 14.

(g) Contractor. Tenant may use the same contractor to install Tenant Improvements on Floor 14 as it used in the Initial Premises and is not required to obtain a bid from Landlord’s Contractor.

(h) Architect. Owner approves Weaver Architects as Tenant’s architect.

7. Early Termination. Tenant shall retain the Early Termination Right under Section 2.4 of the Lease provided that the second sentence of Section 2.4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “In order to exercise the Early Termination Right, by no later than December 31, 2021, Tenant must (i) deliver to Landlord an irrevocable written notice clearly exercising the Early Termination Right (the “ Termination Notice ”), and (ii) pay Landlord a fee in the amount calculated pursuant to the replacement Exhibit E attached to this Amendment (the “ Termination Fee ”), (iii) pay Landlord the entire outstanding balance of the Additional Advance including all principal and interest accrued through the payment date, and (iv) if the Floor 14 Additional Advance is advanced under this Amendment, pay Landlord the entire outstanding balance of the Floor 14 Additional Advance including all principal and interest accrued through the payment date.”

8. Letters of Credit.

(a) Letter of Credit for Floor 14. Within two (2) business days after the Effective Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Letter of Credit in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand

 

3


Dollars ($250,000) (the “ Floor 14 LC ”), in form and substance consistent with the Letter of Credit delivered to Landlord upon Lease execution (the “ Original Letter of Credit ”). The Floor 14 LC shall be issued by the same bank that issued the Original Letter of Credit or another bank approved by Landlord in advance. The Floor 14 LC and the Original Letter of Credit shall each be considered to be the “Letter of Credit” for purposes of the terms and conditions of Sections 4.2 and 4.5 of the Lease. Whenever Landlord is entitled to draw on the Original Letter of Credit, it may elect to draw on either the Floor 14 LC or the Original Letter of Credit, or both, in its sole discretion. The Floor 14 LC shall function as additional Security Deposit. If Tenant elects to draw on the Floor 14 Additional Advance, Tenant shall simultaneously deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Floor 14 LC, increasing the face value thereof by the amount of the Floor 14 Additional Advance.

(b) Reductions in Floor 14 Letter of Credit.

(i) Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease and has not been in default more than once in any twelve (12) month period at any time during the Term, the amount of the Floor 14 LC may be reduced on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by the sum of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) plus the amount of all principal payments made by Tenant toward the Floor 14 Additional Advance during the prior year. If the foregoing conditions have been satisfied, Landlord shall on request countersign an amendment to the Floor 14 LC in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and the issuing bank reducing the amount of the Letter of Credit. In no event shall the Floor 14 LC be reduced below the amount of the Reduced Floor 14 Deposit.

(ii) If Tenant’s audited financial statements demonstrate that Tenant’s Adjusted EBITDA in each of any three consecutive fiscal years commencing on or after fiscal year 2013 are greater than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total of annualized Base Rent and Operating Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease for all Premises then subject to this Lease for each of the three fiscal years, then the amount of the Floor 14 LC, shall be reduced to an amount equal to Base Rent and estimated Operating Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease with respect to Floor 14 only for the final month of the Term (the “ Reduced Floor 14 Deposit ”). If the foregoing condition is met then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in the amount of the Reduced Floor 14 Deposit or a new Letter of Credit in the amount of the Reduced Floor 14 Deposit, and upon receipt thereof Landlord shall return the Floor 14 LC to Tenant or shall cancel the Floor 14 LC pursuant to the issuing bank’s cancellation procedures.

(c) Letter of Credit for Initial Premises. The Original Letter of Credit shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, and shall be subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of the Lease. The reduction of the Original Letter of Credit amount provided in Section 4.3 of the Lease (related to EBITDA) shall be calculated with respect to Base Rent and estimated Operating Costs of the Initial Premises only, and shall not include the 14 th Floor.

9. Signage. The first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 20.1 of the Lease is amended to read as follows, “In addition, so long as Tenant leases and occupies the entire Initial Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, to install signage on either the north or the east fascia of the Building provided that the signage may not distract from or interfere with visibility of the ground floor retail signage. If Tenant elects to install the sign on the north fascia, the design shown on Exhibit F attached to the Lease has been approved by Landlord.” Further, the approved signage for the east fascia of the building is shown on Exhibit B to this Amendment.

10. Broker. Landlord shall pay a fee to Tenant’s broker, JLL, pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

4


11. Conflict. If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment and of the Lease, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

12. Authority. Each party represents and warrants that the person signing this Amendment on behalf of such party is authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and that this Amendment will thereby become binding upon such party.

13. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and are hereby expressly ratified and confirmed. This Amendment reflects the entire agreement of the parties with respect to amending the terms of the Lease and this Amendment supersedes all prior discussions and understandings regarding the amendment of the Lease. With respect to the subject matter hereof, neither party will be bound by any understanding, agreement, promise, representation or stipulation, express or implied, not specified herein.

14. Representation. Tenant acknowledges that it has been represented, or has had sufficient opportunity to obtain representation of counsel with respect to this Amendment. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has read and understood the terms hereof and the consequences of executing this Amendment and that, except as expressly set forth herein, no representations have been made to Tenant to induce the execution of this Amendment. Tenant further waives any right it may have to require the provisions of this Amendment to be construed against the party who drafted it.

15. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

[Signatures on following page.]

 

5


LANDLORD     T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC
   

By: SCD 400 FAIRVIEW MANAGER LLC

Its: agent

                By   /s/ Lisa Picard
      Lisa Picard
      Manager

 

TENANT     IMPINJ, INC.
    By   /s/ Evan Fein
    Name: Evan Fein
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

Attachments:

Exhibit A – Floor 14 Floor Plan

Exhibit B – East Fascia Signage

Exhibit E – Replacement Termination Fee Calculation

 

6


Landlord Notary

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON                )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING                        )

On this 28 day of May, 2016, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Lisa Picard, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the Manager of SCD 400 Fairview Manager LLC, the agent for T-C/SK 400 FAIRVIEW OWNER LLC, to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO   

/s/ Marlene Bailey

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Seattle WA                                                                 

My appointment expires 4/18/16                                                 

Print Name Marlene Bailey                                                         

 

7


Tenant Notary

 

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON                )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING                        )

 

On this            day of May, 2016, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, personally appeared Evan Fein, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, on oath stated that she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of IMPINJ, INC. , to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written.

 

  

/s/ Stacy L Jones

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing

at Seattle                                                                                        

My appointment expires 3/17/18                                                 

Print Name Stacy L Jones                                                            

  

 

LOGO

 

8


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR 14 FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

EAST FASCIA SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

B-1


LOGO

 

B-2


EXHIBIT E

REPLACEMENT TERMINATION FEE CALCULATION

 

I. The Termination Fee shall be equal to the sum of each item (A-H) included in the table below and further described in the associated schedule below:

Early Termination Fee Table:

 

Termination Fee Item

   Unamortized
Cost of TI’s
or
Allowance
@ 8.5%
   Unamortized
Cost of
Brokerage
Commissions
@ 8.5%
   Four (4)
Months
Base Rent
Following
Lease
Termination
   Four (4)
Months
Operating
Costs
Following
Lease
Termination

Initial Premises

   A:$2,045,890    B:$390,579    C:$782,597    D

Floor 14

   E:$652,624    F:$127,939    G:$261,215    H

Early Termination Fee Schedule:

 

  A. Initial Premises: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of the Allowance ($75.00 per square foot of Rentable Area) at 8.5% over the Term equaling $2,045,890.

 

  B. Initial Premises: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of brokerage commissions at 8.5% over the Term equaling $390,579.

 

  C. Initial Premises: The four (4) months of scheduled Base Rent in months 85-89 ($44.89 per square foot of Rentable Area) equaling $782,597.

 

  D. Initial Premises: The four (4) months of Operating Costs at the rate payable in months 85-89 of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

 

  E. Floor 14: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of the Floor 14 Allowance ($76.25 per square foot of Rentable Area) at 8.5% over the Term equaling $652,624.

 

  F. Floor 14: The unamortized amount (as of the end of month 84) of brokerage commissions at 8.5% over the Term equaling $127,939.

 

  G. Floor 14: The four (4) months of scheduled Base Rent in months 85-89 ($44.89 per square foot of Rentable Area) equaling $261,215.

 

  H. Floor 14: Four (4) months of Operating Costs at the rate payable in months 85-89 of the Initial Term. (amount not yet known)

For Example, if the scheduled Operating Costs are $12.50 per square foot in Months 85-89, then the Termination Fee would be calculated as set forth on the following page:

 

E-1


Example Termination Fee Table:

 

Termination Fee Item

   Unamortized
Cost of TI’s
or Allowance
@ 8.5%
     Unamortized
Cost of
Brokerage
Commissions
@ 8.5%
     Four (4)
Months Base
Rent
Following
Lease
Termination
     Four (4)
Months
Operating
Costs
Following
Lease
Termination
 

Initial Premises

   $ 2,045,890       $ 390,579       $ 782,597       $ 217,933

Floor 14

   $ 652,624       $ 127,939       $ 261,215       $ 72,742 ** 

Subtotals:

   $ 2,567,855       $ 492,904       $ 1,043,812       $ 290,675   

Total Example Termination Fee:

            $ 4,551,518   

 

* The product of 52,304 rentable square feet (Initial Premises) multiplied by annual Operating Costs of $12.50 per square foot of Rentable Area, divided by 3 (i.e. four months Operating Costs).
** The product of 17,458 square feet of Rentable Area (Floor 14) multiplied by annual Operating Costs of $12.50 rentable square foot, divided by 3 (i.e. four months Operating Costs).

 

E-2

Exhibit 10.22

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is entered into by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc. , a Maryland corporation (“ Landlord ”), and Impinj, Inc. , a Washington corporation “ Tenant ” (collectively the “ Parties ”) and dated for reference purposes only as of November 17, 2004.

ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE TERMS

In addition to the terms defined in Article 2 and elsewhere in this Lease, the terms set forth below shall have the meanings herein specified when referred to in this Lease:

 

1.1    Rent Payment Address:    Bedford Property Investors, Inc., Lockbox No. 73048 - [Adobe II], P.O. Box 60000, San Francisco, CA 94160-3048.
1.2    Landlord Notice Address:    Bedford Property Investors, Inc., 270 Lafayette Circle, Lafayette, CA 94549; facsimile number                         , with a copy to Bedford Property Investors, 701 N. 34th Street, Suite 210, Seattle, WA 98103, Attn. Regional Manager, fax                         .
1.3    Tenant Notice Address:    Impinj, Inc. , Suite 300, 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103; facsimile number                         .
1.4    Premises:    Suite 300 on the third floor of the Building, deemed to contain 20,966 square feet of Rentable Area, as outlined in Exhibit B (see Section 2.23).
1.5    Building:    Plaza Building, 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103, in which the Premises are located. The Plaza Building is deemed to contain 136,111 square feet of Rentable Area (see Section 2.18).
1.6    Complex:    Waterfront Building and Plaza Building, also known as Building 1 and Building 2 of Quadrant Lake Union Center, located in the City of Seattle in the State of Washington (“ State ”), consisting of: (i) that parcel of real property on which the Premises are located, (ii) the Common Area, and (iii) any contiguous parcels owned by Landlord, as more particularly described in Exhibit A .
1.7    Term:   

(A)   July 1, 2005 (the “ Estimated Commencement Date ”).

     

(B)   62 months

     

(C)   Tenant has one option to extend for 3 or 5 years (See Paragraph A of Addendum No. 1)

1.8    Base Rent:   

(A)   Minimum Monthly:

  

    Prior to Commencement Date

   $ 20,966      
  

    Months

   $ 0      
  

    Months 3-14

   $ 38,438      
  

    Months 15-26

   $ 40,185      
  

    Months 27-38

   $ 41,932      
  

    Months 39-50

   $ 43,679      
  

    Months 51-62

   $ 45,426      
  

 

(B)   Advance Rent: $38,438

     

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   1  


1.9    Security Deposit:    $250,000 within 5 business days of mutual execution of this Lease, and with periodic reduction thereafter (See Article 6 and Paragraphs E and F of Addenda No. 1)
1.10    Permitted Use:    Office, administrative and high-tech research and development uses consistent with a Class A office building and otherwise permitted under the CC&Rs and applicable laws. (See also Paragraph I of Addendum No. 1 for additional restrictions on use and occupancy).
1.11    Pro Rata %:    15.40%
1.12    Landlord’s Allowance:   

$366,905.00 for Tenant Improvements

$41,932.00 for Moving Expenses

1.13    CC&Rs:    Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Easements and Restrictions Applicable to Quadrant Lake Union Center with an effective date of October 31, 1996 and recorded under King County Recording No. 9802231707 as may have been amended from time to time.
1.14    Management Fee:    4% of gross rental revenue
1.15    Broker:    Stuart Williams of Pacific Real Estate Partners Inc. (Landlord)
      Steven I. Schwartz of Pacific Real Estate Partners Inc. (Tenant)
1.16    Contents:    This Lease consists of Pages 1 through 26; Articles 1 through 30; Addendum No. 1; and the following Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:
      Exhibit A – Legal Description of Complex
      Exhibit B – Plan of the Complex and Floor Plan of the Premises
      Exhibit C – Work Letter for Construction Obligations
      Exhibit D – Acknowledgment of Commencement of Term
      Exhibit E – Expenses
      Exhibit F – Rules and Regulations
      Exhibit G – Form of Letter of Credit
      Exhibit H – List of Permitted Hazardous Materials

ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article 2 shall, for all purposes of this Lease and all agreements supplemental hereto, have the meanings herein specified unless expressly stated otherwise.

2.1 “ Additional Rent ” means all items specified as Additional Rent in Sections 5.2, 7.5, 8.4, 10.2, 17.3, 18.2, 23.5, Exhibit E , and elsewhere in this Lease.

2.2 A “ Bankruptcy Event ” is (1) a court filing by or against Tenant, of pleadings to initiate a bankruptcy petition of any kind, or the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any or all of Tenant’s assets, or (2) a receiver or trustee taking possession of any of the assets of Tenant, or if the leasehold interest herein passes to a receiver or trustee, or (3) Tenant making an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petitioning for or entering into an arrangement with creditors during the Term.

2.3 “ Building ” means the structure that contains the Premises.

2.4 “ Building Standard Work ” means the typical interior improvements constructed or to be constructed by Landlord, which are of the nature and quality required by specifications developed for the Complex by Landlord’s architect.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   2  


2.5 “ Capital Costs ” mean the following: (i) costs for capital improvements or replacements to the Complex of a type which do not normally recur more frequently than every five years in the normal course of operation and maintenance of facilities such as the Complex; (ii) exterior wall painting for buildings in the Complex; (iii) costs incurred for the purpose of reducing other operating expenses or utility costs payable by Tenant; and/or (iv) costs of capital improvements made by Landlord that are required by Laws or Regulations enacted or interpreted to apply to the Premises after the reference date of this Lease. Capital Costs are includable in Operating Costs each year only to the extent of that fraction allocable to the year in question calculated by amortizing such Capital Costs over the reasonably useful life of the improvement resulting therefrom, with interest on the unamortized balance at ten percent per annum.

2.6 “ Commencement Date ” means the later of: (i) July 1, 2005 or (ii) the date when the Leasehold Improvements have been Substantially Completed or are deemed Substantially Completed.

2.7 “ Common Areas ” include all areas and facilities outside the Premises, within the exterior boundaries of the Complex, that are provided by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and of other Complex tenants and their authorized representatives and invitees. Common Areas include corridors, stairways, elevator shafts, janitor rooms, driveways, parking areas, and landscaped areas, all as generally described or shown on Exhibit B attached hereto. Common Areas also include systems within the Premises and Complex that also serve other tenants such as plumbing, fire sprinkler or non-exclusive HVAC. Exhibit B is tentative, and Landlord reserves the right to make additions, changes and alterations to it from time to time. Regardless of the foregoing, Landlord may not unilaterally modify the Common Areas or any other area inside the Premises in any way that materially and adversely affects Tenant’s operation of its business upon the Premises for any period of time in excess of 60 days.

2.8 “ Complex ” is that parcel of real property of which the Premises forms a part, together with the parcels in common ownership therewith, and contiguous thereto, which property is described with particularity in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference. Landlord may remove any lot and building or buildings thereon from the Complex at its sole discretion.

2.9 “ Electrical Costs ” mean: (a) charges paid by Landlord for electricity; (b) costs incurred in connection with an energy management program for the Property; and (c) if and to the extent permitted by Law, a fee for the services provided by Landlord in connection with the selection of utility companies and the negotiation and administration of contracts for electricity, provided that such fee shall not exceed 50% of any savings obtained by Landlord. Electrical Costs shall be adjusted as follows: (i) amounts received by Landlord as reimbursement from tenants for above standard electrical consumption shall be deducted from Electrical Costs; (ii) the cost of electricity incurred to provide overtime HVAC to specific tenants (as reasonably estimated by Landlord) shall be deducted from Electrical Costs; and (iii) if any tenants of the Complex, including Tenant, are billed directly by a utility company for the cost of electricity to their premises as a separate charge, the cost of electricity to such tenant spaces in the Complex shall be deducted from Electrical Costs.

2.10 “ Environmental Laws ” mean any federal, State, local or administrative agency ordinance, law, rule or regulation, order or requirement relating to Hazardous Materials, radioactive materials, medical wastes, or which deal with air or water quality, air emissions, soil or ground conditions or other environmental matters of any kind.

2.11 “ Hazardous Materials ” mean any substance, chemical, waste or material which is now or hereafter listed, defined or otherwise identified as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any of the Environmental Laws, including formaldehyde, urea, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, crude oil, natural gas, radioactive materials, radon, asbestos, or any by-product of same.

2.12 “ Landlord Parties ” means Landlord’s directors, officers, members, employees, shareholders, contractors, property managers, agents, Lenders, and other lien holders, but excluding other tenants in the Complex.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   3  


2.13 “ Laws and Regulations ” mean all municipal ordinances and state and federal statutes, laws and regulations now or hereafter in force, including the Environmental Laws and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101-12213 as well as any requirements of municipal, state, federal, or quasi-governmental authorities or utility providers now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, affecting the Complex, the Premises and/or Tenant’s use thereof.

2.14 “ Lease Year ” means any calendar year, or portion thereof, following the commencement hereof, the whole or any part of which period is included within the Term.

2.15 “ Leasehold Improvements ” mean the aggregate of the Building Standard Work and the Building nonstandard work done in accordance with the work letter agreement, which agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Work Letter”).

2.16 “ Lines ” mean communications, computer, audio and video, security and electrical (other than electrical wiring terminating at or connected to Building standard electrical outlets), cables, wires, lines, duct work, sensors, switching equipment, control boxes and related improvements at the Complex, Building or the Premises.

2.17 “ Losses ” mean Claims (defined in Section 12.3), liability, damages (to the extent reasonably foreseeable and proximately caused), penalties, fines, liabilities, losses (including property damage, diminution in value of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Building or Complex, damages for the loss of use of any space or amenity within the Premises, Building, or Complex, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing space in the Complex, sums paid in settlement of claims and any costs and expenses associated with injury, illness or death to or of any person), suits, administrative proceedings, costs and fees, including Professional Fees and expenses.

2.18 [Intentionally deleted.]

2.19 “ Operating Costs ” mean all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in each Lease Year in connection with the maintenance, repair, replacement, management or operation of the Complex (including all areas and facilities within the exterior boundaries of the Complex) including: (a) Electrical Costs and the charges for water, gas, steam, sewer, but excluding those charges for which Landlord is otherwise directly reimbursed by tenants; (b) the cost of periodic relamping and reballasting of lighting fixtures; (c) the total charges of any independent contractors employed in the repair, care, operation, maintenance, and cleaning of the Complex; (d) the amount paid or payable for all supplies occasioned by everyday wear and tear; (e) the costs of climate control, window and exterior wall cleaning for buildings in the Complex; (f) costs of maintenance, repair and replacement of all improvements and structures in the Complex, including the Building and the Common Areas (subject to the requirements set forth herein on amortizing Capital Costs); (g) fees for legal, accounting, inspection and consulting services; (h) the cost of operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining elevators and utility and mechanical systems, including Lines; (i) the cost of porters, guards and other protection services, if provided by Landlord; (j) the cost of supplying all services pursuant to Article 7 hereof to the extent not paid directly by individual tenants; (k) property owner’s association dues or assessments imposed upon Landlord by any Restrictions; (1) the cost of property, liability and other insurance for the Complex and any deductibles or self insurance related thereto, including earthquake and flood if Landlord elects to obtain such coverage; (m) Taxes; (n) the Management Fee set forth in Section 1.14; (o) any other costs or fees reasonably related to the use, operation or enjoyment of any part of the Complex; (p) amortized Capital Costs; (q) the repair and replacement, resurfacing and repaving of any paved areas, curbs, gutters or other surfaces or areas within the Complex; and (r) the repair and replacement of any equipment or facilities located in or serving the Complex. Operating Costs shall not include any Excluded Costs as defined in Exhibit E .

2.20 “ Premises ” means the portion of space in the Complex leased to Tenant hereunder, as depicted on Exhibit B-3 .

2.21 “ Release ” means the generation, discharge, disposal, release, deposit, transport, or storage of Hazardous Materials.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   4  


2.22 “ Rent ” means Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

2.23 “ Rentable Area ” as used in the Lease shall be determined as follows:

(a) Single Tenant Floor . As to each floor of the Building on which the entire space rentable to tenants is leased to one tenant, Rentable Area shall be (i) the entire area bounded by the centerline of exterior walls on such floor, including all areas used for elevator lobbies, corridors, stairways and elevators for the exclusive use of such tenant, restrooms, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and telephone closets, without deduction for columns and other structural portions of the Building or vertical penetrations that are included for the special use of such tenant, but excluding the area contained within the interior walls of the common Building stairs, fire towers, vertical ducts, common elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts, and (ii) the rentable square footage in Section 2.23 (c).

(b) Multi-Tenant Floor . As to each floor of the Building on which space is leased to more than one tenant, Rentable Area attributable to each such premises shall be the total of (i) the entire area included within the premises covered by such lease, being the area bounded by the centerline of any exterior walls, the exterior of all walls separating such premises from any public corridors or other public areas on such floor, and the centerline of all walls separating such premises from other areas leased or to be leased to other tenants on such floors, (ii) a pro rata portion of the area within the elevator lobbies, corridors, restrooms, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, telephone closets and their enclosing walls situated on such floor and (iii) the rentable square footage in Section 2.23 (c).

(c) Building Load . In any event, Rentable Area shall also include Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent (defined in Exhibit E ) of the lobbies of the Building and Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of the area of the emergency equipment, fire pump equipment, electrical switching gear, telephone equipment and mail delivery facilities serving the Building.

(d) Deemed Square Footage . As of the date of this Lease, the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Rentable Area of the Building are deemed to be the square footages set forth in Sections 1.4 and 1.5, respectively.

2.24 “ Restrictions ” mean any covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, Security Instruments, and any other matters or documents of record, including the CC&Rs, and all amendments or modifications thereto affecting the Complex. Landlord agrees not to modify the CC&Rs in any manner that would have a material adverse impact on Tenant’s use of the Premises.

2.25 “ Structural ” as herein used means any portion of the Premises or Complex which provides bearing support to any other integral member of the Complex such as, by limitation, the roof structure (trusses, joists, beams), posts, load bearing walls, foundations, girders, floor joists, footings, and other load bearing members constructed by Landlord.

2.26 “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meaning provided in Exhibit C hereto. If Landlord is delayed in the Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements as a result of any Tenant Delay, the Leasehold Improvements shall be deemed Substantially Complete on that date Landlord could have reasonably been expected to complete the Leasehold Improvements absent any Tenant Delay.

2.27 “ Taxes ” mean: (1) all real estate taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or Complex, as well as the real property upon which the Building and Complex are located (hereinafter the “ Property ”), including assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (2) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (3) if included in the taxes for the Building or Complex, the cost or value of any Leasehold Improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant,

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   5  


regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be in Tenant or Landlord; and (4) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (1), (2) and (3), including any costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities. Taxes do not include any income, gross receipts, business and occupation, capital levy, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax; provided, however, if after the date of this Lease, any new taxes or assessments are imposed that are based upon rents received from real property, Landlord shall be entitled to include such taxes or assessments as part of Taxes. If an assessment is payable in installments, Taxes for the year shall include the amount of the installment and any interest due and payable during that year. For all other real estate taxes, Taxes for that year shall, at Landlord’s election, include either the amount accrued, assessed or otherwise imposed for the year or the amount due and payable for that year, provided that Landlord’s election shall be applied consistently throughout the Term. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment.

2.28 “ Tenant Delay ” shall have the meaning provided in Exhibit C hereto.

2.29 “ Tenant Parties ” means Tenant’s directors, officers, employees, members, partners, shareholders, invitees, agents, contractors, assigns, subtenants or occupants.

2.30 “ Term ” means the term of the lease as specified in Section 4.4 hereof.

ARTICLE 3. PREMISES

3.1 Demising Clause . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord may change the shape, size, location, number and extent of the improvements to any portion of the Complex, including the Building (but not the interior of the Premises), without the consent of Tenant and without affecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder if such change does not have a material adverse impact on Tenant’s access to or parking for the Premises. Landlord reserves the area beneath and above the Building with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, Lines, and structural elements leading through the Premises serving other parts of the Complex, so long as such items are concealed by walls, flooring or ceilings and Landlord uses reasonable efforts to minimize their effect on Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises, which measures shall include, without limitation, scheduling any such work for weekends or nights, whenever reasonably possible, accelerating the work whenever reasonably possible, and daily clean up of the affected portions of the Premises. Such reservation in no way affects the maintenance obligations imposed herein.

3.2 Restrictions . The Parties agree that this Lease is subject and subordinate to the effect of and Tenant will comply with: (a) any Restrictions; (b) zoning and other laws of the city, county and State where the Complex is situated; and (c) general and special taxes not delinquent.

ARTICLE 4. TERM AND POSSESSION

4.1 Commencement Date . The Estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.7 (A) is the date the Parties anticipate that the Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Completed. On the date that the Premises are or are deemed to be Substantially Completed, Tenant shall execute a written acknowledgment the Commencement Date in the form of Exhibit D .

4.2 Compliance with Laws; Possession; Landlord Delay . Landlord warrants that the Premises, after completion of Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Landlord within the Premises, shall comply with all Laws and Regulations in effect as of the date of issuance of the building permit for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall promptly correct, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, any violations of Laws and Regulations in breach of the foregoing warranty and in no event shall Tenant shall any liability in connection with any breach of the foregoing warranty. Other than the foregoing warranty, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “AS IS” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord. By signing Exhibit D Tenant agrees that the Premises are in such condition are in good and sanitary order, condition and repair. Except as

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   6  


otherwise provided in Paragraph J of Addendum No. 1, Landlord is not liable for any loss or damage of Tenant if Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises on the Estimated Commencement Date, as extended for Force Majeure Delay (defined in Exhibit C , Section 3). If Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements does not occur within six months after the Estimated Commencement Date (as extended for Force Majeure Delay) due to a cause other than a Tenant Delay (defined in Exhibit C , Section 3), Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease upon Notice to Landlord given within ten days after the expiration of the six-month period. The parties acknowledge that it of critical importance to Tenant that the Premises are ready for occupancy on or before the Estimated Commencement Date, and accordingly, both parties shall use diligent, good faith and reasonable efforts to abide by the project schedule attached as Schedule B to Exhibit C , which project schedule provides for a target substantial completion date for the Tenant Improvements of April 30, 2005.

4.3 Tenant Delay . If Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises on the Estimated Commencement Date because of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date will be the date the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for the Tenant Delay. In no event shall a Tenant Delay excuse Tenant’s performance hereunder.

4.4 Term . The Term of this Lease shall start on the Commencement Date and shall be for the term specified in Section 1.7 (B) hereof, plus any partial month at the commencement of the Tenn.

4.5 Pre-Term Possession . If Landlord is to construct or remodel the Premises, Landlord may notify Tenant when the Premises are ready for Tenant’s fixture installation or Tenant’s work. Tenant shall be granted access to the Premises as soon as reasonably possible (subject to not interfering with Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements) and in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment. Tenant may then enter the Premises at its own risk to make such improvements, to install fixtures, supplies, inventory and other property. Tenant will not interfere with the progress of Landlord’s work by such entry. Should Landlord determine such entry interferes with its work, Landlord may demand that Tenant vacate the Premises until Landlord’s work is complete. Tenant shall promptly comply with this demand. During any pre-term possession all terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply, including Tenant indemnities under the Lease and Tenant’s payment of utilities, but excluding the payment of other Rent; provided, however, if Tenants opens for business in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Rent in the amount specified in Section 1.8(A).

4.6 Closures . Landlord has the right, but not the obligation, in its sole and absolute discretion to temporarily close the Building or access to portions thereof, including any Common Area and the Premises, if there is any act or threat of any act of terrorism, war, violence, vandalism, civil unrest, riot or other event that may pose a threat to the public safety or damage to the Building, including any advisory warning or notice from the Office of Homeland Security or any other federal, state or local governmental or enforcement agency (herein referred to as an event of “ Civil Unrest ”). Tenant agrees to comply with any notice from Landlord or any governmental agency to close the Building or portions thereof and to immediately cause all of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees to vacate the Building. Landlord will not be responsible for any loss or damage to Tenant’s business as a result, and Tenant will not be entitled to any abatement in rent or other relief of its obligations under this Lease for any period of time when Tenant may not have access to the Premises or Building due to any Civil Unrest.

ARTICLE 5. RENT

5.1 Payment . As consideration for this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord all Rent specified in this Lease. Base Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each month of the Term at the Rent Payment Address or such other address specified by Landlord. Additional Rent or sums other than Rent requested by Landlord under the terms of this Lease are payable within ten days of Notice or demand unless a different time period is expressly specified in the Lease. If the Term commences on other than the first day of the month, the Rent for the first partial month shall be prorated accordingly.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   7  


5.2 No Set Off . All Rent due under this Lease shall be paid without prior notice, demand, deduction, setoff, offset, counterclaim, suspension or abatement except as expressly provided in Articles 13 and 19.

5.3 Advance Rent . The sum specified in Section 1.8 (B) is paid to Landlord upon execution of this Lease as advance Rent; provided, however, that Landlord shall hold such amount as a Security Deposit pursuant to the Lease until Landlord applies it to the Base Rent.

5.4 Late Charges; Interest . Tenant acknowledges that late payment of Rent or other sums due under the Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs include processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance covering the Premises, and interest costs. If Landlord does not receive Rent or any other payment due from Tenant on the due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent of such Rent or other payment as a late charge. The Parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment. Accepting any late charge does not waive Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord. In addition to the late charge, Tenant shall pay interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum on any Rent or other sum not paid within 30 days of the date due.

ARTICLE 6. SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Security Deposit within five business days following execution of the Lease. As provided in Paragraph E of Addendum No 1, the Security Deposit shall initially be in the form of a letter of credit. The Security Deposit will be held pursuant to this Section. The Security Deposit, if or when in the form of cash, is Landlord’s separate property and Landlord is not required to keep it separate from its general accounts or pay interest for its use. The Security Deposit is not an advance or other payment of Rent (except as set forth in Section 5.3 or when applied to Rent by Landlord) or a measure of damages. If Tenant fails to pay Rent or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply such portion of the Security Deposit as it reasonably deems necessary to satisfy past due Rent or otherwise cure the default. If Landlord elects to so apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to that portion of the Security Deposit applied by Landlord ten days after written demand; Tenant’s failure to so do is a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall return the unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 30 days after the later of (i) receipt of the final Rent due from Tenant or (ii) the date that Tenant has surrendered the Premises to Landlord in compliance with the provisions of Article 24.

ARTICLE 7. SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT

7.1 Climate Control . Landlord shall provide climate control to the Premises from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (Sundays and holidays excepted) (the “ Climate Control Hours ”) to maintain a temperature adequate for comfortable occupancy, provided that Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply climate control service when making repairs, alterations or improvements or when prevented from so doing by strikes or any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, so long as Landlord uses reasonable and diligent efforts to restore service and minimize any interruptions after receiving notice of any failure or interruption of service from Tenant. Any climate control furnished for periods not within the Climate Control Hours pursuant to Tenant’s request shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with rate schedules promulgated by Landlord from time to time, which rate schedules shall not include any markup for Landlord. As of the date of mutual execution of this Lease, the rate for after hours service is $30 per hour. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has installed in the Building a system for the purpose of climate control. Any use of the Premises not in accordance with the design standards or any arrangement of partitioning which interferes with the normal operation of such system may require changes or alterations in the system or ducts through which the climate control system operates. Any changes or alterations so occasioned, if such changes can be accommodated by Landlord’s equipment, shall be made by Tenant at its cost and expense but only with the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained, and in accordance with drawings and specifications

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   8  


and by a contractor first approved in writing by Landlord. If installation of partitions, equipment or fixtures by Tenant necessitates the re-balancing of the climate control equipment in the Premises, Landlord will perform the re-balancing at Tenant’s expense. Tenant acknowledges that up to one year may be required after Tenant has fully occupied the Premises in order to adjust and balance the climate control systems. Any charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall be due within ten days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord, which invoice may precede Landlord’s expenditure for the benefit of Tenant.

7.2 Elevator Service . Landlord shall provide elevator service (which may be with or without operator at Landlord’s option) provided that Tenant, its employees, and all other persons using such services shall do so at their own risk. Usage after normal business hours may require a card or other form of identification for access to the elevator.

7.3 Cleaning Public Areas . Landlord will maintain and keep clean the street level lobbies, sidewalks, truck dock, public corridors and other public portions of the Building.

7.4 Refuse Disposal . Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of any removal from the Premises and the Building of such refuse and rubbish of Tenant that is disproportionate in quantity or unusual in nature to what is being generated by other tenants in the Building.

7.5 Janitorial Service . Landlord shall provide cleaning and janitorial service in and about the Complex and Premises after hours Sunday through Thursday (holidays excepted) in accordance with standards in Class “A” office buildings in the city in which the Building is located. To the extent that Tenant shall require special or more frequent cleaning and/or janitorial service (hereinafter referred to as “ Special Cleaning Service ”) Landlord may, upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant, elect to furnish such Special Cleaning Service and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s cost for providing such additional service as Additional Rent.

Special Cleaning Service shall include the following:

(a) The cleaning and maintenance of Tenant eating facilities, including the removal of refuse and garbage therefrom.

(b) The cleaning and maintenance of Tenant computer centers, including peripheral areas, and removal of waste paper therefrom.

(c) The cleaning and maintenance of special equipment areas, kitchen areas, private toilets and locker rooms, medical centers and large scale duplicating rooms.

(d) The cleaning and maintenance in areas of special security such as storage units.

(e) The provision of consumable supplies for private toilet rooms located inside the Premises.

7.6 Interruptions . Landlord does not warrant that any of the services referred to above or any other services and/or utilities that Landlord may supply or which are supplied will be free from interruption and/or the need for maintenance and repairs or replacement. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any interruption or failure in utility, telecommunication or other services, including the Lines, so long as Landlord uses reasonable and diligent efforts to restore service and minimize any interruptions after receiving notice of any failure or interruption of service from Tenant, nor shall such interruption or failure affect the continuation or validity of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any one or more such services may be suspended or reduced by reason of unavoidable emergency repairs, by strikes or accidents, by any cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or by orders or regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority. In addition, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from, (a) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties, (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements, or (c) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other occupants of the Complex, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause. Landlord

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   9  


shall use reasonable, diligent and good faith efforts to minimize the impact and duration of any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections. Any such interruption or suspension of services shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or any part thereof, nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant of performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

ARTICLE 8. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

8.1 Restriction on Transfer . Except as expressly provided in Article 8, Tenant will not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein or sublet or license the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (each a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which Landlord agrees it shall not unreasonably withhold. For purposes of this Article, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty percent or more (individually or in the aggregate) of any stock or other ownership or beneficial interest in such entity, if made for the purpose of circumventing the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Article 8, will be deemed a Transfer and will be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Article. The immediately preceding sentence will not apply to public corporations, the stock of which is traded through a public exchange.

8.2 Transfer Notice . If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, at least 30 days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant will give Notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”), stating the name, address and business of the proposed assignee, subtenant or other transferee (the “ Transferee ”) and a description of the Premises, or portion thereof, to be Transferred (the “ Transfer Premises ”). The Notice must contain information in such detail as Landlord may reasonably require concerning the character, ownership, and financial condition of Transferee (including references, financial statements), the Transfer Date, and a description of the relationship between Tenant and Transferee.

8.3 Landlord’s Options . Within 15 days of receipt of a Transfer Notice and all financial information, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following: (i) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in providing such consent (which shall not entail changes to the rights or the obligations of either party under the Lease); (ii) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds; or (iii) terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned and recapture that portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord.

8.4 Additional Conditions . A condition precedent to any Transfer will be the delivery to Landlord of evidence of insurance as required under the Lease and the correct legal name and notice address for the Transferee. Except in the case of a Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 8.6 below, Tenant undertaking the transfer (“ Transferor ”) agrees to pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, 50 percent of all sums and other consideration payable to and for the benefit of Tenant by the Transferee in excess of the Rent payable under the Lease for the same period and portion of the Premises. In calculating excess Rent or other consideration which may be payable to Landlord under this paragraph, Tenant will be entitled to deduct a monthly amortization of commercially reasonable third party brokerage commissions and attorney’s fees and other amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant in connection with the Transfer if acceptable written evidence of such expenditures is provided to Landlord. No Transfer will release Transferor (or any prior Transferor) of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Transferor (or any prior Transferor) to perform all obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require that Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Transferor by said Transferee. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer will not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by Transferee, Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any other terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Transferor without the necessity of exhausting remedies against Transferee or successor. If Tenant requests the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant will pay Landlord a review fee of $500.00, which shall include all Landlord’s attorney’s fees.

8.5 Recapture . By Notice to Tenant (the “ Termination Notice ”) within thirty days after Landlord receives the information specified in Section 6.2, Landlord may terminate this Lease in the event of a Transfer of

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   10  


the Lease as to the entire Premises, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises to be transferred, if the Transfer is for less than the entire Premises. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to the Transfer Premises, an amendment to this Lease shall be executed restating the description of the Premises and reducing Tenant’s obligations for Rent and other charges in proportion to the reduction in rentable area of the Premises. In such event, unless the parties otherwise agree, the date, on which the termination shall take effect, shall be the date of the proposed transfer identified in Tenant’s notice. If Landlord elects a whole or partial termination hereunder, Landlord may enter into a new lease with the intended Transferee or any other person covering the Transfer Premises on such terms as Landlord and such person may agree. In such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit that Landlord may realize on account of such termination and reletting. Upon the termination of this Lease, the Parties shall have no further obligations to each other under this Lease except for matters occurring or obligations arising prior to the date of such termination. This Section 8.5 shall not apply to Permitted Transfers, as defined in Section 8.6 below.

8.6 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent, assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to: (i) a subsidiary, parent, affiliate, division, or corporation controlled or under common control of Tenant, (ii) a successor corporation related to Tenant by merger, consolidation, non bankruptcy reorganization, or governmental action, or (iii) a purchaser of substantially all of the Tenant’s assets (each a “Permitted Transfer”); provided, (1) The financial strength of the proposed Transferee is comparable to or better than that of Tenant, measured as of the date of mutual execution of this Lease; (2) Tenant shall provide advance written notice of the Permitted Transfer to Landlord; and (3) shall within 10 days after the Permitted Transfer deliver a document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that (a) evidences such Permitted Transfer, (b) provides the legal name and address of the transferee and (c) confirms the transferee’s assumption of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease. For the purpose of this Lease, the sale, transfer, issuance, or resale of Tenant’s capital stock of any class shall not be deemed a Transfer, nor require Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall remain liable under this Lease following any Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE 9. PROPERTY INSURANCE

9.1 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord (i) shall maintain (a) Real Property — Special Form (All Risk) or comparable insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Building and 12 months rental income and (b) Commercial General Liability insurance in amounts not less than that required of Tenant, and (ii) may maintain earthquake, pollution legal liability, terrorism, boiler and machinery, and any other insurance as is commonly maintained by intuitional owners of commercial real estate or that is required by Lender (collectively “ Landlord Insurance ”). Such insurance shall be issued in the names of Landlord and Lender, as their interests appear, shall be for the sole benefit of such parties and under their sole control, and shall provide for waiver of subrogation consistent with Section 12.2 of this Lease.

9.2 Use of Premises . No use shall be made or permitted to be made on the Premises, nor acts done, by Tenant or any of its invitees, contractors or agents which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the Building in which the Premises are located or upon any other building or improvement in the Complex or cause the cancellation of any Landlord Insurance. Tenant or Tenant Parties shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the Premises, any article that may be prohibited by Landlord Insurance. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any insurance company, necessary to maintain property damage and commercial general liability insurance covering the Premises, Building, or Complex.

9.3 Increase in Premiums . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent and not as part of Operating Costs, any increase in premiums on policies which may be carried by Landlord on the Premises, the Building or the Complex, or any blanket policies which include the Building or Complex, covering damage thereto and loss of Rent caused by fire and other perils resulting from the nature of Tenant’s occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant. These payments are in addition to any insurance payments under Exhibit E .

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   11  


ARTICLE 10. TENANT’S INSURANCE

At its expense, Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the Term, and provide coverage after expiration of the Term for events occurring during the Term, insurance as set forth below against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property arising from or in connection with Tenant’s operation and use of the Premises. If Tenant fails to obtain any insurance required of it under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, but is not obligated to, obtain such insurance on behalf of Tenant and bill the cost to Tenant, as Additional Rent.

(a) Commercial Property policy with Special Form causes of loss covering: (i) business personal property, leasehold improvements on a replacement cost basis, subject to a deductible no greater than $5,000; (ii) one year’s business income and extra expense from Tenant’s operations on the Premises; which policy shall include waiver of subrogation rights of insurer against Landlord consistent with Section 12.2.

(b) Commercial General Liability policy for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregates on a per location basis. Endorsements satisfying the following requirements shall be affixed: (i) Landlord, Lender and, if specifically designated by Landlord in writing, Landlord’s affiliates and Landlord’s property manager, shall be named as additional insureds; (ii) Tenant’s policy shall be primary, not contributing with, and not in excess of any other applicable insurance carried by Landlord; (iii) Tenant’s policy shall extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with any alterations or improvements to or about the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant; and (iv) Tenant’s policy shall include contractual liability coverage.

(c) Business Auto Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of $1,000,000 per accident.

(d) Workers’ Compensation on a statutory basis.

(e) Umbrella Liability with a $3,000,000 per occurrence/annual aggregate limit.

ARTICLE 11. INSURANCE POLICY REQUIREMENTS

All insurance policies to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall conform to the following requirements:

(a) The insurer in each case shall carry a designation in “Best’s Insurance Reports” as issued from time to time throughout the Term as follows: Policyholders’ rating of A-; financial rating of not less than VII;

(b) The insurer shall be qualified to do business in the State;

(c) Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord at commencement of the term and certificates of renewal at least 30 days prior to the expiration of each policy; and

(d) Each policy shall require that the insurer notify Landlord in writing at least 30 days prior to any cancellation or expiration of such policy, or any reduction in the amounts of insurance carried.

ARTICLE 12. INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND SUBROGATION

12.1 Intent and Purpose . The Parties intend that the indemnity and waiver of claims provisions of this Lease assigns the risk for a particular casualty to the party obligated to carry the insurance for such risk (which is not a limitation of the assignment of the risk), without respect to the causation (other than due to the intentional and wrongful acts of a party), but including the Parties’ negligence.

12.2 Waiver of Subrogation . The Parties release each other from any claims for damage to the Premises, Building and Complex, and to the furniture, fixtures, and other business personal property, Tenant’s

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   12  


improvements and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant, in or on the Premises, Building and Complex, and for loss of income, to the extent such damages or loss are actually covered and proceeds are actually paid by insurance policies maintained by the Parties or that would have been covered by insurance policies required of the Parties under this Lease.

12.3 Indemnity .

12.3.1 Tenant’s Indemnity . Except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful acts and subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 12.2, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against all actions, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, Losses, penalties, or expenses of any kind (“ Claims ”) brought or imposed upon Landlord or which Landlord may pay or incur by reason of injury to person or property, from whatever cause including the negligence of the Parties hereto, in any way connected with (a) the use of the Premises or Alterations, improvements or personal property therein or thereon, by Tenant or Tenant Parties; (b) any violation or alleged violation by Tenant or any Tenant Parties of any Laws and Regulations; (c) any liability under any Laws and Regulations by Tenant or any Tenant Parties; (d) any breach of the provisions of Article 16 by Tenant or any Tenant Parties; or (e) any Release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, Building or Complex by Tenant or Tenant Parties. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord costs of cleanup, remediation, removal and restoration that are in any way related to any matter covered by the foregoing indemnity; provided, however, in the event a Claim was caused by the concurrent negligence of Landlord or Landlord Parties, Tenant’s indemnification obligation with respect to Landlord shall be limited to the extent of the negligence of Tenant and Tenant Parties, and provided further that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to indemnify Landlord for a Claim which arises out of or results from the sole negligence of Landlord or a Landlord Party. For the sole purpose of giving full force and effect to the indemnification obligations under this Agreement and not for the benefit of any employees of Tenant or any third parties unrelated to the parties indemnified under this Agreement, Tenant specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be granted under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. (TENANT’S INITIALS /s/ EF ). Further the indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or for any third party under Worker Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts or other employee benefit acts. Tenant’s obligations under this Section survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

12.3.2 Landlord’s Indemnity . Except to the extent cause by Tenant’s negligence or willful acts and subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 12.2, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant from and against all Claims brought or imposed upon Tenant or which Tenant may pay or incur by reason of injury to person or property, in any way connected with (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, (b) any violation or alleged violation by Landlord or any Landlord Parties of any Laws and Regulations; (c) any liability under any Laws and Regulations by Landlord or any Landlord Parties; and (d) any Release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, Building or Complex by Landlord or Landlord Parties. Landlord shall also reimburse Tenant’s costs of cleanup, remediation, removal and restoration that are in any way related to any matter covered by the foregoing indemnity; provided, however, in the event a Claim was caused by the concurrent negligence of Tenant or Tenant Parties, Landlord’s indemnification obligation with respect to Tenant shall be limited to the extent of the negligence of Landlord and Landlord Parties, and provided further that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to indemnify Tenant for a Claim which arises out of or results from the sole negligence of Tenant or a Tenant Party. For the sole purpose of affecting the indemnification obligations under this Agreement and not for the benefit of any employees of Landlord or any third parties unrelated to the parties indemnified under this Agreement, Landlord specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may granted it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. (LANDLORD’S INITIALS /s/ SS ). Further the indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or for any third party under Worker Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts or other employee benefit acts. Landlord’s obligations under this Section survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   13  


12.4 Waiver of Claims . Except as arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the breach of any express warranties made by Landlord, or as otherwise covered in the indemnity set forth in Section 12.3.2 above, Tenant releases and waives all Claims against Landlord for damages or injury from any cause arising at any time, including the negligence of the Parties, for damages to goods, wares, merchandise and loss of business in, upon or about the Premises or Complex and injury to Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees or third persons, in, upon, or about the Premises or Complex. It is understood and agreed that the release set forth herein extends to all claims of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected.

12.5 References . Wherever the term Landlord, Tenant or the Parties is used in this Article, and such party is to receive the benefit of a provision of this Article, such term shall also refer also to the Party’s officers, directors, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, mortgagees and other lien holders.

ARTICLE 13. DESTRUCTION

13.1 Rights of Termination . If the Premises suffer an Uninsured Property Loss or a property loss which cannot be repaired within 195 days from the date of destruction, as determined by Landlord, Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage (the “ Loss Date ”) upon Notice to Tenant. If the Premises cannot be repaired within 195 days of the Loss Date, as determined by Landlord and stated in Landlord’s Notice to Tenant, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by Notice to Landlord given within 20 days of Landlord’s Notice that the restoration time will exceed 195 days. Landlord’s Notice shall be given within 45 days of the Loss Date or as soon thereafter as the restoration time can be determined. “ Uninsured Property Loss ” is any damage or destruction for which the insurance proceeds available to Landlord are insufficient to pay for the repair or reconstruction of the Premises.

13.2 Repairs . In the event of a casualty that may be repaired within 195 days from the Loss Date, or if the Parties do not elect to terminate this Lease under Section 13.1, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall promptly undertake to make repairs to reconstitute the Premises to as near as practicable to the condition as existed prior to the Loss Date. The partial destruction shall in no way void this Lease except, to the extent of Landlord’s recovery under its rent abatement insurance for the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Base Rent and any Additional Rent following the property loss until the time the Premises are restored. The reduction amount will reflect the degree of interference with Tenant’s business. As long as Tenant conducts business in the Premises, there shall be no abatement until the Parties agree on the amount thereof. If the Parties cannot agree within 45 days of the Loss Date, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Upon the resolution of the dispute, the settlement shall be retroactive and Landlord shall within ten days thereafter refund to Tenant any sums due in respect of the reduced Rent from the date of the property loss. Landlord’s obligations to restore shall in no way include any construction originally performed by Tenant or subsequently undertaken by Tenant, but shall include solely that property constructed by Landlord prior to commencement of the Term.

13.3 Repair Costs . The cost of any repairs to be made by Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2 shall be paid by Landlord using available insurance proceeds.

13.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives all statutory or common law rights of termination in respect to any partial destruction or property loss which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of this Article. Further, in event of a property loss occurring during the last two years of the original term hereof or of any extension, Landlord need not undertake any repairs and may cancel this Lease unless Tenant has the right under the terms of this Lease to extend the term for an additional period of at least five years and does so within 30 days of the date of the property loss.

13.5 Landlord’s Election . If the Complex or Building is destroyed by more than 35 percent of the replacement cost, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises are damaged or not, as set forth in Section 13.1. A total destruction of the Complex terminates this Lease.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   14  


ARTICLE 14. ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of less than the full Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment will be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy available in this Lease, at law or in equity. Landlord may accept partial payment from Tenant without invalidation of any contractual notice required to be given herein and without invalidation of any notice required to be given by law.

ARTICLE 15. USE

The Premises may be used and occupied only for the Permitted Use and for no other use. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will disturb any other tenant in the Building or Complex, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenant or occupants of the Building or Complex, or injure or annoy them or create any unreasonable smells, noise or vibrations (taking into account the nature and tenant-mix of the Building). Tenant shall not allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, Building or Complex. Tenant shall comply with all statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity including the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ Laws ”), regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached as Exhibit F (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge as of the date of mutual execution of this Lease, neither Laws and Regulations nor the CC&Rs prohibit use of the Premises for general office use.

ARTICLE 16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

16.1 Tenant’s Obligations . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2, at its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with and faithfully observe in the use or occupancy of the Premises the Laws and Regulations. Tenant’s obligation to comply with and observe the Laws and Regulations shall apply regardless of whether such Laws and Regulations regulate or relate to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or relate to the use of premises in general, and regardless of the cost thereof. A judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that any Laws and Regulations pertaining to the Premises have been violated, is conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

16.2 Condition of Premises . Subject to the express warranties made by Landlord elsewhere herein, and subject to performance of Landlord’s work, if any, as stated in Exhibit C , Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in “AS IS” condition as of the date of occupancy, subject to all applicable Laws and Regulations, Restrictions, and requirements in effect during any part of the Term regulating the Premises, and without other representation, warranty or covenant by Landlord, express or implied, as to the condition, habitability or safety of the Premises, the suitability or fitness thereof for their intended purposes. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises in such condition are in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

16.3 Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall use and store in the Premises and Complex only ordinary and general office and cleaning supplies containing Hazardous Materials in normal and customary amounts, those Hazardous Materials listed in Exhibit H attached hereto, and such other Hazardous Materials as have been previously approved by Landlord in writing (which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) and which are reasonably necessary for Tenant’s business. All such Hazardous Materials approved by Landlord shall be limited to quantities consistent with the approved use of the Premises and shall be used, stored and disposed of in full compliance with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall not suffer or allow the introduction of any contaminating agent that would adversely impact the indoor air quality in the building, and shall at its sole

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   15  


cost and expense, provide any venting or any other precautionary measures for the Hazardous Materials stored and used by it in the Premises, as may be required under applicable Laws and Regulations and as is otherwise consistent with standard industry practice.

16.4 Mold . Tenant shall give Landlord Notice of any evidence of Mold, water leaks or water infiltration in the Premises within three business days of their discovery. To the extent that Tenant fails to give such Notice to Landlord on a timely basis or the mold is attributable to the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then, at its expense, Tenant shall investigate, clean up and remediate any such Mold in the Premises. Investigation, clean up and remediation may be performed only after Tenant has Landlord’s written approval of a plan. If Tenant gives timely Notice of the discovery of Mold and such Mold is not attributable to the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then at its expense, Landlord shall investigate, clean up and remediate any such Mold in the Premises. All clean up and remediation shall be done in compliance with any applicable Laws and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and Lender.

ARTICLE 17. ALTERATIONS

17.1 Consent of Landlord; Ownership . Tenant shall not make or allow alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (collectively “ Alterations ”), including any increasing telecommunication demands or requiring the addition or expansion of Lines dedicated to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant may not make any Alterations that affect Structural elements. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, all Alterations shall be removed by Tenant unless: (i) Landlord has approved the Alteration in writing stating that they need not be so removed, or (ii) prior to the end of the Term Landlord, in its sole and subjective discretion, advises Tenant in writing that all or some portion of the Alterations need not be removed and in which cases such Alterations shall become a part of the realty and belong to Landlord. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove its trade fixtures placed upon the Premises provided that Tenant restores the Premises as indicated below.

17.2 Requirements . Landlord may condition its consent for any Alterations upon Tenant complying at its expense with reasonable conditions and requirements, including preparation of all construction plans, drawings and specifications for approval by Landlord; the use of contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord; the delivery of performance and payment bonds showing Landlord as a beneficiary; and the delivery to Landlord of duplicate originals of all marked construction drawings. In requesting Landlord’s consent, Tenant may (x) ask Landlord to provide the approval set forth in Section 17.1 (i) and if Landlord does not so approve, in writing, it shall be deemed that Tenant must remove the Alteration unless Landlord later exercises its right under Section 17.1 (ii) or (y) condition Tenant’s willingness to do the Alteration on Landlord’s written agreement that Tenant can remove the Alteration at the end of the Lease Term. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits for any Alterations as its sole obligation and expense, and strictly comply with the following requirements:

(a) Following approval by Landlord of Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten days’ prior Notice of commencement of work in the Premises so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law;

(b) The Alterations must use materials of at least equal quality to Leasehold Improvements at the Commencement Date, and must be performed in compliance with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulation now or hereafter in effect and in a manner such that they will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Complex; and

(c) All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in altering, repairing or replacing any portion of the Premises, Building or Complex in connection with approving any Alterations shall be paid solely by Tenant to Landlord prior to commencing any Alterations.

17.3 Liens . Tenant will keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens arising out of any Alterations done by Tenant. If a mechanic’s or other lien is filed against the Premises, Building or Complex through Tenant, Landlord may demand that Tenant furnish a satisfactory lien release bond in such form and

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   16  


amount as necessary to accomplish the release of such contested lien claim under RCW 64.04.161. Such bond must be posted ten days after Notice from Landlord. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in any action contesting such lien or the foreclosure thereof, if Landlord elects to do so. Landlord may pay the claim prior to the enforcement thereof, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in full, including attorneys’ fees, for any such expense, as Additional Rent, with the next due Rent payment.

ARTICLE 18. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

18.1 Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to the other provisions of this Lease imposing obligations in this respect upon Tenant, Landlord shall repair, replace and maintain the external and structural parts of the Complex and are not leased to others, janitor and equipment closets and shafts within the Premises designated by Landlord for use by it in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Complex, and all Common Areas. Landlord shall perform such repairs, replacements and maintenance with reasonable dispatch, in a good and workmanlike manner; but Landlord shall not be liable for any damages, direct, indirect or consequential, or for damages for personal discomfort, illness or inconvenience of Tenant by reason of failure of equipment, Lines, facilities or systems or reasonable delays in the performance of such repairs, replacements and maintenance, unless caused by the gross negligence or deliberate act or omission of Landlord, its servants, agents, or employees or unless Landlord fails to use reasonable and diligent efforts to perform any necessary repairs, replacements and maintenance after receiving Notice of such necessary repairs, replacements and maintenance from Tenant. The cost for such repairs, maintenance and replacement shall be included in Operating Costs in accordance with Section 2.19 hereof.

18.2 Negligence of Tenant . If the Building, the elevators, boilers, engines, pipes or apparatus used for the purpose of climate control of the Building or operating the elevators, or if the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric lighting or other equipment, Lines, systems and/or facilities of the Building or the Complex, or the roof or the outside walls of the Building, fall into a state of disrepair or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence, carelessness or misuse of Tenant, its agents, employees or anyone permitted by it to be in the Complex, or through it in any way, the cost of the necessary repairs, replacements or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as Additional Rent.

18.3 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall repair and maintain the Premises (excluding any structural elements thereof), but including all interior partitions and walls, fixtures, Leasehold Improvements and alterations in the Premises and all electrical and telephone outlets and conduits, fixtures and shelving, and special mechanical and electrical equipment which equipment is not a normal part of the Premises installed by or for Tenant, excepting only reasonable wear and tear and damage which Landlord has an obligation to repair as provided in Sections 13.2 and 18.1. Prior to commencement of any repairs, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten days’ prior Notice so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law. Tenant must obtain the prior written approval from Landlord for Tenant’s contractor before the commencement of the repair. Landlord may require that Tenant use a specific contractor for repairs that affect the mechanical, heating, air conditioning, or electrical systems. Landlord may enter and view the state of repair and Tenant will repair in a good and workmanlike manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not make any repairs to the equipment, Lines, facilities or systems of the Building or Complex which are outside of the Premises or which do not exclusively serve the Premises.

18.4 Cleaning . At the end of each business day Tenant will leave the Premises in a reasonably clean condition for the purpose of the performance of Landlord’s cleaning services. Tenant shall maintain the appearance of the Premises consistent with the character, use and appearance of the Complex.

18.5 Common Areas . Subject to reimbursement as an Operating Cost, Landlord shall maintain the Common Area, establish and enforce reasonable rules and regulations therefor, close any of the Common Areas to whatever extent required in Landlord’s opinion to prevent a dedication of or the accrual of any rights of any person

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   17  


or of the public to the Common Areas, close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes, and make changes to the Common Areas including changes in the location of driveways, entrances, exits, vehicular parking spaces, parking area, the designation of areas for the exclusive use of others, the direction of the flow of traffic or construction of additional buildings thereupon, except that Landlord may not modify the Common Areas or any other area inside the Premises in any way that materially and adversely affects Tenant’s operation of its business upon the Premises for any extended period of time. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is under no obligation to provide security for the Common Areas.

18.6 Waiver . Tenant waives all rights it may have under law or at equity to make repairs or to perform any obligation of Landlord arising under this Lease at Landlord’s expense.

ARTICLE 19. CONDEMNATION

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within 45 days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord, including any award for the leasehold value. Tenant may seek a separate award for Tenant’s trade fixtures, tangible personal property, tenant improvements and relocation expenses, if specified in the award by the condemning authority and so long as it does not reduce Landlord’s award.

ARTICLE 20. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Tenant shall permit Landlord and any lender with a loan secured by the Building and their agents (each a “ Lender ”) to enter the Premises at all reasonable times following 24 hours’ notice by phone or in person to the onsite manager of Tenant (except in case of emergency, when no such notice shall be required) for the purpose of (a) inspecting them, (b) maintaining the Building, (c) making repairs, replacements, alterations or additions to any portion of the Building, including the erection and maintenance of such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required, (d) posting notices of non-responsibility for alterations, additions or repairs, (e) placing upon the Building any usual or ordinary “for sale” signs and showing the space to prospective purchasers, investors and lenders, or (f) placing on the Premises “to lease” signs or marketing and showing the Premises to prospective tenants at any time Tenant is in uncured default hereunder or otherwise within 180 days prior to the expiration of this Lease, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned. In the case of entering the Premises for the purposes identified in clauses (b) and (c) above, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize their effect on Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises, which measures shall include, without limitation, scheduling any such work for weekends or nights, whenever reasonably possible, accelerating the work whenever reasonably possible, and daily clean up of the affected portions of the Premises.

ARTICLE 21. SIGNS

Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph D of Addendum No. 1, Tenant shall not place on the Premises or Complex any exterior signs or advertisements nor any interior signs or advertisements that are visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. The cost of installation and maintenance of any approved signs shall be at the sole expense of Tenant. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall remove all its signs and damage caused by the removal shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   18  


ARTICLE 22. DEFAULT

22.1 Tenant Default . Without limiting or superseding any separate cure rights that Tenant may have under applicable law, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an immediate default and breach of this Lease by Tenant (except where cure periods are expressly provided):

(a) Any failure by Tenant to pay when due the Rent or make any other required payment;

(b) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform any Lease provision where such failure continues for ten days after Notice thereof to Tenant; provided, if the nature of the default is such that it cannot reasonably be cured within the ten-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed in default if, in the ten-day period, Tenant commences to cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the cure to completion;

(c) If at any time during the Term there is a Bankruptcy Event involving Tenant;

(d) Any attempted Transfer in violation of Article 8; or

(e) Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date.

22.2 Landlord Default . Landlord shall be in default if it fails to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease for a period longer than 30 days after Notice from Tenant; provided, however, that if more than 30 days is required for performance, Landlord shall not be in default if it commences performance within 30 days of Tenant’s Notice and thereafter completes such performance diligently and within a reasonable time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be deemed to be in immediate default under this Lease without opportunity to cure if Tenant is physically removed or excluded from the Premises as a result of Landlord’s breach of its covenant of quiet enjoyment.

ARTICLE 23. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

23.1 Termination and Damages . In the event of any Tenant default, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord herein or at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving Notice of such intention to terminate. If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided. As used in subsections 23.1(a) and (b) the “worth at the time of award” is computed by including interest at ten percent per annum; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss (computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate at the time of award of the Federal Reserve Bank for the State plus one percent) that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease.

23.2 Personal Property . In the event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Such property may be stored in a public warehouse at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.

23.3 Recovery of Rent; Reletting .

(a) In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or if Landlord elects to either reenter as provided for in this Lease or take possession of the Premises either pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in subsection (c), below, this Lease shall continue in effect, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including Landlord’s right to recover all Rent as it becomes due and/or to relet all or part of the Premises for lease term(s), Rent on such terms as are commercially reasonable. Alterations, acts of maintenance or

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   19  


preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, the appointment of a receiver upon initiation of Landlord or other legal proceeding granting Landlord or its agent possession to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

(b) If Landlord elects to relet, the Rent received by Landlord from reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant; (2) to the payment of any reasonable cost of reletting, including brokerage fees; (3) to the payment of the reasonable cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (4) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (5) any residue shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the portion of Rent received under clause (b) (4) is less than the Rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord when ascertained, any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the Rents received from such reletting.

(c) No reentry or taking possession of the Premises or any other action under this Section shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a Notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such default.

23.4 No Waiver . Efforts by Landlord to mitigate the damages caused by Tenant’s default in this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover damages hereunder.

23.5 Curing Defaults . If Tenant fails to repair, maintain, keep clean, or service any of the Premises or fails to perform any other Lease obligation, then after having given Tenant reasonable Notice of any failure and a reasonable opportunity to remedy the failure, which in no case shall exceed ten days, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and perform or contract for the performance of the repair, maintenance, or other Tenant obligation, and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent all direct and indirect costs incurred in connection therewith.

23.6 Cumulative Remedies . The various rights, options, election powers, and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article and elsewhere in this Lease are cumulative. None of them is exclusive of any others or of any legal or equitable remedy that Landlord might otherwise have in the event of breach or default, and the exercise of one right or remedy by Landlord will not in any way impair its right to any other right or remedy.

23.7 Duty to Mitigate . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, each party shall have an affirmative obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages, adverse impacts and costs (and in Landlord’s case, the costs of reletting) in the event of a default, error or delay by the other party; provided, however, in all cases Landlord shall be entitled to lease other vacant space first before reletting some or all of the Premises following a Tenant default.

ARTICLE 24. SURRENDER OF LEASE

At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, free of rubble and debris, broom clean, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord at least 30 days prior to the termination of this Lease, which Alterations are to be removed in accordance with Article 17 and then Tenant shall forthwith remove the appropriate Alterations and restore the Premises to the condition required herein, entirely at its own expense. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises caused by the removal of trade fixtures or personal property that Tenant is permitted or required to remove.

ARTICLE 25. NOTICES

All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease (“ Notice ”), shall be in writing and shall be given or made to the respective party at the address or number set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of this Lease by (i) personal service; (ii) mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) reputable courier

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   20  


which provides written evidence of delivery; or (iv) facsimile with the date and time imprinted during transmission. Either Party may change its address for Notice by a Notice sent to the other. Each Notice shall be deemed given or made upon receipt or refusal to receive except that facsimile notices sent on an non-business day or after 5:00 p.m. an a business day shall not be deemed delivered until the next business day.

ARTICLE 26. SUBORDINATION

26.1 Priority of Encumbrances . This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, first mortgage, or first deed of trust now or hereinafter affecting the real property of which the Premises are a part (each a “ Security Instrument ”) and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, but subject to all of Landlord’s remedies for a default by Tenant and except as otherwise provided by any Lender Carve Outs (as defined in Section 26.3 below), Tenant’s rights under the Lease will be recognized. If a Lender or ground Landlord gives Tenant Notice of its election to have this Lease prior to the lien of its Security Instrument, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Security Instrument, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said Security Instrument or the date of recording thereof.

26.2 Execution of Documents . Tenant agrees that no documentation other than this Lease is required to evidence such subordination, however, within ten days after receipt of Notice by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination and any attornment or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any Security Instrument, as the case may be, so long as the same do not materially change the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, except insofar as any of the Lender Carve Outs apply. Failure to comply with this Article within the ten-day period set forth above shall be an immediate breach of this Lease by Tenant, without opportunity to cure, giving Landlord all rights and remedies under Article 23 hereof, as well as a right to damages caused by the loss of a loan, lease or sale which may result from such failure by Tenant.

26.3 Attornment . If a Lender or ground Landlord enforces its remedies provided by law or under the pertinent Security Instrument and succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises (a “ Successor-in-Interest ”), Tenant shall, upon request of any Successor-in-Interest, automatically become the tenant of said Successor-in-Interest without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease. The Successor-in-Interest shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than 30 days in advance; (ii) bound by any modification or amendment of this Lease to shorten the term or decrease the Base Rent without the consent of the Lender or ground Landlord; (iii) liable for any act or omission of Landlord or any previous landlord, except to the extent the same constitutes a continuing event of default after such party succeeds to Landlord’s interest; (iv) bound by any obligation of Landlord under the Lease that is not reasonably susceptible to performance by the Successor-in-Interest; (v) subject to any offset, defense, recoupment or counterclaim that Tenant may have as against Landlord or any previous landlord; or (vi) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have made with respect to Landlord or previous landlord that has not been transferred to the Successor-in-Interest (collectively, the “ Lender Carve Outs ”). Within ten days after Notice of a request by Successor-in-Interest, Tenant shall deliver an executed attornment agreement in a form required by such Successor-in-Interest, so long as the same do not materially change the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, except insofar as any of the Lender Carve Outs apply.

ARTICLE 27. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

27.1 Execution by Tenant . Within ten days after receipt of Notice by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate acknowledging that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and unmodified (or if modified, specifying the written modification

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   21  


documents); (ii) no default exists on the part of Landlord or Tenant under this Lease (or, if there are, then stating them); (iii) there are no events which with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would create a default under this Lease (or, if there are, then stating them); (iv) no Rent in excess of one month’s Rent has been paid in advance; (v) Tenant has not sold, assigned, transferred, mortgaged or pledged this Lease or the Rent nor has it received notice of same (or, if it has, then so stating); (vi) Tenant has no defense, setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against Landlord (or, if it has, then so stating), and (vi) such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request (so long as such other statements do not materially change the rights and/or duties of the parties). Landlord, any Lender, or any prospective purchaser of the Building or Complex may rely upon such estoppel certificate. Failure to comply with this Article within the ten-day period set forth above shall be an immediate breach of this Lease by Tenant, without opportunity to cure, giving Landlord all rights and remedies under Article 23 hereof, as well as a right to damages caused by the loss of a loan or sale which may result from such failure by Tenant.

27.2 Financing, Sale or Transfer . If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, sell, or otherwise transfer the Premises, Building or Complex, or any part thereof, Tenant agrees, within ten days of request therefor by Landlord, to deliver to Landlord and any lender, prospective buyer or transferee designated by Landlord financial statements of Tenant and any parent company as may be reasonably required by such party. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

ARTICLE 28. LENDER PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Lender, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been given Notice of the address of such Lender, either pursuant to an estoppel certificate, subordination agreement or otherwise. Tenant agrees that if Landlord fails to cure the default within the time provided for in this Lease, Lender shall have an additional 30 days within which to cure the default or, if the default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within the 30 days, Lender has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure the default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary). This Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being pursued.

ARTICLE 29. BANKRUPTCY

If at any time during the Term there is a Bankruptcy Event, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Any receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors (“assignee”), trustee of any kind, or Tenant as debtor-in-possession (“debtor”) shall either expressly assume or reject this Lease within sixty days following the assignment to the assignee or the filing of the pleading initiating the receivership or bankruptcy case. All such parties agree that they will not seek Court permission to extend such time for assumption or rejection. Failure to assume or reject in the time set forth herein shall mean that the Lease may be terminated at Landlord’s option. Rejection of the Lease shall be a default under the Lease.

(b) If the Lease is assumed by a debtor, receiver, assignee or trustee, such party shall immediately after such assumption (1) cure any default or provide adequate assurances that defaults will be promptly cured; (2) pay Landlord for actual pecuniary loss or provide adequate assurances that compensation will be made for such loss; and (3) provide adequate assurance of future performance.

(c) Where a default exists under the Lease, the party assuming the Lease may not require Landlord to provide services or supplies incidental to the Lease before its assumption by such trustee or debtor, unless Landlord is compensated under the terms of the Lease for such services and supplies provided before the assumption of such Lease.

(d) Landlord reserves all remedies available to Landlord in Article 23 or at law or in equity in respect of a Bankruptcy Event by Tenant, to the extent applicable law permits such remedies.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   22  


(e) Tenant agrees that all attorney’s fees and costs incurred by Landlord in dealing with a bankruptcy of Tenant are an actual pecuniary loss of Landlord and Tenant agrees that it shall pay all such costs and expenses in the event of any assumption or Transfer of the Lease.

ARTICLE 30. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

30.1 Captions . The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this Lease and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions of this Lease.

30.2 Construction . Whenever the singular is used in this Lease and when required by the context, the same shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular. Items following the terms “include” or “including” are descriptive only and not by way of limitation. All approvals to be given by a Party to the Lease are not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed unless specifically indicated to the contrary in the Lease.

30.3 Modifications . This instrument contains all the agreements, conditions and representations made between the Parties and may only be modified by a written agreement signed by all of the Parties.

30.4 Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

30.5 No Offer . The preparation and submission of a draft of this Lease by either party to the other shall not constitute an offer, nor shall either party be bound to any terms of this Lease or the entirety of the Lease itself until the Parties have fully executed a final document. Until such time as described in the previous sentence, either party is free to terminate negotiations with no obligation to the other.

30.6 Limitation of Liability . In the event of default, breach, or violation by Landlord of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord’s liability to Tenant shall be limited to its ownership interest in the Building or the proceeds of a public sale of such interest pursuant to foreclosure of a judgment against Landlord. Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency beyond its interest in the Building.

30.7 Joint and Several Liability . Should Tenant consist of more than one person or entity, they shall be jointly and severally liable on this Lease.

30.8 Survival . All obligations of Tenant which may accrue or arise during the Term of this Lease or as a result of any act or omission of Tenant during the Term shall, to the extent they have not been fully performed, satisfied or discharged, survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

30.9 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other party that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Lease, except for the Broker identified in Article 1. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom the indemnifying party authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease.

30.10 Non-liability of Landlord . Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Lease, the consent or approval, whether express or implied, or the act, failure to act or failure to object, by Landlord in connection with any plan, specification, drawing, proposal, request, act, omission, notice or communication by or for Tenant, shall not create any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord, and shall not constitute a representation by Landlord, with respect to the completeness, sufficiency, efficacy, propriety, quality or legality of such act.

30.11 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation or arbitration between the Parties with respect to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including all reasonable fees of appraisers, accountants, experts, consultants and attorneys (collectively “ Professional Fees ”) incurred by the prevailing party shall be paid by the other party.

30.12 Effect of Waiver . Landlord’s waiver of any breach of a Lease provision is not a waiver of such Lease provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition of the Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of any Rent shall not be a waiver of any breach or rights, including the right to possession, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of any existing breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   23  


30.13 Holding-Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, with Landlord’s written consent, then such holding over shall be construed as a month-to-month tenancy, subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease (as applicable to a month-to-month tenancy) as existed during the last month of the Term, except the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent then payable. Any option or right to extend, renew or expand shall not be applicable. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent after such expiration or termination shall not constitute a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal of this Lease.

30.14 Binding Effect . The covenants and conditions of this Lease, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns the Parties.

30.15 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease.

30.16 Release of Landlord . If Landlord sells its interest in the Building or Complex, then from and after the effective date of the sale or conveyance, Landlord shall be released and discharged from any and all obligations and responsibilities under this Lease except those already accrued. If Tenant provides a Security Deposit, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit to a purchaser of the Building and Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

30.17 Waiver by Tenant . The Parties have negotiated numerous provisions of this Lease, some of which are covered by statute. Whenever a provision of this Lease and a provision of any statute or other law cover the same matter, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

30.18 Non-Business Days . Whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time (or by a particular date) that ends (or occurs) on a non-business day, then such period (or date) shall be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “ business day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal or State holiday.

30.19 Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the Parties against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of this Lease, or any other claims.

30.20 Authorization . Each person executing this Lease on behalf of a Party represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of such Party.

30.21 Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees that, so long as this Lease is in full force and effect an Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure periods, Tenant shall have quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the Term (as may be extended) of this Lease.

Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first written above.

 

“Tenant”     “Landlord”
Impinj, Inc. , a     Bedford Property Investors, Inc., a
Washington corporation     Maryland corporation
By:  

/s/ Evan Fein

    By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Silla

Name:  

Evan Fein

    Name:  

Stephen M. Silla

Title:  

VP Finance

    Title  

Sr. V.P.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   24  


FOR OFFICE USE ONLY:

 

PREPARED BY:                                                           ;    REVIEWED BY:                                                           ;    APPROVED BY:                                                            

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   25  


STATE OF California   )   
  )    ss.
COUNTY OF  Contra Costa   )   

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Stephen M. Silla is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that said person signed this instrument, on oath stated that said person was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Sr. V.P. of Bedford Property Investors, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this   2   day of   Dec.   , 2004.

 

LOGO

 

/s/ Rebecca L. Ingraca

 

 

Rebecca L. Ingraca

  (Print or type name)
  NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Calif ., residing
  at Benicia
  My Commission expires: 9-14-07

[Seal or Stamp]

 

STATE OF  Washington   )   
  )    ss.
COUNTY OF  King   )   

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Evan Fein is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that said person signed this instrument, on oath stated that said person was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the V.P. of Impinj, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this   30   day of   Nov.   , 2004.

 

LOGO

 

/s/ Francisco Rizo

 

 

Francisco Rizo

  (Print or type name)
 

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of WA , residing

at Mt. Lake Terr.

  My Commission expires: 8-9-2005

[Seal or stamp]

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   26  


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

PARCEL A:

THOSE PORTIONS OF BLOCK 84 OF DENNY & HOYT’S SUPPLEMENTAL PLAT TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 3 OF PLATS AT PAGE(S) 3, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN, INC. RIGHT OF WAY FOR ITS FORMER SUMAS BRANCH IN SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M., IN SAID KING COUNTY, SAID PORTIONS BEING DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF SAID BLOCK 84 AND THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON NORTHERN RIGHT OF WAY;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 194.84 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN;

THENCE SOUTH 06°16’09” WEST 117.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 69.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 31.25 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 70.75 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 24.72 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 50.92 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 121.78 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 172.20 FEET;

THENCE WEST 158.54 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF BLOCK 84 AND THE EAST MARGIN OF FREMONT AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00°09’34” EAST 336.91 FEET ALONG SAID EAST MARGIN AND ITS NORTHERLY PROLONGATION TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS LOT A OF CITY OF SEATTLE LOT BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT NO. 9700157, RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 9706050452.)

PARCEL B:

THOSE PORTIONS OF BLOCK 84 AND OF LOTS 1 THROUGH 3, INCLUSIVE, IN BLOCK 85 OF DENNY & HOYT’S SUPPLEMENTAL PLAT TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 3 OF PLATS AT PAGE(S) 3, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF LOT 1 IN BLOCK 98 OF LAKE UNION SHORELANDS, ACCORDING TO THE OFFICIAL MAPS ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER OF PUBLIC LANDS IN OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON, SAID PORTIONS BEING DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF SAID BLOCK 84 AND THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON NORTHERN, INC., RIGHT OF WAY FOR ITS FORMER SUMAS BRANCH IN SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M., IN SAID KING COUNTY;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 194.84 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN;

THENCE SOUTH 06°16’09” WEST 117.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 69.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 31.25 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 70.75 FEET;

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   1  


THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 24.72 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 50.92 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 121.78 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 172.20 FEET;

THENCE WEST 158.54 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF BLOCK 84 AND THE EAST MARGIN OF FREMONT AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE SOUTH 00°09’34” WEST 192.81 FEET ALONG SAID EAST MARGIN AND ITS NORTHERLY PROLONGATION TO THE NORTHEASTERLY MARGIN OF THE LAKE WASHINGTON SHIP CANAL AS CONDEMNED ON NOVEMBER 25, 1898 UNDER KING COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO. 21942; THENCE SOUTH 56°49’54” EAST 452.56 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHEASTERLY MARGIN AND THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID BLOCK 98 TO THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF SAID BLOCK 98;

THENCE NORTH 63°49’55” EAST 106.00 FEET ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF SAID BLOCK 98 TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 50.71 FEET OF SAID LOT 1 IN BLOCK 98, AND THE WEST MARGIN OF AURORA AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00°18’53” EAST 345.29 FEET ALONG SAID WEST LINE AND MARGIN;

THENCE WEST 99.03 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 77°28’32” EAST FROM THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 50.86 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS LOT B OF CITY OF SEATTLE LOT BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT NO. 9700157, RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 9706050452.)

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   2  


EXHIBIT B-1

PLAN OF THE COMPLEX

 

LOGO

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   1  


EXHIBIT B-2

PLAN OF THE BUILDING

 

LOGO

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   1  


EXHIBIT B-3

FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   1  


EXHIBIT C

CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATIONS

1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms referred to in this Exhibit C (this “Agreement”) not defined below shall have the same meaning as defined in the Lease of which this Agreement forms a part.

2. Construction of Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with this Agreement and the Approved Construction Plans (as hereinafter defined.)

3. Definitions . Each of the following terms shall have the following meaning:

Base Tenant Improvement Allowance ” shall mean $366,905, which is the amount to be contributed by Landlord toward Tenant Improvement Cost.

Building ” shall mean the Building Shell and the Tenant Improvements.

Building Shell ” shall mean the basic minimum enclosure of the Building consisting of the foundation and floors, structural framework, roof coverings, exterior walls and exterior doors and windows, basic fire sprinkler systems, underground electrical power stubs, plumbing system stubs, the parking lots and landscaping appurtenant to the Complex, but excluding all Tenant Improvements.

Construction Plans ” shall mean the complete plans and specifications for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which shall be in substantial compliance with the Approved Preliminary Plans, consisting of all architectural, engineering, mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications which are required to obtain all building permits, licenses and certificates from the applicable governmental authority(ies) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. The Construction Plans shall be prepared by Space Planner, and in all respects shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, building codes for the City of Seattle.

Contractor ” shall be determined in accordance with Section 6 below. Landlord shall engage Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements.

Forces Majeure ” shall mean any delay resulting from or caused by an Act of God, fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, action of the elements, war, invasion, insurrection, riot, mob violence, sabotage, malicious mischief, inability to procure or general shortage of labor, equipment, facilities, materials, or supplies in the open market, Landlord’s inability (despite its reasonable and diligent efforts) to obtain necessary government approvals, licenses or permits, failure of transportation, strike, lockout, action of labor unions, litigation not within the reasonable control of Landlord, condemnation, requisition, supervening law, order or regulation of government or civil, military or naval authority, or any other cause (excluding financial inability) whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing not within the reasonable control of the parties. The time for performance of any obligation shall be appropriately extended by the period of any actual delay caused by any of the foregoing Forces Majeure events.

Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay in the construction of the Tenant Improvements, or any delays in approvals or submissions required hereunder beyond the time period provided for in this Agreement caused by (i) any changes in the nature or scope of the Tenant Improvements requested by Tenant after approval of the Approved Preliminary Plan, (ii) Tenant’s failure to timely provide Landlord with any needed information on the Tenant Improvements, or (iii) Tenant’s failure to timely review and approve any Preliminary Plans, Construction

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 1  


Plans or finish specifications for the Tenant Improvements. In the event Landlord fails to deliver the Leased Premises on the Estimated Delivery Date due to any Tenant Delay, this Lease shall be deemed to have commenced and the obligations of Tenant under the Lease, including without limitation the obligation to pay all rent due thereunder, shall have been deemed commence on the date the Lease would otherwise have commenced had it not been for Tenant Delay. Any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord following notice thereof to Tenant as a result of any Tenant Delay, including without limitation, architectural, engineering and space planning fees, permit resubmittal fees, increased Tenant Improvement Costs, and the like shall be the sole responsibility and obligation of Tenant and shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days following demand therefore.

Tenant’s Personal Property ” shall mean all personal property constructed or installed in the Leased Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense, including furniture, fixtures and equipment, but excluding Tenant Improvements.

Space Planner ” shall mean Burgess Weaver Design Group. Space Planner shall be employed by Landlord and all costs of Space Planner will be the responsibility of Tenant, as part of the Tenant Improvement Cost.

Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ” shall be the date that both (i) the Certificate of Occupancy or its equivalent has been issued by the City of Seattle, and (ii) the construction of the Tenant Improvements is sufficiently complete so that Tenant can legally occupy and utilize the Leased Premises, subject only to minor “punchlist” items (as determined jointly by Landlord and Tenant), the completion of which will not materially affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall cause all punchlist items to be completed within a reasonable time (and in no event more than thirty (30) days except for those items that require more time due to unavailability of materials or long shipping times) following Substantial Completion.

Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all interior portions of the Building to be constructed by Landlord for Tenant pursuant to this Agreement and the Approved Construction Plans, including but not limited to, electrical systems, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), plumbing and fire sprinkler systems (to the extent the electrical, HVAC, plumbing and fire sprinkler systems are not included in the Building Shell), interior partitions, millwork, floor coverings, acoustical ceilings, interior painting, and similar items.

Tenant Improvement Cost ” shall mean the costs for construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, inclusive of the fees charged by Space Planner. The costs for construction and installation shall include, but not be limited to, the following costs actually incurred by Landlord:

(a) architectural/space planning fees and costs charged by Space Planner in the preparation of the Preliminary Plans and Construction Plans;

(b) any and all other fees and costs charged by architects, engineers and consultants in the preparation of the Construction Plans, including mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural drawings and of all other aspects of the Construction Plans, and for processing governmental applications and applications for payment, monitoring the work, and other customary engineering, architectural, interior design and space planning services;

(c) surveys, reports, environmental and other tests and inspections of the site and any improvements thereon;

(d) labor, materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by the Contractor, its subcontractors and/or materialmen;

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 2  


(e) the furnishing and installation of all HVAC duct work, terminal boxes, distributing diffusers and accessories required for completing the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system in the Leased Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour usage, if required by Landlord;

(f) all electrical circuits, wiring, lighting fixtures, and tube outlets furnished and installed throughout the Leased Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour electrical power usage;

(g) all window and floor coverings in the Leased Premises:

(h) all fire and life safety control systems, such as fire walls, sprinklers and fire alarms, including piping, wiring and accessories installed within the Leased Premises;

(i) all plumbing, fixtures, pipes and accessories installed within the Leased Premises;

(j) fees charged by the city and/or county where the Building is located (including, without limitation, fees for building permits and plan checks) required for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises;

(k) all taxes, fees, charges and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for authorization, approvals, licenses and permits; and all sales, use and excise taxes for the materials supplied and services rendered in connection with the installation and construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(l) all costs and expenses incurred to comply with all laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any governmental authority in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

Tenant Improvement Costs shall not include the cost of any of Tenant’s Personal Property or the installation thereof, which shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense.

4. Space Plan for Tenant Improvements . The space plan for the Tenant Improvements is being prepared by Space Planner.

The Approved Preliminary Plans shall be used by Space Planner to develop the Construction Plans.

5. Construction Plans for Tenant Improvements .

5.1 Preparation by Space Planner. Space Planner shall provide Tenant with completed Construction Plans showing (i) Tenant’s partition layout and the location and details; (ii) the location of telephone and electrical outlets; (iii) the location, style and dimension of any desired special lighting; (iv) the location, design and style of all doors, floor coverings and wall coverings; (v) the location, design, style and dimensions of cabinets and casework; and (vi) all details, including “cut sheets,” for the Tenant Improvements, which shall be in conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans. The Construction Plans shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits and licenses required for construction of the Tenant Improvements.

5.2 Tenant’s Review of Construction Plans for Tenant Improvements. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Construction Plans, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of any reasonable changes necessary to bring the Construction Plans into substantial conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans. Failure of Tenant to deliver to Landlord written notice of the changes within the five (5) business day

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 3  


period shall constitute approval by Tenant of the Construction Plans. If any changes requested by Tenant are reasonably necessary to bring the Construction Plans into substantial conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans, Space Planner shall make such changes and resubmit the revised Construction Plans for approval by Tenant in accordance with this Section 5.2. It shall be the obligation of Space Planner to ensure that the Construction Plans comply with all applicable laws.

6. Construction Costs . Once the Construction Plans have been reviewed and approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall obtain from Foushee & Associates and Metropolitan Contracting Inc., bid price for constructing the Tenant Improvements (each, a “Bid”) in conformity with the Construction Plans. Within five (5) business days following delivery of the Bids, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, which Bid it wishes to select (“Approved Bid”) or whether Tenant disapproves both Bids. Upon Tenant’s notification of an Approved Bid, it shall be deemed that Tenant has agreed to pay all Tenant Improvement Costs up to the total amount of the Approved Bid, the Construction Plans, upon which the Approved Bid is based, shall constitute the “Approved Construction Plans”, and the contractor who made the Approved Bid shall be deemed the “Contractor”. In the event that Tenant disapproves the Bid, Tenant shall as soon as practicable thereafter, meet with Space Planner and revise the Construction Plans to reduce the cost of the work. Any changes to the Construction Plans proposed by Tenant in order to reduce the cost of the work shall require Landlord’s written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and delayed (and which shall be deemed given if Landlord fails to respond within seven (7) business days). Once Tenant has completed its revisions to the Construction Plans, Landlord shall solicit new Bids from the same contractors and the process shall continue until such time that Tenant approves one of the Bids. Any time in excess of 20 days total spent revising the Constructions Plans and rebidding the work until Tenant has selected an Approved Bid shall constitute Tenant Delay.

7. Building Permit . Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining a building permit (“Building Permit”) for the Tenant Improvements. To the extent reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant shall assist Landlord at no material cost to Tenant in obtaining the Building Permit. After approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Construction Plans as provided above, Landlord or its Contractor shall submit the Approved Construction Plans to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a Building Permit. Landlord shall cause to be made any change in the Approved Construction Plans necessary to obtain the Building Permit, provided that before making any required change that would materially (i) change the Construction Plans, (ii) increase the costs of the Tenant Improvements to Tenant, or (iii) delay completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such required change and await instructions from Tenant (“Material Required Change”). If Tenant does not provide any written instructions to Landlord within three (3) business days after receiving notice of the Material Required Change, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Material Required Change and Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with such Material Required Change. If, within such three (3) business day period, Tenant does provide instructions (other than instructions to adopt the Material Required Change) and such instructions are reasonable, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to implement Tenant’s instructions and any and all delays in completion of the Tenant Improvements attributable to pursuing and implementing such instructions in excess of 20 days of delay total shall constitute Tenant Delay.

8. Change Requests .

8.1 Approval . No changes to the Approved Construction Plans requested by Tenant (each, a “Change Request”) shall be made without (i) Landlord first providing notice to Tenant of the estimated delay and increased costs associated with such Change Request and Tenant reconfirming its request to make such Change Request, and (ii) Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, subject to the following:

(i) No Change Request shall affect the structure or operating systems of the Building;

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 4  


(ii) Landlord may require Tenant to pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days of written notice from Landlord, the amount by which the Tenant Improvement Cost, after implementation of the Change Request, is reasonably estimated by Landlord to exceed the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance, including without limitation, increases in construction costs and other charges payable hereunder caused by any delay in construction of the Tenant Improvements as a result of a Change Request;

(iii) A Change Request shall constitute an agreement by Tenant to any delay in completion of the Tenant Improvements to the extent caused by Landlord’s reviewing, processing and implementing the Change Request, all of which delays shall be deemed a Tenant Delay;

(iv) Landlord shall accept only Change Requests signed by Tenant’s representative,      Evan Fein. Tenant may from time to time designate a different representative to authorize Change Requests.

(v) Any net delay in completion of the Tenant Improvements to extent caused by a Change Request shall not delay the commencement of the term of the Lease from the date the term of the Lease would otherwise have commenced had it not been for the Change Request. Tenant agrees that the Lease and all obligations of Tenant thereunder (including without limitation the obligation to pay rent) shall commence on the date that the term of the Lease would otherwise have commenced had it not been for the delay, if any, resulting from the Change Request (provided that date is on or after the Estimated Commencement Date).

8.2 Procedure. Except with respect to the mechanical and electrical systems of the Building, within five (5) business days after receipt of a written Change Request from Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant verbally of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Change Request; Landlord shall confirm, in writing, Landlord’s approval or disapproval within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written Change Request. All costs paid by Landlord to unaffiliated parties in connection with review of proposed Change Requests shall be part of the Tenant Improvement Cost. With respect to Change Request related to the Building’s mechanical and electrical systems, Landlord shall have five (5) business days to respond orally and ten (10) business days to confirm its decision in writing. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval of the Change Request within the required period, the Change Request shall be deemed approved.

8.3 Period of Review. The period of Landlord’s review of a proposed Change Request, and the period during which Tenant has the right to revoke a Change Request, shall be deemed Tenant Delays.

8.4 Minor Changes in Work. Landlord shall have the authority, without the consent of Tenant, to order any immaterial changes to the Tenant Improvements not involving an increase in cost to Tenant or a delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements. Delays caused by Landlord’s compliance with supervening laws or regulations shall not be deemed delays within Landlord’s control, and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to such delays.

9. Payment of Contractor . Once Landlord and Tenant have agreed upon the Approved Bid, and a contract for the construction of the Tenant Improvements has been entered into with the Contractor, Landlord shall be responsible for making monthly progress payments to Contractor in accordance with the construction contract, subject to reimbursement by Tenant pursuant to the following procedure. Once the Approved Bid has been agreed upon, if the total Approved Bid is in excess of the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord each month, within twenty (20) days of receipt of bills or invoices representing the current months’ payment obligation to the Contractor (the “Monthly Payment”), for that portion of the Monthly Payment determined by taking a fraction, the numerator of which is the difference between the Bid Price and the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance, and the denominator of which is the Approved Bid, and multiplying the Monthly Payment by such fraction. Landlord shall have no obligation to pay Contractor unless and until Landlord shall have received such sum from Tenant. Any delays in construction of the Tenant Improvements caused as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely Landlord as provided herein, shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay for which Tenant shall be solely responsible.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 5  


10. Commencement and Completion of Tenant Improvements . As soon as the Construction Plans have been prepared, reviewed and approved as specified herein, Landlord has obtained the Building Permit and other necessary authorizations for the construction of the Tenant Improvements from the City of Seattle and any other governmental, quasi-governmental or regulatory agency, Landlord and Tenant have agreed upon the Approved Bid and Landlord has entered into a contract with the Contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall cause the construction of the Building Shell Work and Tenant Improvements to commence and shall diligently pursue same until completion. Landlord shall cause such construction to be performed in good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all Laws and with the Approved Construction Plans, and shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with the completed Tenant Improvements on a “turnkey basis”. Landlord shall use all due diligence, and shall take all necessary measures in good faith, to perform its obligations under this Exhibit.

11. Payment of Additional Costs . Following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and determination of the total Tenant Improvement Cost, to the extent the Tenant Improvement Cost exceeds the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “Additional Costs”), Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of such Additional Costs. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord (accompanied by invoices or other reasonable evidence substantiating such Additional Costs incurred), the amount of the Additional Costs. During construction and for a reasonable period following completion thereof, Landlord agrees to make available, for Tenant’s review during normal business hours, copies of paid invoices, receipts, statements or bills of sale to which the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance has been applied, lien waivers from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen whose work or materials are represented by such items and such other certifications and warranties as Landlord shall receive in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

12. Importance of Time Periods . The time periods set forth in this Agreement are to be strictly adhered to and extensions of time shall be granted only when the circumstances are such that it is clear that the party requesting the additional time is without fault as to the delay. The parties acknowledge that it of critical importance to Tenant that the Premises are ready for occupancy on or before the Estimated Commencement Date, and accordingly, both parties shall use diligent, good faith and reasonable efforts to abide by the project schedule attached as Schedule B to this Agreement, which project schedule provides for a target substantial completion date for the Tenant Improvements by April 30, 2005.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 6  


SCHEDULE A

TO

CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATIONS

APPROVED PRELIMINARY PLANS

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 7  


SCHEDULE B

TO

CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATIONS

PROJECT SCHEDULE

 

Action Item

  

Time Allowance (Bus. Days)

   Projected
Actual Date
  

Comments

Lease Execution:

      11/17/2004   

Space Plan Approval:

      12/1/2004   

Prelim. Pricing

   8 days from plan approval    12/9/2004   

Const. Docs Deliver:

   15 days from plan approval    12/16/2004   

Tenant Review of CD’s:

   5 days from CD delivery    12/21/2004   

Approval by LL & Tenant:

      12/31/2004   

Permit Submittal:

   4 Weeks    1/1/2005   

Final Pricing:

   3 weeks from CD Approval    1/20/2005   

Contractor Selection:

      1/24/2005   

Permit Issuance:

      1/29/2005   

Construction Start:

      1/29/2005   

Substantial Completion:

   12 Weeks    4/25/2005    Estimated length of construction

Punch List:

   5      

Punch List Complete:

   30      

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   C - 1  


EXHIBIT D

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT OF TERM

This Acknowledgement of Commencement is made as of                      , 200      , with reference to that certain Lease Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”) dated                      , 200      , by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc., as “Landlord” therein, and Impinj, Inc., as “Tenant”, for the Leased Premises situated at Plaza Building, 701 North 34th Street, , Seattle, Washington.

The undersigned hereby confirms the following:

1. That in accordance with the provisions of said Lease the commencement date of the Term is                                          , and that, unless sooner terminated, the original Term thereof expires on                                          .

2. That said Lease is in full force and effect and that the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning said Lease.

3. That, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there are no existing defenses which Tenant has against the enforcement of said Lease by Landlord, and no offsets or credits against rentals.

4. That the minimum rental obligation of said Lease is presently in effect and that all rentals, charges and other obligations on the part of Tenant under said Lease commenced to accrue on                                         .

5. That the undersigned has not made any prior assignment, hypothecation or pledge of said Lease or of the rents hereunder.

 

“Tenant”
Impinj, Inc.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   D - 1  


EXHIBIT E

EXPENSES, TAXES AND INSURANCE COSTS (FULL SERVICE)

1. Definitions .

1.1 “ Base Operating Cost for the Complex ” equals the amount of the actual Operating Costs for 2005.

1.2 “ Excluded Costs ” are all of the following: Capital Costs (except to the extent permitted in Section 2.5); depreciation; principal or interest payments of mortgage and other debts of Landlord; the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; costs in connection with leasing space or enforcing leases in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Complex; fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses; salaries of any Landlord employees; or any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Complex under their respective leases. The following additional items are also excluded from Operating Costs:

(a) Any liabilities, costs or expenses associated with or incurred in connection with the removal, enclosure, encapsulation or other handling of asbestos or other hazardous or toxic materials or substances;

(b) Costs due to Landlord’s violation of any governmental rule or authority;

(c) Costs related to governmental compliance in connection with those parts of the Building and Complex that Landlord is responsible for maintaining and repairing to the extent such governmental requirements were applicable to the Complex on or before the date of mutual execution of this Lease;

(d) Costs of any items for which Landlord is or is entitled to be paid or reimbursed by insurance; provided that Landlord may (i) pass through the cost of deductibles as an Operating Cost and/or (ii) elect to pay for losses or damages covered by insurance and pass through such costs to Tenant as an Operating Cost if Landlord reasonably determines that the election not to make an insurance claim should result in net savings on Operating Costs by keeping insurance premiums lower.

(e) Management or administration fees in excess of the Management Fee specified in Section 1.14 Fees

(f) Wages, bonuses and other compensation of employees above the grade of Building Manager, and fringe benefits other than insurance plans and tax-qualified benefit plans;

(g) Cost of any work or service performed on an extra cost basis for any tenant in the Building or Complex to a materially greater extent or in a materially more favorable manner than furnished generally to the tenants and other occupants;

(h) Any costs related to the formation or administration of any corporate entity constituting or related to the Landlord;

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   E - 1  


(i) Late fees, fines, penalties or interest incurred by Landlord due to late payment of expenses;

(j) Except for the Management Fee, which is a fixed agreed upon amount not subject to recalculation, any cost representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord that is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship;

(k) Costs of any mitigation or impact fees or subsidies (however characterized), imposed or incurred in connection with initial development of the Building and Complex, which costs shall also be excluded from Taxes;

(l) Property insurance deductible payments in excess of $5,000 unless such payments are amortized in the same manner as Capital Costs; and

(m) Any charges for capital reserves.

1.3 “ Pro Rata Percent ” is a fraction the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator of which is the Rentable Area of the Building. Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent as of the Commencement Date is specified in Section 1.11 of the Lease. Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent will be recalculated as required effective at the commencement of any period to which the calculation is applicable in this Lease. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent as to certain expenses may be calculated differently to yield a higher percentage share for Tenant as to certain expenses in the event Landlord permits other tenants in the Complex to directly incur such expenses rather than have Landlord incur the expense in common for the Complex (such as, by way of illustration, wherein a tenant performs its own janitorial services). In such case Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of the applicable expense shall be calculated as having as its denominator the Rentable Area of the Building less the Rentable Area of tenants who have incurred such expense directly. Furthermore, in the event Tenant consumes extraordinary amounts of any provided utility or other service as determined in Landlord’s good faith judgment, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent for such utility or service may, at Landlord’s election, be based on usage as opposed to Rentable Area of the Building, that is, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of such a utility or service would be calculated as having as its denominator the total usage of such utility or service in the Complex (or Building as the case may be), and having as its numerator Tenant’s usage of such utility or service, as determined by Landlord. If Tenant, with Landlord’s consent, which Landlord may grant or withhold in its arbitrary judgment, incurs such expenses directly, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent will be calculated specially so that expenses of the same character which are incurred by Landlord for the benefit of other tenants in the Complex shall not be prorated to Tenant. If repairs are required for systems exclusively serving the Premises (whether within or outside of said Premises) and Landlord historically has not passed through such costs as Operating Cost borne by all tenants of the Building or Complex, then Tenant shall pay one hundred percent of such repair costs; provided however, if the costs are of a capital nature they shall be amortized and charged to Tenant in the same way that Capital Costs are amortized and charged under the Lease.

2. Additional Rent .

2.1 Operating Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Operating Costs for the Building or Complex, as the case may be, for any Lease Year, calculated by multiplying the Pro Rata Percent times (a) the greater of either (i) actual Operating Costs; or (ii) Operating Costs computed as if the Building or Complex were at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and operational for the whole Lease Year less (b) the Base Operating Cost for the Complex. If the foregoing yields a negative number, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs for that Lease Year shall be zero. If any Lease Year of less than twelve months is included within the Term, the amount payable by Tenant for such period shall be prorated on a per diem basis (using a 360-day year).

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   E - 2  


2.2 Personal Property, Gross Receipts, Leasing Taxes . This Section is intended to deal with taxes directly attributed to Tenant or this transaction, as distinct from Taxes attributable to the Complex which are to be allocated among various tenants and others and which are included in Operating Costs. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all taxes required to be paid by Landlord, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, which are: (a) upon, measured by, or reasonably attributable to (i) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises or (ii) if separately assessed by the tax assessor, the cost or value of any Leasehold Improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, other than Building Standard Work, regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be in Tenant or Landlord; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof to the extent such taxes are not included as Taxes and are not a gross receipts tax or Business and Occupations tax, provided, however, if after the date of this Lease, any new taxes or assessments are imposed that are based upon rents received from Tenant and are not otherwise included in Taxes, Landlord shall be entitled to collect reimbursement for such taxes or assessments from Tenant; and (c) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

2.3 Refuse Disposal . Tenant shall pay Landlord, within ten days of being billed therefor, for the removal from the Common Area, the Complex, or the Building of any amounts of refuse or rubbish that Tenant has generated in excess of amounts typically generated by other tenants of the Complex.

2.4 Method of Payment . Any Additional Rent payable by Tenant under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be paid as follows, unless otherwise provided: (a) During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly in advance with its payment of Base Rent, one-twelfth of the amount of such Additional Rent as estimated by Landlord in advance, in good faith, to be due from Tenant during the Lease Year; and (b) annually, within ten business days after receipt of Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement. As soon as is reasonably possible after the expiration of each Lease Year, Landlord shall prepare in good faith and deliver to Tenant a comparative statement setting forth (1) the Operating Costs for such Lease Year, and (2) the amount of any other Additional Rent as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section (“ Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement ”). If the aggregate amount of estimated Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any Lease Year is less than the Additional Rent due for such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the amount of such deficiency. Any delay in Landlord delivering the Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay any Additional Rent. If the aggregate amount of such Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any Lease Year of the Term should be greater than the Additional Rent due for such year, Landlord will apply the amount of such excess to the next succeeding installments of such Additional Rent due hereunder; and if there is any such excess for the last year of the Term, the amount thereof will be refunded by Landlord to Tenant, within 45 days after the expiration of the Lease, to the extent Tenant is not otherwise in default under the terms of this Lease.

3. Audit Rights . Not later than 120 days of receiving Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement, Tenant may give Landlord written notice (“ Review Notice ”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Operating Costs for the Lease Year to which the statement applies. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State. Tenant is solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit. Within 90 days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement for that Lease Year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the 90-day period or fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the 120-day period described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that Lease Year. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any Operating Cost Statement unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   E - 3  


4. Disputed Sums . Under the terms of the Lease other charges may be due from Tenant including advances made by Landlord in respect of Tenant’s default. If Tenant has a bona fide dispute as to the amount Landlord claims is due for any charge, Tenant shall give Notice to Landlord of the amount in dispute setting forth the reasons for all sums Tenant claims are not owed to Landlord. Said Notice shall be given no later than ten Business days after receipt of Landlord’s demand for payment and Tenant shall pay all undisputed sums with said Notice or Tenant shall pay a late charge as set forth in Section 5.4 of the Lease on the amount demanded by Landlord. Failure by Tenant to pay the undisputed sums until resolution shall constitute a default under the terms of the Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord interest at ten percent per annum from the date the aforesaid payment is due Landlord on all disputed sums ultimately shown to be owed to Landlord.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   E - 4  


EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on the Building or to any part thereof, or which is visible from the outside of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any unapproved sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice which was affixed by Tenant without notice and at the expense of Tenant.

All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

 

2. If a directory is located at the Building, it is provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

 

3. The sidewalks, passages, exits, entrances, and stairways in and around the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The passages, exits, entrances, stairways, and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its Tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Neither Tenant nor any employees or invitees of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building (except to service or inspect the HVAC system).

 

4. Tenant shall not be permitted to install any additional lock or locks on any door in the Building unless written consent of Landlord shall have first been obtained. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for every room.

 

5. The toilets and urinals shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Waste and excessive or unusual use of water shall not be allowed. Tenant shall be responsible for any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant or its employees or invitees.

 

6. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster (except to hang shelving, art work and other such normal uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

 

7. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein. Tenant shall have the right to establish locked rooms or other secured areas within the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and risk so long as keys and/or other access devices to such spaces are provided to Landlord.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   F - 1  


8. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable, or immoral purposes.

 

9. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material (except as otherwise permitted by the Lease) or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

10. Landlord will direct electricians as to the manner and location in which telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

 

11. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

 

12. Exterior blinds are furnished for each window by Landlord. Any additional window covering desired by Tenant shall be approved by Landlord.

 

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

14. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building.

 

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

 

16. Tenant shall not permit any contractor or other person making any alterations, additions or installations within the Premises to use the hallways, lobby or corridors as storage or work areas outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay the expense of any additional cleaning or other maintenance required to be performed by Landlord as a result of the transportation or storage of materials or work performed with the Building by or for Tenant.

 

17 Tenant shall be entitled to use parking spaces as mutually agreed upon between Tenant and Landlord subject to such reasonable conditions and regulations as may be imposed from time to time by Landlord. Tenant agrees that vehicles of Tenant or its employees, or agents shall not park in driveways nor occupy parking spaces or other areas reserved for any use such as Visitors, Delivery, Loading, or other tenants. Landlord or its agents, shall have the right to cause or be removed any car of Tenant, its employees or agents, that may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Tenant agrees to save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents and employees from any and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle. Tenant, its employees, or agents shall not park campers, trucks or cars on the Building parking areas overnight or over weekends. Tenant will from time to time, upon request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees and agents.

 

18. Landlord reserves the right to make reasonable modifications hereto and such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in its reasonable judgment may be required for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations, so long as the same are not inconsistent with the Lease.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   F - 2  


19. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling is prohibited in the Building and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

20. Landlord is not responsible for the violation of any rule contained herein by any other Tenant.

 

21. Landlord may waive any one or more of these rules for the benefit of any particular Tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce these rules against any or all Tenants occupying the Building.

 

22. Tenant is responsible for purchasing and installing a security system if required by law or City ordinance. The cost of purchasing and installation of any such system is the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   F - 3  


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[BANK LETTERHEAD]

             , 200     

Bedford Property Investors, Inc.

270 Lafayette Circle

Lafayette, CA 94549

Attention: Legal

Re:                                                      

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT No.                                         

Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our irrevocable standby letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) in your favor in the amount of                                                                                   Dollars ($              ). The following are the terms of this Letter of Credit:

1. An amount equal to                                          Dollars ($              ) is available against presentation of certification purportedly signed by an officer of Bedford Property Investors, Inc. (“BPI”) stating that                                          (“Tenant”) is in default under the terms of the written lease (“Lease”) dated as of              , 200      , between Bedford Property Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation and Tenant, covering the space commonly known as                                          , located in              , Washington.

2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total amount drawn by BPI under this Letter of Credit shall not exceed                                          Dollars ($              ).

3. Each draft must be marked: “Drawn under irrevocable Letter of Credit No.              , dated              , 200      .”

4. This Letter of Credit expires at the counters of                      , Letter of Credit Department, currently located at                                          on ,              , 200      .

5. The reference herein to the Lease is for identification purposes only and it is not intended that the lease either be incorporated in or made a part of this Letter of Credit.

6. We hereby engage with you that drafts and documents drawn under and in strict compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to us.

7. This Letter of Credit is subject to the “Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1983 Revision), The International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 400.”

8. This Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Special Conditions set forth on Exhibit 1. Such exhibit being considered a part hereof and incorporated herein by reference.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   G - 1  


Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BANK]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   G - 2  


EXHIBIT 1 TO IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Partial and/or or multiple draws upon this Letter of Credit up to the face amount of this Letter of Credit are permitted.

2. Issuer agrees that it may not defer honor beyond the close of the first banking day after presentment of a sight draft drawn hereunder and accompanying documents.

3. This Letter of Credit shall be transferable and assignable one or more times to any person or entity who is the successor or assignee of the interest of the landlord under the Lease. Such transfer shall be accomplished by providing Issuer with the appropriate transfer form, the original Letter of Credit for endorsement, and the appropriate notarized certification signed as ‘authorized signatory’ on behalf of Bedford Property Investors, Inc., or an officer (or partner, if such entity is a partnership or member if a limited liability company) of its transferee or assignee; provided, however, that such transfer shall not be subject to the approval of Issuer, except, that this Letter of Credit cannot be transferred, to an individual or company whose name appears on any specially designated listing of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Treasury Department.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   G - 3  


EXHIBIT H

LIST OF PERMITTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Solvents:

Acetone - 2ea 1-Qt. containers max

Flux Remover: 6 10-oz. containers max

Isopropyl Alcohol: 6 16-oz. containers max

Adhesives:

RTV Silicon: 2ea 11-oz. containers max

General purpose Epoxy:2 1-oz. containers max

Silver Epoxy: 3ea 2-oz. containers max

Thermal Adhesive: 2 1-oz. containers max

Other:

Thermal Compound: 2 8-oz. containers max

Freeze Mist: 6ea 12-oz. containers max

Compressed Air: 80psi (1 small compressor) Vacuum Air: (3 small vacuum

pumps) Static Mats on the floor in the lab work space

Liquid Nitrogen

Dry Nitrogen

All chemicals not in use (less ~4oz. of alcohol) shall be kept in the chemical locker.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   H - 1  


ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO LEASE

This Addendum No. 1 (this “ Addendum ”) is made in connection with and is a part of that certain Office Lease, dated as of November 17, 2004, by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as Landlord, and Impinj, Inc., a Washington corporation, as Tenant, (the “ Lease ”).

 

A. OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERMS — NEGOTIATED RENTAL.

1. Notice of Exercise . Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease and has not assigned this Lease nor sublet more than 30% of the area of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to extend the initial term hereof for one additional period of either three (3) years or five (5) years, at Tenant’s election, upon the same terms and conditions as stated herein, except for Minimum Monthly Rent. Minimum Monthly Rent for the option period shall be at Fair Market Rental, as that term is defined in Article A below herein. The extension is herein referred to as “ Extended Term .” Tenant must exercise its right, if at all, by written notification (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) to Landlord not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial term hereof, provided that Tenant is not then in default of any of the provisions of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. The Notice of Exercise must specify the Extended Term period elected by Tenant.

2. Options are Personal . The option to extend granted herein is personal to the original Tenant, or such Transferee where Landlord’s consent is not required, executing this Lease and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the rights contained in Paragraphs A and B of this Addendum are not assignable or transferable by such original Tenant except to such transferee when Landlord’s consent is not required. Landlord grants the rights contained herein to Tenant in consideration of Tenant’s strict compliance with the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the manner of exercise of this option.

 

B. FAIR MARKET RENTAL.

1. If Tenant exercises the right to extend the term, then the Minimum Monthly Rent shall be adjusted to equal the Fair Market Rental for the premises as of the date of the commencement of such Extended Term, pursuant to the procedures hereinafter set forth. The term “ Fair Market Rental ” means the Minimum Monthly Rent chargeable for the Premises based upon the following factors applicable to the Premises or any comparable premises:

 

  (a) Rental rates being charged for comparable premises in the same geographical location;

 

  (b) The relative locations of the comparable premises;

 

  (c) Improvements, or allowances provided for improvements, or to be provided;

 

  (d) Rental adjustments, if any, or rental concessions;

 

  (e) Services and utilities provided or to be provided;

 

  (f) Use limitations or restrictions;

 

  (g) Any other relevant Lease terms or conditions.

In no event, however, shall the Fair Market Rental be less than the Minimum Monthly Rent in effect immediately prior to the commencement date of the extended Term in question. The Fair Market Rental evaluation may include provision for further rent adjustments during the Extended Term if such adjustments are commonly required in the market place for similar types of leases.

2. Determination of Fair Market Rental . Upon exercise of the right to extend the term, and included within the Notice of Exercise, Tenant shall notify Landlord of its opinion of Fair Market Rental as above

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   Addendum No 1 - 1  


defined for the Extended Term. If Landlord disagrees with Tenant’s opinion of the Fair Market Rental, it shall so notify Tenant (“ Landlord’s Value Notice ”) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s Notice of Exercise. If the parties are unable to resolve their differences within twenty (20) business days thereafter, either party may apply for Arbitration as provided below. If neither party applies for Arbitration within twenty (20) business days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s Value Notice, Tenant shall be bound to the Fair Market Rental stated in Landlord’s Value Notice. Should either party elect to arbitrate, and if the arbitration is not concluded before the commencement of the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay Minimum Monthly Rent to Landlord in an amount equal to the Fair Market Rental set forth in Landlord’s Value Notice, until the Fair Market Rental is determined in accordance with the arbitration provisions hereof (“ Arbitration ”). If the Fair Market Rental as determined by Arbitration differs from that stated in Landlord’s Value Notice, then any adjustment required to correct the amount previously paid by Tenant shall be made by payment by the appropriate party within thirty (30) days after the determination of Fair Market Rental by Arbitration has been concluded, as provided herein. Tenant shall be obligated to make payment during the entire Extended Term of the Minimum Monthly Rent determined in accordance with the Arbitration procedures hereunder.

3. Arbitration . In the event either party seeks Arbitration of Fair Market Rental under the provisions hereof for the Extended Term, the other party shall be bound to submit the matter for determination by Arbitration. The Arbitration shall be conducted and determined in the County where the Leased Premises are located.

4. Demand for Arbitration . A party demanding Arbitration hereunder shall make its demand in writing (“ Demand Notice ”) within ten (10) business days after service of Landlord’s Value Notice. The Arbitrator shall be selected by the parties within 5 business days of the Demand Notice. If the parties are unable to agree on an Arbitrator within such 5 business day period, then the Arbitrator shall be selected by the Seattle office of JAMS, which is hereinafter referred to as the “Appointer”.

The Appointer, acting in his or her personal, private capacity, shall appoint within ten (10) days thereafter a disinterested, independent real estate appraiser who is a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with at least seven (7) years’ experience appraising properties in the same county for the general type of use to which the Premises are devoted under the terms of this Lease, i.e. Shopping Center, Office, Retail. The Arbitrator shall be a person who would be qualified to serve as an expert witness and to give opinion testimony addressed to the issue in a court of competent jurisdiction. Such a party is hereinafter referred to as the “ Arbitrator ”.

5. Decision of the Arbitrator . The Arbitrator so selected shall, within twenty (20) days after his appointment, state in writing his determination as to whether Landlord’s valuation, or Tenant’s valuation of Fair Market Rental, most closely approximates his own. The Arbitrator may not state his own opinion of Fair Market Rental, but is strictly limited to the selection of Landlord’s Fair Market Rental evaluation as stated in Landlord’s Value Notice or Tenant’s Fair Market Rental evaluation as stated in the Notice of Exercise. The Arbitrator shall have the right to consult experts and competent authorities with factual information or evidence pertaining to a determination of Fair Market Rental. The Arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the proposed valuations, and shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease. The valuation so chosen as most closely approximating that of the Arbitrator shall constitute the decision of the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall render a decision and award in writing, with counterpart copies to each party and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

6. Successor Arbitrator; Fees and Expenses . In the event of failure, refusal or inability of the Arbitrator to act in a timely manner, a successor shall be appointed in the same manner as such Arbitrator

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   Addendum No 1 - 2  


was first chosen hereunder, if such Arbitrator was chosen by an Appointer. If chosen by mutual agreement, the parties shall, in this succeeding instance, choose the Arbitrator through means of the procedure for the Appointer. The fees and expenses of the Arbitrator and the administrative hearing fee, if any, shall be divided equally between the parties. Each party shall bear its own attorneys’ fee and other expenses including fees for witnesses in presenting evidence to the Arbitrator.

 

C. PARKING

Forty-eight (48) marked and designated parking stalls shall be provided to Tenant for Tenant’ exclusive use. Tenant shall pay One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($100.00) per stall per month during the original Term. The monthly parking rate shall be adjusted to market rate if Tenant exercises its right to the Extension Term. In no event, however, shall the monthly rate per stall be lower than the rate per stall during the final month of the original Term.

 

D. SIGNAGE

Tenant shall be entitled to building standard suite entry signage on the interior main lobby building directory and at the entrance to the Premises, which shall be installed by Landlord at Landlord’s expense. Notwithstanding contrary provisions of the Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive rights to install, at its sole cost, an exterior sign on the Building. Installation of any such exterior sign shall be subject to reasonable approval by Landlord, and approval of City of Seattle, the Quadrant Lake Union Center Owners’ Association and Adobe. Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Tenant acknowledges that other tenants in the Building may also have rights to place exterior signs on the Building, and that Tenant’s sign may not exceed Tenant’s share of the available exterior signage permitted for the Building under the CC&Rs, the Adobe Lease and the applicable laws, regulations and codes as to size, design and location.

 

E. LETTER OF CREDIT AS SECURITY DEPOSIT

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 6 of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within five business days following mutual execution of this Lease, in lieu of a cash security deposit, an irrevocable standby letter of credit naming Landlord as beneficiary, in the amount specified in Section 1.09 (“ Letter of Credit ”). A major national bank shall issue such Letter of Credit in substance identical to the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit G . Landlord hereby pre-approves Silicon Valley Bank and Comerica Bank as acceptable issuers of the initial Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall allow draws by Landlord upon sight draft submitted to the issuer at its offices either in Seattle, Washington or San Francisco, California accompanied by a statement by Landlord that it is entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit and shall contain terms which allow Landlord to make partial and multiple draws up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant has not delivered to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the original Letter of Credit (or any renewal letter of credit) a renewal or extension thereof, then following Tenant’s failure to do so upon five (5) days notice, Landlord shall have the right to draw down the entire amount of the original Letter of Credit (or renewal thereof) and retain, in a separate, interest-bearing account with interest accruing for the benefit of Tenant, the proceeds thereof as the security pursuant to this Section.

The amount of the required Letter of Credit shall be reduced if and when the amount of the Security Deposit is reduced in accordance with Paragraph F below.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   Addendum No 1 - 3  


F. REDUCTION OF SECURITY DEPOSIT

The amount of the required Security Deposit shall be reduced in accordance with the following schedule; provided that the following reductions shall only occur, if at the time of such scheduled reductions in the Security Deposit amount, Tenant is not then in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period:

 

Months 1 through 18:

   $ 250,000   

Months 19 through 36

   $ 150,000   

Months 37 through 62

   $ 45,426   

 

G. MOVING ALLOWANCE

Provided that Tenant has occupied the Premises and delivered the Letter of Credit specified in Paragraph E above, and has paid the first month’s rent to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for up to $41,932 of Tenant’s out of pocket costs in moving to the Premises and preparing the Premises for Tenant’s use upon being presented with invoices or other reasonably satisfactory documentation of such costs. Such costs may include security system costs, wiring, truck rental, moving assistance, telecommunications relocation costs, and furniture installation.

 

H. APPROVAL STANDARDS

In all case where consent or approval shall be required of ether Tenant or Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the granting of such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the party from whom such consent is required.

 

I. ADOBE USE RESTRICTIONS

Adobe Systems, Inc. (“Adobe”), has the right under its lease for space within the Complex to prohibit any Microsoft Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or any other competitor of Adobe to occupy or lease space in the Complex. As used herein, “Microsoft Affiliate” shall mean Microsoft Corporation or any entity in which Microsoft Corporation holds a majority beneficial ownership interest. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants to Landlord that (i) Tenant is not a Microsoft Affiliate, (ii) Tenant will not become a Microsoft Affiliate, and (iii) Tenant shall not permit any Microsoft Affiliate to use or occupy the Premises. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not entitled to change its use of the Premises from semi conductor development to any type of software development or to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof to a software developer if such change in use, assignment or subletting would violate the Adobe restriction against competitors. If requested by Tenant in writing, Landlord agrees to make a written inquiry to Adobe on behalf of Tenant regarding whether any proposed change in use, assignment or subletting by Tenant would violate the Adobe restriction against competitors.

 

J. PERMITTING DELAYS FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

If (a) for, any reason other than Tenant Delay, as defined in the Work Letter, the building permit for the Tenant Improvements is not issued on or before April 30, 2005 and (b) Tenant timely elects to exercise its option for extending the term of the lease for the premises currently occupied by Tenant and located in Suite 200 of the Evanston Building (“Current Tenant Lease”) for one additional year, then Landlord agrees it shall reimburse Tenant on a monthly basis for 50% of the rent paid by Tenant under the Current Tenant Lease (other than late charges or any other Tenant specific charges) for the period starting as of the Commencement Date under this Lease and ending on the date that the one-year extension term under the Current Tenant Lease expires (“Overlap Period”). Prior to the Overlap Period, Tenant shall be responsible for paying 100% of the rent due under the Current Tenant Lease. During the Overlap Period, Tenant shall be responsible for paying 100% of the Rent due under this Lease during the Overlap Period with Landlord and Tenant sharing the rent under the Current Tenant Lease on a 50/50 basis as provided above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties agree that

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   Addendum No 1 - 4  


Landlord’s maximum liability under this Paragraph J is $250,000.00. If Landlord becomes obligated to reimburse Tenant under this Paragraph J, Landlord and Tenant agree to work together and use reasonable and diligent efforts to mitigate the amount each would have to pay with respect to the Current Tenant Lease by negotiating an early termination of the Current Tenant Lease, or finding a party to whom the Current Tenant Lease can be assigned or the premises subject to the Current Tenant Lease sublet. Each party shall share equally in any costs and benefits arising out of such mitigation efforts.

 

/s/ SS

    

/s/ EF

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials
   Addendum No 1 - 5  


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is executed as of the 21st day of July, 2006, between FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and IMPINJ, INC., a Washington corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into an office lease dated as of November 14, 2004 (the “ Lease ”), pursuant to which Tenant leased from Landlord certain premises (the “ Existing Premises ”) in the building (the “ Building ”) located at 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, Washington. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

B. Surreal Software Inc., a Washington corporation (“ Surreal ”) leases from Landlord that certain premises in the Building consisting of approximately 16,750 square feet of Rentable Area (the “ Expansion Premises ”) pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated October 29, 2002 (the “ Surreal Lease ”). The term of the Surreal Lease expires on March 31, 2008.

C. Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, Surreal will assign to Tenant and Tenant will assume the Surreal Lease pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease between Tenant and Surreal (the “Assignment”).

D. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to include the Expansion Premises upon the expiration of the Surreal Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows, all effective as of the date of this Amendment except as otherwise expressly set forth herein:

1. Expansion Premises . Commencing April 1, 2008, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Expansion Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease (except as modified in this Amendment). Tenant will be obtaining possession of the Expansion Premises from Surreal. Accordingly, Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant and shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages resulting from Surreal’s failure to timely deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant.

2. Base Rent . Beginning April 1, 2008, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent for the Expansion Premises as follows:

 

April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009:

   $ 48,854.00/month   

April 1, 2009 to August 31, 2010:

   $ 50,250.00/month   

3. Additional Rent . Following April 1, 2008, the amount of Additional Rent attributable to the Expansion Premises shall be computed using a base year of 2008. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be 12.31%.


4. Letters of Credit . Landlord is holding Letter of Credit No. 598382-41 in the amount of $250,000 issued by Comerica Bank (the “ Existing Letter of Credit ”) pursuant to Article 6 of the Lease. The Existing Letter of Credit (i) shall secure payment and performance of lessee’s obligations under the Lease and the Surreal Lease, and (ii) shall be administered and applied per Section E of the Addendum to the Lease. Upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an additional irrevocable and transferable letter of credit in the amount of $603,000 (the “ New Letter of Credit ”) running in favor of Landlord securing lessee’s obligations under the Lease and the Surreal Lease. The New Letter of Credit shall be issued either by Comerica Bank, Silicon Valley Bank, or such other bank as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion and shall be administered and applied per this Section 4. The New Letter of Credit shall be irrevocable for the period ending no less than one (1) year after the date of issuance. Tenant shall renew the New Letter of Credit and maintain it for the period ending on the later of either September 30, 2010, or thirty (30) days after the date Tenant shall have vacated and surrendered the Existing Premises and Expansion Premises to Landlord in the condition required under the Lease and shall provide that it is automatically renewable for the term of the Lease unless the issuing bank delivers a notice of non-renewal no later than thirty (30) days before expiration. If Tenant fails to renew the New Letter of Credit by the date that is ten (10) days prior to its expiration, Landlord may draw on the New Letter of Credit and maintain the funds as a non-interest-bearing deposit to be returned to Tenant on receipt by Landlord of a substitute New Letter of Credit from Tenant. The form and terms of the New Letter of Credit shall be either substantially in the form of the Existing Letter of Credit or in such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall provide, among other thing, in effect that:

a. Draws . Landlord shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the then current face amount of the New Letter of Credit after a default by Tenant under the Lease or the Surreal Lease and expiration of the applicable notice and cure period on presentation to the issuing bank of Landlord’s own declaration signed or purportedly signed by or on its behalf reading as follows: (i) that the declarant is an officer (or general partner or sole proprietor in the case of a general partnership or sole proprietorship, respectively, or member in the case of a limited liability company) of the Landlord on behalf of the Landlord; (ii) that the declarant has authority to make the declaration on behalf of the Landlord; (iii) that the declaration is made pursuant to the terms of the letter of credit number                      ; (iv) that an event of default has occurred under the terms of a lease made between Landlord and Tenant; and (v) that the amount of the event of default is $                      . In lieu of the declarations required in clauses (iv) and (v) above, such declaration may state that Tenant under the terms of a lease made between Landlord and Tenant have failed to provide a substitute letter of credit.

b. No Inquiry . The New Letter of Credit will be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether Tenant disputes the content of such statement.

c. Transfer . In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Property, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the New Letter of Credit to the transferee, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the New Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In the event of such a transfer, the transfer will be accomplished by providing the issuing bank with the appropriate transfer form, the original of the New Letter of Credit, for endorsement and the appropriate notarized certification signed by Landlord.

 

-2-


d. Restoration . If, as a result of any such application of all or any part of the New Letter of Credit, Tenant shall immediately provide Landlord with an additional New Letter of Credit that meets the requirements of this Section 4, to cover the deficiency, or restore the amount available to be drawn under the New Letter of Credit to the amount required herein on written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

e. No Encumbrance . Tenant shall not assign or encumber the New Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment, or attempted encumbrance.

f. Renewal . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the New Letter of Credit expires earlier than as provided for herein, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it shall not renew the New Letter of Credit, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof or substitute New Letter of Credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than twenty (20) days before the expiration thereof), which renewal or substitute letter of credit shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable, and issued by a bank meeting the requirements of this Section 4, for the entire period provided for in this Section 4, on substantially the same terms as the expiring New Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord. However, (i) if the New Letter of Credit is not timely renewed or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received, or (ii) if Tenant fails to maintain the New Letter of Credit in the amount and terms set forth in this Section 4, then, at least twenty (20) days before the expiration of the New Letter of Credit, or immediately on Tenant’s failure to comply with every term of this Section 4, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord cash security in the amounts required by, and to be held subject to the terms of this Section 4 (and the New Letter of Credit will thereupon be returned to Tenant), failing which Landlord may present such New Letter of Credit to the bank, in accordance with the terms of this Section 4, and the entire sum secured thereby shall be paid to Landlord as a substitute security deposit, to be held by Landlord in the manner provided for in this Section 4.

g. Reduction . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if Tenant provides Landlord with financial statements showing two (2) consecutive quarters of net cash flow from operations of more than $5,000,000 per quarter, then the amount of the New Letter of Credit required hereunder shall be reduced to $452,250; and (ii) if Tenant provides Landlord with financial statements showing (A) cumulative net cash flow from operations of more than $30,000,000 for the previous four (4) consecutive quarters, and (B) positive net cash flow from operations for the immediately preceding three (3) quarters, then the amount of the New Letter of Credit required hereunder shall be reduced to $150,750. All determinations of Tenant’s net cash flow from operations shall be determined in accordance with GAAP. Each date on which the New Letter of Credit shall reduce in accordance with this Section 4.g. is referred to herein as a “ Reduction Date ”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a default by Tenant under the Lease or the Surreal Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) shall have occurred on or before any Reduction Date, or have occurred and be continuing as of the applicable Reduction Date, and if the default is not cured within the applicable cure period, the required amount of the applicable New Letter of Credit shall not reduce on such Reduction Date and shall not thereafter

 

-3-


reduce, and all scheduled future reductions shall be null and void. If Tenant is entitled to any such reduction, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant upon Tenant’s request to replace or amend the then existing Letter of Credit to reflect such reduced amount required hereunder.

5. Tenant Improvements . Subject to the terms of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit 1 to this Amendment, following Tenant’s possession and occupancy of the Expansion Space, Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed within the Expansion Premises.

6. Parking . Subject to Tenant’s possession and occupancy of the Expansion Space, Tenant shall have the right to use, on a first-come, first served basis, in common with other tenants and occupants of the Building and Complex, an additional thirty-five (35) parking stalls, located within the parking garage and on the Property (other than portions of the garage and parking areas of the Building and Property set aside for Adobe Systems, Inc.) at current market rates (as reasonably determined by Landlord), in accordance with Section C of the Addendum to the Lease. Tenant and its officers and employees shall have no right to use (and if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall prohibit the use by its officers and employees of) any of the visitor parking spaces or any other parking spaces in the Building or the Complex in excess of the number allocated to Tenant hereunder. Beginning April 1, 2008, ten (10) of Tenant’s 35 additional parking stalls shall be reserved for Tenant’s exclusive use (collectively, together with the existing 48 exclusive stalls provided for in the Lease, the “ Exclusive Stalls ”). Tenant shall at all times use reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant’s employees use the Exclusive Stalls before using any of the remaining 25 non-exclusive stalls.

7. Commissions . Tenant has been represented by Steve Schwartz of Pacific Real Estate Partners (“ Broker ”). Subject to Landlord’s receipt of its portion of the consideration payable by Tenant under the Assignment, Landlord shall pay to Broker a commission of $40,479 with respect to this transaction per their separate agreement. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker other than Broker, agent or salesperson with respect to this Amendment that would cause Landlord to have any liability for any commissions or other compensation to such broker, agent or salesperson, and that no such broker, agent or salesperson has asserted any claim or right to any such commission or other compensation. Tenant shall defend and indemnify the other party and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, liability, damage and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) whatsoever that may arise out of the breach of such representation and warranty.

8. Cross Default . During the remaining term of the Surreal Lease, a default by Tenant under the Surreal Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period shall constitute an event of default under the Lease.

9. Ratification . Except as modified herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

EXECUTED the day and year above written.

 

LANDLORD:

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

 

By: Metzler Realty Advisors, Inc.,

Authorized agent

By:

 

/s/ James L. Neal

Name:

 

James L. Neal

Title:

 

President

TENANT:
IMPINJ, INC., a Washington corporation

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Evan Fein

 

Name:

 

 

Evan Fein

Title:  

VP Finance

 
 
 


STATE OF WASHINGTON

   )   
   )    ss.

COUNTY OF KING

   )   

On this 21 st day of July, 2006, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn personally appeared James L. Neal , known to me to be the President of FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, the limited liability company that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company, for the purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that the person appearing before me and making this acknowledgment is the person whose true signature appears on this document.

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in the certificate above written.

 

LOGO    

         /s/ Martha M. Wilson

    Signature
   

 

Martha M. Wilson

    Print Name
   

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Seattle.

    My commission expires 6-17-2009.
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   


STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
 

) ss.

COUNTY OF KING

  )

On this 7 th day of July, 2006, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn personally appeared Evan Fein, known to me to be the VP Finance of FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, the limited liability company that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company, for the purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that the person appearing before me and making this acknowledgment is the person whose true signature appears on this document.

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in the certificate above written.

 

LOGO  

/s/ Stacy L. Jones

  Signature    
 

 

Stacy L. Jones

  Print Name
  NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
  Washington, residing at Kent.
  My commission expires  

 

  .


STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
  ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )

On this              day of                      , 2006, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn personally appeared                                                                                   , known to me to be the                                          of IMPINJ, INC., the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that the person appearing before me and making this acknowledgment is the person whose true signature appears on this document.

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in the certificate above written.

 

  

 

   Signature      
  

 

   Print Name
   NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
   Washington, residing at   

 

   .
   My commission expires   

 

   .


EXHIBIT 1

WORK LETTER

1. Tenant’s Improvements . All permanent improvements to the Expansion Premises that Tenant requires to ready the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s use are referred to herein collectively as “ Tenant’s Improvements ” and shall be designed and made at Tenant’s expense, except as provided in Section 4 below, and in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter.

2. Design of Tenant’s Improvements .

(a) Tenant’s Architect . Tenant shall engage the services of a licensed architect approved by Landlord (“ Tenant’s Architect ”) to provide the professional services required for Tenant’s Improvements. Landlord has approved Burgess/Weaver, the architect for the Existing Premises. Tenant’s Architect shall provide all architectural and engineering service as required for Tenant’s Improvements. Tenant shall work diligently with Tenant’s Architect in preparing preliminary and final plans, specifications and engineering and construction drawings for Tenant’s Improvements. Tenant’s Architect shall work with and be subject to Tenant’s direction and control with respect to Tenant Work subject to Landlord’s approval rights as provided for herein. Tenant’s Architect shall check to see that the work shown on Tenant’s plans for Tenant’s Improvements is compatible with the basic Building plans. All plans for Tenant’s Improvements and all modifications thereto shall be subject to the approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Plans for Tenant’s Improvements . Promptly after Lease execution Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to commence preparation of a space plan for Landlord’s review and approval. After Landlord’s approval thereof, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to prepare preliminary working drawings and plans and specifications for Tenant’s Improvements which shall be based on the floor plan approved by Landlord. After completion thereof, Tenant shall submit such to Landlord for its review and comment. After obtaining Landlord’s comments therein, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to incorporate Landlord’s comments into the final plans and specifications (the “ Final Contract Documents ”) and submit them to Landlord for its final review and approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such are consistent and compatible with base Building plans and systems and do not increase Landlord’s costs or materially delay the completion of Landlord’s work elsewhere in the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the design and construction of Tenant’s Improvements through a credit against the Allowance provided for in Section 4 below.

(c) Tenant Costs . Tenant shall be responsible for any damages or other costs incurred by Landlord which are caused by (i) the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors while on the Expansion Premises; (ii) Tenant’s requests for changes to Building; or (iii) Tenant’s breach of the Lease or this Work Letter. The costs and damages shall be deducted from the Allowance provided for in Section 4 below.

 

EXHIBIT 1 – PAGE 1 of 3


3. Construction of Tenant’s Improvements .

(a) Commencement . After Landlord’s approval or deemed approval of the Final Contract Documents, Landlord shall obtain all governmental approvals and permits required therefor and enter into a fixed price construction contract with a general contractor selected by Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to review and approve the bid selected by Landlord an consult with Landlord regarding the selection of the general contractor.

(b) Final Contract Documents and Modifications . If Tenant requests any material change from the Final Contract Documents, Tenant shall request such change in writing to Landlord for its review and approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such request shall be accompanied by all plans and specifications necessary to show and explain changes from the approved Final Contract Documents. Landlord shall provide its response within a reasonable period after its receipt of such submittals from Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in completion of the Expansion Premises due to a modification of Final Contract Documents. Tenant shall also be responsible for the cost of any demolition work attributable to the change.

(c) Tenant’s Telephone, Computer and Cable System . Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall bear the cost of, the design and installation of its telephone, computer and cable system. Information concerning telephone equipment and cabling sizes and any special requirements must be given to Landlord during the planning phase.

4. Improvements Allowance .

(a) Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars ($125,625) (the “ Allowance ”) toward the cost of Tenant’s Improvements. Landlord agrees to pay for the Cost of Tenant’s Improvements, as hereinafter defined, up to the total of the Allowance, in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(b) Cost of Tenant’s Improvements . As used herein the “ Cost of Tenant’s Improvements ” means the following out-of-pocket improvements costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s Improvements:

(i) Payments to contractors and subcontractors.

(ii) Fees for building permits and inspections;

(iii) Fees of engineers, surveyors, architects, attorneys and others providing professional or other services in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Improvements or the supervision thereof;

(iv) A construction management fee to Landlord in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements; and

(v) Other costs incurred in connection with Tenant’s Improvements.

 

EXHIBIT 1 – PAGE 2 of 3


The Cost of Tenant’s Improvements includes the cost of acquiring, delivering or installing Tenant’s machinery, fixtures and affixed equipment if permanently attached and if Tenant paid cash for them, as opposed to financing them with or leasing them from third parties.

(c) Funding and Disbursement . Landlord shall fund and disburse the Allowance by paying invoices from the contractors subcontractors performing work or parties providing materials with respect to Tenant’s Improvements (subject to Landlord’s receipt of lien waivers from such parties). At Landlord’s option, Landlord may fund the Allowance in monthly progress payment installments, based on the submission of the foregoing items, subject to withholding ten percent (10%) of each draw as retention (at Landlord’s option). No portion of the Allowance shall be disbursed if Tenant is in default under the Lease or would be but for the passage of time or giving of notice.

(d) Excess Costs . Tenant shall be solely responsible for any costs for Tenant’s Improvements in excess of the Allowance. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess costs on demand. Tenant’s failure to pay such excess costs to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand therefor shall constitute an event of default under the Lease. Any amounts not timely paid by Tenant shall accrue interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum until paid.

 

EXHIBIT 1 – PAGE 3 of 3


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Second Amendment is dated for reference purposes as of December 11, 2009 and is by and between FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and IMPINJ, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into an Office Lease with Addendum No. 1 dated as of November 14, 2004 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Tenant leased from Landlord certain premises in the building (the “Building”) located at 701 North 34 th Street, Seattle, Washington, as described more particularly in the Lease. Capitalized defined terms not otherwise defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant entered into a First Amendment to Lease dated July 21, 2006 (the “First Amendment”) whereby the area of the premises was expanded. As used in this Second Amendment, the term “Lease” refers collectively to the Lease, as amended by the First Amendment.

C. Tenant has been leasing the area of the Building known as Suite 300 with an agreed rentable area of 37,716 square feet (the “Premises”).

D. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to extend the Term thereof and to modify it in certain other respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Effective Date . This Second Amendment shall be effective as October 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) and shall control in the event of any conflict or inconsistency with the Lease.

2. Lease Term . The Term of the Lease is extended for an additional period of seventy two (72) months and will now expire on August 31, 2016.

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  1    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


3. Base Rent . Beginning on the Effective Date the Minimum Monthly Base Rent due under the Lease shall be paid as indicated in the column below entitled “Minimum Monthly Base Rent”, subject to further adjustments as provided for in paragraph 5 below:

 

Period

   Minimum
Monthly Base
Rent
     Annual
“State Rate”
Per RSF
     Annual
“Effective
Rate” Per
RSF
 

October 1, 2009 – August 31, 2012

   $ 39,287.50       $ 17.56         12.50   

September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

   $ 56,119.00       $ 19.50         17.86   

September 1, 2013 – August 31, 2014

   $ 64,431.50       $ 20.50         20.50   

September 1, 2014 – August 31, 2015

   $ 67,574.50       $ 21.50         21.50   

September 1, 2015 – August 31, 2016

   $ 70,717.50       $ 22.50         22.50   

As this Second Amendment has been executed subsequent to the Effective Date, and Tenant has paid Rent at a higher rate than the Minimum Monthly Base Rent specified above during the period from the Effective Date through the date of mutual execution, Tenant shall be entitled to offset the excess Rent which it paid against Rent coming due after the date of mutual execution.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage . Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage shall be: (a) 19.72% for the period October 1, 2009 through August 31, 2012; (b) 25.37% for the period September 1, 2012 through August 31, 2013; and (c) 27.71% for the period thereafter, but with the (a) and (b) percentages being subject to adjustment, as provided in paragraph 5 below. If Landlord elects to create such, Operating Costs will also include costs associated with the creation, operation and maintenance of a shower and related service facility in the Complex for use as part of Common Areas, including in Operating Expenses an amount equal to the fair market value of any previously income generating area devoted to such facility, at market rents not to exceed $20 per RSF per year, but with Capital Costs related to such facility to be amortized as provided for in the definition of Capital Costs.

5. Base Rent and Pro Rata Percentage Adjustments . Minimum Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentages shall be adjusted for the occurrences addressed in the following subparagraphs in the manner indicated below:

(a) If during the period between the Effective Date through August 31, 2012 (the “Interim Period”) Tenant acquires, whether through asset or equity purchase, merger or reverse merger or like event, whether directly or indirectly or through an affiliate, a company that has ten (10) or more employees who will be located in the Premises (an “Acquisition”), then Minimum Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by Two Hundred and Ninety Two dollars ($292) multiplied by the number of employees covered by the Acquisition, for the time between the date the Acquisition closes through the end of the Interim Period. Also, during such Interim Period, Tenant’s Pro-Rata Percentage shall be increased by 0.1469 of a percentage point for each Employee covered by the

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  2    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


Acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Minimum Monthly Base Rent be increased to more than Fifty-Five Thousand One Hundred Ninety Six and 86/100 Dollars ($55,196.86) during the Interim Period; nor shall Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest be increased beyond 27.71%.

(b) If during the Interim Period, the area of the space currently being subleased by Tenant to Swype, Inc. (“Swype”) is increased whether by amendment of the existing sublease, a new sublease or otherwise (collectively an “Amended Sublease”), then the Minimum Monthly Base Rent payable under this Lease for the balance of the Interim Period shall be increased by an amount determined by multiplying the additional subleased rentable area in square feet (the “Increased Sublease Area”) covered by the Amended Sublease by One and 46/100 dollars ($1.46) per rentable square foot effective as of the effective date of the Amended Lease. On the effective date of the Amended Sublease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage shall be increased by adding 0.1469 of a percentage point to Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest for each 200 RSF of Increased Sublease Area or fraction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall Minimum Monthly Base Rent be increased to more than Fifty-Five Thousand One Hundred Ninety Six and 86/100 Dollars ($55,196.86) during the Interim Period; nor shall Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest be increased beyond 27.71%.

(c) If during the period from the Effective Date through August 31, 2013 (the “Extended Interim Period”), Tenant subleases space (a “New Sublease”) to a person or entity other than Swype (a “New Subtenant”), then the Minimum Monthly Base Rent payable under the Lease shall be increased as of the effective date of the New Sublease by multiplying the rentable area in square feet covered by the New Sublease (the “New Sublease Area”) by one-twelfth of the Stated Rate(s) for the remaining Extended Interim Period as adjusted pursuant to Section 3 above. On the effective date of the New Lease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage shall be increased by adding 0.1469 of a percentage point to then Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest for each 200 RSF of New Sublease Area or fraction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Minimum Monthly Base Rent be increased to more than Fifty-Five Thousand One Hundred Ninety Six and 86/100 Dollars ($55,196.86) during the Interim Period, or to more than Sixty-One Thousand Two Hundred and Eighty-Eight Dollars ($61,288)) after August 31, 2012, nor shall Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest be increased beyond 27.71% for the Extended Interim Period.

(d) If the Swype Sublease is extended beyond August 31, 2012, then the Minimum Monthly Base Rent shall be increased for the period September 1, 2012 through August 31, 2013 by an amount equal to the annual Stated Rent for the period in question, divided by 12, and multiplied by the whole area in square feet subleased to Swype, but in no event to an amount more than Sixty-One Thousand Two Hundred and Eighty-Eight Dollars ($61,288). Tenant’s Pro rata Percentage shall be increased by adding 0.1469 of a percentage point to then Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest for each 200 RSF of space in the entire Swype subleased premises or fraction thereof; but Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage Interest shall not be increased beyond 27.71%.

(e) Tenant shall be obligated to promptly notify Landlord of an event covered by subparagraphs 5(a) through 5(d), to provide Landlord with a copy of the agreement reflecting the event and, in the case of subparagraph 5(a), to provide Landlord with documentation with respect to the employee increase resulting from the Acquisition. For purposes of subparagraphs 5(b)-(d), the effective date shall be the date upon which Swype or the New Subtenant is first entitled to occupy such space or the date upon which rent thereon commences, whichever occurs first.

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  3    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


6. Premises Condition . Tenant acknowledges that it has accepted the Premises in its present AS IS condition, with no Landlord obligation to alter or improve it in any respect as a consequence of the Second Amendment. All Tenant alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises are subject to the terms of the Lease.

7. New Climate Measures; LEED .

(a) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it is likely that new laws will be enacted dealing with energy conservation, CO2 emissions, transportation and other matters related to global climate change (“Climate Measures”) and that existing Climate Measures policies will be implemented through the adoption of governmental rules and regulations (such laws, rules and regulations being collectively referred to herein as “New Climate Measures”) which could increase the obligations of, and restrictions on, Landlord related to the Building from those which existed on the date of this Lease. Tenant covenants to use reasonable efforts to comply with the requirements of New Climate Measures applicable to Tenant and to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with satisfying Landlord’s compliance requirements with respect to the climate measures and to any U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design programs (“LEED”) measures implemented by Landlord, including, but not limited to, providing Landlord with monitoring data and reporting duties related to the Premises, provided that Tenant is not required to incur anything more than incidental additional costs in such efforts, and is not otherwise materially adversely impacted in its use and enjoyment of the Premises, in connection with such compliance measures.

(b) Tenant acknowledges that the Building is or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system. Landlord’s sustainability practices address whole-building operations and maintenance issues including chemical use; indoor air quality; energy efficiency; water efficiency; recycling programs; exterior maintenance programs; and systems upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality, and lighting performance standards. All construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases, and disposal of waste will, if available to Tenant without additional cost, be in compliance with minimum standards and specifications, in addition to all applicable laws, provided that nothing contained in this Lease shall require to build out the Premises in its initial construction to LEED standards or ratings. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices, subject to the qualifications in this Section 7.

(c) Effective as of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall use proven energy and carbon reduction measures, including energy efficient bulbs in task lighting; use of lighting controls; daylighting measures to avoid overlighting interior spaces; using reasonable efforts to encourage its employees to close shades in the Premises to avoid overheating the space and to turn off lights and equipment at the end of the work day; purchasing ENERGY STAR® qualified equipment, including but not limited to lighting, office equipment, commercial and residential quality kitchen equipment, vending and ice machines; and purchasing products certified by the U.S. EPA’s Water Sense® program, provided such equipment and products are available without additional cost to Tenant.

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  4    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


8. Letters of Credit . Landlord is currently holding the following letters of credit (collectively, the “Existing Letters of Credit”). Upon execution of this Second Amendment Landlord and Tenant shall take such actions as may be required (at Tenant’s option) to (i) reduce the collective balance of the Existing Letters of Credit to $300,000, or (ii) to substitute a new letter of credit for the benefit of Landlord in the amount $300,000 issued by any of Silicon Valley Bank, Comerica Bank, Bank of America or Wells Fargo or another national bank acceptable to Landlord (the “New Letter of Credit”) and otherwise meeting the requirements of Section 4 of the First Amendment (whereupon Landlord shall return the Existing Letters of Credit to Tenant). The New Letter of Credit or Existing Letters of Credit as the case may be shall be governed by all of the terms of Section 4 of the First Amendment, except that (a) the total amount thereof shall be reduced to $150,000 ninety (90) days after Tenant provides Landlord with a certificate from Tenant’s chief financial officer to the effect financial statements showing that for two (2) consecutive quarters Tenant has recorded positive net income in accordance with GAAP, (b) all letters of credit shall be returned to Tenant subject to Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a cash Security Deposit of $70,717, ninety (90) days after Tenant provides Landlord with a certificate from Tenant’s chief financial officer to the effect that for four (4) consecutive quarters Tenant has recorded positive net income in accordance with GAAP, and (c) even if Tenant has not met the requirements of either (a) or (b), the New Letter of Credit or existing Letter of Credit, as the case may be, shall be reduced to $200,000 on January 1, 2011, in all cases so long as Tenant is not then in default under the Lease. Tenant’s interim (quarterly) financial statements for purposes of determining profitability and letter of credit reductions purposes shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and Tenant’s normal internal reporting functions. The terms of paragraph F of the Addendum No. 1 to Lease are deleted in their entirety.

9. Renewal Option .

(a) Renewal . If Tenant is not in default under the Lease, Tenant shall have the option to renew the Lease for a term of either three (3) or five (5) years (the “Renewal Term”), which shall begin on September 1, 2016. To exercise a renewal option Tenant must give Landlord written notice thereof including whether Tenant elects the three or five year term (the “Notice of Exercise”) no sooner than September 1, 2015 nor later than December 1, 2015. If Tenant timely exercises a renewal option, this Lease shall continue in effect as written, except that Minimum Monthly Rent for the Renewal Term shall be adjusted as provided for in paragraph 9(b) below. The renewal option is personal to Tenant and may not be exercised by an assignee, subtenant or successor, except as provided in paragraph A.2 of Addendum No. 1 to Lease.

(b) If Tenant exercises its renewal option, then the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Renewal Term shall be equal to Fair Market Rent, as defined in paragraph B.1. of Addendum No. 1 to the Lease, with Fair Market Rent to be determined in accordance with the terms of the balance of paragraph B of Addendum No. 1 to the Lease.

10. Parking .

(a) Tenant shall be allocated exclusive use and occupancy, and shall pay stall rental for, the number of stalls shown below, subject to adjustment as noted in this paragraph below. The initial location of such stalls (“Tenant’s Stalls”) is shown on Exhibits A-1 through A-3, the

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  5    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


location of the 75 initial Tenant stalls being shown on Exhibit A-1 the location of the eight (8) additional stalls being shown on Exhibit A-2 and the location of the Optional Stalls being shown on Exhibit A-3. Landlord shall have the right to change the location of Tenant Stalls from time to time upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, but only, in each instance, to a single stall, not a tandem stall. The minimum number of parking stalls which Tenant shall be initially obligated to take, and pay rent on and the monthly per stall rental rates thereafter, are as follows:

 

Period

   Number
of Stalls
     Monthly
Rate
     Optional
Stalls
 

October 1, 2009 – August 31, 2010

     75       $ 75         9   

September 1, 2010 – August 31, 2012

     65       $ 75         11   

September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

     76       $ 100         11   

September 1, 2013 – August 31, 2014

     83       $ 100         12   

September 1, 2014 – August 31, 2016

     83         Market         12   

The monthly rates quoted in this paragraph 10 are inclusive of any applicable Washington State Sales Tax and other then applicable taxes. Landlord shall timely remit to the State all sales tax due to the State and indemnify Tenant from any claims by the State for sales tax due in connection with Tenant’s Stalls. The terms of paragraph D of Addendum No. 1 to the Lease are deleted in their entirety.

(b) Tenant shall have the right after at least ninety (90) days prior written notice to exclude from Tenant’s Stalls, and on which it is paying stall rental, effective as of the first day of a calendar month, up to the number of stalls listed in the Optional Stalls category of paragraph 10(a) above in the area shown on Exhibit A-3 (the “Stall Maximum”). A stall so excluded is referred to herein as an “Excluded Stall”.

(c) If a stall is an Excluded Stall, Landlord shall have the right to rent such stall on a monthly basis or to lease it to another party.

(d) Tenant may add to Tenant’s Stalls all or any number of up to all Option Stalls which it had previously relinquished as of the first day of the month after the month in which Tenant notifies Landlord of its desire to regain such, at the then applicable monthly rate provide for in paragraph 10(a). If the originally relinquished stalls have been committed to another Person or entity, Landlord shall make available such stalls from any other Plaza Building stalls which are not rented on a monthly basis, not encumbered in any other lease, or identified by the property manager as hourly stalls or are designated by Owner as hourly stalls (“Available Stalls”).

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  6    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


(e) Tenant shall have the right to lease any Available Stalls on a month-to-month basis at Landlord’s then market rates for such stalls.

(f) For the one (1) year period beginning on September 1, 2014, the monthly per stall rate paid by Tenant for its parking stalls shall be adjusted to the lower of (a) $125 per stall, or (b) market rates for such stalls, as defined in paragraph 10(h) below. For the one (1) year period beginning on September 1, 2015, the monthly per stall rental rate paid by Tenant for its parking shall be adjusted to the lower of (a) $135 per stall, or (b) market rates for such stalls, as defined in paragraph 10(h). Rental rates for stalls shall be market rates during the Renewal Term.

(g) As used in this paragraph 10 “market rates” refers to parking rates charged for the following properties in the general Fremont area, being deemed comparable properties for parking purposes the parking rates which were in the $125 - $130 per month range at the date of the execution of this Lease: Park View Building, Waterside Building, Canal View Building, Evanston Building and Lake View Building. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations applicable to the Complex garage.

(h) Landlord shall mark Tenant’s Stalls with a stall number and/or the name “Impinj.” Tenant’s Stalls are for Tenant’s exclusive use so long as they are not Excluded Stalls. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to monitor and address unauthorized users, tenants and visitor’s use of Tenant’s stalls.

11. Rent Credit . Landlord shall provide Tenant a total credit which Tenant may use against Rent of $754,320 in accordance with the terms of this paragraph 11.

(a) Of this rental credit, $536,880 shall be available for use against Rent commencing on January 1, 2010.

(b) The sum of $153,820 shall be available for use against Rent commencing on September 1, 2012 provided that (i) Tenant may apply not more than $12,497.70 per month of such sum against Base Minimum Monthly Rent; and (ii)Tenant may offset against only 22.27% of any Additional Rent charged in a month.

(c) The sum of $63,620 shall be available for use against Rent on September 1, 2013 provided that (i) Tenant may apply not more than $5,431.38 per month of such sum against Minimum Monthly Base Rent, and (ii) Tenant may offset against only 8.43% of any additional rent charged in a month.

No portion of the rent credit may be used while Tenant is in default under the Lease, with a default being deemed to exist during the cure period, if any, for such default. If the Lease is terminated due to a Tenant default, then Tenant’s right to any then unused rent credit shall terminate as well.

12. Brokerage Commission . Landlord will pay Tenant’s real estate broker, Steven Schwartz and Jeff Durrell of Pacific Real Estate Partners, Inc. (“Broker”), a commission pursuant to separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  7    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


13. Tax Credit . To the extent Tenant engages in high tech related research and development (including software and internet) Landlord will work with Tenant to apply for and receive the Washington State High Tech Tax Deferral, but shall not be obligated to incur any additional costs or risks in connection therewith.

14. Continued Effect . The Lease shall continue in full force and effect as written, except as expressly identified by the terms of this Second Amendment.

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  8    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC

By

 

  /s/ Berit Emme

    Its  

Berit Emme - Director

By

 

  /s/ Sabine Ruppel

    Its  

Sabine Ruppel - Director

TENANT:
IMPINJ, INC.

By

 

  /s/ Evan Fein

    Its  

SVP Finance

    Evan Fein

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  9    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6


Roll of Documents No. 2142/2009 HE

Hereby I,

Dr. Rolf-Hermann Henniges, Notary Public

practising Alstertor 14, D-20095 Hamburg,

certify, that the above are the true signatures, subscribed in my presence, of

 

1. Ms. Sabine Ruppel,

date of birth: 16th day of May, 1971,

address: Caffamacherreihe 8, D-20355 Hamburg,

personally known to me, and

 

2. Ms. Berit Emme, born Winkler,

date of birth: 28th day of May, 1972,

address: Caffamacherreihe 8, D-20355 Hamburg,

personally known to me,

both acting on behalf of the

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company.

Hamburg, the 18 th day of December, 2009

 

 

/s/ Dr. Rolf-Herman Henniges

 

Dr. Rolf-Hermann Henniges, Notary Public

   LOGO
    

 

LOGO

 

3712\002:12/09/09

  10    /s/ EM EF             

MCOURT\FREMONT LAKE\LEASE AND OPERATIONAL

     IMPINJ SEC AMD LSE6

Exhibit 10.23

LEASE TERMINATION AGREEMENT

This Lease Termination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 9th day of December, 2014, by and between FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of November 17, 2004 (the “ Office Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2006 (the “ First Amendment ”), and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of December 11, 2009 (the “ Second Amendment ”) (the Office Lease, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Lease ”), whereby Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, approximately 37,716 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 300 (the “ Premises ”) and located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the building (the “ Building ”) located at 701 North 34 th Street, Seattle, Washington.

B. Tenant and Landlord desire to enter into this Agreement in order to terminate the Lease and to release one another from their respective obligations thereunder, except as otherwise provided herein.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the conditions and the covenants hereinafter contained, and for other consideration hereinafter set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows.

1. Effectiveness of this Lease Termination Agreement . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding the full execution and delivery of this Agreement by Landlord and Tenant (which shall occur on or before February 1, 2015), this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the full execution and delivery of a lease agreement (the “ Third-Party Lease ”) by Landlord and Tableau Software, Inc. (the terms and conditions of which Third-Party Lease shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion) with respect to such third-party tenant’s lease of the Premises following the “Termination Date,” as defined in Section 2 below (the “ Condition Precedent ”). Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant relating to or arising from Landlord’s inability or failure to cause all or any portion of the Condition Precedent to be satisfied. The Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect unless and until such time as the Condition Precedent is satisfied, provided that in the event the Condition Precedent is not satisfied on or before February 1, 2015, then this Agreement shall be null and void, and of no further force or effect.

2. Termination of the Lease . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 1 above, and conditioned upon the performance by the parties of the provisions of this Agreement, the Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as of 11:59 P.M. Pacific Time on October 31, 2015 (the “ Termination Date ”), provided that Tenant may accelerate such Termination Date to a date no earlier than June 30, 2015 by providing Landlord with not less than five (5) months written notice prior to the desired accelerated Termination Date. Effective as of the date of this Agreement, all rights of Tenant to extend the Term of the Lease set forth in Section 9 of the Second Amendment are hereby terminated and are of no further force or effect.

3. Surrender of Premises . Tenant hereby agrees to vacate the Premises and surrender and deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord on or before the Termination Date in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises any and all furniture and equipment, free-standing cabinet work, all telephone, computer, data and other cabling and wiring, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of


any other persons claiming under Tenant, as well as any improvements and/or alterations required to be removed by Tenant under the terms of the Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, and deliver the Premises to Landlord in a broom-clean condition. Tenant shall immediately repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and the Building resulting from any such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or repair any damage caused by such removal, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) do so and may charge the reasonable and actual cost thereof to Tenant.

4. Release of Liability . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5 and 6 hereof, and conditioned on the performance by the parties of the provisions of this Agreement:

(a) Landlord and Tenant shall, as of the Termination Date, be fully and unconditionally released and discharged from their respective obligations arising after the Termination Date from or connected with the provisions of the Lease; and

(b) this Agreement shall fully and finally settle all demands, charges, claims, accounts or causes of action of any nature, including, without limitation, both known and unknown claims and causes of action that may arise out of or in connection with the obligations of the parties under the Lease after the Termination Date.

Each party acknowledges that it has received the advice of legal counsel with respect to the aforementioned waiver and understands the terms thereof.

5. Representations of Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that (a) Tenant has not heretofore assigned or sublet all or any portion of its interest in the Lease; (b) no other person, firm or entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease; (c) Tenant has the full right, legal power and actual authority to enter into this Agreement and to terminate the Lease without the consent of any person, firm or entity; and (d) Tenant has the full right, legal power and actual authority to bind Tenant to the terms and conditions hereof. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the date hereof there are no, and as of the Termination Date there shall not be any, mechanic’s liens or other liens encumbering all or any portion of the Premises, by virtue of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, its predecessors, contractors, agents, employees, successors or assigns. Notwithstanding the termination of the Lease and the release of liability provided for herein, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5 shall survive the Termination Date and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any inaccuracy or any breach thereof.

6. Continuing Liability . Notwithstanding the termination of the Lease and the release of liability provided for herein, Tenant shall remain liable, with respect to the period of its tenancy prior to the Termination Date, for the performance of all of its obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of reconciliation of “Operating Costs” and “Taxes” as those terms are defined in Section 2.19 and Section 2.27 of the Office Lease, respectively) and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect to such obligations as set forth in the Lease. In the event that Tenant retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the Termination Date, then the provisions of Section 30.13 of the Office Lease shall apply.

7. Attorneys’ Fees . Should any dispute arise between the parties hereto or their legal representatives, successors and assigns concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of any person in relation thereto, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief that may be granted, to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal costs in connection with such dispute.

8. Disposition of Personal Property . Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall continue to have access to the Premises through and including the Termination Date in order to remove all of its personal property, equipment and signage (“ Personal Property ”) from the Premises. In the event that Tenant does not remove its Personal Property from the Premises prior to such Termination Date, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled, but shall not be obligated, to dispose of said Personal Property in any manner it deems fit, and charge the cost of such disposal to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have to notice under the applicable “Laws and Regulations” (as that term is defined in Section 2.13 of the Office Lease) with respect to such Personal Property.


9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed under the laws of the State of Washington.

10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

12. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement and the provisions contained herein.

13. Further Assurances . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to execute such further documents or instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the intention of this Agreement.

14. Voluntary Agreement . The parties have read this Agreement and mutual release as contained herein, and on the advice of counsel they have freely and voluntarily entered into this Agreement.

15. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Lease when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD    FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC,
   a Delaware limited liability company
   By:    KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
      a Delaware limited partnership
      Its Sole Member
      By:    Kilroy Realty Corporation,
         a Maryland corporation, doing business in the State of Washington as Kilroy Realty Northwest Corporation
         its General Partner
      By:   

/s/ J. Michael Shields

         Name: J. Michael Shields
         Its: Sr. Vice President
      By:   

/s/ John T. Fucci

         Name: John T. Fucci
         Its: Sr. Vice President
               Asset Management
        


TENANT       IMPINJ, INC.,
      a Delaware corporation
      By:   

/s/ Evan Fein

         Name: Evan Fein
         Its: CFO
      By:   

/s/ Chris Diorio

         Name: Chris Diorio
         Its: CEO


NOTARY PAGES

 

STATE OF WA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF King    )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Evan Fein is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

Dated: 12/9/14
            /s/ Stacy L. Jones            
(Signature)
LOGO
Title:  Notary Public                                                        
Notary Public in and for the State of WA
My appointment expires: 3/17/18

 

STATE OF WA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF King    )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Chris Diorio is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CEO of IMPINJ, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

Dated: 12/9/14
            /s/ Stacy L. Jones            
(Signature)
LOGO
Title:  Notary Public                                                        
Notary Public in and for the State of WA
My appointment expires: 3/17/18


STATE OF WA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF King    )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that J. Michael Shields is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Sr. Vice President of KILROY REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

Dated: December 10, 2014    LOGO

        /s/ Michelle N. Clingingsmith

  
(Signature)   
Title: Leasing & Marketing Associate   
Notary Public in and for the State of WA   
My appointment expires: Sept 29, 2015   

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
   )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )

On December 15, 2014, before me, James K. Doyle, a Notary Public, personally appeared John T. Fucci, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

/s/ James K. Doyle, Notary Public

   LOGO

Exhibit 10.24

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 3, 2008 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between Impinj Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), and Intel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”). Seller and Purchaser are sometimes referred to as the “ Parties ” and each individually as a “ Party .”

WHEREAS, Seller and Purchaser have entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), including certain Transfer Documents in connection therewith, pursuant to which Purchaser is to purchase certain specific assets of Seller; and

WHEREAS, Seller owns certain valuable Intellectual Property relevant to the assets that are the subject of the Asset Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Seller and Purchaser wish to enter into this Agreement with respect to certain of such Intellectual Property in certain products.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL COVENANTS AND PREMISES CONTAINED HEREIN, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Appendix A to this Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Defined Terms Generally . The definitions set forth in Appendix A or otherwise referred to in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Appendices and Schedules shall be deemed to be references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits, Appendices and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Unless the context shall otherwise require, any reference to any contract, instrument, statute, rule or regulation is a reference to it as amended and supplemented from time to time (and, in the case of a statute, rule or regulation, to any successor provision). Any reference in this Agreement to a “day” or a number of “days” (without the explicit qualification of “Business”) shall be interpreted as a reference to a calendar day or number of calendar days. If any action is to be taken by any Party hereto pursuant to this Agreement on a day that is not a Business Day, such action shall be taken on the next Business Day following such day.

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


CONFIDENTIAL

ARTICLE II

PURCHASER LICENSE RIGHTS

2.1 License to Seller Licensed Patents . Subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Article V hereof), Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a non-exclusive, perpetual, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), royalty-free, fully paid-up, worldwide, irrevocable (except as provided in Article V hereof) license (without the right to sublicense), under only the Licensed Claims of the Seller Licensed Patents, to:

(a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export, in each case through all levels of manufacturing and distribution channels for the Licensed Products, the Licensed Products; and

(b) practice or have practiced any method or process for the manufacture of the Licensed Products.

For purposes of clarity, (i) the provisions of this Article II are not intended to restrict or expand any right an end user may have to use a Licensed Product manufactured and sold during the Term of this Agreement in strict accordance with the license granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 and (ii) the incorporation of a Licensed Product into another device or the combination of a Licensed Product with any other item(s) shall not negate the license with respect to such Licensed Product, but no license or immunity is granted by Seller under this Agreement directly or by implication, estoppel or otherwise for such device or such combination or the use of such device or such combination.

2.2 Clarification Regarding Patent Laundering . The Parties understand, acknowledge and agree that the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above is intended to cover only products of Purchaser that meet the definition of Licensed Products and is not intended to cover any manufacturing activities that Purchaser may undertake on behalf of any third parties (i.e., Patent laundering activities). A product shall not be considered to be a Licensed Product unless such product is manufactured by or on behalf of Purchaser in strict accordance with the license granted by Seller to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.1 above and sold by Purchaser (either directly or through Purchaser’s distribution channels) as Purchaser’s own product and under Purchaser’s Mark(s) (or, solely as set forth in, and subject to, the Transition Services Agreement between Seller and Purchaser, dated of even date herewith (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), Seller’s Mark(s)), and otherwise complies with this Section 2.2 and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. Similarly, the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above is not intended to cover any services provided by Purchaser to the extent that such services are provided to or on behalf of any third party using tangible or intangible materials provided by or on behalf of any third party. Accordingly, by way of clarification, the following non-exhaustive general guidelines are provided to aid the determination of whether a product or portion thereof is a Licensed Product or whether such product or portion thereof is disqualified from being a Licensed Product because circumstances surrounding the manufacture of the product suggest Patent laundering.

 

2


(a) Any products, components or modules that otherwise meet the definition of Licensed Products are disqualified as Licensed Products if such products, components or modules are manufactured on behalf of any third party from designs received in a substantially completed form from any third party for resale to or on behalf of any third party.

(b) Any products, components or modules of Purchaser that otherwise meet the definition of Licensed Products are not disqualified as Licensed Products under the prohibition against Patent laundering set forth in this Section 2.2 if:

(i) Purchaser owns the design of and is under no obligation that restricts the sale of such products, components or modules; or

(ii) Purchaser has an unrestricted license right to the design of such products, components or modules.

2.3 License to Seller Licensed Trade Secrets . Subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), royalty-free, fully paid-up license (without the right to sublicense), under the Seller Licensed Trade Secrets, to use the Seller Licensed Trade Secrets solely within the Field of Use. Purchaser shall maintain in confidence all Seller Licensed Trade Secrets as the Confidential Information of Seller in accordance with the Non-disclosure Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing in this Section 2.3 or the terms and conditions of the Non-disclosure Agreement, Purchaser shall have no right to disclose to any third party any Seller Licensed Trade Secrets, except as reasonably necessary, and solely to the extent reasonably necessary, in connection with the manufacture, sale, offering for sale, import, export or other disposition of Licensed Products in accordance with the license granted by Seller to Buyer under Section 2.1 above; provided that any such third party has agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the Seller Licensed Trade Secrets pursuant to a confidentiality agreement that is no less restrictive than the confidentiality requirements of the Non-disclosure Agreement.

2.4 Use of Seller Marks . Any use by Purchaser of the Marks of Seller shall be in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement.

2.5 Restrictions on Seller . Except as set forth in the Transition Services Agreement and except as provided in Section 3.2 herein, for a period of *** years after the Effective Date, Seller agrees not to (a) make, have made, sell, license or otherwise provide to any third party the Products or any products derived from and substantially identical to the Products, or (b) sell, license or otherwise provide to any third party the Restricted Documents.

ARTICLE III

SELLER LICENSE RIGHTS

3.1 Transfer of Technical Information . Seller agrees to convey, transfer and assign to Purchaser all right, title, and interest, subject to the license rights granted back to Seller pursuant

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


to Section 3.2 herein, that Seller may have in the documents and other tangible materials and things set forth on Exhibit A to the Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Technical Information ”) pursuant to an operative transfer provision in the Asset Purchase Agreement (and/or an instrument of assignment attached thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 3.1 , Seller may retain copies of the Technical Information, subject to the license rights granted back to Seller pursuant to Section 3.2 herein. Seller shall maintain in confidence the Technical Information as the Confidential Information of Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Non-disclosure Agreement.

3.2 License Back to Seller . Purchaser hereby grants to Seller a non-exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully paid-up license (without the right to sublicense), under any Intellectual Property or other rights in or to the Technical Information transferred to Purchaser as set forth in Section 3.1 above, to use, reproduce, modify, adapt, create derivative works of, perform, display and otherwise exploit the Technical Information in and in connection with any Seller Products solely outside the Field of Use, and to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, export and otherwise exploit any such Seller Products. Seller has the right to disclose the Technical Information to third parties for the purpose of the manufacture, sale, offering for sale, import, export or other disposition of Seller Products solely outside the Field of Use in accordance with the license rights granted by Purchaser to Seller under this Section 3.2 ; provided that any such third party has agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the Technical Information pursuant to a confidentiality agreement that is no less restrictive than the confidentiality requirements of the Non-disclosure Agreement.

3.3 Purchaser Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) From and after the Closing Date, Purchaser hereby covenants and agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 3.3(b) below), the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Transfer Documents, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and Purchaser’s and its Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, employees and agents, or any of them in their respective capacity as such, that none of them will Assert (whether in law or in equity) against any Covered Seller Party any claim that the manufacture, use, import, export, offer for sale, sale, distribution or other exploitation of any Seller Product or any process or method employed in the manufacture, testing, distribution, use or other exploitation of any Seller Product infringes, directly or indirectly, any Purchaser Patent (the foregoing covenant, the “ Purchaser Covenant ”).

(b) (i) If Seller or any of its Affiliates makes a Prohibited Claim against a Covered Purchaser Party, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller a written notice of termination of the Purchaser Covenant. If Seller or its Affiliate, as applicable, fails to dismiss or have dismissed such Prohibited Claim with prejudice within thirty (30) days after Seller’s receipt of such termination notice, the Purchaser Covenant shall terminate and be null and void at the end of such thirty (30) day period with respect to all Covered Seller Parties, without giving rise in and of itself to any right of Seller pursuant to Section 5.3 herein to terminate the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above; provided that Purchaser (on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates) waives any claims, damages or liability with respect to any

 

4


activities of any Covered Seller Parties within the scope of the Purchaser Covenant prior to the date of such termination of the Purchaser Covenant.

(ii) If a Covered Seller Party that is not Seller, an Affiliate of Seller or a Seller Indemnified Party makes a Prohibited Claim against a Covered Purchaser Party, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller and such Covered Seller Party a written notice of termination of the Purchaser Covenant only with respect to such Covered Seller Party. If such a Covered Seller Party fails to dismiss or have dismissed such Prohibited Claim with prejudice within thirty (30) days after such Covered Seller Party’s receipt of such termination notice, the Purchaser Covenant shall terminate and be null and void at the end of such thirty (30) day period with respect only to such Covered Seller Party, without giving rise in and of itself to any right of Seller pursuant to Section 5.3 herein to terminate the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above; provided that Purchaser (on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates) waives any claims, damages or liability with respect to any activities of such Covered Seller Party within the scope of the Purchaser Covenant prior to the date of such termination of such Purchaser Covenant.

(iii) For purposes of this Section 3.3(b) , “ Prohibited Claim ” means an Assertion by a Covered Seller Party against a Covered Purchaser Party of a claim that the manufacture, use, import, export, offer for sale, sale, distribution or other exploitation of any product or any process or method employed in the manufacture, testing, distribution, use or other exploitation thereof, in each of the foregoing cases in the Field of Use, infringes, directly or indirectly, any Patent of such Covered Seller Party.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 3.3(b) , “ Seller Indemnified Party ” means any Covered Seller Party to whom Seller or any of its Affiliates have, as of the Effective Date, an obligation to indemnify in the event Purchaser Asserts against such Covered Seller Party any claim that the manufacture, use, import, export, offer for sale, sale, distribution or other exploitation of any Seller Product or any process or method employed in the manufacture, testing, distribution, use or other exploitation of any Seller Product infringes, directly or indirectly, any Purchaser Patent.

(c) In the event that Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (or any Purchaser Patent Successor) intends to sell, assign, transfer or convey (expressly or by operation of law or otherwise), or exclusively license or grant or convey any right to enforce or Assert, or otherwise dispose of any Purchaser Patent (“ Purchaser Patent Sale ”) to any third party, then, prior to such Purchaser Patent Sale, Purchaser (or such Purchaser Patent Successor) agrees to cause any such third party to grant a covenant not to sue with respect to such Purchaser Patent(s) in writing of the same scope and having all of the same terms as the covenant not to sue granted by Purchaser to Seller and the Covered Seller Parties in Section 3.3(a) above. In the event Purchaser (or such Purchaser Patent Successor) is unable to cause any such third party to comply in full with the foregoing sentence prior to any such Purchaser Patent Sale, then, effective immediately prior to the closing of such Purchaser Patent Sale, Purchaser (or such Purchaser Patent Successor) agrees to grant and does hereby grant to Seller and its Affiliates a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), sublicensable,

 

5


non-transferable (except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof), worldwide license (the rights of which shall extend and apply to Seller’s and its Affiliates’ direct and indirect suppliers, distributors and customers), solely under the Purchaser Patent(s) that is or are the subject of such Purchaser Patent Sale, to:

(i) make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, export and otherwise exploit and dispose of, in each case through all levels of manufacturing and distribution channels for Seller Products, all Seller Products; and

(ii) practice or have practiced any method or process for the manufacture, testing, distribution, use or other exploitation or other disposition of Seller Products;

and such Purchaser Patent Sale of such Purchaser Patent(s) shall be deemed subject to such license to Seller and its Affiliates, and the third party to which such Purchaser Patent Sale is made shall simultaneously assume such license in writing. Any such Purchaser Patent Sale without such written assumption of the foregoing license by such third party shall be null and void ab-initio and of no force or effect. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.3 applies only to Purchaser Patents and does not extend or purport to extend to any Patent of any third party or its Affiliates other than any Purchaser Patent owned by such third party or its Affiliates as a result of a Purchaser Patent Sale. For the purposes of this Section 3.3 , “ Purchaser Patent Successor ” shall mean any Person to which a Purchaser Patent is sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of, or that is granted or conveyed an exclusive license or any right to enforce or Assert a Purchaser Patent.

ARTICLE IV

NO OTHER RIGHTS

4.1 No Other Rights . No other rights are granted or licensed by either Party to the other Party under this Agreement, by implication, estoppel, statute or otherwise, except as expressly provided in Article II and Article III of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) nothing in the licenses granted in Article II above shall expressly or by implication, estoppel or otherwise give Purchaser any right to license or sublicense any of the Seller Licensed Patents to any third party, and (b) nothing in this Agreement grants or otherwise provides Purchaser with any rights whatsoever under any claims of any Patent other than the Licensed Claims of the Seller Licensed Patents.

4.2 No Delivery or Support . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require any delivery of any physical devices, software, source code, object code or other items by one Party to the other Party, or to require any support obligations whatsoever on the part of Seller with respect to any physical devices, software, source code, object code or other items; to the extent the Parties have agreed upon provisions related to such delivery or such support obligations, such provisions are contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement or another Transfer Document, and are not a part of this Agreement.

 

6


4.3 No Third Party Rights . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Seller is not transferring to Purchaser hereunder, or purporting to transfer to Purchaser hereunder, ownership of any Intellectual Property rights that are owned by any third party. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Seller is not licensing to Purchaser hereunder, or purporting to license to Purchaser hereunder (or granting any other rights to Purchaser hereunder with respect to, or purporting to grant any other rights to Purchaser hereunder with respect to) any Intellectual Property rights that are owned by any third party.

4.4 Ownership of Seller Licensed Patents and Seller Licensed Trade Secrets . As between the Parties, and subject only to the licenses granted by Seller to Purchaser under Article II above, Seller retains and owns all right, title and interest in and to the Seller Licensed Patents and the Seller Licensed Trade Secrets.

ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term . This Agreement and the rights and licenses granted hereunder shall become effective on the Effective Date. Subject to the survival provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, this Agreement shall continue in effect unless and until terminated pursuant to Section 5.2 or Section 5.3 hereof (the “ Term ”).

5.2 Termination .

(a) Bankruptcy or Insolvency . Subject to the survival provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any adjudication that a Party is bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) the filing by a Party of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, any petition or answer seeking reorganization, readjustment or arrangement of its business under any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency;

(iii) the appointment of a trustee in bankruptcy for all or substantially all of the property of a Party; or

(iv) the making by a Party of any assignment for the benefit of creditors;

unless such Party continues as an operational entity and, in the case of Purchaser, continues to conduct its business related to the Licensed Products.

(b) Breach . Subject to the survival provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, Seller shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to

 

7


Purchaser of the occurrence of any of the following events, if Purchaser does not cure its default within such time:

(i) Purchaser breaches its confidentiality obligations with respect to any Trade Secrets licensed to Purchaser as set forth under this Agreement and the Non-disclosure Agreement; or

(ii) Purchaser breaches Section 2.1 , Section 2.2 and/or Section 3.3 hereof.

Prior to Seller’s providing of any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) , the Parties shall attempt to resolve any dispute regarding Seller’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) in accordance with the terms of Section 8.10(a) hereof, provided that Seller may provide such notice immediately after the Parties meet with an impartial mediator as provided in Section 8.10(a) hereof if any disagreement remains after such meeting.

5.3 Termination Due to Proceedings .

(a) The Patent license that is granted to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above is subject to the ongoing condition, which condition is further subject to Section 5.3(b) hereof, that neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall Assert against any Covered Seller Party any claim that the manufacture, use, import, export, sale, offer for sale, distribution or other exploitation of any Seller Product or any process or method employed in the manufacture, testing, distribution, use or other exploitation of any Seller Product infringes, directly or indirectly, any Patent of Purchaser or any of Purchaser’s Affiliates. Upon any such Assertion by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (except where Seller or an Affiliate of Seller has first Asserted or threatened in writing to Assert a Patent-related action against Purchaser or a Covered Purchaser Party), Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a written notice of termination of the Patent license granted by Seller under Section 2.1 above. If Purchaser fails to dismiss or have dismissed any such Assertion with prejudice within thirty (30) days after Purchaser’s receipt of such termination notice, the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above shall immediately and automatically (without any action required by Seller) terminate at the end of such thirty (30) day period. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.3(a) survives and remains applicable to Purchaser even after any Change of Control.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 5.3(a) above, Seller may not terminate the Patent license granted by Seller to Purchaser under Section 2.1 above as a result of a counterclaim by Purchaser in a Patent infringement lawsuit initiated by Seller.

5.4 Survival . The provisions of Article I , Section 2.3 , Section 3.1 , Section 3.2 , Section 3.3 , Article IV , this Section 5.4 , Article VI , Article VII and Article VIII will survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

8


ARTICLE VI

DISCLAIMER

6.1 Disclaimer . Excepting only those representations and warranties, if any, that are expressly set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, any Transfer Document or any other agreement to the contrary, Seller makes no warranty or representation to Purchaser with respect to any Intellectual Property rights. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as:

(a) a warranty or representation by Seller as to the validity, enforceability or scope of any Patent rights or other Intellectual Property rights; or

(b) a warranty or representation that any manufacture, sale, lease, use or other disposition or exploitation of any Licensed Products will be free from infringement or misappropriation of any Patent rights or other Intellectual Property rights of either Party or any third party; or

(c) (i) an agreement by or obligation of a Party that licensed to the other Party any Intellectual Property or Technology hereunder to bring or prosecute any actions or suits against any third parties for infringement or misappropriation of such Intellectual Property or Technology or to otherwise enforce such Intellectual Property or Technology against any third party, or (ii) conferring any right on a Party licensed under any Intellectual Property or Technology hereunder to bring or prosecute actions or suits against any third parties for infringement or misappropriation of such Intellectual Property or Technology or to otherwise enforce such Intellectual Property or Technology against any third party; or

(d) other than as specifically set forth in the Transition Services Agreement, conferring to either Party any right to use, in advertising, publicity or otherwise, any Mark of the other Party, or any contraction, abbreviation or simulation thereof, or any Mark confusingly similar thereto; or

(e) conferring, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, upon any Party licensed hereunder, any license or other right under any Patent, Copyright, Trade Secret, Mark or other Intellectual Property right except the licenses and rights expressly granted hereunder; or

(f) an obligation on Seller’s part to furnish any know-how to Buyer related to any Patents; or

(g) a requirement that either Party file any Patent application, secure any Patent, or maintain any Patent in force.

6.2 NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES . EXCEPT AS EXPLICITLY SET FORTH IN THE ACCOMPANYING ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, SELLER LICENSES AND PROVIDES THE SELLER LICENSED PATENTS AND SELLER LICENSED TRADE SECRETS, AND PURCHASER LICENSES AND PROVIDES THE TECHNICAL INFORMATION, ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS

 

9


ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SAME, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

7.1 NEITHER PARTY SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING COMPENSATION OR DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PRESENT OR PROSPECTIVE PROFITS OR REVENUES, OR EXPENDITURES, INVESTMENTS OR COMMITMENTS MADE IN CONNECTION WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, TECHNOLOGY, PRODUCTS OR SERVICES; EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY ON WHICH SUCH DAMAGES MAY BE BASED; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT PURCHASER SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER FOR LOSS OF PROFITS RESULTING FROM SELLER’S BREACH OF SECTION 2.5 HEREOF.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1 Authority . Each of the Parties hereto represents and warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement and perform all of its obligations hereunder.

8.2 No Assignment . This Agreement is personal to the Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No assignment of this Agreement or of any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by either Seller or Purchaser, directly or indirectly (by operation of law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consents shall be void, except that either Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder as part of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of such Party or the business of such Party to which this Agreement relates. No assignment of this Agreement or any obligations hereunder shall relieve the Parties hereto of any such obligations. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement to Purchaser or Seller shall also apply to any such assignee of Purchaser or Seller, respectively, unless the context otherwise requires.

8.3 Notice of Change of Control . Promptly upon the earlier of a Party’s approving or entering into any transaction constituting a Change of Control or an announcement by such Party or any other Person of a Change of Control of such Party, such Party shall give the other Party written notice thereof, describing in reasonable detail the applicable Change of Control and identifying each Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions.

 

10


8.4 Notices . All notices and other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied, nationally-recognized overnight courier or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the Parties at the addresses set forth below or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other Party hereto in writing in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of telecopier, on the date sent if confirmation of receipt is received and such notice is also promptly mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), (c) in the case of a nationally-recognized overnight courier in circumstances under which such courier guarantees next Business Day delivery, on the next Business Day after the date when sent and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third Business Day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted:

 

  if to Seller:   

Intel Corporation

2200 Mission College Boulevard

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telecopier:

Attention: General Counsel

  and:   

Intel Corporation

2200 Mission College Boulevard

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telecopier:

Attention: Treasurer

  with a copy to: (which shall not constitute notice)   

Weil, Gotshal, Manges LLP

201 Redwood Shores Parkway

Redwood Shores, California 94065

Telecopier:

Attention: Richard S. Millard

  if to Purchaser:   

Impinj Inc.

701 North 34th Street, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

Telecopier:

Attention: Vice President, Finance

 

with a copy to:

(which shall not constitute notice)

  

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

Telecopier:

Attention: Patrick J. Schultheis

 

11


or to such other address as the person to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above.

8.5 No Presumption Against Drafting Party . Each of Purchaser and Seller acknowledges that it has participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and has been represented by counsel in connection therewith. Accordingly, each of Purchaser and Seller hereby acknowledges that this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of authorship of any provision or this Agreement, and any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting Party has no application and is expressly waived.

8.6 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy, all other terms or provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

8.7 Taxes and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in the Asset Purchase Agreement, all costs and expenses (including any Taxes as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) incurred in connection with this Agreement and in closing and carrying out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such cost or expense.

8.8 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement (including the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices hereto), the Asset Purchase Agreement and the other Transfer Documents represent the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, express or implied, between and among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. No representation, warranty, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by either Party that is not embodied in this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or the other Transfer Documents, and neither Party shall be bound by, or be liable for, any alleged representation, warranty, promise, inducement or statement of intention not embodied herein or therein. This Agreement can be amended, supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement signed by both Parties. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any Party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Party taking such action of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein. The waiver by any Party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No

 

12


failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such Party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. In addition, the provisions of Section 5.3 of this Agreement will not be triggered by the initiation of an action by either Party for contractual breach of one or more of this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the other Transfer Documents or the Non-disclosure Agreement.

8.9 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed in such State without giving effect to the choice of law principles of such State that would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

8.10 Dispute Resolution; Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) All disputes arising directly under this Agreement or the grounds for termination thereof shall be resolved as follows: The senior management of both Parties shall meet to attempt to resolve any such dispute. If the dispute cannot be resolved by the senior management, either Party may make a written demand for formal dispute resolution and specify therein the scope of the dispute. Within thirty (30) days after such written notification, the Parties agree to meet for one day with an impartial mediator and consider dispute resolution alternatives other than litigation. If an alternative method of dispute resolution is not agreed upon within thirty (30) days after the one-day mediation, either Party may begin litigation proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.10(a) , each Party shall have the right, without the requirement of first seeking a remedy through any dispute resolution alternative (including arbitration) that has been agreed upon, to seek preliminary injunctive or other equitable relief in any proper court in the event that such Party determines that eventual redress through the dispute resolution alternative will not provide a sufficient remedy for any violation of this Agreement by the other Party.

(c) The Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the Federal courts of the United States of America, in each case located in the County of Santa Clara, solely in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and of the documents referred to in this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, and hereby waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or of any such document, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such courts. The Parties hereby consent to and grant any such court jurisdiction over the person of such Parties and over the subject matter of such dispute.

 

13


(d) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.10 .

(e) Each of the Parties hereby consents to process being served by any Party to this Agreement in any suit, action or proceeding by the delivery of a copy thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 .

8.11 Specific Performance . The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the breach of or failure of any Party to perform its agreements and covenants hereunder, including its failure to take all actions as are necessary on its part to the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, may cause irreparable injury to the other Party, for which damages, even if available, may not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Party hereby consents to the issuance of injunctive relief by any court of competent jurisdiction to compel performance of such Party’s obligations and to the granting by any court of the remedy of specific performance of its obligations hereunder.

8.12 Confidentiality of Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to the confidentiality requirements of the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Non-disclosure Agreement.

8.13 Compliance with Laws . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Parties hereto and of the Affiliates of the Parties shall be subject to all laws, present and future, of any government having jurisdiction over the Parties hereto or the Affiliates of the Parties, and to orders, regulations, directions or requests of any such government.

8.14 Force Majeure . The Parties hereto shall be excused from any failure to perform any obligation hereunder to the extent such failure is caused by war, acts of public enemies, strikes or other labor disturbances, fires, floods, acts of God, or any causes of like or different kind beyond the control of the Parties.

 

14


8.15 Third Party Beneficiaries . No provision of this Agreement shall create any third party beneficiary rights in any Person, including any employee or former employee of Seller or any Affiliate thereof (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof).

8.16 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

8.17 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.

 

INTEL CORPORATION   IMPINJ INC.
By:   /s/ Ravi Jacob     By:   /s/ Evan Fein
Name:   Ravi Jacob     Name:   Evan Fein
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer     Title:   VP Finance

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.]


Schedule A

RFID Patents of a Purchaser

US APPLICATION FILED AND PENDING — RFID

 

Item No.

  

Filed regular - formal title

   Filed regular - serial
number
   Filed regular (non
provisional) (date)

1    

   RFID Tag Systems, RFID Tags and RFID Processes Using N-ary FSK    11/090,961    3/25/2005

2    

   RFID Tag Systems, RFID Tags and RFID Processes With Branch Node Indexing    11/090,899    3/25/2005

3    

   RFID TAG UNCOUPLING ONE OF ITS ANTENNA PORTS AND METHODS    10/891,894    7/14/2004

4    

   INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN RFID SYSTEMS    10/981,893    11/5/2004

5    

   DECODING WITH MEMORY IN RFID SYSTEM    10/861,073    6/4/2004

6    

   RFID READERS TRANSMITTING PREAMBLES DENOTING DATA RATE AND METHODS    10/890,662    7/13/2004

7    

   RFID READERS TRANSMITTING PREAMBLES DENOTING COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS AND RFID TAGS INTERPRETING THE SAME AND METHODS    10/890,976    7/13/2004

8    

   RFID JOINT ACQUISITION OF TIME SYNC AND TIMEBASE    11/136,948    5/24/2005

9    

   METHOD AND SYSTEM TO CALIBRATE AN OSCILLATOR WITHIN AN RFID CIRCUIT UTILIZING A TEST SIGNAL SUPPLIED TO THE RFID CIRCUIT    10/824,071    4/13/2004

10    

   On Die RFID Tag Antenna    11/069,005    2/28/2005

11    

   RFID TAG CIRCUITS OPERABLE AT DIFFERENT SPEEDS    11/707,509    2/15/2007

12    

   Radio Frequency Identification Tag Antenna Assembly    29/220,504    12/30/2004

13    

   Conductor For Radio Identification Tag Antenna Assembly    29/220,496    12/30/2004

14    

   RFID SYSTEM COMPONENTS IMPLEMENTING ADJUSTED BACKSCATTER CALCULATIONS AND METHODS    11/114,614    4/25/2005

15    

   SELECTING RFID TAGS USING MEMORY-MAPPED PARAMETERS    11/217,616    8/31/2005

16    

   RFID TAGS WITH POWER RECTIFIERS THAT HAVE BIAS    11/236,709    9/26/2005

17    

   On Wafer Testing of RFID Tag Circuit With Pseudo Antenna Signal    11/325,988    1/4/2006

18    

   INVENTORYING RFID TAGS BY EMPLOYING A QUERY PARAMETER Q THAT IS ADJUSTED FOR IMPROVING    11/210,384    8/24/2005

19    

   CHANGING MANNER OF DETERMINING A QUERY PARAMETER Q USED FOR INVENTORYING RFID TAGS    11/210,575    8/24/2005

20    

   PREVENTING COMMUNICATION CONFLICT WITH OTHER RFID READERS    11/195,468    8/1/2005

21    

   ERROR RECOVERY IN RFID READER SYSTEMS    11/388,235    3/22/2006

22    

   RFID TAG USING UPDATABLE SEED VALUES FOR GENERATING A RANDOM NUMBER    11/251,122    10/13/2005

23    

   RFID TAG WITH RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR HAVING A NOISE- BASED INPUT    11/355,665    2/15/2006

24    

   STORING AND RETRIEVING A QUERY PARAMETER Q USED FOR INVENTORYING RFID TAGS    11/210,418    8/24/2005

25    

   INVENTORYING RFID TAGS BY EMPLOYING A QUERY PARAMETER Q THAT CONVERGES HEURISTICALLY    11/210,573    8/24/2005

26    

   INTERFERENCE REJECTION IN RFID TAGS    11/386,177    3/22/2006

27    

   ADJUSTING RFID WAVEFORM SHAPE IN VIEW OF DETECTED RF ENERGY    11/412,170    4/25/2006

28    

   RFID TAGS HAVING A RECTIFIER CIRCUIT INCLUDING A DUAL- TERMINAL RECTIFIER DEVICE    11/484,523    7/10/2006

29    

   AUTOMATIC ON-DIE DEFECT ISOLATION    11/336,161    1/20/2006

30    

   RFID TAG SWITCHED CAPACITOR SLICER THRESHOLD    11/340,033    1/26/2006

31    

   ADAPTIVELY ADJUSTING A QUERY PARAMETER Q USED FOR INVENTORYING RFID TAGS    11/210,422    8/24/2005

32    

   LOCAL PROCESSING OF RECEIVED RFID TAG RESPONSES    11/472,179    6/20/2006

33    

   CIRCUITS FOR RFID TAGS WITH MULTIPLE NON-INDEPENDENTLY DRIVEN RF PORTS    11/213,631    8/26/2005

34    

   RFID TAGS COMBINING SIGNALS RECEIVED FROM MULTIPLE RF PORTS    11/213,632    8/26/2005

35    

   RACE FLAG FEATURE FOR RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA LAYOUT    29/239,503    9/30/2005

36    

   RFID TAG CIRCUITS USING RING FET    11/489,019    7/18/2006


37    

   HANDLING LEGITIMATE AND UNAUTHORIZED ITEMS IN SUPPLY CHAIN ACCORDING TO AUTHENTICATION OF THEIR RFID TAGS    11/637,372    12/11/2006

38    

   RFID READER SYSTEMS AIDED BY RF POWER MEASUREMENT    11/622,066    1/11/2007

39    

   RFID Reader Systems Detecting Pilot Tone    11/622,092    1/11/2007

40    

   Discontinuous-Loop RFID Reader Antenna and Methods    11/623,403    1/16/2007

41    

   RFID TAGS CIRCUITS AND METHODS FOR SENSING OWN POWER TO PREDETERMINE FEASIBILITY OF REQUESTED ACTION    11/624,197    1/17/2007

42    

   ADJUSTING RFID WAVEFORM SHAPE IN VIEW OF SIGNAL FROM ANOTHER READER    11/412,192    4/25/2006

43    

   ADJUSTING RFID WAVEFORM SHAPE IN VIEW OF SIGNAL FROM AN RFID TAG    11/411,657    4/25/2006

44    

   PERFORMANCE DRIVEN ADJUSTMENT OF RFID WAVEFORM SHAPE    11/412,172    4/25/2006

45    

   RECONSTRUCTING RFID WAVEFORM SHAPE FOR REUSE IN INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL    11/412,171    4/25/2006

46    

   SECURE TWO-WAY RFID COMMUNICATIONS    11/356,885    2/17/2006

47    

   SEMI-STATIC FLIP-FLOPS FOR RFID TAGS    11/490,671    7/20/2006

48    

   Adaptable Detection Threshold for RFID Tags and Chips    11/670,587    2/2/2007

49    

   RFID Reader Systems with Digital Rate Conversion    11/622,140    1/11/2007

50    

   AHEAD-OF-TIME SCHEDULING OF COMMANDS IN RFID READER SYSTEMS    11/509,290    8/23/2006

51    

   PREVENTING TIMEOUT OF RFID TAG IN TIMED STATE OF AIR- INTERFACE PROTOCOL    11/503,420    8/11/2006

52    

   INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TEST RESULT COMMUNICATION    11/470,526    9/6/2006

53    

   RADIO-FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG WITH OSCILLATOR CALIBRATION    11/460,200    7/26/2006

54    

   MULTIPLE RF-PORT MODULATOR FOR RFID TAG    11/712,759    2/28/2007

55    

   RFID TAG TRAVEL DIRECTION DETERMINATION    11/818,810    6/14/2007

56    

   RFID ANTENNA MODULES AND METHODS THEREOF    11/807,114    5/25/2007

57    

   RFID READER SYSTEMS WITH DOUBLE CONVERSION AND METHODS    11/742,650    5/1/2007

58    

   RFID TAG CIRCUITS TAGS AND METHODS FOR BACKSCATTERING WITH CONTROLLABLE ADMITTANCE    11/765,552    6/20/2007

59    

   Disabling Poorly Testing RFID ICS    11/519,507    9/11/2006

60    

   RFID READERS AND SYSTEMS WITH ANTENNA SWITCHING UPON TAG SENSING, AND METHODS    11/749,235    5/16/2007

61    

   RFID READERS AND SYSTEMS INITIALIZING AFTER FREQUENCY HOP AND METHODS    11/774,285    7/6/2007

62    

   RFID READER LOW DUTY CYCLE MODE    11/770,987    6/29/2007

63    

   RFID READERS AND SYSTEMS PERFORMING PARTIAL OPERATION PER ANTENNA AND METHODS    11/769,444    6/27/2007

64    

   AUTOMATED RFID READER FIRMWARE UPGRADE SYSTEM    11/789959    4/25/2007

65    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS ABLE TO BE PARTIALLY KILLED AND METHODS    11/852,439    9/10/2007

66    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS WITH ALTERNATIVE MEMORY LOCK BITS AND METHODS    11/872,774    10/16/2007

67    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS ARRANGING PROTOCOL-RELATED BIT AND LOCK BIT IN SINGLE NVM MEMORY WORD AND METHODS    11/877,054    10/23/2007

68    

   Determining Authentication of RFID Tags for Indicating Legitimacy of Their Associated Items    11/637,479    12/11/2006

69    

   Reporting on Authentication of RFID Tags for Indicating Legitimacy of Their Associated Items    11/637,255    12/11/2006

70    

   RFID READERS AND SYSTEMS INITIALIZING AFTER ANTENNA SWITCH AND METHODS    11/774,338    7/6/2007

71    

   RFID Reader Q-Parameter Aided by RF Power Measurement    11/622,686    1/12/2007

72    

   DECODING WITH MEMORY IN RFID SYSTEM    11/717,477    3/12/2007

73    

   RFID TAGS WITH SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR POWER CONSUMPTION WHEN CHECKING INCOMING PASSWORD BITS    11/707,728    2/16/2007

74    

   MASKING RFID TAG POWER CONSUMPTION WHEN CHECKING INCOMING PASSWORD BITS    11/707,793    2/16/2007

75    

   Radio Frequency Identification Tag Antenna Assembly    29/285,843    4/11/2007

76    

   RFID READERS AND SYSTEMS WITH ANTENNA SWITCHING UPON DETECTING TOO FEW TAGS AND METHODS    11/749,281    5/16/2007

77    

   RFID TAGS COMBINING SIGNALS RECEIVED FROM MULTIPLE RF PORTS    11/803,995    5/15/2007

78    

   RFID TAG CIRCUIT DIE WITH SHIELDING LAYER TO CONTROL I/O BUMP FLOW    11/891,391    8/10/2007


79    

   DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING REFERENCE CURRENT HAVING LOW TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT DEPENDENCE    11/981,396    10/30/2007

80    

   RFID READER DEVICES AND METHODS THEREOF    11/807,115    5/25/2007

81    

   RFID READER SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF ASSEMBLY    11/807,118    5/25/2007

82    

   RFID TAGS WITH LONG RANGE ON-CHIP ANTENNAS AND METHODS OF MAKING    11/823,193    6/26/2007

83    

   RFID READERS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EARLY HOPPING OUT OF A FREQUENCY CHANNEL IN THE PRESENCE OF RF INTERFERENCE    11/849,737    9/4/2007

84    

   ETCH BEFORE GRIND FOR SEMICONDUCTOR DIE SINGULATION    11/891,392    8/9/2007

85    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS REFRAINING FROM PARTICIPATING IN A SUBSEQUENT INVENTORYING ATTEMPT AND METHODS    12/057,467    3/28/2008

86    

   SOFTWARE FOR EXPOSING MULTIPLE RFID READER APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACES    11/ 923,774    10/25/2007

87    

   DEVICES, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING REFERENCE CURRENT FROM VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL HAVING LOW TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT    11/981,387    10/30/2007

88    

   RFID READERS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HOPPING AWAY FROM A FREQUENCY CHANNEL WITH RF INTERFERENCE    11/849,804    9/4/2007

89    

   RFID-EQUIPPED STATIONS FOR HANDLING PASSING TAGGED ITEMS AND METHODS    11/949,124    12/3/2007

90    

   RFID TAGS WITH SYNCHRONOUS POWER RECTIFIER    12/042,117    3/4/2008

91    

   RFID TAG WITH DOUBLE -SWITCH RECTIFIER    12/042,141    3/4/2008

92    

   EXTENDING AN RFID READER API    11/959,592    12/19/2007

93    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS CAPABLE OF BACKSCATTERING MORE CODES AND METHODS    12/112,699    4/30/2008

94    

   BROKEN-LOOP RFID READER ANTENNA FOR NEAR FIELD AND FAR FIELD UHF RFID TAGS    29/303,658    2/14/2008

95    

   BROKEN-LOOP RFID READER ANTENNA FOR NEAR FIELD AND FAR FIELD UHF RFID TAGS    29/303,663    2/14/2008

96    

   METHODS FOR EXPOSING MULTIPLE RFID READER APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACES    11/923,968    10/25/2007

97    

   DISCRIMINATING BETWEEN RFID TAG CODES READ INTENTIONALLY AND UNINTENTIONALLY    11/949,218    12/3/2007

98    

   READING CODES OF RFID TAGS INCOMING AT PREMISES AND REMOVING THEM LATER AS THEY EXIT    12/018,937    1/24/2008

99    

   RFID TAG CHIPS AND TAGS COMPLYING WITH ONLY A LIMITED NUMBER OF REMAINING COMMANDS, AND METHODS    12/035,379    2/21/2008

100    

   CAUSING RFID TAGS TO REPLY USING CHANGED REPLY TIMING    12/035,397    2/21/2008

101    

   VOLTAGE REFERENCE CIRCUIT WITH LOW-POWER BANDGAP    12/108,311    4/23/2008

102    

   RFID TAG WITH REDUNDANT NON-VOLATILE MEMORY CELL    12/020,522    1/26/2008

103    

   RFID TAG HAVING NON-VOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE HAVING FLOATING-GATE FETS WITH DIFFERENT SOURCE-GATE AND DRAIN-GATE BORDER LENGTHS    12/006,330    12/31/2007

104    

   RFID TAG SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP WITH MEMORY MANAGMENT UNIT (MMU) TO MAKE ONLY ONE TIME PROGRAMMABLE (OTP) MEMORY APPEAR MULTIPLE TIMES PROGRAMMABLE (MTP)    12/006,321    12/31/2007

105    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION DEVICE POWER-ON RESET MANAGEMENT    11/965,359    12/27/2007

106    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION DEVICE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE MANAGEMENT    11/965,307    12/27/2007

107    

   Radio Frequency (RFID) Tag Including Configurable Single Bit/Dual Bits Memory    12/012,910    2/5/2008

108    

   PREMISES ADAPTED TO READ CODES OF INCOMING RFID TAGS AND REMOVING THEM LATER AS THEY EXIT    12/019,030    1/24/2008

109    

   RFID READERS CO-EXISTING WITH OTHER ISM-BAND DEVICES    12/056,120    3/26/2008

110    

   CAUSING RFID TAG TO CHANGE HOW MANY REMAINING COMMANDS IT WILL COMPLY WITH    12/035,372    2/21/2008

111    

   RFID TAGS REPLYING USING CHANGED REPLY TIMING    12/035,393    2/21/2008

112    

   FACILITATING RFID TAGS TO REFRAIN FROM PARTICIPATING IN A SUBSEQUENT INVENTORYING ATTEMPT    12/057,509    3/28/2008

113    

   CAUSING RFID TAGS TO BACKSCATTER MORE CODES    12/112,832    4/30/2008

114    

   METHODS TO DISINCENTIVIZE SELLERS FROM SELLING WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION    12/122,327    5/16/2008

115    

   ADJUSTING COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS WHILE INVENTORYING RFID TAGS    12/133,180    6/4/2008


FOREIGN (INTL & NATL) APPLICATION FILED AND PENDING — RFID

 

1    

   RFID READERS TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WAVEFORM SEGMENT WITH ENDING-TRIGGERING TRANSITION    5785584.3    8/9/2005

2    

   RFID READERS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EARLY HOPPING OUT OF A FREQUENCY CHANNEL IN THE PRESENCE OF RF INTERFERENCE    PCT/US2007/019360    9/5/2007

PROVISIONAL APPLICATION FILED AND PENDING — RFID

 

Item No.

  

Filed regular - formal title

   Filed serial number    Filed date

1    

   MULTIPLEXING RFID ANTENNA MODULES    61/027,005    2/7/2008

2    

   REDUNDANT DIFFERENTIAL RFID TAGGING SCHEME FOR ITEM AUTHENTICATION    61/005,521    12/4/2007

3    

   READER ANTENNA ARRAY PROCESSING FOR HIGH DATA RATE    61/046,614    4/21/2008
   ROBUST RFID      

4    

   EXPEDITED RFID TAG SINGULATION USING GEN2 TRUNCATED EPC    61/039,916    3/27/2008

5    

   A HV LDMOS DEVICE IN CMOS PROCESS    61/003,017    11/13/2007

6    

   RFID TAG ASSEMBLY MACHINE AND METHODS    60/997,493    10/3/2007

7    

   TAG POPULATION ESTIMATION    61/040,922    3/31/2008

8    

   USE CLASS1 GEN2 (C1G2) AS NETWORK PROTOCOL    61/023,359    1/24/2008

9    

   RFID SECURITY WITH ACCESS PASSWORD    61/001,257    10/30/2007

10    

   RFID USING PASSWORD STORED IN TAG FOR AUTHENTICATION    61/021,591    1/16/2008

11    

   AUTOMATIC TUNING OF RFID TAG COMMISSIONING    60/966,069    8/24/2007

12    

   RFID BULK-WRITE    61/003,627    11/19/2007

13    

   BULK WRITE ALGORITHM FOR RFID READER SYSTEM    60/931,180    5/21/2007

14    

   RFID BULK-WRITE    61/004,275    11/26/2007

15    

   RFID BULK-WRITE WITH SECONDARY DATA CARRIER    61/005,250    12/4/2007

16    

   EXPEDITED RFID TAG ASSEMBLY METHOD    61/035,710    3/11/2008

17    

   RFID TAG WITH POS PASSWORD OF FLEETING VALIDITY FOR EAS    61/031,656    2/26/2008

18    

   RFID READERS MODIFYING TAG INTERNAL OPERATIONS    61/028,644    2/14/2008

19    

   LARGER RFID READER TRANSMIT POWER WHILE SUPPLIED BY POWER OVER ETHERNET (POE)    61/027,379    2/8/2008

20    

   RFID TAG DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING CLOCK FREQUENCY    61/036,422    3/13/2008

21    

   RFID TAG HAVING EAS FEATURE WITH PRIVATIZATION    61/043,049    4/7/2008

22    

   RFID READER SYSTEM WITH ADAPTABLE ANTENNA    61/050,924    5/6/2008

23    

   RFID READER ANTENNA WITH MEANDER SLOT    61/042,177    4/3/2008

24    

   RFID TAGS BACKSCATTERING ALTERNATING VERSIONS OF CODE, AND READERS FOR THEM    61/047,653    4/24/2008

25    

   CACHING RFID TAG TID INFORMATION BY RFID READER    61/048,505    4/28/2008

26    

   RFID READERS LIMITING PASSWORD THEFT    61/039,040    3/24/2008

27    

   DETECTING UNAUTHORIZED READERS / TAG ACCESS    61/003,632    11/19/2007

28    

   DETECTING AND REACTING TO UNAUTHORIZED READERS / TAG ACCESS BY ROGUE IN PREMISES    61/021,595    1/16/2008

29    

   BUSINESS METHOD OF RFID INSPECTION AND ANTI-COUNTERFEITING    60/966,066    8/24/2007

30    

   RFID READER ANTENNA DESIGN: “CACTUS”    60/995,042    9/24/2007

31    

   RFID ANTENNA WITH MULTIMODE RADIATING ELEMENTS    60/995,200    11/1/2007

32    

   RFID TAGS MADE FROM MOTHER CHIPS AND ONE OR MORE CHIP ANTENNAS AND METHODS OF MAKING    60/956,163    8/16/2007

33    

   RFID TAGS BACKSCATTERING ALTERNATE VERSIONS OF CODE, AND READERS THEREFOR    61/053,331    5/15/2008

34    

   RFID TAGS SAFER IN HIGH RF ENERGY ENVIRONMENT AND METHODS FOR MAKING    61/054,412    5/19/2008

35    

   CONTROLLING NUMBER FILLED IN SLOT COUNTER OF RFID TAGS    61/055,371    5/22/2008

36    

   RFID TAGS SAFER IN HIGH RF ENERGY ENVIRONMENT AND METHODS FOR MAKING    61/055,800    5/23/2008

37    

   NOVEL IC DIE FORM FACTOR, AND METHOD OF MAKING    61/058,170    6/2/2008

38    

   RODS FOR GARMENT HANGERS ALSO IMPLEMENTING RFID READER ANTENNAS    61/059,651    6/6/2008

39    

   CELL FOR NON-VOLATILE MEMORY    61/061,004    6/12/2008

40    

   CONTROLLING NUMBER FILLED IN SLOT COUNTER OF RFID TAGS FOR BEING INVENTORIED    61/061,011    6/12/2008

41    

   RFID ILT MINI-GUARDRAIL ANTENNA    61/061,758    6/16/2008


US ISSUED PATENTS — RFID

1    

   RFID TAGS ADJUSTING TO DIFFERENT REGULATORY ENVIRONMENTS, AND RFID READERS TO SO ADJUST THEM AND METHODS    7,283,037    10/16/2007

2    

   METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONFIGURE AN RFID SYSTEM TO BE ADAPTABLE TO A PLURALITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS    7,026,935    4/11/2006

3    

   RFID READER TO SELECT CODE MODULE    7,304,579    12/4/2007

4    

   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLED PERSISTENT ID FLAG FOR RFID APPLICATIONS    7,215,251    5/8/2007

5    

   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLED PERSISTENT ID FLAG FOR RFID APPLICATIONS    7,116,240    10/3/2006

6    

   ADAPTABLE BANDWIDTH RFID TAGS    7,183,926    2/27/2007

7    

   TESTING AND BURN-IN OF IC CHIPS USING RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSMISSION    7,312,622    12/25/2007

8    

   RFID TAG DESIGN WITH CIRCUITRY FOR WAFER LEVEL TESTING    7,307,528    12/11/2007

9    

   RFID READERS TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WAVEFORM SEGMENT WITH ENDING-TRIGGERING TRANSITION    7,049,964    5/23/2006

10    

   SINGLE RF OSCILLATOR SINGLE-SIDE BAND MODULATION FOR RFID READERS USING TONE INSERTION DURING READER RECEPTION    7,107,022    9/12/2006

11    

   RFID READERS AND RFID TAGS COMMUNICATING USING EXTENSIBLE BIT VECTORS    7,030,786    4/18/2006

12    

   METHOD AND SYSTEM TO CALIBRATE AN OSCILLATOR WITHIN AN RFID CIRCUIT BY SELECTING A CALIBRATION VALUE FROM A PLURALITY OF STORED CALIBRATION VALUES    7,120,550    10/10/2006

13    

   METHOD AND SYSTEM TO GENERATE MODULATOR AND DEMODULATOR CLOCK SIGNALS WITHIN AN RFID CIRCUIT UTILIZING A MULTI-OSCILLATOR ARCHITECTURE    7,253,719    8/7/2007

14    

   RFID TAGS CALIBRATING BACKSCATTERING PERIOD ALSO FOR NON-INTEGER DIVIDE RATIOS    7,246,751    7/24/2007

15    

   RFID READERS AND RFID TAGS EXCHANGING ENCRYPTED PASSWORD    7,245,213    7/17/2007

16    

   RFID TAGS WITH ELECTRONIC FUSES FOR STORING COMPONENT CONFIGURATION DATA    7,307,529    12/11/2007

17    

   RFID TAG USING HYBRID NON-VOLATILE MEMORY    7,307,534    12/11/2007

18    

   RFID READERS TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WAVEFORM SEGMENT WITH ENDING-TRIGGERING TRANSITION    7,187,290    3/6/2007

19    

   RFID READERS AND RFID TAGS COMMUNICATING USING EXTENSIBLE BIT VECTORS    7,123,171    10/17/2006

20    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D548,225    8/7/2007

21    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D546,819    7/17/2007

22    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D546,822    7/17/2007

23    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D546,821    7/17/2007

24    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D546,820    7/17/2007

25    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D547,754    7/31/2007

26    

   RFID Antenna Design    D543,976    6/5/2007

27    

   RFID Antenna Design    D547,306    7/24/2007

28    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D563,397    3/4/2008

29    

   RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION TAG ANTENNA ASSEMBLY    D562,810    2/26/2008

30    

   RFID TAG WITH BIST CIRCUITS    7,380,190    5/27/2008

31    

   SINGLE RF OSCILLATOR SINGLE-SIDE BAND MODULATION FOR RFID READERS WITH FREQUENCY TRANSLATION AND FILTERING    7,382,257    6/3/2008

32    

   Broken-Loop RFID Reader Antenna for Near Field and Far Field UHF RFID Tags    D570,337    6/3/2008

33    

   METHOD AND SYSTEM TO BACKSCATTER MODULATE A RADIO- FREQUENCY SIGNAL FROM AN RFID TAG IN ACORDANCE WITH BOTH AN OSCILLATION FREQUENCY SIGNAL AND A COMMAND SIGNAL    7,388,468    6/17/2008


Appendix A

Defined Terms

The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Assert ” shall mean to bring or initiate any action before any legal, judicial, arbitration, administrative, executive or other type of body or tribunal that has or claims to have authority to adjudicate such action in whole or in part. Examples of such body or tribunal include United States State and Federal Courts, the United States International Trade Commission and any foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing. “ Assertion ” means the bringing or initiating of any such action.

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the year on which national banking institutions in California are open to the public for conducting business and are not required or authorized to close.

Change of Control ” of a Person shall mean (a) the acquisition of such Person by another Person or group by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation), whether accomplished directly or indirectly, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of such Person outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in such Person held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of such Person or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, or (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of substantially all of the assets of such Person.

Covered Purchaser Party ” shall mean Purchaser, its Affiliates and any direct or indirect customers, distributors, officers, directors, agents and/or contractors of Purchaser (or its Affiliates).

Covered Seller Party ” shall mean Seller, its Affiliates and any ***, manufacturers, distributors, officers, directors, agents and/or contractors of Seller (or its Affiliates).

Field of Use ” shall mean RFID systems in which ***. For the avoidance of doubt, the Field of Use does not encompass any Seller Proprietary Product.

 

***  Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Flash Memory Products ” shall mean non-volatile Integrated Circuits capable of storing data that are electrically programmable and electrically erasable, or magnetically alterable to define a logical state, including both floating gate and non-floating gate designs.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of the following, whether protected, created or arising under the Laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction or under any international convention: (a) all patents and applications therefor, including all continuations, divisionals, and continuations-in-part thereof and patents issuing thereon, along with all reissues, reexaminations and extensions thereof (collectively, “ Patents ”); (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, corporate names and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, along with all applications, registrations, renewals and extensions thereof (collectively, “ Marks ”); (c) all Internet domain names; (d) all copyrights and mask works, along with all applications, registrations, reversions, extensions and renewals thereof (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); and (e) trade secrets and rights in information that is not generally known or readily ascertainable through proper means (“ Trade Secrets ”).

Integrated Circuit ” shall mean an integrated unit comprising one or more active and/or passive circuit elements associated on one or more substrates, such unit forming, or contributing to the formation of, a circuit for performing electrical functions (including, if provided therewith, housing and/or supporting means). The definition of Integrated Circuit shall also include any and all firmware, microcode or drivers, if needed to cause such circuit to perform substantially all of its intended hardware functionality, whether or not such firmware, microcode or drivers are shipped with such integrated unit or installed at a later time.

Licensed Claims ” shall mean only those claims of the Seller Licensed Patents that would be infringed by the Products in standalone form only as sold by Purchaser, including the manufacture, sale or other disposition thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensed Claims shall not include any claims other than those set forth in the preceding sentence even if contained in the same Seller Licensed Patent as Licensed Claims.

Licensed Products ” shall mean Products and Substantially Identical Products that are offered for sale or sold as a Purchaser product.

Non-Disclosure Agreement ” shall mean Intel Corporate Non-Disclosure Agreement Number 7137598 by and between the Parties, dated as of April 5, 2001, as amended June 6, 2007.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental body or other entity.

Processor ” shall mean any Integrated Circuit or combination of Integrated Circuits capable of processing digital data, such as a microprocessor or coprocessor (including a math coprocessor, graphics coprocessor, or digital signal processor).


Product ” shall mean: (a) UHF RFID Reader transceiver silicon code-named “Tilden1” ***.

Purchaser Patents ” shall mean all Patents owned or controlled by Purchaser as of the Closing Date, and any other Patents filed by Purchaser after the Closing Date entitled to claim a priority date on or before the Closing Date, excluding the Patents pertaining to RFID, all of which are set forth on Schedule A hereto.

Restricted Documents ” means items listed under the following parts of Exhibit A to the Asset Purchase Agreement: Section 2.1(b) , “Marketing Development Kit Assets” listed under Section 2.1(d) , Section 2.1(e) and Section 2.1(f) (except third-party software tools and licenses underlying the items listed under the heading “Application Software Code Developed from Third-Party Licenses and Tools”).

RFID ” means radio-frequency identification.

Seller Architecture Emulator ” shall mean software, firmware, or hardware that, through emulation, simulation or any other process, allows a computer that does not contain a Seller Compatible Processor (or a Processor that is not a Seller Compatible Processor) to execute binary code that is capable of being executed on a Seller Compatible Processor.

Seller Bus ” shall mean a proprietary bus or other data path first introduced by Seller or any Seller Affiliate: (a) that is capable of transmitting and/or receiving information within an Integrated Circuit or between two or more Integrated Circuits, together with the set of protocols defining the electrical, physical, timing and functional characteristics, sequences and control procedures of such bus or data path; (b) which neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate (during any time such Seller Affiliate has met the requirements of being a Affiliate) has granted a license or committed to grant a license through its participation in a government sponsored, industry sponsored, or contractually formed group or any similar organization that is dedicated to creating publicly available standards or specifications; and (c) which neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate (during any time such Seller Affiliate has met the requirements of being a Affiliate) has publicly disclosed without an obligation of confidentiality.

Seller Compatible Chipsets ” shall mean one or more Integrated Circuits that alone or together are capable of electrically interfacing directly (with or without buffering or pin re-assignment) with a Seller Compatible Processor to form the connection between the Seller Compatible Processor and any other device (or group of devices), including Processors, input/output devices, networks, and memory.

Seller Compatible Compiler ” shall mean a compiler that generates object code that can, with or without additional linkage processing, be executed on any Seller Processor.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


Seller Compatible Processor ” shall mean any Processor that: (a) can perform substantially the same functions as a Seller Processor by compatibly executing or otherwise processing: (i) a substantial portion of the instruction set of a Seller Processor, (ii) object code versions of applications or other software targeted to run on or with an Seller Processor or (iii) binary code that is capable of being executed on a Seller Processor, in order to achieve substantially the same result as a Seller Processor; or (b) is substantially compatible with a Seller Bus.

Seller Licensed Patents ” shall mean Patents owned by Seller as of the Closing, including reissuances thereof, that Seller can license without obligation to pay a royalty. Seller Licensed Patents do not include, however, any Patents that are only embodied in any Seller Product, Seller Chipset, Seller Processor, or third party products that are integrated into a Product.

Seller Licensed Trade Secrets ” shall mean the Trade Secrets (a) known to the Transferred Employees and/or (b) embodied by the Technical Information, and, in each case (a) and (b), to the extent not assigned to Purchaser pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement and existing with the Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Seller Licensed Trade Secrets shall not include any Trade Secrets related to any Seller proprietary products and technologies not transferred to Purchaser under the Asset Purchase Agreement (including, without limitation, microprocessors, chipsets, flash memory and manufacturing ) or any Seller Proprietary Products.

Seller Processor ” shall mean a Processor, or proprietary extension of a third party Processor, first developed by, for or with substantial participation by Seller or any Seller Affiliate, or the design of which has been purchased or otherwise acquired by Seller or any Seller Affiliate, including without limitation the Intel ® x86 architecture, Core™, Celeron ® , Pentium ® , Xeon™, Itanium ® , MXP, IXP, 80860 and 80960 microprocessor families, and the 8087, 80287, and 80387 math coprocessor families.

Seller Product ” shall mean any product manufactured, sold or distributed under any of Seller’s Marks by or on behalf of Seller or any of its Affiliates.

Seller Proprietary Product ” shall mean Seller Compatible Processors, Seller Architecture Emulators, Seller Compatible Compilers, Seller Compatible Chipsets, Seller Wireless Chipsets (excluding ***), any product that contains or implements any Seller Bus, and Flash Memory Products.

Seller Wireless Chipsets ” shall mean one or more Integrated Circuits that alone or together are capable of implementing one or more wireless communications protocols.

Substantially Identical Product ” shall mean any product that is derived from and is substantially identical to a Product, and that can reasonably be considered the next version of, next generation of or natural successor to a Product, including bug fixes and error corrections for a Product.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.25

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES

PHASE 2

 

      Agreement #:     
      Effective Date:     
      Expiration Date:     
         CNDA #: 7137968

 

BUYER :

  

Intel Corporation (and all Intel subsidiaries and affiliates, hereinafter “ Buyer ” or “ Intel ”).

200 Mission College Blvd

Santa Clara, CA 95054-1549

SUPPLIER

  

Impinj, Inc. (hereinafter “ Supplier ” or “ Impinj ”)

701 N. 34th St. Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98103

 

incorporated herein by reference   Terms and Conditions of Purchase Agreement Services
(Mark “X” where applicable):  

x

   A Statement of Work
 

x

   B Commercial Terms

Buyer may purchase and Supplier shall provide the Services as described in Addendum A at the prices specified, and in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, this Agreement applies solely to Phase 2 of the *** project currently being contemplated by the parties as described in the Statement of Work (“Phase 2”). All Purchase Orders issued to Supplier by Buyer during the term of this Agreement with respect to Phase 2 shall be governed only by the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement notwithstanding any preprinted terms and conditions on Supplier’s acknowledgment or Buyer’s Purchase Order. Any additional or different terms in Supplier’s documents are hereby deemed to be material alterations and notice of objection to and rejection of them is hereby given. When Buyer is a subsidiary or affiliate of Intel, the obligations of the parties run between such subsidiary and affiliate and the Supplier, and not between Intel Corporation and the Supplier.

 

INTEL     SUPPLIER: IMPINJ, INC.
Signature:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     Signature:   /s/ Chris Diorio
Printed Name:   Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     Printed Name:   Chris Diorio
Title:   Sr. Principal Technologist     Title:   CTO
Date:   12/23/09     Date:   2009-12-23

 

LEGAL OK

 

            12/23/09

 

Ed Lanton

 

***   Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES    -1-
CONFIDENTIAL  


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

A. Background IP ” means all Intellectual Property belonging to or controlled by either party, (i) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement or (ii) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired independently of this Agreement or not in furtherance of this Agreement.

 

B. Improvements ” means any improvements to or extensions of the Background IP of either party developed or conceived in furtherance of this Agreement, whether developed or conceived jointly or independently by the parties or from the reliance on any data or confidential information of the other party

 

C. Intellectual Property or IP ” means, collectively, Patents, Trade Secrets, Copyrights, and all other intellectual property rights and proprietary rights, excluding trademarks, whether arising under the laws of the United States or any other state, country or jurisdiction, now or hereafter existing. For purposes of this Agreement: (i) Patents” mean all classes or types of patents other than design patents (including, without limitation, originals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions or reissues), and applications for these classes or types of patent rights in all countries of the world: (a) that are owned or controlled by the applicable party or any of its Subsidiaries or to which such entities have the right to grant licenses: (b) that have a first effective filing date (including provisional application date) during the term of this Agreement; and (c) to the extent that the applicable party has the right to grant licenses within and of the scope set forth herein and without the requirement to pay consideration to any third party (other than employees of the applicable party or its Subsidiaries) for the grant of a license under this Agreement; (ii) “Trade Secrets” means all right, title and interest in all trade secrets and trade secret rights arising under common law, state law, federal law or laws of foreign countries, now or hereafter existing; and (iii) “Copyrights” means all copyrights, and all right, title and interest in all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications for copyright registration, certificates of copyright and copyrighted interests throughout the world, and all right, title, and interest in related applications and registrations throughout the world, now or hereafter existing.

 

D. Hazardous Materials ” are or contain dangerous goods, chemicals, contaminants, substances, pollutants, or any other materials that are defined as hazardous by relevant local, state, national, or international law, regulations, and standards.

 

E. Jointly Developed Project IP ” means Project IP that is Jointly conceived or developed by the parties based on the contribution to the conception or development of the Project IP and not on reduction to practice, constructive or actual.

 

F. Purchase Order ” is Buyer’s document setting forth specific Services to be rendered and Release information.

 

G. Project IP ” means all Intellectual Property developed or conceived (a) after the Effective Date of the Statement of Work and (b) in furtherance of such Statement of Work, whether developed or conceived jointly or independently by the parties.

 

H. Release ” means Buyer’s authorization for Supplier to provide the Services defined in Addendum A in accordance with the Buyer’s Purchase Order.

 

I. Service(s) ” means the work to be performed as set forth in the Statement of Work Addendum “A”, including any deliverables set forth in Addendum A resulting from such Services. “Item(s)” means all such deliverables.
J. Solely Developed Project IP ” means Project IP that is solely conceived or developed by a party without contribution from any other party.

 

2. TERM OF AGREEMENT . The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue through the earlier of 1) the Expiration Date or 2) the acceptance of deliverables and completion of Phase 2.

 

3. PRICING

 

A. Pricing for Services provided under this Agreement is set forth in the Statement of Work Addendum.

 

B. All applicable taxes shall be stated separately on Supplier’s invoice. Supplier shall remit all such taxes to the appropriate tax authority unless Buyer provides sufficient proof of tax exemption. In the event that Buyer is prohibited by law from making payments to Supplier unless Buyer deducts or withholds taxes therefrom and remits such taxes to the local taxing jurisdiction, then Buyer shall duly withhold such taxes and shall pay to Supplier the remaining net amount after the taxes have been withheld. Buyer shall not reimburse Supplier for the amount of such taxes withheld. When property is delivered and/or services are provided or the benefit of services occurs within jurisdictions in which Supplier collection and remittance of taxes is required by law, Supplier shall have sole responsibility for payment of said taxes to the appropriate tax authorities. In the event Supplier does not collect tax from Buyer, and is subsequently audited by any tax authority, liability of Buyer will be limited to the tax assessment, with no reimbursement for penalty or interest charges. Each party is responsible for its own respective income taxes or taxes based upon gross revenues, including but not limited to business and occupation taxes. Buyer shall not reimburse Supplier for the amount of such taxes withheld.

 

C. Additional costs, except those described in the Statement of Work Addendum will not be reimbursed without Buyer’s prior written approval.

 

4. INVOICING AND PAYMENT

 

A. Payment is made when Buyer’s check is mailed or EDI funds transfer initiated. Except as provided in Addendum A, Buyer shall make payment within sixty (60) days of Buyer’s receipt of the proper original invoice or performance Buyer’s receipt of the applicable Services or Items, whichever is later.

 

B. Supplier agrees to invoice Buyer no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after completion of Services. Buyer will not be obligated to make payment against any invoices submitted after such period. Supplier shall be responsible for all payments to its vendors of subcontractors utilized in the performance of Services.

 

5. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

 

A. Buyer may terminate this Agreement or any Purchase Order or Release issued, or any part thereof, at any time for its sole convenience by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Upon Supplier’s receipt of such notice, Supplier shall, unless otherwise specified in such notice, immediately stop all work hereunder and give prompt written notice to, and cause all of, its suppliers or subcontractors to cease all related work.

 

B. There shall be no charges for termination of orders for standard Items or for Services not yet provided.

 

C. Any claim for termination charges for custom items, along with a summary of all mitigation efforts, must be submitted to Buyer in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of Buyer’s termination notice

 

6. DELIVERY, RELEASES, AND SCHEDULING Supplier shall promptly perform Services as scheduled or shall promptly notify Buyer if unable to perform any scheduled Services and shall state the reasons therefor. The absence of such notice constitutes acceptance of the Purchase Order and commitment to its Release terms.
 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES    -2-
CONFIDENTIAL  


7. NO WARRANTY

No promises are made, express or implied, nor are any obligations assumed or created by either party, except as expressly provided herein. Any information provided for performance in connection with this Agreement as well as any deliverables by either party are provided “As Is” without warranty or condition of any kind, express or implied. EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY

 

A. During the course of this Agreement, either party may have or may be provided access to the other’s confidential information and materials. Each party agrees to maintain such information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Corporate Non-Disclosure Agreement referenced on the signature page of this Agreement and any other applicable separate nondisclosure agreement between Buyer and Supplier. At a minimum, each party agrees to maintain such information in confidence and limit disclosure on a need to know basis, to take all reasonable precautions to prevent unauthorized disclosure, and to treat such information as it treats its own information of a similar nature, until the information becomes rightfully available to the public through no fault of the non disclosing party. Supplier’s employees who access Buyer’s facilities may be required to sign a separate access agreement prior to admittance to Buyer’s facilities. Furthermore, Supplier will advise each of its employees and subcontractors assigned to or contracted for Buyer work of the confidentiality restrictions and will take reasonable steps to assure Buyer that all such employees and subcontractors have read and understood such restrictions. Supplier shall not use any of the confidential information of Buyer other than for Buyer.

 

B. The parties agree that neither will disclose the existence of this Agreement, nor any of its details, or the existence of the relationship created by this Agreement, to any third party without the specific, written consent of the other. The parties may disclose this Agreement in confidence to their respective legal counsel, accountants, bankers, and financing sources as necessary in connection with obtaining services from such third parties. Neither party may use the other party’s name or trademarks in any way or publish any project reference or client listings without the other party’s written consent

 

C. The obligations stated in this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

9. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND LICENSING.

 

A. Disposition and Ownership . Any and all Project IP shall be owned as follows:

(1) ***

(a) Subject to subsections (b) arid (c), Project IP consisting of *** shall be owned solely by Buyer, ***.

(b) Subject to subsections (c), Project IP consisting of *** shall be owned by Supplier, ***.

(c) Any Project IP consisting of *** shall be jointly owned by the parties. Such jointly owned IP shall be subject to the same restrictions and obligations as Jointly Owned Project IP set forth in subsections (3) and (4) below.

(2) *** Project IP :

(a) Solely Developed Project IP. ***, Solely Developed Project IP shall be owned by the party that developed or conceived such Solely Developed Project IP.

(b) Jointly Developed Project IP. ***, all Jointly Developed Project IP shall be owned jointly by the parties and be referred to hereafter as “Jointly Owned Project IP”.

(3) Responsibilities Concerning Jointly Owned Project IP

(a) Each party shall protect Jointly Owned Project IP to the same extent that it protects its own proprietary information and Intellectual Property similar in nature.

(b) Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, any Jointly Owned Project IP may be used without restriction by the parties for any purpose without the consent of the other party and without accounting for royalties, including disclosure to third parties, provided that, a party does not disclose any confidential information associated with the Background IP of another party.

(4) Disposition of Jointly Owned Project IP

Jointly Owned Project IP will be subject to prior review by the parties to determine whether to seek patent protection or hold as a Trade Secret and formulate other procedures related to the protection of intellectual property as may be deemed appropriate. If the parties, at each party’s sole discretion, agree to seek patent protection, then the parties agree to negotiate in good faith in the jurisdictions in which the patents will be prosecuted, who will bear the application and maintenance costs, how the patents will be owned and any licenses that may be required. If the parties are unable to agree on the terms and conditions for seeking patent protection, then the Jointly Owned Project IP will be maintained as a Trade Secret, provided that, if either party (the “Disclosing Party”) discloses a Trade Secret to a third party, the third party must first execute an appropriate non-disclosure agreement containing confidentiality terms and conditions at least as restrictive as those contained in this Agreement, whereby the third party agrees not to disclose the Trade Secret to any other third party without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party.

 

B. Licenses

(1) Supplier hereby grants to Buyer a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except to a successor as provided in Section 14), royalty-free, fully paid-up, wordwide license, without the right to sublicense, under any and all Supplier’s Intellectual Property rights in Project IP owned by Supplier under this Agreement, to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import products or services made by, made for or distributed by Buyer.

(2) Subject to the exclusivity obligations set forth in Section 9.B.(3) and any mutually agreed extension thereof, Buyer hereby grants to Supplier a perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except to a successor as provided in Section 14), royalty-free, fully paid-up, wordwide license, without the right to sublicense, under any and all Buyer’s Intellectual Property rights in Project IP owned by Buyer under this Agreement, to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import products or services made by, made for or distributed by Supplier.

(3) Exclusivity. During a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending *** months after Supplier has completed the final milestone deliverable set forth in Section 7 of Addendum A (or the termination of this Agreement, if earlier), Supplier agrees not to license or otherwise transfer Project IP owned by Supplier for use in the Intel Field of Use or to sample, sell or offer to sell to any third party any goods within the Intel Field of Use that contain or would infringe such Project IP owned by Supplier. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Intel Field of Use” is a semiconductor chip that ***.

(4) For clarity, the licenses granted in subsections (1) and (2) above shall not be deemed in any way to grant a license or any other right under any intellectual property right developed, conceived or acquired prior to the Effective Date or acquired independently or not in furtherance of this Agreement. Each party reserves all rights not expressly granted in this Agreement, and no licenses are granted by either party to the other party under this Agreement, whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except as expressly set forth herein.

10. ADDITIONAL COMMERCIAL TERMS

While this Agreement does not impose any obligation on Intel to purchase or on Supplier to sell any goods, the parties anticipate that the successful completion of Phase 2 could result in the purchase and sale of goods arising, in whole or part, from the collaboration between the parties. Any such goods would be purchased by Intel will be purchased pursuant to an applicable Purchase Agreement – Goods to be negotiated between the parties (“Purchase Agreement”). The terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall include, but shall not be limited to, the Commercial Terms set forth in Addendum B, Commercial Terms.

11. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

 

 

***
  Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT –SERVICES -3-

CONFIDENTIAL  


A. If any Services provided hereunder include Hazardous Materials, Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier and its personnel providing Services to Buyer understand the nature of and hazards associated with such Services including handling, transportation, and use of such Hazardous Materials. Prior to causing Hazardous Materials to be on Buyer’s property, Supplier shall obtain written approval from Buyer’s Site Environmental/Health/Safety organization. Supplier will be fully responsible for and indemnify Buyer from any liability resulting from the actions of Supplier or its contractors in connection with: (i) providing such Hazardous Materials to Buyer, and/or (ii) the use of such Hazardous Materials in providing Services to Buyer.

 

B. Supplier will provide Buyer with material safety data sheets and any other documentation reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

 

C. Supplier hereby certifies that items supplied to Buyer comply with all applicable requirements of Buyer’s Environmental Product Content Specification for Supplier’s and Outsourced Manufacturers (Spec number BS-MTN — 0001, available at http://supplier.intel.com/ehs/environmental.htm

12. RESERVED.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

A. Supplier shall comply with all national, state, and local laws and regulations governing the manufacture, transportation, import, export, and/or sale of items and/or the performance of Services in the course of this Agreement. In the United States, these may include, but are not limited to, Department of Commerce, including U.S. Export Administration regulations, Securities Exchange Commission, Environmental Protection Agency, and Department of Transportation regulations applicable to Hazardous Materials. Neither Supplier nor any of its subsidiaries will export/re-export any technical data, process, product, or service, directly or indirectly (including the release of controlled technology to foreign nationals from controlled countries), to any country for which the United States government or any agency thereof requires an export license or other government approval without first obtaining such license.

 

B. For services in the U.S., Supplier agrees not to provide foreign nationals (non U.S. citizens or U.S. permanent residents) as employees or contractors for work on any Buyer site unless that foreign national is covered under a valid U.S. Export License or is not exposed to controlled technology. For services outside of the U.S. Supplier agrees not to provide foreign nationals as employees or contractors for work on any Buyer site unless that foreign national is a citizen of the country of that Buyer site and/or is covered under a valid U.S. Export License or is not exposed to controlled technology. It is a requirement of this Agreement that the Supplier shall be responsible for obtaining all such approvals, authorizations, permits and licenses and shall indemnify and hold Intel harmless from any failure to comply with such requirement.
C. Supplier shall comply with all applicable laws regarding non-discrimination in terms and conditions of employment, payment of minimum wage and legally mandated employee benefits and compliance with mandated work hours. Supplier shall comply with all applicable laws regarding employment of underage or child labor and shall not employ children under the age of 16.

 

D. Supplier agrees to fully comply with Buyer’s Code of Conduct and Electronic Industries Code of Conduct as set forth at http://www.supplier.intel.com.

14. ASSIGNMENT

Buyer may assign or delegate its rights and/or obligations, or any part thereof under this Agreement to any or all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Supplier may not assign its rights and obligations hereunder without written consent of Buyer, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Supplier shall provide Buyer thirty (30) days written notice prior to the assignment by Supplier of this Agreement to a successor-in-interest in connection with a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially al of its assets to which this Agreement relates. If Buyer does not consent to the assignment of this Agreement within thirty days of the receipt of such notice, this Agreement shall terminate effective thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may engage third parties to provide services to Supplier typical with fabless semiconductor process flows, including manufacturing, test, post-processing and package service providers. Otherwise, neither party may assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other.

15. APPLICABLE LAW

This Agreement is to be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding its conflict of laws provisions.

16. NOTICES

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, all notices to Buyer regarding this Agreement shall be sent to Buyer’s Materials General Counsel and to the Buyer’s Materials Representative, all at the address on the signature page of this Agreement.

17. RESERVED

18. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

All disputes arising directly under the express terms of this Agreement or the grounds for termination thereof shall be resolved as follows: The senior management of both parties shall meet to attempt to resolve such disputes. If the disputes cannot be resolved by the senior management, either party may make a written demand for formal dispute resolution and specify therein the scope of the dispute. Within thirty (30) days after such written notification, the parties agree to meet for one (1) day with an impartial mediator and consider dispute resolution alternatives other than litigation, including referral to the National Patent Board. If an alternative method of dispute resolution is not agreed upon within thirty (30) days after the one day mediation, either party may begin litigation proceedings.

19. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

In performing Services under this Agreement, Supplier is an independent contractor and its personnel and other representatives shall not act as nor be agents or employees of Buyer. As an independent contractor, Supplier will be solely responsible for determining the means and methods for performing the required Services. Supplier shall have complete charge and responsibility for personnel employed by Supplier.

20. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE.

In the event of any of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Purchase Agreement and those of a Statement of Work Addendum, the terms and conditions of this Purchase Agreement will prevail, unless the Statement of Work Addendum expressly lists the provisions that are to supersede (e.g. a blanket recital that the terms of Statement of Work Addendum supersede all other written agreements will have no force and effect).

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES    -4-
CONFIDENTIAL  


21. SURVIVAL

The provisions of Sections: 1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 13.A, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. In addition, any right or legal obligation of a party contained in any Addendum or Amendment, that by its express term or nature would reasonably extend for a period beyond the term of the Agreement, shall also survive the termination of the Agreement for such extended period.

22. MERGER, MODIFICATION

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between Buyer and Supplier with respect to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, dealings and negotiations. No modification, alteration, or amendment shall be effective unless made in writing, dated and signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties.

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES    -5-
CONFIDENTIAL  


Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

ADDENDUM A

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement – Services

Phase 2: Design of ***

1. Overview

This SOW describes development work to be performed by Impinj for delivering phase 2 of a ***. This SOW:

 

   

States the project goal

 

   

Defines the roles and responsibilities for the project team members

 

   

Lists the deliverables and associated fees

 

   

Lists the product performance criteria (in Appendix A)

2. Project Goal

The goal of phase 2 of this project is to develop a *** that meets the specification included in Appendix A of this document. This *** may be referred to under the code-name “Hannegan.”

3. Roles and Responsibilities

The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and lmpinj.

Intel shall:

 

   

Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

   

To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

   

Travel to lmpinj facilities as Intel deems necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and review of contract deliverables

Impinj shall:

 

   

Assign a technical project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

   

Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of lmpinj’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

   

Travel to Intel facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

   

Use commercially reasonable efforts to demonstrate performance of the Hannegan *** that meets or exceeds the specifications included in Appendix A

 

   

Impinj shall not be responsible of ***

4. Definitions:

Acceptance Criteria : Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables delivered under this SOW.

Project Requirements Document (PRO) : Appendix A is the project requirements document (PRD).

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

5. Project Scope, Fees, and Acceptance Criteria

The project scope shall be for Impinj to deliver the deliverables defined in this SOW.

The project fee shall be $***, payable as set forth in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. Intel will also reimburse Impinj for additional project-related costs actually incurred by Impinj and approved in advance by Intel, such as travel expenses.

In the event a third party is contracted by Intel to provide ***, Impinj shall actively participate in the design reviews and integration reviews as required by Intel.

The “Acceptance Criteria” for each milestone are defined in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. A deliverable will be accepted if it substantially conforms to each of the final Acceptance Criteria for that deliverable. Intel will provide notice of acceptance or rejection of each deliverable within 15 days following receipt by Intel, and if such notice is not provided within 15 days following receipt, the deliverable will be deemed accepted.

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this SoW “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and lmpinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this SoW will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth above, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this SoW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

6. Project Management

The project managers for the project are:

 

For Intel :    For Impinj :
Shahrokh Shahidzadeh    [TBD]
Intel Corporation    Impinj, Inc.
MS RA1 – 331    701 North 34th Street
2501 NW 229th Avenue    Suite 300
Hillsboro, OR 97124    Seattle, WA 98103

7. Project Milestones and Deliverables

The project milestones are defined below. Prior to completion of work, Intel shall review and either accept or request reasonable changes to the deliverables. Impinj shall make reasonable efforts to accompdate Intel’s requested changes.

 

    

Milestone

   Date     

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

   Payment
Upon
Completion of
Milestone
 
1    Finalize PRD      10/15/09       PRD which is attached as Appendix A hereto    Mutual agreement on functional and technical specifications   
2    PO from Intel     
 
On or before
12/31/09
 
  
         $ * ** 
3    Support of *** Qualification by Third Party          Help Third Party Pass Intel *** qualification tests (test description and acceptance criteria not part of this document)   
4    ***      6/9/10       ***    ***    $ * ** 
5    ***      8/30/10       ***    ***   

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

 

    

Milestone

   Date     

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

   Payment
Upon
Completion of
Milestone
 
6    ***      8/30/10       ***    ***    $ * ** 

Optional Non-Milestone Deliverable Intel may purchase *** samples *** at a cost of $***.

The parties hereto have caused this SOW to be executed by their respective authorized representatives to be effective as of the date last written below.

 

“Impinj”     “Intel”
Name:   Chris Diorio     Name:   Shahrokh Shahidzadeh
Title:   CTO     Title:   Sr. Principal
Signature:   /s/ Chris Diorio     Signature:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh
Date:   2009-12-23     Date:   12/23/09

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

Appendix A – Project Requirements Document

For the purpose of this Appendix A, “Intel Specific Field of Use” means a semiconductor chip that ***.

 

Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min    Nom     Max     Units     Comments  
RF Functionality  

***

     * **      * **               * ** 

***

     * **      * **         * **          * ** 

***

     * **      * **               * ** 
RF Performance  

***

     * **      * **         * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **         * **        * **   
***  

***

     * **      * **           * **        * ** 

***

     * **      * **         * **          * ** 

***

     * **               * **   

***

     * **      * **         * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **         * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **         * **          * ** 

***

     * **      * **           * **      * **      * ** 

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

 

Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min     Nom     Max     Units     Comments  

***

     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **   

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **   
       * **      * **          * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **   

***

     * **            * **      * **      * ** 
*** to comply with the Intel Specific Field of Use  

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 
     * **      * **        * **        * **   
       * **        * **        * **   
     * **      * **        * **        * **   
     * **      * **        * **        * **   
     * **      * **        * **        * **   
     * **      * **        * **        * **   
     * **      * **        * **        * **   

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

 

Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min     Nom     Max     Units     Comments  

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

           * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 
DCI  

***

     * **      * **        * **      * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **        * **        * **      * **      * ** 
Physical  

***

     * **      * **              * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **      * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 
Environmental  

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

 

Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min     Nom    Max     Units     Comments  

***

     * **      * **      * **         * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **      * **           * **      * ** 

***

     * **        * **         * **      * **   

***

     * **        * **         * **      * **   

***

     * **        * **         * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **           * **      * **      * ** 

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

Hannegan *** and proposed ***.

***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

ADDENDUM B

Commercial Terms

As provided in Section 10, while this Agreement does not impose any obligation on Intel to purchase or on Supplier to sell any goods, if the Parties enter into an agreement for the purchase of goods, the terms and conditions of such purchase agreement will include, but shall not be limited to the following terms and conditions:

1. PRICING

 

A. Prices for Items (excluding engineering samples) provided under this Agreement are set forth on the Pricing Addendum. At Buyer’s request, such prices may be modified in writing pursuant to periodic negotiations between the parties. Additional costs, except those described on the Pricing Addendum, will not be reimbursed without Buyer’s prior written approval.

 

B. Most Favored Customer

 

  i. The price charged Buyer for any Item shall always be Supplier’s lowest price charged any customer for that Item regardless of any special terms, conditions, rebates, or allowances of any nature (other than annual purchase volumes as described below). If Supplier sells any similar Item to any customer at a price less than that set forth herein, Supplier shall adjust its price to the lower price for any un-invoiced Item and for all outstanding and future invoices for such Item, and shall rebate to Buyer an amount equal to the difference in the price paid by Buyer and the lower price for any invoices already paid by Buyer for such Item. Each of the above adjustments and the rebate shall be calculated from the date Supplier first sells the Item at the lower price.

 

  ii. Supplier will provide reasonable commercial evidence that the items being compared are not “similar”. For Items designated as custom Items, for purposes of comparing price under this Section, the price of the Item shall include those Supplier cost components that are generic to the Item as compared to other similar items generally sold by Supplier. Such comparison shall be made to the extent items have similar characteristics, such as form, fit, function (e.g., memory size), manufacturing process, annual purchase volumes and other specific comparison criteria agreed upon by the parties. For the purpose of this Section 1.B.ii, the Buyer’s annual purchase volume shall be considered identical if it is within twenty five percent (25%) of the annual purchase volume for the comparable item by the comparison buyer.

 

  iii. In the event Supplier offers for the Item or a similar Item a lower price either as a general price drop or only to some customer(s) for any reason, Supplier shall immediately inform Buyer of this price and price protect Buyer’s inventory of affected Items by rebating to Buyer an amount equal to the difference in the price paid by Buyer and the lower price for all such Items pulled into Buyer’s manufacturing process for consumption retroactive to the date Supplier first sells the Item at a lower price.

 

  iv. Buyer reserves the right to have Supplier’s records inspected and audited to ensure compliance with this Section 1.B (Most Favored Customer). At Buyer’s option or upon Supplier’s written demand, such audit will be performed by an independent third party at Buyer’s expense. However, if Supplier is found not to be complying with this Agreement in any way, Supplier shall reimburse Buyer for all costs associated with the audit, along with any discrepancies discovered, within thirty (30) days after completion of the audit. Supplier shall have the option to review the independent third party’s findings prior to the release of such findings to Buyer. If Supplier disagrees with the findings for any reason, Supplier shall have the right to issue a letter in response, which will be included with the third party’s findings to the Buyer. The results of such audit shall be kept confidential by the auditor and, if conducted by a third party, only Supplier’s failures to abide by the obligations of this Agreement shall be reported to Buyer.

 

C. Inventory Protection

Buyer may return up to *** percent ( *** %) of its inventory of non-custom Items purchased from Supplier during the previous ninety (90) days in unopened, original, individual Item packaging for a credit against any outstanding or future Supplier invoices.

 

D. Taxes

 

  i. All applicable taxes, including but not limited to sales/use taxes, transaction privilege taxes, gross receipts taxes, and other charges such as duties, customs, tariffs, imposts, and government imposed surcharges shall be stated separately on Supplier’s invoice Supplier shall remit all such charges to the appropriate tax authority unless Buyer provides sufficient proof of tax exemption. In the event that Buyer is prohibited by law from making payments to Supplier unless Buyer deducts or withholds taxes therefrom and remits such taxes to the local taxing jurisdiction, then Buyer shall duly withhold such taxes and shall pay to Supplier the remaining net amount after the taxes have been withheld. Buyer shall not reimburse Supplier for the amount of such taxes withheld.

 

  ii. When property is delivered and/or services are provided or the benefit of services occurs within jurisdictions in which Supplier collection and remittance of taxes is required by law, Supplier shall have sole responsibility for payment of said taxes to the appropriate tax authorities. In the event Supplier does not collect tax from Buyer, and is subsequently audited by any tax authority, liability of Buyer will be limited to the tax assessment, with no reimbursement for penalty or interest charges. Each party is responsible for its own

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

  respective income taxes or taxes based upon gross revenues, including but not limited to business and occupation taxes.

2. ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY

 

A. Buyer may inspect and test all Items at reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture. If any inspection or test is made on Supplier’s premises, Supplier shall provide reasonable facilities and assistance for the safety and convenience of Buyer’s inspectors in such manner as shall not unreasonably hinder or delay Supplier’s performance. All Items shall be received subject to Buyer’s inspection, testing, approval, and acceptance at Buyer’s premises notwithstanding any inspection or testing at Supplier’s premises or any prior payment for such Items. Items rejected by Buyer as not conforming to this Agreement or Item specifications, whether provided by Buyer or furnished with the Item, may be returned to Supplier at Supplier’s risk and expense and, at Buyer’s request, shall immediately be repaired or replaced.

 

B. Supplier makes the following warranties regarding Items furnished hereunder, which warranties shall survive any delivery, inspection, acceptance, payment, or resale of the Items:

 

  (i) Items will not infringe any party’s intellectual property rights;

 

  (ii) Supplier has the necessary right, title, and interest to provide said Items to Buyer, and the Items will be free of liens and encumbrances;

 

  (iii) Items are new, and of the grade and quality specified in writing by the parties;

 

  (iv) Items are free from defects in workmanship and material, conform to all drawings, descriptions, and specifications furnished or published by Supplier in writing and to any other agreed-to written specifications;

 

  (v) Items conform to the manufacturing quality provisions set forth in the QR Addendum as attached to the agreement;

 

C. If Supplier breaches any of the foregoing warranties, or Items are otherwise defective or non-conforming, during a period of three (3) years after Buyer’s delivery of Items, as Buyer’s sole remedy, Supplier shall, at Buyer’s option, promptly repair, replace, or credit the amount paid for such Items. Any unused credit remaining after two (2) quarters shall be refunded to Buyer. Supplier shall bear the cost of shipping and shall bear the risk of loss of all defective or non-conforming Items while in transit.

3. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION

 

A. Subject to Section D, Supplier shall indemnify and hold Buyer and its customers harmless from any costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), losses, damages, or liabilities incurred because of actual or alleged infringement of any patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark, maskwork, or other intellectual property right to the extent arising out of any of the following:

 

  i) the Items or their use or sale by Buyer or Buyer’s subcontractors, distributors, or agents; or

 

  ii) the performance of any Services provided by Supplier, its agents, or subcontractors under the agreement.

 

B. Buyer shall notify Supplier of such claim or demand and shall permit Supplier to assume sole control of the defense or settlement thereof. If an injunction issues as a result of any claim or action and Supplier has not already performed (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below, Supplier agrees at its expense and Buyer’s option to either:

 

  (i) if reasonably available, procure for Buyer and Buyer’s customers the right to continue using and selling Items;

 

  (ii) replace them with non-infringing Items; or

 

  (iii) modify them so they become non-infringing; or;

 

  (iv) if (i), (ii) or (iii) are not reasonably available, credit to Buyer the amount paid for any Items to the extent representing actual costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), losses, damages, or liabilities subject to indemnification under Section A above. Any unused credit remaining after two (2) quarters shall be refunded to Buyer.

 

C. Regardless of which of the foregoing remedies is implemented, and without limiting any other remedies available to Buyer at law or in equity, if Buyer incurs out-of-pocket rework expenses and incremental costs to procure alternative products for the Items (as long as such products are commercially available), Supplier shall reimburse Buyer such expenses and costs incurred by Buyer as required to fill any orders placed by Buyer as of the effective date of the injunction.

 

D. Buyer’s right to indemnification shall not apply to the extent that:

 

  (i) Custom Items are manufactured to Buyer’s detailed specifications, including, but not limited to the detailed specifications of *** , pursuant to a collaboration or other form of co-development agreement between the parties and such infringement would not have occurred but for complying with such detailed specifications, or

 

  (ii) Items are used in combination with other equipment, software or other products not manufactured, supplied, required or recommended in writing by Seller and such infringement would not have occurred but for such combination.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

 

E. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE SET OF OBLIGATIONS AND REMEDIES FLOWING BETWEEN BUYER AND SUPPLIER ARISING FROM ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY CLAIM BY A THIRD PARTY.

4. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

 

A. Buyer may terminate this Agreement or any Purchase Order or Release issued, or any part thereof, at any time for its sole convenience by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Upon Supplier’s receipt of such notice, Supplier shall, unless otherwise specified in such notice, immediately stop all work hereunder and give prompt written notice to and cause all of its suppliers or subcontractors to cease all related work.

 

B. There shall be no charges for termination of orders for standard Items. Paragraphs C through E of this Section 5 shall govern Buyer’s payment obligation for custom Items. Custom Items are Items manufactured to Buyer’s specifications solely for Buyer and offered or sold to no other customer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Supplier shall not be compensated in any way for any work done after receipt of Buyer’s notice, nor for any costs incurred by Supplier’s vendors or subcontractors after Supplier receives the notice, nor for any costs Supplier could reasonably have avoided.

 

C. Any claim for termination charges for custom Items, along with a summary of all mitigation efforts, must be submitted to Buyer in writing within forty five (45) days after receipt of Buyer’s termination notice

 

D. Supplier’s claim may include the net cost of custom work in process scheduled to be delivered within fifteen (15) days and that must be scrapped due to the termination. Supplier shall, wherever possible, place such custom work in process in its inventory and sell it to other customers. In no event shall such claim exceed the total price for the Items terminated. Upon payment of Supplier’s claim, Buyer shall be entitled to all work and materials paid for.

 

E. Before assuming any payment obligation under this section, Buyer may inspect Supplier’s work in process and audit all relevant documents.

 

F. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, failure to meet the delivery date(s) in the Purchase Order shall be considered a material breach of contract and shall allow Buyer to terminate the order for the Item and/or any subsequent Releases in the Purchase Order without any liability whether the Purchase Order was for standard or custom Items.

5. LEAD TIME — INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

Lead Time for production items shall not exceed ninety (90) days for Items *** and one hundred twenty (120) days for Items ***. In the event Supplier anticipates an increase in Lead Time, Supplier shall immediately notify Buyer in writing with sufficient time to place additional orders to prevent a disruption in the flow of items, and provide a plan and timeline to resume original Lead Time production.

6. CAPACITY UPSIDE

Supplier agrees to maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity for Items to accommodate up to *** of Buyer’s forecast needs at agreed-to lead times. If Supplier is not able to accommodate such upside capacity for any forecast, Supplier will provide Buyer with prompt written notice of such inability together with the amount of shortfall in Supplier’s ability to meet the designated upside. Additionally, within thirty (30) days of providing Buyer such notice, Supplier will develop and submit for Buyer approval, a contingency plan and a corrective action plan to eliminate such shortfall(s).

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILTY

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUPPLIER KNOWS OR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY BREACH OF THE CONFIDENTIAL OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12 (CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY), ANY OBLIGATION OF INDEMNITY UNDER SECTION 13 (INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY) OR SECTION 16 (HAZARDOUS MATERIALS) OR ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM DEATH, BODILY INJURY OR TANGIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE.

Note. The actual section numbers in the final purchase agreement may vary from the section numbers stated above.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

PRICING ADDENDUM

Production Units

In the calendar years set forth below, production units of the “Hannegan” RFID Product (as described in Exhibit A which are delivered as ***) from Impinj may not exceed the pricing set forth in the tables below.

RFID Production Unit Pricing: Q1’10 to 04’14

 

     *** Cost in US$
*** with all
features outlined in Appendix A
   Volume
(M units/year)
   2010    2011    2012    2013    2014
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
     *** Cost in US$
*** with all
features outlined in Appendix A
   Volume
(M units/year)
   2010    2011    2012    2013    2014
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


   Impinj and Intel Proprietary and Confidential    2009-12-21

 

Q&R Addendum

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS/QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

 

SPECIFICATION NUMBER

  

SPECIFICATION TITLE

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 10.26

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES PHASE 2 # CW1882970

BETWEEN

INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Impinj, Inc. (“Impinj”) hereby amend the above referenced Purchase Agreement – Services Phase 2 dated on or about December 23, 2009 # CW1882970 (the “Agreement”) as set forth hereafter.

 

1. EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of this amendment (“Amendment”) shall be March 24, 2010.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless provided otherwise in this Amendment, each term appearing in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given in the Agreement.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

By executing this Amendment, Intel and lmpinj are amending the Agreement to:

Include Addendum A-1 (Statement of Work for Development of ***) of the Agreement which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4. LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

As amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     IMPINJ, INC.
BY:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     BY:   /s/ Evan Fein
NAME: Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     NAME: Evan Fein
TITLE: Sr. Principal Technologist     TITLE: SVP Finance
 DATE:  3/26/10      DATE:  3/26/10

 

LEGAL OK
   
Ed Lanton

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Amendment No.1 Purchase Agreement #CW1882970   Page 1


ADDENDUM A-1

STATEMENT OF WORK FOR DEVELOPMENT

OF ***

1. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Supplier sole compensation under this Agreement shall be a onetime non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) fee of $***. Supplier will fund any and all tooling for the program. Supplier shall invoice Intel for the entire NRE amount promptly upon execution of this Amendment. Intel is not required to fund any capacity requirements.

2. SCOPE

Scope of the RFID *** project is to develop a *** meeting *** standards; with ***. Development includes design and fabrication of *** as well as the ***. As a part of qualifications, Supplier will be conducting ***, required *** failure analysis (FA), as well as ‘Final’ test at ***. Supplier may select to utilize current *** to meet the time table provided in section 6. Final *** design *** the final *** shall incur no additional NRE charges.

Deliverables :

Intel contributions/responsibilities include but not limited to:

 

  i. Final design review and approval.

 

  ii. Final BOM review and approval.

 

  iii. Shipping requirements

Supplier contributions/responsibilities include but are not limited to:

 

  iv. Complete set of *** to be approved by Intel prior to fabrication. See section 3 - *** Development

 

  v. All other necessary facilities, technical resources, equipment, materials, tooling, and manpower required to develop, manufacture, & test the RFID *** as required by this SOW.

 

  vi. Shipping of finished *** per Intel’s instruction to Intel’s forwarder.

3. *** DEVELOPMENT

The *** development includes the design and fabrication of the ***, and the design and fabrication of the ***.

The following sets forth the specifications of the ***. Any change is subject to mutual written agreement by the parties, which may include a change in schedule or price depending on the change.

Figure 1 shows the ***.

***

Figure: ***

The ***, which are located on ***, are included in this view for reference only. All dimensions are in ***, and the dimensions are shown ***. Notice that the *** dimensions of this *** are designed as a ***, which is smaller than the ***, but is one of the custom design constraints of this ***.

Figure 2 shows the ***.

***

Figure 2: ***

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Amendment No.1 Purchase Agreement #CW1882970   Page 2


Figure 3 shows the ***. Notice that the *** dimension of this *** is designed with a ***, which is smaller than the ***, but is one of the custom design constraints of this ***.

***

Figure 3: ***

Figure 4 shows the ***

***

Figure 4: ***

4. TOOLING

Assembly and test tooling charges to be paid by Supplier:

5. ENGINEERING CHARGES

4000 *** sample *** parts are included at no additional charge per this SOW. 1000 Hannegan *** parts will be made available per existing agreement number CW1882970. Hannegan and *** parts will be in the ***, which is detailed in this SOW (***).

6. PROJECT TIMELINE

The project timeline (Table 1) must be met in order to guarantee timely completion of the overall RFID project. Intel and Supplier will meet periodically to revise the project timeline as may be necessary. Supplier agrees *** if required to meet required timeline. Both parties agree that reasonable effort will be made to avoid this and will only be used as final option.

Table 1: Project timeline

 

Milestone

  

Date

SOW signed an PO issued

   3/04/10

Final design & BOM approved

*** artwork complete; Artwork to fabricate the

*** is complete and ready to build ***

   3/21/10

***

   6/5/10

*** samples delivered in Tape & Reel

   6/25/10

7. PROJECT DELIVERABLES / RESOURCES

Impinj will provide all resources necessary to bring this SOW to completion by the dates listed in section 6, as may be modified by mutual agreement

 

   

Supplier will provide resources to support all design reviews as reasonably required for the *** development hereunder.

 

   

Supplier will provide resources to support all test development reviews, as reasonably needed for the *** development hereunder.

 

   

Supplier will use same ***.

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this SOW “as is” and without warranty of any kind and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this SOW will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth above, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this SoW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Amendment No.1 Purchase Agreement #CW1882970   Page 3


8. TEST REQUIREMENTS

At time of ***, it is expected that the Supplier and Intel will agree on the definition and development of all *** requirements as part of the Purchase Agreement.

9. PRICING

*** pricing to be documented as an Amendment to the Agreement; pricing will reflect final product ***.

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Amendment No.1 Purchase Agreement #CW1882970   Page 4

Exhibit 10.27

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

PURCHASE AGREEMENT – SERVICES PHASE 2 # CW1882970

BETWEEN

INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Impinj, Inc. (“Impinj”) hereby amend the above referenced Purchase Agreement – Services Phase 2 dated on or about December 23, 2009 # CW1882970 (the “Agreement”) as set forth hereafter.

 

1. EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE

The Effective Date of this amendment (“Amendment”) shall be April 20, 2011.

The new Expiration Date of the Agreement shall be March 31, 2012.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless provided otherwise in this Amendment, each term appearing in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given in the Agreement.

The term “Service(s)” shall be expanded to include the work to be performed as set forth in Addendum “C”, including any deliverables set forth in Addendum C resulting from such Services.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

By executing this Amendment, Intel and Impinj are amending the Agreement to:

Include Addendum C (Hannegan1 *** and Hannegan2 ***) of the Agreement which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4. LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

As amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     IMPINJ, INC.
BY:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     BY:   /s/ Kerry Krause
NAME: Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     NAME: Kerry Krause
TITLE: Sr. Principal Technologist     TITLE: VP Marketing
DATE: 4/20/11     DATE: 4/20/11

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ADDENDUM C

Hannegan1 *** and Hannegan2 ***

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement – Services:

 

1. Overview

This SoW describes work that Impinj will perform to *** Hannegan1 and *** for Hannegan2. This SoW:

 

   

States the project goal

 

   

Defines the roles and responsibilities for the project team members

 

   

Lists the deliverables and associated fees

 

2. Project Goal

This project has two goals:

 

1. *** Hannegan1 according to the requirements in Appendix C-1 of this Addendum C, which replaces Appendix A of Addendum A of the Agreement in its entirety.

 

2. Develop Hannegan2 ***, including use cases for *** as well as ***.

 

3. Roles and Responsibilities

The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and Impinj.

Intel shall:

 

   

Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

   

To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

   

Travel to Impinj facilities as necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and reviewing contract deliverables

 

   

Be responsible for ***

Impinj shall:

 

   

Assign a project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

   

Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Impinj’s engineering lead at SoW signing

 

   

Travel to Intel facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

   

Use commercially reasonable efforts to demonstrate performance of the Hannegan *** that meets or exceeds the specifications in Appendix C-1 of this Addendum C

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


4. Definitions:

Acceptance Criteria: Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables under this SOW.

 

5. Project Scope, Fees, and Acceptance Criteria

The project scope shall be for Impinj to *** Hannegan1 and develop *** for Hannegan2.

The project fee shall be $***, payable as set forth in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. Intel will also reimburse Impinj for additional project-related costs actually incurred by Impinj and approved in advance by Intel, such as travel expenses.

The “Acceptance Criteria” for each milestone are defined in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. A deliverable will be accepted if it substantially conforms to each of the Acceptance Criteria for that deliverable. Intel will provide notice of acceptance or rejection of each deliverable within 15 days following Intel’s receipt of the deliverable, and if such notice is not provided within 15 days following receipt the deliverable will be deemed accepted.

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this SoW “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this SoW will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth above, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this SoW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

 

6. Project Management

The project managers are:

 

For Intel:

  

For Impinj:

Shahrokh Shahidzadeh

   Ron Paulsen

Intel Corporation

   Impinj, Inc.

MS RA1 - 331

   701 North 34th Street

2111 NE 25 th Avenue

   Suite 300

Hillsboro, OR 97124

   Seattle, WA 98103

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


7. Project Milestones and Deliverables

The project milestones shall be as defined below. Prior to Impinj’s completion of work, Intel shall review and either accept or request reasonable changes to the deliverables. Impinj shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate Intel’s requested changes.

 

Hannegan 1 ***

      

Milestone

  

Date

  

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

  

Payment
Upon
Milestone
Completion

1

   PO from Intel    ***          $***

2

   *** tapeout of Hannegan1    ***    Tapeout to TSMC    TSMC notification of receipt of GDSII tapeout data    $***

3

   *** Hannegan1    ***    *** including performance and environmental characterization over process corners    *** showing that samples from process corners meet the requirements in Appendix C-1 of this Addendum C   

4

   *** Hannegan 1    ***   

***

Hannegan1 ***

  

***

*** sample ***

   $***

Hannegan2 Requirements

      

Milestone

  

Date

  

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

  

Payment
Upon
Completion of
Milestone

1

   PO from Intel    ***          ***

2

   Hannegan2 ***    ***    Intel define the Hannegan2 ***    None – Intel-provided document   

3

   Hannegan2 ***    ***    Impinj define the Hannegan2 ***    Hannegan2 ***    $***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Appendix C-1 – Hannegan1 Requirements

 

Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min     Nom     Max     Units     Comments  

RF Functionality

 

***

     * **      * **              * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **          * ** 

***

     * **      * **              * ** 

***

     * **      * **              * ** 

RF Performance

 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **   

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **   

***

     * **          * **        * **   

***

              

***

     * **      * **      * **      * **      * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **      * **      * **      * **      * **      * ** 

***

         * **         

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **          * ** 

***

     * **        * **        * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **   

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **   

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **   
       * **      * **          * **   

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Parameter

   Description     Condition     Min     Nom     Max     Units     Comments  

***

     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **   

***

     * **            * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

*** to comply with the Intel Specific Field of Use

 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

           * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

DCI

 

***

***

     * **      * **        * **      * **      * **      * ** 
     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **        * **        * **      * **      * ** 

Physical

 

***

     * **      * **              * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **      * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **        * **        * **      * ** 

Environmental

 

***

     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **      * **          * **      * ** 

***

     * **        * **        * **      * **   
     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **   

***

     * **        * **        * **      * **   

***

     * **      * **      * **        * **      * **      * ** 

***

     * **      * **          * **      * **      * ** 

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Hannegan1 ***

***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 10.28

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

PURCHASE AGREEMENT — SERVICES PHASE 3 # CW1882970

BETWEEN

INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Impinj, Inc. (“Impinj”) hereby amend the above referenced Purchase Agreement — Services Phase 2 dated on or about December 23, 2009 # CW1882970 (the “Agreement”) as set forth hereafter.

 

1. EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE

The Effective Date of this amendment (“Amendment”) shall be Nov 15 th , 2011.

The new Expiration Date of the Agreement shall be December 31, 2012.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless provided otherwise in this Amendment, each term appearing in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given in the Agreement.

The term “Service(s)” shall be expanded to include the work to be performed as set forth in Addendum “D”, including any deliverables set forth in Addendum D resulting from such Services.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

By executing this Amendment, Intel and Impinj are amending the Agreement to:

Include Addendum D (Hannegan1 ***) of the Agreement which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4. LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

As amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     IMPINJ, INC.
BY:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     BY:   /s/ Kerry Krause
NAME:   Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     NAME:   Kerry Krause
TITLE:   Sr Principal Technologist     TITLE:   VP Marketing
DATE:   11/15/11     DATE:   11/15/11

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ADDENDUM D

Hannegan1 ***

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement — Services:

 

  1. Overview

This SoW describes work that Impinj will perform *** Hannegan 1. This SoW:

 

    States the project goal

 

    Defines the roles and responsibilities for the project team members

 

    Lists the deliverables and associated fees

 

  2. Project Goal

This project has one goal:

1. Provide *** Hannegan 1 ***.

 

  3. Roles and Responsibilities

The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and Impinj.

Intel shall:

 

    Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

    To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Impinj facilities as necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and reviewing contract deliverables

 

    Be responsible for *** including but not limited to the *** into Intel’s products

Impinj shall:

 

    Assign a project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

    Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Impinj’s engineering lead at SoW signing

 

    Travel to Intel facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

    Use commercially reasonable efforts to demonstrate performance of the *** that *** in Appendix C-1 of this Addendum C

 

  4. Definitions:

Acceptance Criteria: Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables under this SOW.

 

  5. Project Scope, Fees, and Acceptance Criteria

The project scope shall be for Impinj to *** Hannegan 1.

The project fee shall be *** payable as set forth in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. Intel will also reimburse Impinj for additional project-related costs actually incurred by Impinj and approved in advance by Intel, such as travel expenses.

The “Acceptance Criteria” for each milestone are defined in the Project Milestones and Deliverables table below. A deliverable will be accepted if it substantially conforms to each of the Acceptance Criteria for that deliverable. Intel will provide notice of acceptance or rejection of each deliverable within 15 days following Intel’s receipt of the deliverable, and if such notice is not provided within 15 days following receipt the deliverable will be deemed accepted.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Impinj will provide the deliverables under this SoW “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this SoW will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth above, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this SoW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

 

  6. Project Management

The project managers are:

 

For Intel:    For Impinj:
Shahrokh Shahidzadeh    Todd Humes
Intel Corporation    Impinj, Inc.
MS JF1-41    701 North 34th Street
2111 NE 25th Avenue    Suite 300
Hillsboro, OR 97124    Seattle, WA 98103


  7. Project Milestones and Deliverables

The project milestones shall be as defined below. Prior to Impinj’s completion of work, Intel shall review and either accept or request reasonable changes to the deliverables. Impinj shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate Intel’s requested changes.

 

     Milestone    Date   

Deliverables

   Acceptance Criteria    Payment
Upon
Milestone
Completion

1

   Contract Signing
and Purchase
Order from Intel
   2011-11-14    Specs, Terms & Conditions       ***

2

   Hannegan 1 ***    ***    ***    Spec Compliance    ***

3

   ***    ***    ***    ***   

4

   ***    ***    ***    *** Review   

5

   ***    ***    ***    System functional test    ***

6

   ***    ***    ***       ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Appendix D-1 – Hannegan1 *** Requirements

 

Parameter

  

Description

   Condition    Min    Nom      Max    Units    Comments

RF Functionality

***

   ***    ***                ***

***

   ***    ***         ***             ***

***

   ***    ***                ***

***

   ***    ***                ***

RF Performance

***

   ***    ***         ***          ***    ***

***

   ***    ***         ***          ***   

***

   ***    ***         ***          ***   

***

   ***            ***          ***   
  

***

                 

***

   ***    ***          ***       ***

***

   ***    ***         ***             ***

***

   ***                  

***

   ***    ***         ***          ***    ***

***

   ***    ***         ***          ***    ***

***

   ***    ***         ***             ***

***

   ***       ***       ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***          ***    ***

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***   

***

   ***    ***    ***          ***   

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***   

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***   

***

   ***    ***    ***          ***   
      ***    ***          ***   

***

   ***    ***    ***       ***    ***   

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***   

***

   ***             ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Parameter

  

Description

   Condition    Min    Nom    Max    Units    Comments

*** to comply with the Intel Specific Field of Use

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

            ***       ***    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Parameter

  

Description

   Condition    Min    Nom    Max    Units    Comments

***

   ***    ***    ***       ***    ***    ***

DCI

***

   ***    ***       ***    ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***          ***    ***    ***

***

   ***       ***       ***    ***    ***

Physical

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***       ***       ***    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Parameter

  

Description

   Condition    Min    Nom    Max    Units    Comments
Environmental

***

   ***    ***    ***       ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***          ***    ***

***

   ***       ***       ***    ***   
   ***    ***    ***       ***    ***   

***

   ***       ***       ***    ***   

***

   ***       ***       ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***          ***    ***    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Hannegan1 ***

***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

*** showing the *** for ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 10.29

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

PURCHASE AGREEMENT — SERVICES PHASE 4 # CW1882970

BETWEEN

INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Impinj, Inc. (“Impinj”) hereby amend the above referenced Purchase Agreement — Services Phase 2 dated on or about December 23, 2009 # CW1882970 (the “Agreement”) as set forth hereafter.

 

1. EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE

The Effective Date of this amendment (Amendment”) shall be December 11 th , 2012.

The new Expiration Date of the Agreement shall be December 31, 2013.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless provided otherwise in this Amendment, each term appearing in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given in the Agreement.

The term “Service(s)” shall be expanded to include the work to be performed as set forth in Addenda “E” and “F” including any deliverables set forth in Addendum D resulting from such Services.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

By executing this Amendment, Intel and Impinj are amending the Agreement to:

Include Addenda E & F (Hannegan1 *** Development & Services Support) of the Agreement which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4. LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

As amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     IMPINJ, INC.
BY:   /s/ Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     BY:   /s/ Scott Medford
NAME:   Shahrokh Shahidzadeh     NAME:   Scott Medford
TITLE:   Sr Principal Technologist     TITLE:   Senior Vice President of Sales
DATE:   12/10/2012     DATE:   April 25, 2013

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ADDENDUM E

Hannegan1 *** Development Services

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement — Services:

 

1. Project Goal

This project has one goal:

Provide OEM and ISV support for *** Hannegan *** products by *** to Intel and provide related development kits/support

 

2. Services. Impinj will provide the following *** & Services support

 

  A) Device Driver and API support:

***

***

***

Impinj may use a subcontractor to develop the *** identified above.

 

  B) *** Development Kit and onsite training support:

*** one full day worth of customer support (onsite support)

 

3. Roles and Responsibilities

The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and Impinj.

Intel shall:

 

    Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

    To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Impinj facilities as necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and reviewing contract deliverables

Impinj shall:

 

    Assign a project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

    Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Impinj’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Intel or Intel customers’ facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

4. Definitions :

Acceptance Criteria : Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables under this SOW.

 

5. Project Scope and Intellectual Property

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this Addendum “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this Addendum will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth in Section 7 below, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Addendum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

The parties agree that all Project IP under this Addendum are *** (and not ***).

Notwithstanding anything contrary in Section 9.B.(1), The *** delivered shall be confidential information of Impinj and provided to Intel under a *** separately provided and agreed to.

 

6. Project Management

The project managers are:

 

For Intel :

  

For Impinj :

  

Shahrokh Shahidzadeh

  

Todd Humes

  

Intel Corporation

  

Impinj, Inc.

  

MS JF1-41

  

701 North 34th Street

  

2111 NE 25 th Avenue

  

Suite 300

  

Hillsboro, OR 97124

  

Seattle, WA 98103

  

 

7. Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment

The project milestones shall be as defined below.

 

Services

   

Milestone

  

Date

  

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

  

Payment Upon Milestone
Completion

1   ***    ***    ***    WHQL    ***
2   ***    ***    ***    WHQL    ***
3   ***    ***    ***    Delivery    ***
4   ***    ***    ***    Customer Training Requirement Met (no additional travel exp paid by Intel)    ***

 

* To be agreed upon as condition to delivery.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ADDENDUM F

Hannegan1 *** OEM and ISV Support Services

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement — Services:

 

1. Project Goal

This project has one goal:

Provide OEM and ISV support for *** Hannegan *** products by providing professional services directly to Intel-identified OEM’s and ISV’s.

 

2. OEM and ISV support : Intel and/or its OEM/OEM/ISV partners (under the direction of the Intel) with professional services for its *** (“Services”). Upon request of Intel, Impinj will provide up to *** of such Services on a quarterly basis. Impinj can provide the following services as requested by Intel on a case-by-case basis: ***. Intel agrees that any/all Services provided are to be used only with the ***.

Payment of the quarterly fee of *** for Services entitles Intel to require Impinj to perform *** of Services in such quarter. The quarterly fee is payable as detailed below. Intel will pay Impinj the *** quarterly fee even if it requested less than *** in a quarter and any unused hours at the end of a quarter shall not be creditable against future quarters.

 

3. Term . The term of this Addendum shall commence on the date of contract signing and continue in full force and effect until four (4) quarters after Impinj begins providing the Services hereunder, unless earlier terminated.

 

4. The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and Impinj .

Intel shall:

 

    Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

    To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Impinj facilities as necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and reviewing contract deliverables

Impinj shall:

 

    Assign a project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

    Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Impinj’s engineering lead at SoW signing

 

    Travel to Intel or Intel customers’ facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

5. Definitions :

Acceptance Criteria : Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables under this Addendum.

Project Scope and Intellectual Property

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this Addendum “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this Addendum will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth below, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this Addendum.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

The parties agree that all Project IP under this Addendum are *** (and not ***).

 

7. Project Management

The project managers are:

 

For Intel :

  

For Impinj :

  

Shahrokh Shahidzadeh

  

Todd Humes

  

Intel Corporation

  

Impinj, Inc.

  

MS JF1-41

  

701 North 34th Street

  

2111 NE 25 th Avenue

  

Suite 300

  

Hillsboro, OR 97124

  

Seattle, WA 98103

  

 

8. Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment

The project milestones shall be as defined below.

 

Services

   

Milestone

  

Date

  

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

  

Payment Upon
Milestone
Completion

1   Contract Signing    2012-12-13    Contract signing       ***
2   ***    ***    ***    Performance of up to *** hours of quarterly support    ***
3   ***    ***    ***    Performance of up to *** hours of quarterly support    ***
4   ***    ***    ***    Performance of up to *** hours of quarterly support    ***
5   ***    ***    ***    Performance of up to *** hours of quarterly support    ***

 

* Agreed hours in excess of *** are payable in arrears as detailed above and are in addition to the stated fee.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 10.30

Statement of Work For

*** leveraging ***

Intel Corporation-

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO

PURCHASE AGREEMENT — SERVICES PHASE 5 # CW1882970

BETWEEN

INTEL CORPORATION AND IMPINJ, INC.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Impinj, Inc. (“Impinj”) hereby amend the above referenced Purchase Agreement — Services Phase 2 dated on or about December 23, 2009 # CW1882970 (the “Agreement”) as set forth hereafter.

 

1. EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE

The Effective Date of this amendment (“Amendment”) shall be May 28th , 2013.

The Expiration Date for Amendment number 5 shall be July 31, 2013.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless provided otherwise in this Amendment, each term appearing in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given in the Agreement.

The term “Service(s)” shall be expanded to include the work to be performed as set forth in Addenda “E” and “F” including any deliverables set forth in Addendum D resulting from such Services.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

By executing this Amendment, Intel and Impinj are amending the Agreement to:

Include Addenda G (Hannegan1 ***-Application & Services Support) of the Agreement which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4. LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

As amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     IMPINJ, INC.
BY:   /s/ Chris Hotchkiss     BY:   /s/ Scott Medford
NAME:   Chris Hotchkiss     NAME:   Scott Medford
TITLE:   Director Of Engineering     TITLE:   Senior Vice President of Sales
DATE:   5/28/2013     DATE:   06/12/2013

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ADDENDUM G

Hannegan1 *** Development & Services

Statement of Work for Purchase Agreement – Services:

Project Goal

This project has one goal:

Provide Application Development Support for *** Hannegan *** products by providing *** support for the Intel and provide related development kits/support as tabulated by Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment (table2 below).

Roles and Responsibilities

The project team shall comprise personnel from Intel and Impinj.

Intel shall:

 

    Assign a project lead to provide project guidance and responses to Impinj’s questions and who has the authority to accept Impinj deliverables

 

    To the extent Intel deems necessary or desirable, assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Intel’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Impinj facilities as necessary or desirable for engineering meetings and reviewing contract deliverables

Impinj shall:

 

    Assign a project lead acceptable to Intel who shall have the authority to execute all deliverable commitments

 

    Assign engineering resources on a full or part-time basis and provide the name of Impinj’s engineering lead at SOW signing

 

    Travel to Intel or Intel customers’ facilities as necessary for engineering meetings and review of deliverables

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Definitions:

Acceptance Criteria : Objective acceptance criteria, agreed to in writing by both Intel and Impinj, for deliverables under this SOW.

Project Scope and Intellectual Property

Impinj will provide the deliverables under this Addendum “as is” and without warranty of any kind, and Impinj disclaims any implied warranties. Each party’s liability under this Addendum will be limited to the total amount of fees paid or payable by Intel as set forth in Section 7 below, and neither party will have any liability for incidental or consequential damages under this Addendum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section regarding limitation of liability shall not apply to claims or damages arising from death or personal injury or tangible property damage, from any breaches of obligations of confidentiality, or payments to third parties under the indemnity with respect to hazardous materials.

The parties agree that all Project IP under this Addendum are *** (and not ***).

Notwithstanding anything contrary in Section 9.B.(1), The *** delivered shall be confidential information of Impinj and provided to Intel under *** separately provided and agreed to.

Project Management

The project managers are:

 

For Intel:    For Impinj:
Chris Hotchkiss    Casey Hagen
Intel Corporation    Impinj, Inc.
MS JF2-92    701 North 34th Street
2111 NE 25 th Avenue    Suite 300
Hillsboro, OR 97124    Seattle, WA 98103

 

1. ENGAGEMENT OVERVIEW

 

  1.1. Engagement Description . This SOW defines a service level agreement between Impinj Inc. and Intel Corp. for *** services. Impinj will provide direction and training to a 3rd party *** firm of Intel’s choosing. The 3rd party is responsible for developing the below described ***.

This project is a single phase service agreement for Impinj Inc. to provide services to enable the development support of the ***.

The *** that is under development by *** is comprised of three core ingredients

 

  a) ***

 

  b) ***
       ***
       ***

 

  c) ***

 

       ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


The initial sets of features are listed in Addendum G of this statement of work for informational purposes to provide a scope of work on level of support required by Impinj.

 

  1.2. Application & Service Overview

This section is provided to describe the *** and use case to only provide a scope of work and services framework for Impinj Inc. Impinj deliverables are limited to what is described in the Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment -Table2 of this document

***

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

    ***

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


The *** is connected to the *** and the *** providing a ***:

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

Figure1: The Overall View of *** connection to the *** and the ***

The following *** is the minimum required features. ***. Additional *** will be defined and added (within the scope of 1 week of allotted change orders) will be supported as long as project schedule is not impacted.

***

Figure2: *** screen - Reads different *** that are on the ***, etc.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


***

Figure 3: *** Screen : Note that some of the ***. Need a suggestion on how to modify and why and if modification only happens through ***.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


***

Figure 4: *** Screen : *** is used for *** and get ***. This screen will enable the ISV or internal engineer to ***.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


***

Figure 5: *** Screen- *** is simply a *** that has been *** on what the latest *** entails.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


*** Classification

The following is the list of content information that will be read/write in the *** and compared to a *** for Phase 1. This *** can be used to determine the ***.

 

Item Number

  

Content Description

   *** Type    *** Location    ***

1

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

2

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

3

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

4

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

5

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

6

   ***    ***    Factory    ***

7

   ***    ***    Engineering    ***

8

   ***    ***    Lab    ***

9

   ***    ***    Lab    ***

10

   ***    ***    Lab    ***

Table 1. Phase 1 *** Requirements

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


*** Structure

The following is the proposed *** is solely provided to give an overview of the flow to the *** developer.

***

Figure 6. ***

Impinj Inc Services . Impinj will provide the following *** development and consulting services (“ Services ”) to the Client and deliver to Client the materials and deliverables (“ Deliverables ”) set forth as described in Table2 under Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment).

 

2. Project Deliverables & Acceptance of Deliverables

 

  2.1. Deliverables and Acceptance of Deliverables . The Deliverables and Acceptance of Deliverables, together with their applicable specifications and estimated delivery dates, are described in section Table 2 below.

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment

The project milestones shall be as defined below.

 

Services

    

Milestone

  

Date

  

Deliverables

  

Acceptance Criteria

   Payment
Upon
Milestone
Completion

1

   Contract Signing    5/28/13    Contract Signing    Agreement To terms of Phase5, Addendum G    ***

2

   ***    ***    ***    Product Shipment    ***

3

   ***    ***    ***    Product Shipment    ***

4

   ***    ***    ***    Product availability    ***

5

   ***    ***    ***    Onsite-Remote Support As desired and agreed by client    ***

6*

   ***    ***    ***    Integration of the Revolution app to the dashboard    ***

 

* Impinj & Intel will make every effort to limit the travel expenses. Intel will reimburse Impinj for any travel expenses that both parties agree to.

Table2: Project Milestones, Deliverables and scheduled payment

In witness whereof:

 

Intel Corporation

    Impinj, Inc.   

Chris Hotchkiss

    Casey Hagen   

Sr Director, Mobile Communication Group

    Director, Application Engineering   

Intel Corporation

    Impinj, Inc.   

20111 NE 25 th Ave

    701 North 34th Street, Suite 300   

Hillsboro, OR 97124

    Seattle, WA 98103   

/s/ Chris Hotchkiss

   

/s/ Casey Hagen

  

Client Signature

    Imping, Inc. Signature   

 

 

*** Indicates text has been omitted from this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 21.1

S UBSIDIARIES OF I MPINJ , I NC .

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Impinj International Ltd.

   Cayman Islands

Impinj RFID Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

   China

Impinj UK Limited

   United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Impinj, Inc. of our report dated March 11, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

June 2, 2016